All specifications are subject to change. For research only.

All specifications are subject to change. For research only.
All specifications are subject to change.
For research only.
50 Years of Empowering Scientists
Dear Valued Customer,
For 50 years, WPI has been serving scientists. Science is our passion, and our mission is to help you bring your
ideas to life with quality and cost-effective instruments.
Our history takes us back to our humble beginnings at Yale University. WPI was founded by Harry Fein in 1967 in
the Department of Physiology at the Yale University School of Medicine. Harry Fein began making amplifiers and
stimulators used in nerve and muscle physiology for researchers at Yale University.
Over the years, the breadth of WPI’s product offering grew, and in 1990 the main corporate office moved from
New Haven, Connecticut to Sarasota, Florida in order to accommodate our facility and production needs. The
company’s headquarters has remained in Sarasota and includes a 28,000 square foot manufacturing site. WPI
also owns and maintains sales and distribution support facilities in Shanghai, Berlin, London and São Paulo.
Today, WPI focuses in several areas of study, the core being in tissue and culture analysis, fluid handling,
microinjection, electrophysiology, biosensing, spectroscopy and animal physiology. From making amplifiers and
stimulators to serving customers in over 20 different countries, WPI has a long history of innovation in the life
science industry. Below we share a brief history of our milestones.
We look forward to serving you for many years to come.
Best Regards
Cliff Bredenberg
WPI President and CEO
Historical Timeline
WPI introduced
the first Nanoliter
Pump
Introduced the
high performing
low noise DAM
series
bioamplifiers
Founder Harry Fein Opened sales
began making
offices in the
amplifiers and
United Kingdom
stimulators for Yale
University
researchers
Introduced the
First EVOM was
introduced as a
first
voltohmmeter for UltraMicroPump
TEER (Trans
Epithelial
Electrical
Resistance)
Opened sales
offices in
Germany
WPI moves
headquarters
and
manufacturing
facility from
New Haven, CT
to Sarasota, FL
Introduced the
Apollo 4000,
the leading free
radical analyzer
Developed the
REMS robotic
system for high
throughput TEER
measurement
Engineered the
TBR4100
4-channel free
radical analyzer
Opened sales
offices in
mainland China
Developed the
Cell Tester for
muscle studies
on single cells
Introduced the
Nanoliter 2010
microinjector
Launched the
MTM3, an
ultra-precise,
motorized
stereotaxic frame
with a touch
screen controller
Launched
PUL-1000
microelectrode/
micropipette
puller
Opened
sales office
in Brazil
Table of Contents
New Product Summary
2
Cell & Tissue
3
Epithelial Physiology
Muscle Physiology
Micromanipulators
Mounting Devices
Magnetic Holding Devices
Vibration Isolation
Live Cell Imaging
Microscopy & Cameras
Illumination
Microinjection
Microinjection Systems
53
Picoliter Injectors
Microinjection Accessories
Fluid Handling
Microperfusion
Peristaltic Pumps
UltraMicroPumps
61
Syringes
UMP3 Application
Nanoliter Injectors
Syringe Pumps
Microfluidics
Pipetters
Pipetter Tips
Luer Fittings
Electrophysiology
Amplifiers
Stimulators
Stimulus Isolators
85
Electrophysiology Accessories
Microelectrodes
Wire, Cables & Connectors
Pipette Holders
Capillary Glass
Micropipettes
Pullers, Microforges
Microbevelers
Micropressure Systems
Animal Physiology
Stereotaxic
Anesthesia
Blood Pressure Monitoring
127
Thermometers
Temperature Control
Analgesia
Adhesives
Biosensing
Free Radical Analyzers
Biosensors
Data Acquisition
151
Oxygen Detection Systems
pH Detection
Biosensing Accessories
Spectroscopy
Biofluorometer
Optical Detection
Light Sources
169
Flow Cells
Sample Holders
Cuvettes
Dipping Probes
Fiber Optic Cables
Microdissection Instruments
MemoryFlex™ Instruments
Forceps
Scissors
189
Needle Holders
Clamps, Scalpels
Rodent Accessories
Microdissection Kits
Surgical Equipment
Care and Cleaning
Lab Supplies
Adhesives
Glass Capillaries
Micropipettes
209
Luer Fittings
BNC Cables & Connectors
Wire
Bases & Mounts
Calipers & Micrometers
Pipetters & Tips
Index
Illumination
Culture Dishes
226
All specifications are subject to change.
For research only.
Copyright © 2017, World Precision Instruments, Inc. All rights reserved.
CELL & TISSUE
Products at WPI
The UltraMicroPump III
is a versatile pump
which uses micro syringes to
deliver picoliter to milliliter
volumes. The pump is optimal
for applications that require
injections of precise and
small amounts of liquid.
With its touchscreen
controller, the
UltraMicroPump III
can dispense as little as
0.53 µL per step (using
a 10 µL syringe with a 60
mm scale). See page 66.
PRO-300 HDS
The new HD camera sets a standard for excellence in high definition
imaging for scientific and industrial applications. This full featured HD
camera offers super fast frame rates in video preview, with unrivaled
color fidelity and on-board image capturing capability. See page 49.
UMP3-1
MemoryFlex™ (memory steel) surgical
instruments are among the world’s best,
producing more precise cuts for research
and veterinary applications. The magic lies in
the spring stainless steel employed in their
manufacturing. Most surgical instruments are
made of hardened stainless steel that requires a
significant amount of carbon. The carbon aids in
the stiffness but is also responsible for brittleness,
corrosiveness and inflexibility. The new memory
steel technology used in creating MemoryFlex
reduces the amount of carbon, increasing the
flexibility without affecting the durability of the
steel. See page 190.
The MTM-3 is available in both
left- and right-hand versions, or
get the MTM-6, which includes
both manipulator arms and
dual controllers.
PZMIII-MI
MTM-3
When precision and repeatability of motion are critical, the Motorized
Stereotaxic Frame outperforms manual models, and it greatly
reduces human error when performing routine stereotaxic surgery.
The motorized axis of the Motorized Stereotaxic Frame provides
precise, controlled, 3-dimensional placement of any probe or
accessory within the working space of a stereotaxic frame.
See page 128.
This microscope with illuminated
base and articulating mirror is perfect
for microinjection and transfection.
It includes our standard stereo
microscope head mounted
on
a research grade
brightfield/
darkfield pole type
stand. It has a large
stable work surface
and a rotatable
lens/mirror system
which provides
transmitted LED intensity
illumination. The sliding mirror is gimbaled, allowing
for a full range of movement front to back, as well as rotation. The
mirror rotates 360º on one axis and can slide for further lighting effect
directionally, front to back. See page 41.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
2
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Cell & Tissue
CELL & TISSUE
Comprehensive Products for Cell & Tissue Applications
WPI’s cell and tissue products cover a broad range of applications. Our products are
tested and optimized to provide you with instruments that are reliable in supporting
your research requirements. We offer a range of products for TEER measurement, live
cell imaging, microscopy studies and muscle physiology applications. WPI’s products
have been cited in 100s of reference papers and in many cases are the only products
available of their kind. WPI’s EVOM2 is the original instrument designed specifically to
perform non-destructive TEER measurement on epithelial monolayer cell cultures.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
3
Epithelial Volt/Ohm (TEER) Meter
Non-destructively test for epithelial monolayer confluence in 2D cell cultures
Features
● Measures trans-epithelial electrical resistance or trans-epithelilal
CELL & TISSUE
voltage
●
●
●
●
●
Compatible with 12 and 24 well culture plate systems out of the box
Includes industry standard STX2 hand held “chopstick” electrodes
Analog output for recording resistance or voltage measurements
Auto ranging from 0-10 KΩ
Battery powered
Benefits
● You can verify performance and calibrate the meter for TEER function
using provided test resistor
● Battery powered meter is portable
● A variety of accessory electrodes are available for measuring TEER in
6- and 96-well fixed (HTS) and removable well culture systems (See
STX100 series (page 6) and Endohm (page 5) electrodes
Applications
● TEER and trans-epithelial voltage measurements in 2D cell cultures
The EVOM was the first instrument designed specifically to perform
routine Trans Epithelial Electrical Resistance (TEER) measurement in
tissue culture research. EVOM2™ is the next generation, redesigned for
ease of use. The EVOM2™ not only qualitatively measures cell monolayer
health, but also quantitatively measures cellular confluence. The unique
electronic circuit of the EVOM2™ and the included STX2 electrode detect
the confluence of the cellular monolayer. When combined with WPI’s
Endohm chamber, the EVOM2™ can also be used to perform more
accurate quantitative measurements or lower resistance measurements
like transendothelial electrical resistance measurements.
Isolated battery power for 10 hours of use
The isolated power source of the EVOM2™ was specifically designed
to avoid adverse effects on tissue and the formation of electrode metal
deposits, even when it is plugged into a standard wall outlet. Now, the
EVOM2™ is always on when you need it. In addition, its rechargeable
battery allows up to 10 hours of mobile use.
Accurate reading every time
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
EVOM2
The four-and-a-half digit readout provides a range of 1-9,999 Ω. The
included test electrode lets you calibrate the resistance measurements
for an accurate reading every time,
and the voltage meter never needs
calibration. An analog BNC output
is standard with the EVOM2™,
providing an output port for
recording data or remote display of
the EVOM2™ output.
Electrode pair to measure
voltage, pass current
EVOM2™ comes complete with
the popular STX2 “chopstick”
electrodes, 4 mm wide and 1 mm
thick. Each stick of the electrode
pair contains a silver/silver-chloride
pellet for measuring voltage and a
silver electrode for passing current.
The small size of each electrode
is designed to facilitate placement
of the electrodes into a variety of
standard cell culture wells.
References
Di, S., Gujie, M., & Thomas, W. (2016). Magnetic ferri-liposomes
for triggered drug release across the blood- brain barrier. Frontiers
in Bioengineering and Biotechnology, 4. http://doi.org/10.3389/conf.
FBIOE.2016.01.00061
Paradis, A., Leblanc, D., & Dumais, N. (2016). Optimization of an in
vitro human blood-brain barrier model: Application to blood monocyte
transmigration assays. MethodsX, 3, 25–34. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.
mex.2015.11.009
Meenach, S. A., Tsoras, A. N., McGarry, R. C., Mansour, H. M., Hilt,
J. Z., & Anderson, K. W. (2016). Development of three-dimensional
lung multicellular spheroids in air- and liquid-interface culture for the
evaluation of anticancer therapeutics. International Journal of Oncology,
48(4), 1701–9. http://doi.org/10.3892/ijo.2016.3376
Turdalieva, A., Solandt, J., Shambetova, N., Xu, H., Blom, H.,
Brismar, H., … Fu, Y. (2016). Bioelectric and Morphological Response of
Liquid-Covered Human Airway Epithelial Calu-3 Cell Monolayer to Periodic
Deposition of Colloidal 3-Mercaptopropionic-Acid Coated CdSe-CdS/
ZnS Core-Multishell Quantum Dots. PloS One, 11(2), e0149915. http://doi.
org/10.1371/journal.pone.0149915
EVOM2™ SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE VOLTAGE RANGE
RESOLUTION
RESISTANCE RANGE
RESISTANCE RESOLUTION
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
POWER
NOMINAL BATTERY RUN TIME
BNC OUTPUT
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
ELECTRODE CONNECTION
TEST RESISTOR
ENVIRONMENTAL RANGE
ORDERING INFORMATION
EVOM2
STX2
STX3
Epithelial Tissue Voltohmmeter (includes STX2)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
STX2
Replacement “Chopstick” Electrode Set
STX3
Adjustable Tip Spread “Chopstick” Electrode Set
3993
Electrode Adapter (for electrodes with 2 mm pins)
91736
Replacement Battery, Rechargeable NiMH
91750
EVOM2™ Test Resistor
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
4
±200 mV
0.1 mV
0 to 9999 Ω
1Ω
±10 µA nominal at 12.5 Hz
Internal rechargeable 6V NiMH
2700 mAH battery with external
12 VDC supply for recharging
10 hours
1-10 V (1 mV/ohm)
19 x 11 x 6 cm (7.25” x 4.25” x 2.30”)
1.4 kg (3 lb)
RJ-11connector (telephone style)
External, 1000 Ω
10-38°C (50-100°F )
0-90% non-condensing relative
humidity
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Reproducible Resistance of Endothelial Tissue
For TEER measurement of epithelial and endothelial cell cultures
Features
● Compatible with original EVOM and EVOM2™ meters
● Adjustable apical electrode height
● Clear chamber allows visualization of apical electrode
positioning
● Three sizes cover a range of well cup sizes from a variety of
manufacturers
CELL & TISSUE
Benefits
● Stability and reproducibility superior to the STX2 electrodes
● Can be used with 6, 12 or 24 well plates with removable wells
● Symmetrical electrode pattern disperses test current
uniformly
● Simple test procedure to verify electrode performance
Applications
● TEER measurement for removable culture cup systems using
EVOM2™ meters for endothelial and epithelial cell cultures
Using WPI’s EVOM2™ resistance meter, Endohm chambers
provide reproducible resistance measurements of endothelial and
epithelial monolayers in culture cups. Transfer cups from their culture
wells to the Endohm chamber for measurement rather than using
hand-held electrodes. The chamber and the cap each contain a pair of
concentric electrodes: a voltage-sensing silver/silver chloride pellet in the
center plus an annular current electrode. The height of the top electrode
can be adjusted to fit cell culture cups of different manufacture.
Make more precise measurements with Endohms
Endohm’s symmetrically opposing circular disc electrodes, situated above
and beneath the membrane, allow a more uniform current density to
flow across the membrane than with STX2 electrodes. The background
resistance of a blank insert is reduced from 150 Ω (when using WPI’s
hand-held STX2 electrodes) to less than 5 Ω. With Endohm’s fixed
electrode geometry, variation of readings on a given sample is reduced
from 10-30 Ω with STX2 electrodes (depending on the experience of the
user) to 1-2 Ω. Compared with other resistance measurement methods,
Endohm with EVOM2™ offers a much more convenient and economic
solution to “leaky tissue” measurement. Because of the uniform density
of the AC square wave current from EVOM2™, errors owing to electrode
polarization or membrane capacitance are largely eliminated. Endohm
together with EVOM2™ offers the most accurate and economical
endothelial ohmmeter now available. To date, cups from Costar, Millipore,
ICN Biomedicals, and Falcon have been tested. Endohm chambers may be
sterilized with EtO, alcohol or a bactericide; not autoclavable.
References
Srinivasan, B., Kolli, A. R., Esch, M. B., Abaci, H. E., Shuler, M. L., &
Hickman, J. J. (2015). TEER measurement techniques for in vitro barrier
model systems. Journal of Laboratory Automation, 20(2), 107–26. http://doi.
org/10.1177/2211068214561025
Millipore
PIHT30R48*
PITT03050
3428
3450
3452
3491
3492
PICMORG50
PIHA03050
PIHP03050
PICM03050
PIHT30R48*
PIRP30R48*
PISP30R48*
PIMP30R48*
PIEP30R48*
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polycarbonate
Polyester
Polyester
Collagen
Collagen
Organotypic Insert
HA Insert
PCF Insert
HA mixed cellulose esters
PET Insert
PET Insert
PET Insert
PET Insert
PET Insert
Pore Size (µm)
0.4
0.4
3.0
0.4
3.0
3.0
8.0
0.4
3.0
0.4
3.0
0.4
0.45
0.4
0.4 0.4
1.0
3.0
5.0
8
ENDOHM-12
ENDOHM-24SNAP
ENDOHM-12 COMPATIBILITY CHART
Corning Millipore
3401
3402
3403
3493
3494
3460
3462
Membrane
Diameter
(mm)
12
12
12
12
12
PITP01250
PITT01250
PIHT15R48*
PET Insert
PIRP15R48*
PET Insert
PISP15R48*
PET Insert
PIMP15R48*
PET Insert
PIEP30R48*
PIEP15R48*
PIEP15R48*
PET Insert
Growth
Surface Area
(cm²)
Membrane
Pore Size
(μm)
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12
0.4
3.0
3.0
0.4
3
12
1.12
0.4
12
1.12
1
12
1.12
3
12
1.12
5
12
1.12
8
ENDOHM-6 COMPATIBILITY CHART
Corning Millipore 3470
3472
3413
3415
3421
PITP01250
PCF Insert
PITP 01250
PCF Insert
Membrane
Diameter
(mm)
Growth
Surface Area
(cm²)
6.5
0.33
3
6.5
0.33
5
6.5
6.5
6.5
0.33
0.33
0.33
Membrane
Pore Size
(μm)
0.4
3
0.4
PIEP 01250
6.5
0.33
8
PCF Insert
PISP12R48*
3495 PIHT12R48* 6.5
0.33
0.4
PET Insert
PIHA012 50
6.5
0.33
0.45
(HA Insert)
PICM012 50
6.5
0.33
0.4
(CM Insert)
PISP12R48*
3496
6.5
0.33
3
PET Insert
PIRP12R48*
6.5
0.33
1
PET Insert
PIMP12R48*
6.5
0.33
5
PET Insert
PIEP12R48*
6.5
0.33
8
PET Insert
PIXP01250
6.5
0.33
12
PCF Insert
PITT01250
1.0
PIHP 01250
3.0
* The tri-supports overhang the chamber edge and the well cannot be held
parallel to the electrodes.
3422
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
ENDOHM-24 COMPATIBILITY CHART
Corning
3407
3801
3802
3412
3414
ENDOHM-6
ORDERING INFORMATION
ENDOHM-6 Endohm for 6 mm culture cup (24 wells per plate)
ENDOHM-12 Endohm for 12 mm culture cup (12 wells per plate)
ENDOHM-24SNAP
Endohm for 24 mm & Costar Snapwell™ cup (6 wells per plate)
Requires EVOM2, EVOM, EVOMX or Millicell ERS-2
53330-01
Replacement Endohm Cable
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
5
HTS Electrodes for Use with EVOM™ & EVOM2™
For High Throughput Screening (HTS) cell culture filter plates
Features
● Designed for use with 24-well HTS plate (Corning Costar and BD
Falcon) and with 96-well plates (Millipore)
CELL & TISSUE
● Improved accuracy down to 5 Ohm
● Sterilized with EtO, alcohol or bactericide
Benefits
● Smaller tip size than the STX2 electrode constructed for durability fits
neatly into the keyhole shaped filter well
● Electrode design reduces chance of contamination
Applications
● STX-100 Electrodes are designed for TEER measurement in HTS
culture plates using the EVOM2™
STX100M
Semi-permeable HTS (high throughput screening) culture plates have
become a standard tool for pharmaceutical and institutional research
in epithelial transport. HTS culture plates have well cups which are
bonded together into a single assembly and are not removable. This
makes the plates ideal for automated applications, but imposes a
significant inconvenience when TEER must be measured in the absence
of an automated system. WPI’s STX100 series electrodes provide a
cost-effective alternative to automation, allowing HTS well plates to be
measured manually using a hand–held electrode.
The spatial orientation of an electrode during TEER measurement can
have a significant effect on the resistance reading. When compared to
the STX-2 “chopsticks” electrode, the STX100 series electrodes offer
a technical advantage. The design of the STX100 series electrodes
guarantees spatial repeatability. Each STX100 electrode is designed to
self-align based on the form factor of the apical and basal access ports of
the HTS plate. Each manufacturer of HTS culture systems has a unique
form factor, and the correct STX100 electrode to use is manufacturer
specific.
WPI developed STX100 electrodes for 24 and 96 well plates specific to
Corning, BD Falcon and Millipore. Refer to the charts for compatibility
information or contact your WPI sales representative for assistance. If
an automated system is preferable for your application, investigate WPI’s
automated TEER measurement system (REMS) on page 7.
STX100 C COMPATIBILITY CHART
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
Part #
Description
Pore size
3379 HTS Transwell-24 0.4 µm
3396 HTS Transwell-24
0.4 µm
3397
HTS Transwell-24
0.4 µm
3398
HTS Transwell-24
3.0 µm
3399
HTS Transwell-24
3.0 µm Membrane
PET
STX100 M COMPATIBILITY CHART
Part #
Description
PSRP004R1
96-well plate
Pore size
1.0 µm
Membrane
PET
PSHT004R5
96-well plate
0.4 µm
PCF
PSRP004R5
96-well plate
1.0 µm
PET
PSHT004S5
96-well plate
0.4 µm
PCF
STX100 C96 COMPATIBILITY CHART
Part #
Description
Pore size
Membrane
3392 HTS Transwell-96 System
1.0 µm
PET
3381
HTS Transwell-96 System
0.4 µm
PC
3391
HTS Transwell-96 System
0.4 µm
PC
3385
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
3.0 µm
PC
3386
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
3.0 µm
PC
3387
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
5.0 µm
PC
3388
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
5.0 µm
PC
3374
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
8.0 µm
PET
3384
HTS Transwell-96 Well Plate
8.0 µm
PET
STX100F COMPATIBILITY CHART
Part #
351181
351182
351183
351184
351185
354803
354804
Description
BD Falcon (24 well) HTS Multiwell Insert
System
BD Falcon (24 well) HTS Multiwell Insert
System
BD Falcon HTS (24 well) Multiwell Insert
System
BD Falcon HTS (24 well) Multiwell Insert
System
BD Falcon (24 well) HTS Multiwell Insert
System
BD BioCoat (24 well) HTS Fibrillar
Collagen Multiwell Insert System
BD BioCoat (24 well) HTS Fibrillar
Collagen Multiwell Insert System
Pore size Membrane
1.0 µm
PET
3.0 µm
PET
3.0 µm
PET
8.0 µm
PET
8.0 µm
PET
1.0 µm
PET
1.0 µm
PC
ORDERING INFORMATION
STX100C
STX100F
STX100M
STX100C96
STX100 for Corning Costar HTS Transwell-24
STX100 for BD Falcon 24 well HTS Multiwell Insert System
STX100 for Millipore MultiscreenTM HTS 96-Well Plate
STX100 for Corning HTS 96-Well Plate
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
13685
Modular Cable, 7 ft
13347
Chart Recorder Adapter
2851
Standard BNC Cable, 5’2”
500184
Standard BNC Cable, 10 ft (3m)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
6
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Automated TEER Measurement System
PC-controlled high throughput TEER measurement for epithelial monolayer
Features
● Automates TEER measurement and data
logging for use with HTS well plates
CELL & TISSUE
● PC controlled positioning
● Data acquisition in LabView
● Manufacturer specific electrodes
available for 24 and 96-well HTS plates
● Plate configuration files and sample
sequences are user definable
● Two user-defined rinse locations
● Manual mode
Benefits
● Speed—capable of acquiring TEER
data on a 96 well plate in less than five
minutes
● Automation reduces the possibility for
human error
Applications
● Automated measurement and data
logging of TEER for 24 and 96 well HTS
culture plates
SYS-REMS
The REMS AutoSampler automates measurements of TEER epithelial or
endothelial monolayers cultured on HTS well plates. It is a PC-controlled
tissue resistance measurement system that offers reproducibility,
accuracy, flexibility and ease-of-operation. Automated measurement of
tissue resistance in cell culture microplates provides the advantages of
speed, precision, decreased opportunity for contamination and the rapid
availability of measured resistance data.
The main components of the REMS AutoSampler include: the robotic
sampler that moves the electrode over each well of the microplate, the
electrode which is located on the robotic arm, a base plate for the 24
and 96 well tray, a Windows-based data acquisition card, the REMS
electrode interface unit and the REMS software to operate the system on
a Windows-based computer.
References
Gallego, M., Grootaert, C., Mora, L., Aristoy, M. C., Van Camp, J., &
Toldrá, F. (2016). Transepithelial transport of dry-cured ham peptides
with ACE inhibitory activity through a Caco-2 cell monolayer. Journal of
Functional Foods, 21, 388–395. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.jff.2015.11.046
Kamiloglu, S., Grootaert, C., Capanoglu, E., Ozkan, C., Smagghe, G.,
Raes, K., & Van Camp, J. (2016). Anti-inflammatory potential of black
carrot ( Daucus carota L.) polyphenols in a co-culture model of intestinal
Caco-2 and endothelial EA.hy926 cells. Molecular Nutrition & Food Research.
http://doi.org/10.1002/mnfr.201600455
Automate TEER measurements
The REMS AutoSampler automates TEER measurements that would
otherwise be performed manually with WPI’s EVOM2™ Epithelial
Voltohmmeter. Automated tissue resistance measurements up to 20 kΩ
can be performed on 24 or 96 well HTS microplates. See WPI’s website for
manufacturer plate compatibility.
Precisely and reproducibly positions electrode
TYPICAL MEASUREMENT TIME
24-WELL
SCAN PATTERN
LINE VOLTAGE (User Specified)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
Auto-ranging or 0–2000 Ω and 0–20 kΩ
+/- 20 µA @ 12.5 Hz
Resolution in X, Y and Z: +/- 1 mm
X- and Y-axis: 250 mm/sec
Z-axis: 247.3 mm/sec
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
The REMS AutoSampler will automatically measure and record tissue
resistance from a user-specified matrix of culture wells on the microplate.
According to the specified sequence, the robotic arm moves over the
identified wells taking TEER measurements. By means of an x-y-z locating
system, the electrode is positioned precisely into the well. The ability of
the REMS AutoSampler to reproducibly position the electrode contributes
to consistent TEER measurements. TEER data is incrementally stored as
the electrode moves from one well to the next.
REMS AUTOSAMPLER SPECIFICATIONS
MEMBRANE RESISTANCE RANGE
AC SQUARE WAVE CURRENT
ELECTRODE POSITIONING
ELECTRODE ARM SPEED
1 min, 10 sec
Preset or user-defined
100/120 V or 220/240 V
53.5 × 43.7 × 37.1 cm
(213⁄32 × 173⁄16 × 145⁄8 in.)
24 kg (52 lb)
Compact electrode pair
The use of AC current to measure resistance provides several advantages
over DC current, including:
● Absence of offset voltages on measurements
● There is a zero net current being passed through the membrane and,
therefore, it is not adversely affected by a current charge
● No electrochemical deposition of electrode metal.
Rinse and calibration check stations
The REMS AutoSampler also features two rinse stations. If occasional
rinsing of the REMS electrode is required it may be sent to a rinse station
by pressing the rinse station button on the menu bar.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-REMS
Automated Tissue Resistance Measuring System
Includes robot sampler, data acquisition board; computer, display, keyboard, mouse; software for
Windows 7 or 10; and electrode (SPECIFY WHEN ORDERING).
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
REMS-24
Replacement Electrode for 24-well HTS Plate
REMS-96
Replacement Electrode for Millipore™ 96-well Plate
REMS-96C
Replacement Electrode for Corning 96-well HTS plate
REMS-24M
Replacement Electrode for Millipore 24-well HTS plate
Contact WPI for detailed information.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
7
Ussing System
Non-destructive TEER measurement for epithelial tissue
CELL & TISSUE
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Direct connect low-resistance electrodes
Luer type leak-free attachment of tubing and electrodes
Recessed electrode ports avoid bubble formation
Secure membrane holding by sharp stainless steel pins or O-ring
Specialized chamber adapts cell culture insert (Costar Snapwell) for
monolayer cell culture
● Chambers with rectangular openings for tubular tissues from small
animals
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
Leak free design of Ussing chambers
EVC3
Can be used with monolayer cell culture inserts
Optional drains for quick evacuation of radioactive or toxic substances
Ussing
Chamber
Circulation reservoirs available in two sizes
Control temperature with a circulating water bath (option) available
Applications
● Ion transport studies
● Nutrient transport studies
WPI’s Ussing System offers researchers a quick, effective means of
making low-resistance electrical connections to the Ussing chamber
without need of long agar bridges or Calomel half-cells. Ag/AgCl half-cells
screw into short tubes which plug firmly into place in the chamber’s Luer
ports. These direct-connect electrodes eliminate the inconvenience and
expense of Calomel half-cells in open liquids. The system includes one
Ussing Chamber (eight sizes available), support stand, electrode kit, glass
circulation reservoir (two sizes available), and a tubing start-up kit (25 feet
of 0.375-in. tubing, 10 feet of 0.156-in. tubing, plus four male Luer fittings,
two compressor clamps, one Y-connector, and one clip). Sixteen possible
system configurations are listed at right. Components are also available
separately. (Preamplifier in photo not included.)
Leak free design of Ussing chambers
WPI’s classical Ussing Chambers are well established perfusion chambers
that are easy to operate, easy to control temperature, and easy to clean
after use. Ussing Chambers are machined from solid acrylic with eight
entry ports for fluid lines, electrodes, or agar bridges. For easy, leak-free
attachment of tubing and electrodes, all eight ports are Luer type. The
four ports for voltage and current electrodes are recessed to prevent
formation of air bubbles in the chamber. The fluid compartments in each
side of the chamber are separated by the epithelial membrane being
studied. Sharp stainless steel pins on one side of the chamber hold the
membrane in position and mate with holes in the opposite chamber interface. (In the CHM4, tissue is held by an O-ring instead of pins.)
Can be used with monolayer cell culture inserts
The CHM5 chamber adapts the Costar Snapwell, a cell culture insert for
monolayer cell culture, into WPI’s “classical” epithelial voltage clamp system. Classical Ussing Chambers have not been widely used for monolayer
cell culture inserts, because most inserts have a very deep profile, limiting
good fluid perfusion at the surface of the membrane and limiting voltage
electrodes from measuring the potential close to the surface of the membrane. CHM5 solves these problems: Perfusion fluid is introduced into the
chamber at an angle so that it flows directly to the surface of the membrane. The voltage electrode is also inserted into the chamber at an angle
to reduce the distance between the surface of the membrane and the
electrode.
Rectangular openings for tubular tissue
Two small chambers with rectangular openings are designed for tubular
tissue from small animals such as the mouse intestinal tract membrane
(CHM6) and rat intestinal tract membrane (CHM7). The rectangular
Complete Ussing System includes stand, glass reservoir, electrodes, Ussing
chamber and tubing (EVC3 preamp and post mounting kit available
separately).
opening more closely matches the shape of the tissue than would a
circular opening, significantly increasing the membrane area available for
testing. The larger membrane area increases the transport rate of low
permeability chemicals. It also reduces the electrical resistance of the
system for easier current clamping.
Optional drains
Drains may be added to Ussing chambers to allow quick and complete
evacuation of radioactive or toxic substances. To have drains added at the
time of order, add a “D” to the part number (such as “USS1LD”). The cost
of the drain will be added to the cost of the chamber or system ordered.
Cartridge electrodes
The Electrode Kit contains four voltage/current electrodes, plus four
Luer-tipped cartridges. Electrodes are threaded and screw securely into
the end of each cartridge. The Luer
tip then plugs securely into the Luer
openings of the chamber. The cable
from each electrode terminates with a
2 mm pin which may be plugged into
voltage/current clamps such as WPI’s
EVC-4000 using the EVC3.
The miniature electrode-gel cartridge
is a small plastic tube with a male
Luer tip identical to those at the tip of
hypodermic syringes. The tube may be EKV and EKC Cartridge Electrodes
filled with different gel materials. Agar
is commonly used, but other gel materials may also be satisfactory.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
8
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
U.S. Patent No. 4,912,060
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
5210 Glass
circulation
reservoir
Simple operation, easy to control temperature and clean after use
References
CHM8 Chamber
Clear acrylic chambers let you see
your experiment in progress . . .
Voltage
Electrode
Suture quality pins
minimize tissue damage
Optional drain
for hazardous
material also
available
Fluid out
Fluid in
Luer ports allow easy fitting
of fluid lines and electrodes
Circulation reservoirs available
in two sizes
Hand-blown borosilicate glass reservoirs
with jacketed chambers for temperature
control are available in two sizes — 5210
holds 20 mL per side, and 5362 (at left)
holds 10 mL per side (useful when expensive chemicals are involved). Reservoir
condenser caps prevent air bubbles and
turbulence in fluid reservoirs.
Control Temperature with a
circulating water bath
The Julabo circulating bath is ideal for
controlling temperatures of external
systems. With a powerful 15L/min flow
rate, the pump provides optimum
heat exchange. The tap water cooling
feature is standard with a range of
20-100ºC.
CHM2
4 mm
12 mm
9 mm
17 mm
12 mm
CHM4
CHM5
4 mm
13.5 mm
6 mm
18.5 mm
CHM6
32 mm
9 mm
30 mm
7 mm
7 mm
16.5 mm
CHM7
5 mm
14.5 mm
12 mm
SPECIFICATIONS
CHM1
CHM2
CHM3
CHM4
CHM5
CHM6
CHM7
CHM8
(Medium)
(Small)
(Large)
(Extra Small)
(Snap)
(Rect., Small)
(Rect., Large)
(Extra Small)
RESERVOIR OPENING
12 mm
9 mm
13.5 mm
4 mm
12 mm
5 x 14.5 mm
7 x 30 mm
4 mm
HALF-CHAMBER VOLUME
PIN CIRCLE DIAMETER
1.0 mL
17 mm
0.75 mL
12 mm
1.2 mL
18.5 mm
0.5 mL
6 mm*
*O-ring diam.
1.7 mL
N/A
0.8 mL
7 x 16.5 mm
5.5 mL
9 x 32 mm
0.5 mL
5.5 mm
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
9
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
CHM3
USSING SYSTEMS, SMALL RESERVOIR
USS1S
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2S
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS3S
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS4S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5S
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6S
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7S
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS8S
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
* Add EVC4000 at reduced price when buying Ussing System with equivalent
number of channels
EVC4000-1
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
EVC4000-2
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
EVC4000-3
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
EVC4000-4
4-Channel Voltage Clamp & Preamps
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
System components also available separately:
xxxxD
Drain option (add “D” to part number of chamber or system)
CHM1
Medium Chamber
CHM2
Small Chamber
CHM3
Large Chamber
CHM4
Extra Small Chamber with O-Ring Seal
CHM5
Snap Chamber (fits Costar Snapwell cups)
CHM6
Small Rectangular Chamber
CHM7
Large Rectangular Chamber
CHM8
Extra Small Chamber with Mounting Pins
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (red) (each)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (blue) (each)
5210
Large Glass Circulation Reservoir, (20 mL per side)
5233
Replacement Condenser for 5210
5362
Small Glass Circulation Reservoir, (10 mL per side)
5361
Replacement Condenser for 5362
3955
EKV Cartridges, 35 mm (pkg of 12)
3960
EKC Cartridges, 58 mm (pkg of 12)
3669
Tubing Kit (flexible hose and Luer fittings)
Replacement Luer fittings for tubing connections (pkg of 20)
3579-20
5153
Support Stand
3485
Post Mounting Kit for Preamp
505060
Julabo Circulating Bath, 5L volume, 115V
505061
Julabo Circulating Bath, 13L volume, 115V
505062
Julabo Circulating Bath, 5L volume, 230V
505063
Julabo Circulating Bath, 13L volume, 230V
CHM1
5.5 mm
USSING SYSTEMS, LARGE RESERVOIR
USS1L
Medium Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS2L
Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS3L
Large Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS4L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS5L
Snap Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS6L
Small Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS7L
Large Rectangular Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
USS8L
Extra Small Chamber, Stand, Reservoir, Electrodes, Tubing
CELL & TISSUE
Assembled chambers are 101.6 mm (4 in.) long.
Reservoir openings and pins
CHM8
ORDERING INFORMATION
Current
Electrode
Alignment
Dots
Guide
Pins
0.5 mm
pins
M.Khera, G.T. Somogyi, S. Kiss, T.B. Boone, C.P. Smith “Botulinum
toxin A inhibits ATP release from bladder urothelium after chronic spinal
cord injury” Neurochemistry International 45. 2004: 987-993
Multi-Channel Voltage/Current Clamp
Safe, low voltage system with a range of voltage clamp commands
Features
● Up to four channels and a
wide range of voltage clamp
commands
EVC4000-4
(complete 4-channel system)
CELL & TISSUE
● Safe, low-voltage system is
easier to adjust and use
● Superior design of the cartridge
electrodes makes 100V current
excursion unnecessary
Benefits
● Voltage or current clamp
up to 4 sample membranes
simultaneously
● Use front panel or computer
commands to control
● Hold serosal electrode invariant
potential at zero relative to
system ground
Applications
● Monitor membrane
permeability as a function of
membrane voltage or applied
chemicals
EVC4000 employs the voltage
clamp technique to monitor membrane permeability as a function of
membrane voltage or applied chemicals.
Voltage or current clamp 4 sample membranes
When combined with WPI’s patented EKC and EKV cartridge electrodes,
EVC4000 can efficiently voltage or current clamp up to four sample
membranes simultaneously using safe moderate voltages on the current
wire leads. The superior design of the cartridge electrodes makes 100-volt
current excursion unnecessary, so this safe, low-voltage system is easier
to adjust and use. Extremely stable and accurate, each module, with
its companion preamplifier, can operate independently in one of three
different modes: Voltage Clamp (VC), Current Clamp (CC), or Open Circuit
Potential (PD) measurement.
Front panel or computer commands to control
EVC4000 can be controlled from the front panel of the instrument or
from computer generated commands applied at the rear panel of the
instrument.
EPITHELIAL PHYSIOLOGY
Hold serosal electrode invariant potential at zero
A feature unique to EVC4000 is an electronic potentiostat in the
preamplifier box that maintains the serosal electrode invariant potential
at zero relative to system ground. The preamplifier apparatus actively
maintains one surface of the test membrane close to ground potential
under all operating conditions.
EVC4000 SPECIFICATIONS
PREAMPLIFIER
Input Resistance
Input Leakage Current
Maximum Input Voltage
VOLTAGE CLAMP
Panel Display
Clamp Voltage / External Input
Range of Voltage Electrodes
Max. Clamp Voltage
Fluid Resistance Compensation
CURRENT CLAMP
Panel Display
Maximum Clamp Current
Current Clamp Output
DISPLAY RESOLUTION
Voltage
Current
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT (EVC4000-4)
±200 mV ±0.1 mV
100 mV/V
±32 V
±100 mV
0 to 1000 Ω
±999 µA ±1 µA
±1 mA
1 µA / mV
0.1 mV
1 µA
18.25 x 7.2 x 9.6 in.
(46 x 18 x 24 cm)
26 lb (12 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
References
Maher, S., Medani, M., Carballeira, N. N., Winter, D. C., Baird, A. W.,
& Brayden, D. J. (2017). Development of a Non-Aqueous Dispersion to
Improve Intestinal Epithelial Flux of Poorly Permeable Macromolecules. The
AAPS Journal, 19(1), 244–253. http://doi.org/10.1208/s12248-016-9996-9
Gao, T., Feridooni, H. A., Howlett, S. E., & Pelis, R. M. (2017). Influence
of age on intestinal bile acid transport in C57BL/6 mice. Pharmacology
Research & Perspectives, 5(2), e00287. http://doi.org/10.1002/prp2.287
Bzik, V. A., & Brayden, D. J. (2016). An Assessment of the Permeation
Enhancer, 1-phenyl-piperazine (PPZ), on Paracellular Flux Across Rat
Intestinal Mucosae in Ussing Chambers. Pharmaceutical Research, 33(10),
2506–2516. http://doi.org/10.1007/s11095-016-1975-4
Seo, Y., Lee, H. K., Park, J., Jeon, D., Jo, S., Jo, M., & Namkung, W.
(2016). Ani9, A Novel Potent Small-Molecule ANO1 Inhibitor with Negligible
Effect on ANO2. PLOS ONE, 11(5), e0155771. http://doi.org/10.1371/
journal.pone.0155771
EVC4000-4
EVC4000-3
EVC4000-2
EVC4000-1
4-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps (shown above)
3-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
2-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamps
1-Channel Voltage Clamp & preamp
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
SYS-EVC4000 Replacement Voltage Clamp & EVC3 Preamplifier
EVC3
Replacement Preamplifier Module
EK1
Ussing Electrode Kit (2 voltage, 2 current)
EKV
Extra Ussing Voltage Electrode (each)
EKC
Extra Ussing Current Electrode (each)
2851
BNC Cable
3485
Post Mounting Kit for Preamp
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
10
1012 Ω
100 pA, max.
±15 V
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected]pi-europe.com • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Muscle Research System
Customizable platform for muscle physiology research
Features
Heated cuvette and micrometer
Study intact muscle fiber bundles*
Data recording and analysis included
Modular design
CELL & TISSUE
●
●
●
●
●
●
Corrosion-free
Lifetime warranty on force transducer
Benefits
● System is completely customizable
with a host of accessories
Applications
Can be configured with
specific components,
like a linear motor
or a stimulator, for
measuring:
● Electrical stimulation,
including twitch and
tetany, to analyze
force response
in amplitude;
and kinetics, like
contraction and
relaxation times and
velocities
SI-MKBM
● Advanced mechanical
testing of contracting
and relaxing muscle
samples, using slack, quick stretch-release, length changes*
● Isotonic force and the effects of constant load
Can be equipped with components, like WPI’s Biofluorometer, for
measuring:
● Intracellular calcium concentration/distribution in intact muscle fiber
bundles as muscle force is measured*
Supplied with a LabTrax 8/16 data acquisition system and MDAC
software to:
● Record signals from the force transducer, the motor position monitor
or any further relevant physiological signal using up to eight analog
inputs.
● Control the stimulator, or an external stimulus isolator, through an
analog output
● Control the position of the linear motor through a second analog
output
The SI-MKB is the standard muscle research system, which can be
configured to study intact muscle fiber bundles, muscle strips and
small whole muscles. The modular design of the SI-MKB allows it to be
configured for turnkey solutions for specific applications. The system
is built on a solid platform making precise mechanical and optical
measurements easy. Like the Cell Tester and the SI-HTB systems, the
SI-MKB uses SI-KG optical force transducers and is constructed with
corrosion-free materials (stainless steel, anodized aluminum or plastic).
MDAC Protocol segment, showing the combination of basic signal pattern’s to
generate an experimental protocol.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYSTEMS AVAILABLE FOR INTACT MUSCLE FIBERS INCLUDE:
SI-MKBM
System with a Univette heated cuvette & linear motor
SI-MKB
System with a Univette heated cuvette & digital micrometer
Systems include: Base plate; force transducer and stand, digital micrometer
or linear motor (optional), micrometer or motor stand, cuvette and table,
oxygenation system, evacuation system, signal conditioning system with
transducer amplifier and temperature control module, anti-oscillation module and linear motor amplifier (if applicable), LabTrax 8/16 data acquisition
system with MDAC software for recording force and position signals and for
controlling stimulation and the movement of the linear motor.
Customize the system to suit your needs
The flexibility of the Standard Muscle Research System allows for
complete customization. For example, you can add:
●
●
●
●
Linear motor for muscle length perturbation studies
Isolated constant current stimulator for twitch and tetanus stimulation
Biofluorometer for intracellular calcium studies
Additional accessories like force transducers, data acquisition system
*Contact WPI for help evaluating your specific experimental requirements.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
11
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
● Control other devices through two digital outputs
● Program numerous customized protocols
Horizontal Tissue Bath
Research system for higher throughput of complex pharmacological/
physiological assays
Features
● Two channel system for increased productivity,
CELL & TISSUE
easily expanded to add channels
● Fully independent heating and fluid control for
each channel
● Low profile/small footprint
● Variable volume, chemically inert Teflon bath
with shape configurations from variable to fixed
500 µL–10 mL*
SI-HTB2
● Modular, space-saving, blade-style electronics
● Large variety of force transducers covering mN–N
forces, all with lifetime warranty
● Can be combined with automated fluid control
systems
● Add an electrometer like the WPI Duo773 or
Electro705
Benefits
● Tissue bath for volumes as small as 500 µL
● Low profile, small footprint to reduce bench space requirements
● Versatile system is easy to upgrade with added channels and options
● Add a linear motor (SI-MOT) and controller (SI-MOTDB) to perform
WPI’s new fiber-optic based, multi-channel Biofluorometer allows for
tissue fluorescence measurements (calcium, NADH, FAD) on the SI-HTB
platform.
Now, you can design a system to meet your needs and budget. And, it is
fully upgradeable in the future.
WPI’s 16-bit, full speed, Labview-based Muscle Data Acquisition system
LABTRAX-MDAC is perfect for this platform.
● Add the multi-purpose Biofluorometer* (SI-BF-100) for tissue
SI-HTB2
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 2-Channel System
The SI-H Horizontal Tissue/Organ Bath system (SI-HTB) combines the
ease of use and productivity of a traditional vertical organ bath with the
more advantageous features of single tissue physiology platforms.
SI-HTB4
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 4-Channel System
SI-HTB2M*
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 2-Channel Motorized System
SI-HTB4M*
Horizontal Tissue Bath, 4-Channel Motorized System
Applications
electrophysiological, optical and mechanical techniques, including
isometric (standard), isotonic, eccentric/concentric contractions
fluorescence (calcium, NOx, ROS). See page 170.
Bath options 500 µL up
The SI-HTB system breaks through the (large) volume limitations of the
traditional organ bath, allowing volumes as low as 500 µL in an inert,
Teflon-based bath.
The bath design allows multiple shape options for thick, long, flat and thin
tissue. When pharmaceuticals are available in precious, small amounts,
you will appreciate this standard feature. A wide range of transducers and
tissue mounting supports allow a great variety of tissue shape, volume
and size.
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Low profile
The low profile and small footprint of the bath system, combined with
the modular, space-saving, chassis-mounted design of the electronics,
reduces the bench space requirement up to 4-fold when compared with
standard 4-channel organ baths.
Versatile system, easy to upgrade
The SI-HTB combines advanced physiological techniques with the
throughput needed in pharmacological assays in one flexible platform.
Upgrades to four or more channels are easy and economical.
The motor option (SI-MOT) turns your system into a tissue work-out
station with isotonic and eccentric force measurement capabilities. Nearly
all established myo-mechanical tests from stretch-release to work-loops
and muscle fatigue are now possible in a single organ bath system. Some
of these procedures require automated length changing methods, which
can be conveniently programmed using WPI’s LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC
package.
Options
The solid horizontal tissue bath design is ideal for combination with
electrophysiology on the same platform. Intracellular measurements can
share the stable solid base of the bath system.
ORDERING INFORMATION
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (1), SI-KG Force Trandsucers
(2), SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (2), SI-TCM2B
2-Channel Temperature Controller (1), SI-BMFA power frame enclosure (1),
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC Data Acquisition software
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (2), SI-KG Force Trandsucers
(4), SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers, (4) SI-TCM2B
2-Channel Temperature Controller (2), SI-BMFA power frame enclosure (1),
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC Data Acquisition software (1)
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (1), SI-KG Force Trandsucers
(2), SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (2), SI-TCM2
2-Channel Temperature Controller (1), SI-MOT Linear motor with controllers
(SI-MOTDB) (2), SI-PF100B Programmable Filter (2), SI-BMFA power frame
enclosure (1), LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC Data Acquistion software (1)
2-Channel SI-HTB platform for isometric force (2), SI-KG Force Trandsucers
(4), SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Force Transducer Amplifiers (4), SI-TCM2
2-Channel Temperature Controller (2), SI-MOT Linear motor with controllers
(SI-MOTDB) (4), SI-PF100B Programmable Filter (4), SI-BMFA power frame
enclosure (2), LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC Data Acquisition software (1)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
LABTRAX-MDAC LabTrax 8/16 8-Channel Data Acquisition with MDAC Software
SI-AOSUB
Anti-Oscillation Module
SI-PF100
Programmable Filter
MINISTAR
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel
PERIPRO-2HS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-4HS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-4LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-8LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
801566
Mini Vacuum Pump (110V)
801963
Mini Vacuum Pump (220V)
SI-COLUB
Constant Load Module
97204
Pinger for the Anti-Oscillation Module
*Contact WPI for help evaluating your specific experimental requirements.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
12
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Cell Tester System
Perform muscle physiology tests on single, isolated, living cells
Features
CELL & TISSUE
● Fits ANY inverted microscope
● Unique rotational stage–improves the
experimental throughput
● Two integral piezo manipulators included
Benefits
● Simultaneous use of the multi-purpose
biofluorometer* (SI-BF-100) for tissue
fluorescence (calcium, NOx, ROS)
● For use with single living cells, small multicellular preparations or skinned muscle
fibers*
● Stimulate and perform perturbations of cells
● Options available for customization of the
system
Applications
SI-CTS200
● Stretching and relaxation of cells with
nanometer resolution
● Classic cross bridge cycling studies in cardiac
tissue
● Single skeletal muscle fiber axial stretch and
References
● Cardiomyocyte axial stretch and length tension curve
● Intracellular calcium concentration/distribution in single isolated cells as
Prosser BL, Ward CW, Lederer WJ. X-ROS signaling: rapid mechanochemo transduction in heart. Science. 2011 Sep 9;333(6048):1440-5. PMID:
21903813
isometric force
muscle force is measured
● ATPase activity in single isolated cells as muscle force is measured
The SI-CTS200 system is a revolutionary new research tool for studying
single living cells. This system, which is the result of blending the latest
technologies in electronics, mechanics and optics, permits researchers
to investigate living systems at a new level of observation. The Cell Tester
provides researchers with the comprehensive ability to investigate and
characterize the physiological, biomechanical and biophysical properties
of single isolated living cells.
Study single cells, multi-cellular or skinned fibers
The SI-CTS200 systems can be used on single living cells, small multicellular preparations or skinned muscle fibers or strips. It is designed
to sit on the stage of any standard, research-level, inverted microscope
while maintaining the optical path of the microscope for simultaneous
fluorescence or confocal imaging.
SI-KG7TWE SPECIFICATIONS
RANGE
FORCE RESOLUTION
COMPLIANCE
NOISE
RESONANCE FREQUENCY
0–5 mN (0–0.5 g)
20nN at 10X gain
10 µm/mN
0.3 µN
250 Hz (This is eliminated from the
measurement by the AOSUB)
TIME RESOLUTION
7 ms
Resolutions were determined while using the SI-AOSUB anti-oscillation filter.
NAMO SPECIFICATIONS
The Cell Tester is an integrated system of components needed to
maintain and handle single living cells, stimulate and perform pertubations
of the cells, and detect, amplify, and record signals, like contractile force.
DISTANCE (bottom of the base plate to the bottom of glass) 0.508mm
CELL TESTER PLATFORM SPECIFICATIONS
Customize your system with options
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Optical force transducer for measuring with nN sensitivity and
integrated cell attachment system.
● Equipped with a nanomotor for stretching and relaxing cells with nm
SI-CTS200
Complete Cell Tester System
SI-CTS200B
SI-CTS200A
Cell Tester, Non-Rotating, No Micromanipulators
Cell Tester, Manual Platform, No Micromanipulators
System Includes: Rotating Cuvette System; Micromanipulator System; Signal
Conditioning Amplifier with four modules: Optical Transducer Amplifier;
Temperature Controller; Anti-Oscillation Unit; Position Controller; data acquisition system with MDAC Software for recording, controlling stimulation and
nanomotor position; Force Transducer of choice; Nanomotor; Glass Fiber
Cell Mounts (1 set)
resolution.
● A rotating cuvette system for easy alignment of cells increases
productivity. It is designed to orient cells in the XY plane so that no
physical manipulation of the position of the cell itself is required.
● Interchangeable bath inserts provide a range of options for the
handling of live cells.
● LabTrax 8/16 data acquisition system with MDAC software records
and control your experiments, using up to eight analog inputs.
● Biofluorometer (see page 170)
±90 µm
20nm
60nm
±10V (calibrated at 10 µm/V)
For additional information, including application notes, go to wpiinc.com/
MORE4MP
*Contact WPI for help evaluating your specific experimental requirements.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
13
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Stimulate and perform perturbations of cells
TOTAL TRAVEL
RESOLUTION
SMALLEST STEP
INPUT
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System
Choose the amplifier modules you need to measure nearly anything!
CELL & TISSUE
Features
●
●
●
●
Ergonomic design
8-Channel
Small footprint
Backplane design
includes provision
for configurable
communication
between modules
Benefits
● Up to eight modules
connected through
the backplane of
the chassis allows
researchers to
SI-BMFA
assemble the set of
electronics they need for their own custom applications
● Standard configuration options are available for Muscle Tester
platforms
Applications
● Process transduction of physical signals, displacement and optical
force transducer outputs
The transduction of physical signals in the last decade has increasingly
moved in the direction of the computer with an electronic amplifier.
Further signal conditioning and analysis of sampled raw data is then
handled efficiently in software, like WPI’s MDAC package. The software
preserves the raw data and is highly reliable. Operations such as
integration, differentiation, filtration and even waveform generation are
now efficiently handled in software. On the other hand, however, the
transduction of physical signals such as bio-potentials, force, temperature,
pressure or ionic concentrations must be measured with an electronic
amplifier.
SIH/WPI’s physiology amplifier system focuses on this idea and provides
a flexible electronic platform intended to process the transduction of
physical signals, displacement transducer outputs from force transducer
signals. This platform simply focuses on the reliable transduction of the
electronic signal and provides a convenient passage for the translation of
real world signals to a computer for analysis.
Standard options available for muscle testers
When the system is ordered with SI-MKB (Muscle Tester) system, the
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System (chassis) is configured with an
SI-BAM21-LCB. Optional modules include an SI-TCM2B Temperature
Control Module, an SI-MOTDB Linear Motor Controller, an SI-PF100B
Programmable Filter Mondule, the SI-AOSUB Anti-Oscillation Module and
the SI-COLUB Constant Load Unit. The Temperature Control Module and
Linear Motor Controller require two slots each on the chassis backplane.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SI-BMFA
Power Frame Enclosure
Culture Dishes with
Optical Glass Bottom
Cover-glass bottom for observing &
growing cells for imaging
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Eight modules connected through backplane
The system consists of a chassis with eight slots on the backplane and
includes an ultra quiet, shielded power supply. All of the module outputs
are routed to rear panel connectors. If you prefer, outputs may be routed
internally to the inputs of other modules. The system has a small footprint
and may be stacked to provide as many channels as you need.
The SI-BMFA Power Frame is the foundation of the SI modular physiology
suite. It incorporates a robust power supply that can accommodate
up to eight physiology modules, which can be mixed or matched in
any combination. Modules are quick and easy to install, thanks to an
innovative and mechanically solid card rail system.
The system is flexible and configurable. A variety of modules are available
for the Signal Conditioning Amplifier System, and you can mix and match
the modules to suit your requirements.
Modules currently available include:
● SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Transducer Amplifier
● SI-PF100B Programmable Filter Module
● SI-MOTDB Linear Motor Control Module
● SI-TCM2B Temperature Control Module
● SI-AOSUB Anti-Oscillation Module
● SI-COLUB Constant Load Module
See page 225
for details.
ORDERING INFORMATION
FD35-100
FD35B-100
FD35PDL-100
FD3510-100
FD3510B-100
FD5040-100
FD5040B-100
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well*
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well*
FluoroDish, Poly-D-Lysine coated, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well*
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well,
low sidewall*
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 10 mm well,
low sidewall*
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well*
FluoroDish Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 50 mm, 35 mm well*
* Sold in boxes of 100 units.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
14
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Linear Motor Control
Features
● Powers the motor and
provides an output indicating
the actual motor position
● Connects to Analog to Digital
Converter output of the
computer or data acquisition
system (like LabTrax 8/16)
to allow the control of the
programmed waveform and
timing of the motor control
● Input range of ±10VDC
● Linear motor position is
determined by a DC value
applied from the Position In
port
● 2-Slot control module for a
linear motor
Benefits
● Over current protection that
automatically shuts down
when the supply voltage dips
below the reference value
● External ±10VDC position
command input for control
by a constant load module or
data acquisition system
The SI-MOT motor can be used with any SI-HTB Horizontal Tissue Bath or
SI-MKB Muscle Research System.
SI-MOTDB
Applications
●
●
●
●
●
SI-MOTDB SPECIFICATIONS
POWER REQUIREMENTS
INPUT
TRAVEL
MAXIMUM TRAVEL
Slack-test
Isotonic release
12 V DC provided by the chassis
±10 V DC
1 mm/2 VDC current
7 mm ( ±3.5 mm from center of travel)
CELL & TISSUE
The SI-H Linear Motor Controller is designed for use with the SI-H line of
muscle physiology research platforms. For systems that require a linear
motor, this unit provides the precision control of the motor. A linear motor
is required to perform mechanical muscle testing such as slack-test,
isotonic release, constant velocity release, stretch release, after-loaded
contractions and eccentric contractions (intact muscle). The position of
the linear motor is determined by a combination of the data from the
controller indicating the current position and the DC value applied to the
front panel at the Position In port. The applied Position In signal can be
provided by a data acquisition system (LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC to use
standard or customized protocols). The data acquisition analog output
signal is set to define the waveform and timing pattern of force to be
applied to the sample.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Constant velocity release
Stretch release
Eccentric/concentric contractions (intact muscle).
SI-MOT-MT Linear Motor for SI-HTBM system
SI-MOT-MKB Linear Motor for SI-MKB
SI-MOTDB
Linear Motor Controller
Biofluorometer
Reliable, simplified and affordable LED based fluorometer
Perfect for:
Ratiometric Calcium
& ATPase
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Recent advancements in optics and LED technology simplify
ratiometric calcium imaging, making this equipment more affordable. A
breakthrough in WPI patented technology allows the SI-BF-100 to use
wavelengths below 380nm and produce more
light in those spectra. This technology significantly
cuts the cost of photometric calcium imaging
without sacrificing resolution or quality.
Streamlined system to reduce errors
Up till now, calcium imaging systems have been
required to compensate for errors and noise
introduced by the complexity of their design.
The systems require mechanical filters and
use expensive xenon or mercury light sources.
The beauty of the SI-BF-100 is its simplicity.
The elegance of its design reduces the noise
introduced into the system and the errors
inherent in traditional systems.
SI-BF-100
This single wavelength spectrophotometer can be customized for your
specific application. See page 170 for details.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
15
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System
Choose the amplifier modules you need to measure nearly anything!
Optical Force Transducer
Amplifier
How the SI-BAM21-LCB amplifier works
In a typical setup, a muscle is held by a force transducer. The force
transducer is connected to the SI-BAM21-LCB. As the muscle contracts
or releases, the transducer converts the force into an electrical current
signal which is proportional to the force applied to the transducer. The
SI-BAM21-LCB converts the current signal into a voltage signal that can
be displayed on the screen of the recording device.
CELL & TISSUE
Features
● Designed for use with SI-H Muscle Tester
Platforms
● Rapid Auto Zeroing function with fine offset
adjustment
Before initiating an experiment, the SI-BAM21-LCB must first be zeroed.
This sets the baseline for measurements to follow.
● Offset indicator LED’s
● Multiple gain ranges with adjustable fine tuning
The output signal is buffered and multiplied by 1, 2, 5 or 10, depending
on the Gain switch setting on the front panel of the amplifier module. The
×10 setting is useful when output signals are extremely small. Finally, the
force proportional signal is sent through the output amplifier circuit.
for precise calibration
● 1X, 2X, 5X, 10X gains. Optional factory setting
allows for 10X, 20X, 50X and 100X gains
Benefits
The analog output has a range of –10V to +10V that drives the LABTRAXMDAC data acquisition system, multimeter or oscilloscope.
● Single amplifier that spans the entire SI-KG
optical force transducer line
NOTE: When the Signal Conditioning Amplifier System is configured at
the factory for an SI-HTB or SI-MKB Muscle Tester system, the signal
is routed internally from the SI-BAM21-LCB module to the SI-AOSUB
module.
● Manual calibration to the ±10V measurement
range, for covering maximum forces ranging
from 50 mN to 2N. When using the SI-KG7TWE,
can calibrate as small as 5 mN.
Applications
● Muscle physiology studies, including Isotonic
SI-BAM21-LCB
studies
The SI-BAM21-LCB amplifier for SI-KG Optical Force Transducers is used
in conjunction with the SI-H muscle physiology systems. The SI-BAM21LCB powers the force transducer and converts the output of the
transducer to an amplified analog voltage that is proportional to the force
applied to the force transducer. The output signal can be multiplied by a
factor of 1, 2, 5 or 10 to provide better resolution for a minimal change in
applied force.
NOTE: An optional factory setting increases the multiplier by a factor of 10,
allowing the signal to be multiplied by 10, 20, 50 and 100.
The SI-BAM21-LCB amplifier works with SI-KG optical force transducers
to:
● Generate an analog output (-10VDC to +10VDC) that is
proportional to the force applied to the tissue sample.
● Supply a DC voltage that powers the SI-KG force transducer to
which it is connected.
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Also available in a single stand-alone enclosure, either version
provides an incredibly quiet, linear and stable transducer signal to
your data recording system.
SI-BAM21-LCB SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT CONFIGURATION
GAIN
INPUT OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
POWER
Current to voltage converter
1×, 2×, 5×, 10×
Optional factory setting: 10×, 20×, 50×, 100×
± 2.0 VDC
470 Ω
12 VDC provided by chassis
OUTPUT RANGE
± 10 VDC
ORDERING INFORMATION
SI-BAM21-LCB Optical Transducer Amplifier
SI-BAM21-LC Stand alone Optical Force Transducer Amplifier
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
LABTRAX-MDAC LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC software
2851
BNC Cable
SI-KG2
0-2N Force Transducer
SI-KG2B
0-0.2N Force Transducer
SI-KG4
0-50 mN Force Transducer
SI-KGxx
contact WPI for specialty transducers with different range
See Optical Force Transducers on page 20.
The stand-alone SI-BAM21-LC Force Transducer
Amplifier has all the capabilities of the Signal
Conditioning Amplifier module (SI-BAM21-LCB).
SI-BAM21-LC
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
16
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Temperature Control
Constant Load
Features
Features
● Uses PID control to
● Offers three modes including Constant Load,
External Loop and Bypass
maintain a constant
temperature with ±0.1ºC
tolerance
LabTrax 8/16 data acquisition system
● Easy to control with simple
Benefits
● Also available as a stand-
● Precise time resolution for feedback control in
interface
isotonic muscle testing.
alone device — call for
details and price.
Applications
● 2-Slot control module for
● Muscle physiology applications using SI-H
maintaining temperature
control
muscle tester platforms
Benefits
The SI-COLUB Constant Load Module for
performing constant load experiments, has
augmented flexibility. In its primary mode (Constant
Load) the unit takes an external trigger command
from the force transducer to perform a constant
load cycle. In addition, the module allows for a
different external trigger or you can completely
bypass the module without having to switch cabling.
● Controls two cuvettes
simultaneously
● User defined high and low
alarm warnings
Applications
● Muscle physiology
applications using SI-H
muscle tester platforms
SI-TCM2B
The SI-H Temperature Control Unit is designed for use with the SI-H line
of muscle physiology research platforms. It maintains the temperature
of an SI-H cuvette up to 45ºC. It is accurate to 0.1ºC. The circuit is
appropriate to RTD (resistive temperature device) applications. It linearly
converts a temperature reading to a voltage that is displayed as a
temperature on the SI-TCM2 and can be recorded. This unit is available
in a stand-alone model and as a module for the Signal Conditioning
Amplifier System backplane.
The Constant Load Module lets you maintain
a constant force, muscle length or sarcomere
length rather than keep the total length of the
preparation constant during an isotonic test. This is
accomplished using a feedback loop.
Constant Load Mode
External Loop Mode
Bypass Mode
SI-TCM2 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT CONFIGURATION
Current to voltage converter
POWER REQUIREMENTS
12 V DC at 2.5A 50/60 Hz wall adaptor,
2.5 mm ID/5.5 mm OD with positive
center DC barrel (included–WPI
#801513)
Measured Force
(from SI-AOSUB
or SI-BAM21-LCB)
DISPLAY PRECISION
0.1ºC
CONTROLLER RESOLUTION
0.1ºC
CUVETTE TEMPERATURE SENSOR
1000 Ω RTD (1000 Ω at 0ºC)
×k
Capture
Bypass
Linear Motor
Feedback
(Like SI-SARCAM Camera)
SI-COLUB SPECIFICATIONS
COMMAND REQUEST
±10 V
FEEDBACK
±10 V
MOTOR OUTPUT
±10 V
POWER REQUIREMENTS
12 V DC provided by the chassis
ORDERING INFORMATION
2-Channel Temperature Control Module
2-Channel Temperature Control Stand alone
Command
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
45ºC
SI-COLUB
Force Step
External Trigger
OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE Room temperature
MAXIMUM TEMPERATURE
SI-COLUB
The SI-COLUB monitors a designated parameter to determine how much
force is necessary. It also monitors a feedback signal. The motor position
command signal driving the motor is constantly adjusted to drive the
feedback signal to the commanded setpoint.
Call for details and pricing information.
SI-TCM2B
SI-TCM2
CELL & TISSUE
● Can be configured using MDAC software and
ORDERING INFORMATION
SI-COLUB
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Constant Load Module
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]iinc.com
17
Signal Conditioning Amplifier System
Choose the amplifier modules you need to measure nearly anything!
Anti-Oscillation Module
Programmable Filter Module
Features
Features
● Neutralizes nearly 100% of the unavoidable
● High time-resolution of the corrected force signal
● Low Pass Filter
● Bessel and Butterworth filters
● Programmable cutoff frequency
● Additional powerful signal smoothing with high
● Signal may be routed through the backplane or
Benefits
Benefits
● Goes beyond traditional low-pass filtering of an
● General purpose filter module for nearly all type
● No phase-shift in the force signal
● High time fidelity in following the applied step
Applications
CELL & TISSUE
transducer oscillation in optical force transducer
in ms range
through the front panel BNCs
time fidelity for all higher harmonics
of noisy signal
oscillated signal
● Muscle physiology applications using SI-H muscle
signal
tester platforms
Applications
● All types of optical-based force measurements
Within a force transducer, the applied force displaces
an elastic component of the transducer. This
displacement is transformed into an electrical signal.
If the displacement of the elastic component is small
and if the displacement is linearly transformed into
an electrical signal, the external force and electrical
signal are linearly related to each other.
However, shortly after the force changes rapidly the
SI-AOSUB
electrical signal does not follow the applied force
linearly, as the elastic element and the force transducer pin have a mass.
So, the system acts not only as an elastic device but also as a harmonic
oscillator, notably when the force changes rapidly, resulting in oscillation
of the system around the new displacement level (ringing phenomenon).
To address this problem, WPI’s Anti-Oscillation Unit (SI-AOSUB) uses
a genuine electronic approach to remove the unavoidable transducer
oscillation, based on electronic differentiation of the force signal and
subsequent low-pass filtering of the resulting high-frequency signal.
When you use a motor, an SI-PF100B
Programmable Filter is necessary to minimize the
natural vibration. It is designed so you can eliminate
the resonance frequency without affecting the signal
of interest. It is a low pass filter set to pass signals
of interest below the specified frequency. It can be
calibrated from 5 to 1,000 Hz.
You may select either a Bessel or a Butterworth
filter. Then, you must carefully select the cutoff
frequency based on the typical resonance frequency
of your force transducer and your own experimental
setup.
When the Signal Conditioning Amplifier System electronics are configured
at the factory with an SI-PF100B Programmable Filter, the signal is routed
internally from the amplifier module (SI-BAM21-LCB) to the SI-PF100B. If
you prefer, the signal may be routed from the amplifier through the ports
on the front panel of the Programmable Filter using a standard BNC cable.
SI-PF100 SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
INPUT
CUTOFF FREQUENCY RANGE
FILTER TYPES
12 VDC provided by chassis
± 10 VDC
5–1,000 Hz
BESSEL, BUTTERWORTH
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
ORDERING INFORMATION
The upper trace is a force transient
obtained directly from the bridge
amplifier output, and the lower
trace shows the signal after it passes
through the “anti oscillation” unit.
To adjust the anti-oscillation filter
properly, the transducer is excited
at its resonance frequency using
a magnetic driver or pulser (WPI
#97204). The Pinger (WPI #97204)
is included with the anti-oscillation
module.
SI-PF100B
SI-PF100
Programmable Filter Module
Programmable Filter in Stand-Alone Enclosure
SI-AOSUB SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
12 VDC provided by chassis
INPUT
± 10 VDC
PULSER OUTPUT
0 – 10 VDC adjustable
0.1 Hz – 4.0 KHz
DAMPING FREQUENCY RANGE
0.1 Hz – 2.0 KHz
OUTPUT RANGE
± 10 VDC
The Programmable Filter
Module as stand-alone unit
(SI-PF100) can be used for
filtering two independent
input signals, with the
installation of a second
SI-PF100B module (not
included).
ORDERING INFORMATION
SI-AOSUB
97204
2851
Anti-Oscillation Module
Pinger for Anti Oscillation Module
BNC Cable
18
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Optical Sarcomere Spacing System
Measure sarcomere spacing with nanometer accuracy
● Monitors high-speed dynamic
sarcomere length changes
● Sarcomere spacing
measurement with nm
accuracy
● NIH open-source μManager*
Software interface between
USB 3.0 camera and
microscope
● Synchronous use of
Sarcomere Spacing plug-in
and μManager Software
● User defined Region of
Interest (ROI) for image
capturing from whole cell
down to a minimum of 6 consecutive sarcomeres
Benefits
µManager software interface and Optisarc image processing plug-in for
sarcomere spacing detection run simultaneously during live image capturing of
contracting cardio myocyte on selected ROI (Image with courtesy of Dr. Michael
Kohlhass, Universitätsklinikum des Saarlandes, Homburg).
● Camera image capturing using the standard μManager software
familiar to researchers
● Use ImageJ toolboxes for complementary image processing
● Live image processing and display of length changes in sarcomere
spacing of contracting muscle cells and fibers
● Synchronous storage of live images and proceeded data in userfriendly MS Excel format, for further offline analysis.
CELL & TISSUE
Features
The Optical Sarcomere Spacing System can also be extended for
capturing sarcomere length changes in slow-twitch and fast-twitch skeletal
muscle cells/fibers.
Sarcomere spacing detection of any muscle slice is also possible using
genuine image processing methods for high reproducible measurements
of selected sarcomere regions in static images.
● User defined ROI setting allows focusing on specific cell regions and
changing image capturing speed
● High-speed USB 3.0 camera fits to all standard inverted microscopes
with C-Mount adapter
Applications
● Cardiac Muscle Physiology.
● Skeletal Muscle Physiology.
● Quality control of muscle slices in meat industry.
1/2.5” 5 m pixel Monochrome CMOS.
ACTIVE PICTURE ELEMENTS
2,592 (H) x 1,944 (V).
MAXIMUM FRAME RATE
2,106 FPS @ 32 x 32.
OPTIMAL FRAME RATE
500 FPS @ 296 X 148
USB 3.0 MICRO-B TYPE CONNECTION
ORDERING INFORMATION
SI-OSARC
USB 3.0 CMOS Camera with OptiSarc software plug-in for
live image capture to detect sarcomere spacing
INV-101
Inverted microscope with C-mount adapter
SI-BF-100** Biofluorometer
SI-CTS200** Cell Tester
μManager* was developed at Vale laboratory at UCSF, funded by an NIH
grant R01-EB007187 from the National Institute of Biomedical Imaging
and Bioengineering (NBIB). https://micro-manager.org/ and
https://imagej.nih.gov/ij/
*Arthur Edelstein, Nenad Amodaj, Karl Hoover, Ron Vale and Nico Stuurman
(2010): Computer Control of Microscopes using μManager. Current Protocols
in Molecular Biology, Chapter 14, Unit 14.20, 22 pages.
** For simultaneously use with SI-BF-100 and SI-CTS200, ask WPI about
selecting an appropriate microscope.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
19
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
WPI’s Optical Sarcomere Spacing System quantifies live images to detect
length changes in sarcomere spacing in nanometer accuracy during
twitch or tetanus contractions of muscle cells/fibers. The NIH μManager
Software interface and WPI’s image processing plug-in for sarcomere
spacing detection monitor and measure sarcomere length changes of the
contracting muscle cells in real time with an optimal frame rate of 500
FPS.
The Optical Sarcomere Spacing System fits perfectly with WPI’s Cell Tester
system (SI-CTS200) to capture twitch contraction of cardio myocytes,
synchronous with the force signal. Extend the quantification by adding
measurements of Ca2+- or ATPase concentration of contracting muscle
cells/fibers using the WPI’s Biofluorometer (SI-BF-100) simultaneously.
OPTISARC CAMERA SPECIFICATIONS
IMAGE SENSOR
KG Optical Force Transducers
● Lifetime warranty
● Simple calibration
● Different models to accommo-
TRANSDUCER SPECIFICATIONS
UNLOADED TRANSDUCER WITHOUT
TISSUE MOUNTING SUPPORT
date a wide range of forces and
sensitivities
Force
Range
● Nearly insensitive to changes in
CELL & TISSUE
temperature/ambient light
● Extremely high level of linearity
● Virtually indestructible with
SI-KG4
normal use
Mounting hooks can be used in a variety of combinations, depending on
the type of tissue to be examined.
Resonance
Frequency
Compliance
0–0.5 g
0.3 µN
10 µm/mN
250 Hz
SI-KG2
0–2 N
0-200 g
250 µN
150 nm/mN
1.3 kHz
0–0.2 N
0-20 g
80 µN
0–50 mN
0-5 g
15 µN
0.5 nm/mN
1.2 kHz
SI-KG4
Tissue Mounting Hooks
Noise
SI-KG7TWE 0–5 mN
SI-KG2B
● KG transducers are required for use with SI-BAM21amplifiers
Range
SI-KGxx
590 Hz
Contact us for specialty transducers with different ranges.
SI-TM1
SI-TM2
SI-TM4
SI-TM3
Mounting hooks are sold in kits. Currently, there are 11 kit configurations,
each available in four different sizes. The mounting hook size that is
required depends on the force transducer used.
Vascular hooks are available for mounting
blood vessels (rings). They are normally used
with a pair of blunt hooks (SI-TM8).
SI-TM5
SI-TM6
SI-TM8
SI-TM7
For larger muscles, screw clamps (SI-TM11) and spring clips (SI-TM9,
SI-TM10) are available.
The micrometer and motor receive a large (SI-KG4 size) tissue mount. If a
smaller tissue mount is used, the 97909 adapter is required. This adapter
is included with every SI-MKB or SI-HTB system.
Ordering
When ordering tissue mounts, specify the tissue mount configuration and
force transducer to be used.
Tweezer
Basket
SI-TM9
SI-TM10
SI-TM11
Force Transducer mount pictured on the left;
Motor/micrometer mount pictured on the right.
Pointed Hook Blunt Hook Spring Clip Screw Clip Tendon Hook
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
*The 97909 tissue
mount adapter
tube (OD:0.096˝,
ID:0.035˝) allows you
to use SI-KG4 size
mounting hooks with
SI-KG2 size force
transducers.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Force Transducer
Mount
Micrometer/Motor
Mount
Force Transducers
SI-TM1 — Papillary Muscle
Basket
Pointed Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM2 — General Purpose
Pointed Hook
Pointed Hook
Available for all force transducers
Tweezer
Tendon Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM4 — Trabeculae
Basket
Basket
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM5 — Papillary Muscle
Basket
Tweezer
Available for all force transducers
Blunt Hook
Blunt Hook
Available for all force transducers
Tweezer
Tweezer
Available for all force transducers
Blunt Hook/Vascular Hook
Blunt Hook/Vascular Hook
Available for all force transducers
SI-TM3 — Small Skeletal Muscle
SI-TM6 — Muscle Rings
SI-TM7 — General Purpose
SI-TM8 — Muscle Rings
SI-TM9 — Strong Skeletal Muscle
Tweezer
Spring Clip
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
SI-TM10 — Strong Skeletal Muscle
Pointed Hook
Spring Clip
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
SI-TM11 — Very Strong Skeletal Muscle
Pointed Hook
Screw Clamp
SI-KG2, SI-KG2A, SI-KG2B Only
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
20
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
1. papillary
2. general p
3. small ske
4. trabecula
5. papillary
6. muscle r
7. small ske
8. muscle r
9. strong sk
10. strong sk
11. very stro
muscle
WPI’s Data Acquisition System
Low noise, high resolution system with 8 AI and 4 AO channels
Features
● Powerful low-noise (<1 mV RMS)
Benefits
LABTRAX-MDAC
● Online Channel Math operations, general purpose Fast Fourier
analysis (FFT) and digital filtering of Analog In channels
● Numerous basic signal forms can be combined to design experimental
protocols, for most physiological applications
• Factory designed standard or customized protocols
• Semi-automated data analysis toolbox
● Protocol repeat function to avoid time consuming protocol
programming of extended experiments
● Study of the muscle’s force production capacities from direct muscle
or peripheral nerve stimulation. For this experiment, use WPI’s
programmable isolated current stimulators (A365, A380 or A395),
controlled via LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC.
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC also provides easily used continuous
stimulation protocols, so that especially cardiac cells/tissue remain intact
during experimental resting periods.
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC is also well suited for other software triggered
instruments or as a stand-alone general data recorder for selected WPI
Instruments.
Applications
● Muscle physiology (Can be used with SI-MKBM Muscle Research
System, SI-CTS200 Cell Tester System, SI-HTB2 Horizontal Tissue Bath
and SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer)
● Stand alone general data recorder for Spectroscopy, Neuroscience
and Electrophysiology (Can be used with EVC4000 Epithelial Voltage/
Current Clamp, TBR4100 Free Radical Analyzer, Extracellular
Bioamplifiers like SYS-DAM50, SYS-DAM80, SYS-900A,ISO-80,
EVOM2™ Volt Ohm Meter, ATC2000 Animal Temperature
Controller, BP-1 Blood Pressure Monitor or the BAT-12 Microprobe
Thermometer)
● Instrument control for software triggered devices like A365/A385/
A395 Constant Current Stimulators, MPS-2 Perfusion System, SYSPV820/SYS-PV830 Pneumatic PicoPumps, Duo 773 Intracellular
amplifiers, and the SYS-TBM4M Transbridge Transducer Amplifier
(e.g. for FORT force transducers)
Variety of muscle physiology applications
The physiological response of muscle tissue to training, disuse, nutrition,
drug supply and others factors may be studied by adding accessories to
the system, like:
The back panel of the LabTrax 8/16 has four analog outputs, digital inputs or
outputs, a USB port, power socket and power switch.
LABTRAX 8/16 SPECIFICATIONS
ANALOG INPUTS
Input Range
System Noise
Isolation
Operating Current
ANALOG OUTPUTS
Output Range
Implemented filter
Output Impedance
Output Current
DIGITAL I/O
Logic High Voltage
Logic Low Voltage
ANALOG & DIGITAL INPUTS
PC INTERFACE
RESOLUTION
POWER SOURCE
● Study of the muscle’s force production capacities in combination with
the Ca2+ release from the sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR) and ATPase
consumption. The perfect instrument for this is WPI’s Biofluorometer
(SI-BF-100) in combination with any system of WPI’s Muscle Physiology
line, controlled via LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC.
8 BNC connections
± 10V
< 1 mV RMS
1,500 V
800 mA maximum
4 BNC connections
± 10 V
5th order low-pass Bessel filter with 3dB cut-off
frequency
100 Ω
15 mA Maximum
16/16 TTL (BNC or DB-9 Connector)
3.3 V minimum
1.0 V maximum
Operating voltage protected to ±30V
USB 2.0
16 bits
12 V DC
ORDERING INFORMATION
LABTRAX-MDAC
2851
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC software
BNC to BNC Cable
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
21
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Knowledge of the physiological characteristics of muscle tissue can be
useful to quantify beneficial or adverse effects of drug supply on muscle
function in pre-clinical and toxicological studies, evaluating muscle
dystrophies, training effects in sports and rehabilitation (disuse vs.
overuse) and advanced physiology and biomedical research.
This is usually achieved by quantifying the contractile and/or the elastic
properties of muscle tissue. This needs the programming of different
and specific experimental protocols (isometric, concentric and eccentric,
isokinetic or isotonic), so that the physiological structure of interest can
be quantified. LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC software was designed for use
with WPI’s Muscle Physiology line to test physiological characteristics of
muscle tissues in various conditions, using factory designed standard
or customized protocols. The semi-automated Data Analysis Toolbox
of standard protocols gives quick access to user-friendly, readable and
interpretable results of the experiments.
CELL & TISSUE
and high-resolution (16 bits) data
acquisition system for sampling
up-to 8 Analog In-Channels
and 4 Analog Out-Channels
simultaneously, using standard
BNC connections
● Advanced trigger control of
almost any external device by
adding 16 digital I/O channels,
using standard BNC or DB-9
connections
● MDAC software provides easy
to use interface controlling,
with extensible standard and
customized Data Processing and
Analysis Tools
Biaxial Tissue Testing
Examine any planar biological or replacement tissue
Features
● High Resolution (integrated) CCD camera provides synchronized video
tracking for live images (up to 15 frames/sec) and real-time analysis
CS-BIOTESTER
● Image tracking and analysis software offers real-time data graphing
CELL & TISSUE
and imaging to confirm the quality of the data collected
● Precision measurement of small samples (3mm-15 mm square)
● Synchronized data, image and video management
Benefits
● Quick and easy sample mounting
● Export data to spreadsheets or other scientific modeling software
Applications
● Uniaxial or biaxial tension tests of planar tissues
● Multi-modal cyclic, simple and relaxation testing
The BioTester offers you a complete system for examining any planar
biological or replacement tissue—skin, ligaments, blood vessels, heart
valves, sclera, membranes and scaffolds. Powerful image tracking
and analysis software delivers synchronized data, image and video
management.
Gregory, D.E., Callaghan, J.P. 2011. A Comparison of Uniaxial and
Biaxial Mechanical Properties of the Annulus Fibrous: A Porcine Model.
Journal of Biomechanical Engineering. 133(2), doi:10.1115/1.4003327.
SPECIFICATIONS
The sharp rakes attachment system will not damage fragile samples.
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
References
Stewart, D. M., Monaco, L. A., & Gregory, D. E. (2017). The aging
disc: using an ovine model to examine age-related differences in the
biomechanical properties of the intralamellar matrix of single lamellae.
European Spine Journal, 26(1), 259–266. http://doi.org/10.1007/s00586016-4603-4
Monaco, L. A., DeWitte-Orr, S. J., & Gregory, D. E. (2016). A
comparison between porcine, ovine, and bovine intervertebral disc
anatomy and single lamella annulus fibrosus tensile properties. Journal of
Morphology, 277(2), 244–251. http://doi.org/10.1002/jmor.20492
Park, D. W., Sebastiani, A., Yap, C. H., Simon, M. A., & Kim, K. (2016).
Quantification of Coupled Stiffness and Fiber Orientation Remodeling
in Hypertensive Rat Right-Ventricular Myocardium Using 3D Ultrasound
Speckle Tracking with Biaxial Testing. PLOS ONE, 11(10), e0165320. http://
doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0165320
Kvasnytsia, M., Famaey, N., Böhm, M., & Verhoelst, E. (2016).
Patient Specific Vascular Benchtop Models for Development and
Validation of Medical Devices for Minimally Invasive Procedures. Journal
of Medical Robotics Research, 1(3), 1640008. http://doi.org/10.1142/
S2424905X16400080
Gregory, D.E., Callaghan, J.P. In Press. An Examination of the
Mechanical Properties of the Annulus Fibrosus: The Effect of Vibration on
the Intra-lamellar Matrix Strength. Medical Engineering & Physics. http://
doi:10.1016/j.medengphy.2011.08.007.
Holmes, M.W.R., Howarth, S.J., Callaghan, J.P., Keir, P.J. 2011.
Biomechanical Properties of the Transverse Carpal Ligament Under Biaxial
Strain. Journal of Orthopaedic Research. doi:10.1002/jor.21583.
FORCE CAPACITY
FORCE ACCURACY
MAX. ELONGATION RATE
MAX. STRAIN RATE (5 mm specimen)
SPATIAL RESOLUTION (Actuator)
SPATIAL ACCURACY (Actuator)
SPATIAL RESOLUTION (Image Analysis)
MAX. FORCE DATA RATE
IMAGE RATE
The unique tungsten BioRakes easily pierce the toughest and most delicate soft
tissue samples and provide distributed attachment sites across the geometry
of the sample for uniform attachment and deformation across the edge of the
sample.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CS-BIO TESTER 5000
CS-BIORAKE-L
CS-BIORAKE-N
CS-BIORAKE-S
CS-BIORAKE-W
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
22
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
500, 1000, 2500, 5000 mN, 10 N, 23 N
0.2% of force capacity
10 mm/s
200%/s
>0.1 mm
10 mm
1⁄8 pixel
100 Hz
1280x960 -15 Hz
Biaxial Biomaterial Tester
Biorakes, Long Knuckle, 6x6 mm specimen, pkg of 4
Biorakes, Narrow, 3x3 mm specimen, pkg of 4
Biorakes, Standard, 6x6 mm specimen, pkg of 4
Biorakes, Wide, 30 mm, 10x10 mm specimen, pkg of 4
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Uniaxial Tissue Tester
Dependable mechanical testing of soft materials
Features
● Cost-effective
● Multiple attachment options
● Available imaging software
Benefits
CELL & TISSUE
● Quality testing
● Test specimen as small as 3x3mm and as large as 20x100 mm
● Variety of load cells are available, with force resolutions as low as 1 mN
and capacities as high as 100N
Applications
CS-USTRETCH
Mechanical testing of soft materials
● Hydrogels
● Skin, muscle, blood vessels, heart valves, ligaments
● Sclera, scaffolds
The CS-UStretch makes it possible to carry out dependable, mechanical
testing of soft materials for a reasonable price.
Elongation rates can be as high as 50 mm/s and applied forces can be
monitored at 100 Hz. Load control is also possible, and simple or complex
protocols can be specified.
Includes imaging software similar to the BioTester.
References
Bekesi, N., Dorronsoro, C., de la Hoz, A., & Marcos, S. (2016). Material
Properties from Air Puff Corneal Deformation by Numerical Simulations
on Model Corneas. PLOS ONE, 11(10), e0165669. http://doi.org/10.1371/
journal.pone.0165669
Kasukonis, B. M., Kim, J. T., Washington, T. A., & Wolchok, J. C.
(2016). Development of an infusion bioreactor for the accelerated
preparation of decellularized skeletal muscle scaffolds. Biotechnology
Progress, 32(3), 745–755. http://doi.org/10.1002/btpr.2257
Theo G. Seiler, Isaak Fischinger, Tim Senfft, Gerald Schmidinger,
and Theo Seiler “Intrastromal Application of Riboflavin for Corneal
Crosslinking” Investigative Ophthalmology and Visual Science, July 2014:
Vol.55, No. 7, 4261-4265
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIMEN SIZE
FORCE CAPACITY
FORCE ACCURACY
MAXIMUM ELONGATION RATE
ATTACHMENT METHODS
CAMERA, TRACKING AND ANALYSIS
SOFTWARE (OPTIONAL)
HEATED BATH (OPTIONAL)
REPORT GENERATING SOFTWARE
IMAGE RATE AND RESOLUTION
MAXIMUM FORCE DISPLACEMENT RATE
3x3 mm up to 20x100 mm
0.5N, 1 N, 2.5 N, 4.5 N, 8.9 N, 22
N, 44 N, 110 N
0.2% of force capacity
50 mm/s
BioRake and Clamp Sample
Mounting System
Full motion and strain analysis
Easy to use software lets you visualize results in a variety of ways.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CS-USTRETCH
Uniaxial Biomaterial Tester
CS-USTRETCH-SW Software for use with the Uniaxial Biomaterial Tester
Check the WPI website for complete details and specifications.
User controlled up to 40˚C
.avi WYSIWYG and Excel
15 Hz, 1280 x 960
100 Hz
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
23
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
Mount a specimen quickly and precisely using the patented BioRake
attachment system.
Micro-Scale Compression System
Compression testing on small specimen
Features
● Compress specimens between 50-2000 µm
● Motorized piezo stage
● Integrated camera system
CELL & TISSUE
Benefits
● Specimen can be tested in ambient air or in a temperature-controlled fluid
bath
● Determine compressive stress-strain properties of variety of materials
Applications
CS-MICROSQUISHER
● Compression testing on specimens between 50 µm and 2mm
● Displacement-controlled compression and stress relaxation testing
The MicroSquisher is designed to perform compression testing on
specimens between 50 µm and 2 mm with force resolutions as small as
50 nN. Forces are determined from the deflection of a flexible cantilever
beam to which one compression plate is attached. Displacement control
is achieved by manipulating the base of that beam using a motorized
piezo stage. An integrated camera system allows synchronized imaging at
up to 5 Hz.
Micro-Scale material characterization
The MicroSquisher can be used to determine the compressive stress-strain
properties of a variety of materials (hydrogel microspheres, small tissue
samples, scaffolds and cell aggregates) with peak forces ranging from 1 µN
to 1 mN.
References
Gillies, D., Gamal, W., & Downes, A. (2017). Real-time and non-invasive
measurements of cell mechanical behaviour with optical coherence phase
microscopy. Of SPIE Vol. Retrieved from “ Real-time and non-invasive
measurements of cell mechanical behaviour with optical coherence
phase microscopy “, Proc. SPIE 10067, Optical Elastography and Tissue
Biomechanics IV, 100670Y (February 21, 2017) from http://dx.doi.
org/10.1117/12.2251492
Pradhan, S., Hassani, I., Seeto, W. J., & Lipke, E. A. (2017). PEGfibrinogen hydrogels for three-dimensional breast cancer cell culture.
Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part A, 105(1), 236–252. http://doi.
org/10.1002/jbm.a.35899
ORDERING INFORMATION
CS-MICROSQUISHER Micro-Scale Compression
Mechanotransduction Cell Culture Systems
Culture cells on a deformable substrate or as part of a 3D matrix
Features
● Uniaxial, equibiaxial or nonequibiaxial strains
● 0–15% strain
● User downloaded test
protocol
● Monolayer cells on substrate
or 3D constructs
● Autoclavable
Benefits
● Easy to use software
● Affordable and expandable
MUSCLE PHYSIOLOGY
CS-MECHANO
system
● VHS video cassette-sized units fit easily in standard incubator
CS-MECHANO-FX
Applications
CS-MECHANO-T6
● Culture cells on deformable substrate or a 3D matrix
MechanoCulture allows researchers to culture cells on a deformable
substrate or as part of a 3D matrix to understand how mechanical
environment affects cell differentiation, mitosis and signaling.
Easy to use software
The MechanoCulture software is used to specify test parameters. The test
sequence can then be downloaded to the instrument. A run/pause button
is used to initiate, pause and stop the test. An LED display indicates the
state of the unit, including the number of cycles remaining in the original
protocol. The base unit can be stopped and disconnected from its power
source without losing track of its position in the protocol.
Other Systems Available
The MechanoCulture FX can uniaxially stretch 24 wells while capturing
images on an inverted microscope. The sterile single-use silicone plates
have a thin transparent bottom that has similar optical properties to a
glass coverslip.
The MechanoCulture T6 can uniaxially stretch up to 6 clamp-mounted
specimens from 5-80 mm in length. For stimulation in tendon, ligament,
and bone tissue engineering work, it can deliver up to 250N of thrust. For
cardiovascular research, the system can stimulate at up to 5 Hz.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CS-MECHANO-SYS Strainable Substrate for Culturing Cells
CS-MECHANO-FX 24-Well Mechanical Stimulation for Culturing
Cells
CS-MECHANOFX-SYS 24-Well Mechanical Stimulation for Culturing Cells
and 20 Well Plates
CS-MECHANO-T6 6 Channel Mechanical Stimulation for Tissues
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
24
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Micromanipulators
● Manual
● Manual/Motorized
● Motorized.
Micromanipulators like the MD4R are common in laboratory setups. The
setup uses the 2052 steel base plate, M10 magnetic stand, M3301EH
electrode holders with profile A single tungsten metal electrodes, MD4R
micromanipulator, DAM50 amplifier, 3517 cable and EPI silver/silver chloride
electrode.
MANIPULATOR COMPARISON
Manipulator
Manual or
Motorized
Resolution
Travel
Stands
Tilt Base
SM325
Motorized
25 nm/step
40,000 steps/rev
25 mm (3 axes)
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
Use MCL3
Controller
Manual/
Motorized
Motor–0.5 µm
Manual–0.1 mm
Motor–10 mm (3
axes)
M9, M10, M10L,
Manual–
501622, 501623
X: 37mm
Y, Z: 20 mm
TBS
MPM10
MPM20 (with
STM3 joystick)
Controller required.
Options:
• MS314 (DC3314)
• MPM10
• MPM20 with
STM3 joystick
M3301
Manual
0.01 mm (X fine)
0.1 mm (X,Y, Z)
X(fine): 10 mm
X: 37mm
Y: 20 mm
Z: 25 mm
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
MPM20
KITE
Manual
0.1 mm
X(fine): 10 mm
X: 35 mm
Y,Z: 20 mm
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
M325
Manual
10 µm
X: 25 mm
Y,Z: 10 mm
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
MMJ
Manual
0.1 mm
X: 37mm
Y: 20 mm
Z: 25 mm
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
Joystick control
MD4
Manual
10 µm (X fine)
100 µm (X,Y, Z)
X(fine): 10 mm
X: 37 mm
Y: 20 mm
Z: 25 mm
M9, M10, M10L,
501622, 501623
TBS, M-3
Holds two
electrodes
HS6
Manual
5 µm
25 mm (3 axes)
MM3-3
Manual (mini)
1.5 µm
13 mm
MB-2 with MM1A
(adapter)
340 g load
MM1-3
Manual (mini)
1.0 µm
3 mm
MB-2
225 g load
DC3001
Notes
MICROMANIPULATORS
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Piezo
Translator
CELL & TISSUE
Micromanipulators are used when precision work
is conducted under a microscope. A micropipette,
electrode or probe can be mounted on a
micromanipulator and move as little as a micron at
a time. This tool can be used for in vitro fertilization,
patch clamp experimentation, extracellular
recording, microinjection and any application
requiring fine mechanical placement (resolution).
In addition to micromanipulators, WPI offers tilt
bases, piezo translators and a variety of stands.
Micromanipulators can be broken out into three
broad categories:
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
25
Manual Micromanipulators
CELL & TISSUE
Popular Manual Micromanipulator
M-10
magnetic
stand sold
separately.
M3301L
Left or right-handed versions of
the M3301 are supplied with a
standard 12mm clamp (M2) and one
microelectrode holder (M3301EH).
KITE-R
Features
Features
● Vernier scales allow readings to 0.1 mm
● X-axis fine control allows readings to 10 µm
● Choice of optional M3 Tilting base which can be mounted to a table
● The most widely used micromanipulator
● Lightweight 550 g
● Sure, repeatable movement without drift
with M6 screws
● Left or right-handed versions of the KITE micromanipulator are
Benefits
supplied with a standard 12mm clamp and electrode holder M3301EH
● Control knobs clustered in 8cm area in a single vertical plane for quick
Benefits
● Right and left hand orientation options available
● Control knobs clustered in the same plane for quick resolution
● Right and left hand orientation options available
resolution
Applications
Applications
● Microinjection
● Electrophysiology recording
MICROMANIPULATORS
Economy Manual Micromanipulator
● Microinjection
● Electrophysiology recording
Weighing just 550 g and employing a slim space-saving design, this wellbuilt micromanipulator outsells all others worldwide for high precision
experiments where magnification is in the range of up to 250×. Its design
allows units to stand tightly grouped — since all control knobs project to
the rear. And because control knobs are clustered within an 8 cm area in
a single vertical plane, resolution is quick — the hand works blindly while
the eye monitors the microscopic image. Vernier scales allow readings to
0.1 mm; x-axis fine control allows readings to 10 µm.
The instrument employs rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guide ways, and
cross roller bearings, so all movement is sure and repeatable, without
drift, side play, backlash or sticking. Contact parts are milled of hardened
steel for high performance and long life.
TRAVEL RANGE
10 mm
37 mm
20 mm
25 mm
KITE SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
10 mm
35 mm
20 mm
20 mm
X-axis Fine
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
RESOLUTION
0.01 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
ORDERING INFORMATION
M3301 SPECIFICATIONS
X-axis Fine
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
The KITE is an economical manual micromanipulator that is perfect for
student use. It is available in right or left hand versions and is also sold
bundled with an optional M3 Tilting Base. Our 5 lb. weight (WPI #5464 is
frequently sold with this unit to provide stability.
RESOLUTION
0.01 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
ORDERING INFORMATION
M3301R
M3301L
M3301-M3-R
M3301-M3-L
502105
Manual Manipulator, right-handed
Manual Manipulator, left-handed
Manual Manipulator (right handed) & Tilting Base
Manual Manipulator (left handed) & Tilting Base
Axis Adjustment Tool
26
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
KITE-R
KITE-L
KITE-M3-R
KITE-M3-L
Kite Manual Manipulator (right-handed)
Kite Manual Manipulator (left-handed)
Kite (right-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
Kite (left-handed) + Tilting Base Combo
Optional Accessories
M3301EH
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M-3
80° Tilting Base M6 x 1 mm screw
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (Shipping weight: 7 lb (3 kg))
5464
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
Also see magnetic stands.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Miniature Micropositioners
One and three axis positioners for small jobs
MM3-3
MM1-C
clamp
CELL & TISSUE
MM1-3
MM3
MM1 Adapter
MM1 and MM1-3
MM1
Features
● Single axis manipulators for small jobs
● Precise and smooth motion
● Less than 1 µm maximum wobble
Benefits
● Compact
● Provides precise and smooth motion with no backlash
Single stage measures only 7 × 17 × 44 mm with 13mm travel. Offers
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring-loaded
carriage, straight within 1.5 µm, and less than 1.5 µm maximum wobble.
Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 13mm square mounting surface
has a 7mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting.
Available in single X (MM3), X-Y, X-Y-Z (MM3-3) axis configurations.
Applications
MINI-MICROPOSITIONER SPECIFICATIONS
● Oocyte injection with Nanoliter Injector
MM3 and MM3-3
Features
MM1
MM1-3
MM3
MM3-3
AXIS
X
X-Y-Z
X
X-Y-Z
STRAIGHT LINE
ACCURACY
Within 1 µm over
3mm travel
Within 1 µm over
3mm travel
Within 1.5 µm over Within 1.5 µm over
13mm travel
13 mm travel
CLEAR APERTURE
3.9 mm tapped
hole, 8-32 thread
3.9 mm tapped
hole, 8-32 thread
7 mm tapped hole, 7 mm tapped hole,
5/16-16 thread
5/16-16 thread
LOAD CAPACITY
255 g Normal
255 g Normal
340 g Normal
340 g Normal
FINISH
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
Black Anodized
WEIGHT
3 g/axis
12 g/axis
14 g/axis
48 g/axis
TYPE
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
Fine Screw
TRAVEL
3 mm
3 mm
13 mm
13 mm
● Opens 0-4mm
● Precise and smooth motion
● Less than 1 µm maximum wobble
ORDERING INFORMATION
Benefits
● Compact
● Provides precise and smooth motion with no backlash
Applications
● Oocyte injection with Nanoliter Injector
MM1
MM1-3
MM1-A
MM1-C
MM3
MM3-3
MM3-A
MM3-C
MM3-ALL
MM1-ALL
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Mini Micropositioner, one axis, 3 mm travel
Mini Micropositioner, three axes, 3 mm travel
Mounting Adapter for MM1 and MM1-3
Clamp for MM1 and MM1-3
Micropositioner, one axis, 13 mm travel
Micropositioner, three axes, 13 mm travel
Mounting Adapter for MM3 and MM3-3
Clamp for MM3 and MM3-3
Complete 3-Axis Micropositioner & Magnetic Stand
Complete 3-Axis Mini Micropositioner & Magnetic Stand
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
27
MICROMANIPULATORS
Single stage measures only 5 × 11 × 26 mm with 3 mm travel. Provides
precise and smooth motion with no backlash, positive spring loaded
carriage, straight within 1 µm and less than 1 µm maximum wobble.
Features fine 80 TPI screw adjustment. 10 mm square mounting surface
has a 3.9 mm tapped center hole for transmission and/or mounting.
Available in single X (MM1), X-Y, and X-Y-Z (MM1-3) axis configurations.
Programmable Motorized Micromanipulators
Joystick or controller managed manual/motorized manipulator
MICROMANIPULATORS
CELL & TISSUE
DC3001R
Features
●
●
●
●
Manual coarse controls
Sophisticated controller allows control of all three axes
15873 Electrode
Holder sold
separately
Controller, DC3314
Joystick, sold separately
Benefits
● Right or left hand
orientation options
available
● DC motor drives
● Fine control micrometers
in all three axes
Applications
● Intracellular microinjection
● Mechanical stimulation
The DC3001 is the popular,
high-precision manual/
motorized micromanipulator.
With 0.5 µm resolution,
it can be used with an
optional joystick or an
MS314 controller. (With the controller, it is sold as SYS-DC3314.) It can be
mounted on the TBS tilt base but is too heavy for the M-3 tilt base. For
intracellular microinjection, it can be used with the MPM10 or MPM20
piezo translators.
Manual coarse controls use cross roller bearing slides. Vernier scales
allow readings to 0.1 mm. All controls are closely grouped so adjustments
can be made in any plane with minimal effort. The DC3001 features
DC motor drives and fine control micrometers in all three axes. Left
or right-handed versions are supplied with a standard 12mm clamp.
The sophisticated MS314 controller allows control of all three axes.
Movements may be continuous (through the use of cross switches) or
stepped in defined increments, as small as 0.5 µm. A popular joystick
controller, STM3, allows control of the X, Y and Z axes. If the MPM10
is used, it replaces the MS314 controller. This configuration moves
the motor forward as the piezo retracts, keeping the micropipette in the
penetrated cell. When using the MPM20, the MS314 is necessary as the
DC3001 motor controller, because the MPM20 controls only the piezo
element. The MS314 and MPM20 do not interact with each other.
References
M.A. McAlexander, A.C. Myers, B.J. Undem “Adaptation of guinea-pig
vagal airway afferent neurones to mechanical stimulation” J Physiol 521.
1999: 239-247
TBS Tilt Base sold
separately
MS314 Controller
DC3001 SPECIFICATIONS
Travel Range
Resolution
MANUAL:
X-axis 37 mm
Y-axis 20 mm
Z-axis 20 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
MOTORIZED:
X-axis 10 mm
Y-axis 10 mm
Z-axis 10 mm
0.5 µm
0.5 µm
0.5 µm
SHIPPING
WEIGHT
DC3001:
MS314:
STM3:
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
1.8 lbs (0.9 kg)
2.8 lbs (1.3 kg)
Maximum Speed
0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-DC3314R Manipulator (right-handed) & MS314 Controller
SYS-DC3314L Manipulator (left-handed) & MS314 Controller
Specify line voltage.
SYSTEM COMPONENTS ALSO AVAILABLE SEPARATELY
DC3001R
Motorized Manipulator, right-handed
DC3001L
Motorized Manipulator, left-handed
SYS-MS314 Controller for DC3001
STM3
Joystick Controller for DC3001
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
TBS
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
PM5
Remote controller for MS314 and MPM-10
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (shipping weight: 7 lb [3 kg])
5464
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
M3301EH
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
501607
Cable for MS314 and DC3001
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
28
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Programmable Motorized Micromanipulators
Motorized manipulator suitable for patch clamp or IVF
Features
● High resolution stepping motor
● Low noise
● High stability
M3301EH Electrode
Holder included
CELL & TISSUE
Benefits
SM325-M
● Software control
● Stays localized overnight without drift
under normal laboratory conditions
● Tilt the X-axis 90º for better
positioning of injection tools
Applications
● IVF
● Patch clamp research
WPI’s compact high precision motorized
micromanipulator (SM325) features
low noise, high stability and a userfriendly software interface that are
major concerns in IVF and patch clamp
research.
The SM325 is driven in all three axes
through high resolution stepping motors,
which can achieve 40,000 steps per
revolution (25nm/step) with completely
vibration-free motion. In a normal
lab environment, it can stay localized
overnight without drifting. The 25 mm
range of travel makes it unnecessary
to have an additional manual coarse
adjustment.
Its compact construction makes mounting onto the stage plate of a
microscope practical. The x-axis can be tilted by 90°, allowing for a better
positioning of the injection tool. An additional tilting fixture makes it
possible to tilt the tool holder for fast and easy cleaning and exchange of
the injection tool.
The MCL3 controller features a dynamic micro-step function that makes
quick positioning possible with maximum accuracy. Motor control is
achieved with a linear output amplifier, which also drastically reduces
electronic noise. You can control the micromanipulators by joystick,
keyboard, mouse or computer. The user-friendly software program can
remember up to 999 position coordinates from previous procedures and
can robotically repeat this same positioning sequence.
MCL3-SM325
ORDERING INFORMATION
SM325
SM325-M
MCL3
High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator
(SM325-M) & Controller (MCL3)
High Resolution 3-D Motorized Micromanipulator
Controller with Joystick and software for SM325-M
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301EH
Replacement Electrode Holder, straight, 14cm
15873
Angled Electrode Holder, 13 cm long
501622
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 30 cm high
501623
Universal Micromanipulator Stand, 45 cm high
VFP
Vibration-Free Platform (24" x 30")
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 36.
MICROMANIPULATORS
References
Universal Manipulator
Stand sold separately.
Komarova, Y., Peloquin, J., & Borisy, G. (2011). Components of a
microinjection system. Cold Spring Harbor Protocols, 2011(8), 935–9. http://
doi.org/10.1101/pdb.ip27
Sarles, S. A., & Leo, D. J. (2009). Tailored Current--Voltage Relationships
of Droplet-Interface Bilayers Using Biomolecules and External Feedback
Control. Journal of Intelligent Material Systems and Structures, 20(10), 1233–
1247. http://doi.org/10.1177/1045389X09104390
SM325 SPECIFICATIONS
Travel Range
Resolution
MANUAL:
X-axis 37 mm
Y-axis 20 mm
Z-axis 20 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
MOTORIZED:
X-axis 10 mm
Y-axis 10 mm
Z-axis 10 mm
0.5 µm
0.5 µm
0.5 µm
Maximum Speed
0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
0.2 mm/sec
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
29
High Resolution Micromanipulators
Rock solid motorized
micromanipulator
Joystick controlled manual
micromanipulator
CELL & TISSUE
0°
90°
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
MMJR
(right-handed controls)
Features
● X axis can be tilted 90º like the DC3001
● Easy steering motion that translates normal hand movement into
Features
smooth sub-millimeter shifts
● Superb resolution
● Rack and pinion drive
Benefits
Benefits
● Fine adjustment for the X and Y axes can be controlled by the joystick
● Joystick manipulation
● Robust knobs
● No additonal tilt base or magnetic stand required
Applications
● Oocyte injection with Nanoliter Injector
Applications
● Patch clamping
● Applications requiring solid, drift-free performance
MICROMANIPULATORS
to
Engineered for stability, and built on a twelve-pound steel plate, this
instrument is chosen for high resolution micro-recording. HS6 serves
equally well as a base for other precision micro-drives. HS6 can be bolted
directly to a lab fixture or vibration-free platform. Resolution is extremely
high — each graduation on its large micrometer barrels indicates just
5 µm movements. Rack and pinion drive, V-shaped guideways and
cross roller bearings give sure, repeatable movements without side
play, slipping or sticking. All contact parts are milled of hardened steel. A
flexible ball-joint assembly allows the electrode to be positioned at any
angle relative to the x, y or z axes. The entire manipulator tilts forward to
25º allowing rapid coarse adjustment of the electrode and allowing cell
penetration along the axis of any of the micrometers. Simple, precise and
durable, the HS6 will provide years of dependable performance.
Specially adapted for use with the Nanoliter Injector (page 71) for
oocyte injection and similar applications, this joystick-controlled micromanipulator allows an easy “steering” motion that translates normal hand
movement into smooth sub-millimeter shifts. Viewed microscopically,
movement of the tool-tip corresponds naturally to hand movement,
so accurate resolution is intuitive and quick. All fine adjustment can be
controlled by the joystick. Pivoting forward, backward or laterally gives
precise x-y adjustment. For added convenience, a separate coarse control
lever is also provided for quick raising and lowering. A stop screw, which
is set once resolution is achieved, eliminates refocusing and streamlines
repetitive work by guiding the tip to its previous focusing plane. The stop
screw also prevents the tool-tip from being broken during sudden lowering and eliminates downward drift. Placement is stable enough for
extended use. Because the probe holder tilts a full 90°, the tool-tip pivots
easily for precise positioning. Rack-and-pinion drive, V-shaped guideways
and cross roller bearings eliminate backlash, slipping and sticking. All
contact parts milled from hardened steel for precise performance and
long life. (Joystick travel: 0.35 mm to 3.5 mm, depending on reduction
gear ratio setting (adjustable between 1:15 and 1:150).)
MMJ SPECIFICATIONS
HS6 SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL RANGE
RESOLUTION
X-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Y-axis
25 mm
5 µm
Z-axis
25 mm
5 µm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
25 lbs (11 kg)
DIMENSIONS
9.9 x 6.6 x 9.9 in. (H x W x L)
Micromanipulator
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm 5 ∅ 7.2 mm)
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
Vibration-Free Platform (24” x 30”)
Vibration-Free Workstation — see page 36.
Joystick Micromanipulator (Right-Handed)
Joystick Micromanipulator (Left-Handed)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301EH Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm 5 ∅ 7.2 mm)
15873
Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
500475
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
500476
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
30
RESOLUTION
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
0.1 mm
ORDERING INFORMATION
MMJR
MMJL
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-HS6
M3301EH
15873
VFP
TRAVEL RANGE
37 mm
20 mm
25 mm
0.35~3.5 mm
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
JOYSTICK (X,Y axis)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Micrometer Slide Micromanipulator
The M325 can be configured
from left- to right-handed
version in 60 seconds!
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanipulator
Toolholder rotates around
two axes, can hold
tools from ∅3.0 mm to
∅12.7 mm.
M3301EH
electrode holders
included
MD4L with left hand
controls
Mounts onto horizontal
or vertical rods — any
diameter from 10 mm to
12.7 mm.
Features
● Built of precision micrometer-actuated linear slides
● Can be configured for right or left hand use
● Resolution is 10 µm
Benefits
● Each slide is comprised of a large micrometer head and a springreturn linear slide
● Micrometer head is graduated in 10 µm steps which enables
repeatable positioning to an accuracy of 2 µm
Applications
● Electrophysiology recording and injection
M325 SPECIFICATIONS
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
SHIPPING WEIGHT
TRAVEL RANGE
25 mm
10 mm
10 mm
4 lbs (1.8 kg)
RESOLUTION
10 µm
10 µm
10 µm
ORDERING INFORMATION
M325
3-Axis Fine Controlled Manual Micromanipulator
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301EH
15873
500475
500476
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
Also see magnetic stands.
Features
● Scales allow coarse adjustment readings with an accuracy of 100 µm
● X-axis fine control is achieved with a micrometer screw
Benefits
● Dual electrode holders
Applications
● Electrophysiology differential amplification
A small and compact micromanipulator for manual manipulation in all
three axes (x, y and z), the MD4 is equipped with a mounting bracket for
a second tool or electrode holder which can be positioned in the x and y
axes independent of the manipulator and may also be tilted and swiveled
by two fine-adjust screws. Scales allow readings of coarse adjustment
with an accuracy of 100 µm. Additional x-axis fine control is achieved
with a micrometer screw with a resolution of 10 µm. Supplied with one
M3301EH electrode holder and a 12 mm clamp for mounting on M10
Stand or other 12 mm supports. May also be mounted on optional M-3
Tilting Base. Travel, standard electrode: x-axis, 37 mm (fine, 10 mm);
y-axis, 20 mm; z-axis, 25 mm. Additional electrode: x-axis, 7 mm; y-axis,
10 mm.
MD4 SPECIFICATIONS
X-axis Fine
X-axis
Y-axis
Z-axis
SHIPPING WEIGHT
TRAVEL RANGE
10 mm
37 mm
20 mm
25 mm
3 lbs (1.4 kg)
RESOLUTION
10 µm
100 µm
100 µm
100 µm
MICROMANIPULATORS
The M325 three-axis manual micromanipulator is built of precision
micrometer-actuated linear slides. Each slide is comprised of a large
micrometer head and a spring-return linear slide. The micromanipulator
was designed to minimize wear in the moving components to achieve a
long operational life without the necessity for frequent maintenance. The
micrometer head is graduated in 10 µm steps which enable repeatable
positioning to an accuracy of ± 2 µm.
A unique spring return mechanism is used to transmit movement of the
micrometer spindle to the slide carriage, eliminating backlash, lost motion
and reducing thread wear. Each linear slide utilizes ball bearings which
enable the M325 to carry loads of up to 1 kg.
The tool holder can clamp onto tools with shaft diameters of 3.0 mm to
12.7mm and allows rotation around two axes. This provides a wide range
of options for incorporating the manipulator into your workstations. The
M325 can also be configured very easily in left or right-handed versions
to allow several units to be positioned in close proximity. A quick-release
clamp allows easy mounting onto any rod from 10 mm to 12.7mm
diameter.
M-3 Tilting Base sold separately.
CELL & TISSUE
M3301EH
electrode holder
included
ORDERING INFORMATION
MD4R
MD4L
MD4-M3-R
MD4-M3-L
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left)
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (right) + Tilting Base
Double-Holder Micromanipulator (left) + Tilting Base
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301EH
15873
M2
M-3
M4C
M5
M6
5464
500475
500476
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Replacement Electrode Holder (14 cm long)
Optional Angled Electrode Holder (13 cm long)
Additional ∅ 12 mm Clamp
80° Tilting Base 6mm x 1 mm screw
Microscope Stage Adapter
Additional ∅ 10 mm Clamp
Additional ∅ 1⁄2-in. Clamp
5-lb Weight for Tilting Base (Shipping weight: 8 lb (3.6 kg))
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for ∅ 8 mm Holder
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for ∅ 4 mm Holder
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
31
Mounting a Manipulator
Tilting Base
Manipulator Clamps
Adjust tilt angle easily by
simply turning knob of
threaded shaft.
M5 ∅ 10 mm clamp
6.5 in.
or
lat ed.
ipu lud
an inc
M t
no
Interchangeable clamps allow manipulators to be mounted on a
variety of supports.
Tighten locking screw to
lock platform angle.
CELL & TISSUE
At last! A tilt base you can operate
with one hand!
Features
● High precision
and high
stability
● Tilt angle
M2 ∅12 mm clamp
M6 ∅ 1⁄2-in. clamp
ORDERING INFORMATION
∅ 12 mm Clamp
∅ 10 mm Clamp
∅ 1/2-in. Clamp
M2
M5
M6
up to 35º
● 3.5-lb steel base
TBS
provides stability for your
micromanipulator
Mount a manipulator on your
microscope stage
● Holes also allow permanent mounting to your bench top
● Adjust tilt angle by turning knob
● Manipulator mounting bracket included
80 mm
Benefits
● 5” x 6” footprint saves space in your work area.
● Two sets of mounting holes are pre-drilled for WPI manipulators
(M3301R shown) but steel platform may be drilled for mounting other
devices
Applications
Quick, secure
mounting to any
microscope stage
(maximum opening:
20 mm).
● Microinjection
● Electrophysiology amplification
● Stimulation
ORDERING INFORMATION
TBS
Tilt Base with Screw Adjustment
Shipping Weight 7 lb
12 mm diameter
support arm
M4C Microscope
Stage Adapter
— clamps onto
microscope stage
to provide a stable
support for any
manipulator with a
∅12 mm clamp.
MOUNTING DEVICES
Ball-joint holder attachment
Here’s a new angle for mounting
M4C
7 cm
7.9 mm ∅.
500475
The M4C is shown mounted
on a microscope stage.
ORDERING INFORMATION
500475
500476
Ball Joint, 7 cm long, for O.D. 5-9 mm Electrode Holder (shown)
Ball Joint, 4 cm long, for O.D. 2.8-4.5 mm Electrode Holder
32
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
ORDERING INFORMATION
M4C
Microscope Stage Adapter
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Magnetic Holding Devices
A solid platform for mounting your manipulators
CELL & TISSUE
503570
Square Base
501651
Round Base
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental
set-up time by allowing free positioning and
instant clamp down of optical components.
Switchable ON/OFF magnetic circuit permits
fine adjustment and precise positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
75 (OD) x 20 (h) mm
2.9 (OD) x 0.8 (h) in.
Mounting Hole:
4-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm*
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 35 mm
An ideal accessory for optical tables and
vibration-free platform. Reduces experimental
set-up time by allowing free positioning and
instant clamp down of optical components.
Switchable ON/OFF magnetic circuit permits
fine adjustment and precise positioning.
● Easy ON/OFF operation using lever
● Thin and powerful magnetic force
● Generous array of tap holes
Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Dimension:
65 (w) x 65 (l) x 20 (h) mm
2.6 (w) x 2.6 (l) x 0.8 (h) in.
Weight:
0.6 kg (1.3 Ib)
ORDERING
Magnetic Base,
65x65 mm
503569
Magnetic Base,
45x45 mm
503570 Magnetic Base,
90x90 mm
503571 Magnetic Base,
120x120 mm
* Posts with M4-threads not available
from WPI.
from WPI.
Holding Power:
40 kgf (88 Ib force)
Dimension:
55 (w) x 73 (l) x 50 (h) mm
2.2 (w) x 2.9 (l) x 2.0 (h) in.
M7
A small holder ideal for use where space is
limited. Main post unscrews from base which
may then be used alone as a switchable
magnetic holder.
Magnetic Base:
30 (w) x 35 (l) x 35 (h) mm
1.2 (w) x 1.4 (l) x 1.4 (h) in.
Vertical Holding Power:
20 kgf (44 Ib force)
Main Pole:
Diameter: 7mm (0.28 in.)
Length: 52mm (2 in.)
Mounting Hole:
3-M4, depth 20 mm*
M8, depth 15 mm
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
ORDERING
501652 MOBITY Magnetic
Clamping System
* Posts with M4-threads not available
from WPI. .
Base Plates
A magnetic stand requires a steel mounting
surface. WPI’s steel base plates have plenty
of mass to give stability to your experimental setup. Beveled edges make them
easy to handle. Rubber feet hold them
off the benchtop, making them easier
to grasp when moving. The special black
coating provides a durable, protective, nonreflective finish.
M7
Clamp Hole:
Diameter: 6mm
Weight:
0.36 kg (0.8 Ib)
MAGNETIC HOLDING DEVICES
ORDERING
501651 Magnetic Base,
75 mm diameter
503568 Magnetic Base,
50 mm diameter
* Posts with M4-threads not available
MOBITY
MOBITYTM is a new magnetic clamping system.
With its ease of use, only one hand is needed
to operate the attractive power. The MOBITYTM
has a strong 88lbf pull, yet weighs only 1.5 lbs.
MOBITYTM meets various applications with 4
tapped holes on the top surface. Requires (1)
9V alkaline battery (included).
Mounting Hole:
8-M4 x 0.7, depth 6mm*
M8 x 1, depth 6mm
Span 25 mm
501653
Weight:
0.7 kg (1.5 Ib)
501652
ORDERING
M7
Compact Magnetic
Stand
81⁄2"x12" Steel Base
Plate #5052
5479
12"x24" Steel Base Plate
#5479
5052
ORDERING INFORMATION
5052
5479
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Steel base plate, 81⁄2 x 12 in. (10 lb)
Steel base plate, 12 x 24 x 3⁄8-in. (32 lb)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
33
Magnetic Holding Devices
12 mm ∅ x 25 mm
MAGNETIC HOLDING DEVICES
CELL & TISSUE
12 mm ∅
12 mm ∅
6-8 mm ∅
M9
M10
M10L
Useful as a probe holder,
the M11 is not suitable
for heavier items such as
micromanipulators.
M11
M9
Mechanical clamp tightens three rotatable
joints simultaneously with one locking knob.
Arm adjusts without distortion. Base exerts
100kg magnetic force for great stability. Fine
adjustment for precise operations included.
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 60 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
(2.2 x2.4x2.2in.)
Vertical Holding Power:
100 kgf ( 220 lb force )
Arms:
L1:
119 mm (4.7 in.)
L2:
106 mm (4.2 in.)
L3:
25 mm (0.98 in.)
Ø 12 mm (0.472 in.)
Clamp Hole:
none
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
M10
Similar to M1 with a 12mm diameter sub
pole (fits 12mm clamp supplied with M3301,
DC3001, MD4 and MMJ manipulators).
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
(2.0 x2.3x2.2in.)
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length:
Sub Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length:
Magnetic Stand
165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
(2.0 x2.3x2.2in.)
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 14 mm (0.55 in.)
length:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length:
165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
Magnetic Stand
M11
Bends freely for maximum flexibility. The
connecting arm twists and bends like a snake.
Lock the arm in position with a flick of the
controlling lever.
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
(2.0 x2.3x2.2in.)
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf ( 176 lb force )
Main Pole:
diameter: 16 mm (0.63 in.)
length:
M10L
315 mm (12.4 in.)
Sub Pole:
none
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 6 mm to 8 mm
Weight:
1.4 kg (3 lb)
ORDERING
ORDERING
M10
356 mm (14 in.)
Sub Pole:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
1.8 kg (4 lb)
ORDERING
M9
178 mm (7 in.)
M10L
Same as M10, but equipped with a taller (14inch) vertical main pole.
Magnetic Stand
ORDERING
M11
Magnetic Stand
Powerful Ball Joint Rare Earth Magnet
Construct holding devices for small parts/equipment
M3 x 12 mm
Small but very powerful: holds 2 kilograms (~5 pounds)!
Steel ball rotates freely 360° on a 180° axis
M3 mounting screw on ball for attachment to equipment
Magnet base threaded (M3) for mounting onto a base 28 mm
or equipment
M3 x 5 mm
This novel magnetic ball joint has phenomenal holding
power for up to 2kg of attached weight while permitting
10 mm
the ball a full 360° rotation on a 180° axis. You can
freely orient your equipment to an infinite number of positions within
this rotation. This is made possible by the combination of a steel ball (10
●
●
●
●
mm diameter) and a powerful rare earth magnet
contained in the magnet cylinder (∅10 x 20 mm).
Convenient M3 attachment sites are provided on
both the ball (male) and the magnet base (female).
For use with micromanipulators for the positioning
and holding of optical instruments including various
lighting sources and lasers, pipettes and any small
parts that would benefit from the flexibility offered by
this new magnetic ball joint.
ORDERING INFORMATION
500871
Magnetic Ball Joint
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
34
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
500871
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
The base of each stand exerts a powerful magnetic force that
holds it solidly on ferrous metal surfaces — even vertically or
upside-down
5-6.5 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
10 mm ∅
MB2
MB2
M8
A ball joint at the base of the main post allows
360° rotation, offering considerable versatility.
The second arm adopts angles up to 75°.
Magnetic Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
(2.0 x2.3x2.2in.)
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length:
194 mm (7.6 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length:
165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 4.5 mm to 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
ORDERING
MB2
M1
M1
A precision base providing stable support for
such devices as electrodes and manipulators.
Adjustable second arm adopts a variety of
angles.
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length:
176 mm (6.9 in.)
Sub Pole:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length:
165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
ORDERING
Compact Magnetic Stand
M8
Magnetic Stand
M1L
M1L
Same base and support arm as M1, but
equipped with a longer (14-inch) vertical post.
Base:
50 ( w ) x 58 ( l ) x 55 ( h ) mm
( 2.0 x 2.3 x 2.2 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
80 kgf (176 lb force)
Main Pole:
diameter: 12 mm (0.47 in.)
length:
diameter: 10 mm (0.39 in.)
length:
Magnetic Stand
165 mm (6.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
diameter: 4.5 mm and 6.5 mm
Weight:
1.8 kg (4 lb)
ORDERING
ORDERING
M1
356 mm (14 in.)
Sub Pole:
MAGNETIC HOLDING DEVICES
Mechanical clamping type tightens three joints
simultaneously. Arm is freely adjustable without
distortion. Equipped with fine adjuster and
medium size magnet for stabilizing the base.
Suitable for performing precision operation. Fits
clamp for MM1-ALL and MM3-ALL.
Magnetic Base:
30 ( w ) x 35 ( l ) x 35 ( h ) mm
( 1.2 x 1.4 x 1.4 in. )
Vertical Holding Power:
17 kgf (37 Ib force)
Arm:
L1: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L2: 46 mm (1.8 in.)
L3: 39 mm (1.5 in.)
Clamp Hole:
Adjustable from 5 to 6.5 mm
Weight:
0.38 kg (0.83 Ib)
M8
M1L
Magnetic Stand
Versatile Clamp
Mount your Micromanipulator
Three of the stands above — M1, M1L and M8 — have 10
mm diameter mounting rods. The standard mount on several
WPI manipulators (DC3001, KITE, M3301, MMJ, and MD4)
accommodates a 12 mm rod. In order to use one of these three
stands, you will need to replace the manipulator's standard 12mm
mounting clamp with the optional M5 clamp.
M5 — ∅10 mm clamp
ORDERING INFORMATION
M5
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
CELL & TISSUE
10 mm ∅
∅10 mm Clamp
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
35
Bench Top Vibration Isolation Platforms
Simple Set-Up and Adjustment
Features
CELL & TISSUE
● Only 4.6” thin
● Portable
● Available in a variety of payload ranges
MK-BM-8100, 50-105 lb.
payload weight range
(23-48 kg)
Benefits
● Better performance than an air table
● Simple setup and adjustment
● Requires no air or electricity
Performance
● Horizontal frequencies are weight dependent.
● Horizontal frequency of 1.5 Hz is achieved at or near the upper limits
Applications
of the payload range.
● Microscopy and other research applications that require the isolation
of the preparation from vibrations of any kind
These bench top platforms offers 10-100 times better performance than
a full size air table in a package only 4.6 inches tall, and without air or
electricity! These vibration isolation platforms are extremely easy to use
and offer extreme performance — 1.5 Hz horizontal natural frequency
and 0.5 Hz vertical natural frequency. There are only two adjustments.
This is the thinnest, most portable, and most user-friendly isolator ever
offered that is capable of delivering this level of performance.
Weight: Approximately 40 lb (16 kg)
Dimensions: 18" W x 20" D x 4.6" H (457 x 508 x 117 mm)
Vibration-Free Tables
Vibration-Free Workstation
Features
vibration isolation
● High performance
active-air suspension
● Automatic leveling
● VibraDamped steel
● Class 100 clean room
compatible
VIBRATION ISOLATION
ORDERING INFORMATION
MODEL
PAYLOAD RANGE
MK-BM-825
Vibration Platform, 10 - 30 lb (4.5 - 14 kg)
MK-BM-850
Vibration Platform, 25 - 55 lb (11 - 25 kg)
MK-BM-8100
Vibration Platform, 50 - 105 lb (23 - 48 kg)
MK-BM-8125
Vibration Platform, 90 - 130 lb (40 - 59 kg)
MK-BM-8150
Vibration Platform, 125 - 155 lb (57 - 70 kg)
MK-BM-8175*
Vibration Platform, 150 - 180 lb (68 - 81.5 kg)
MK-BM-8200*
Vibration Platform, 175 - 205 lb (79.5 - 93 kg)
MK-BM-8225*
Vibration Platform, 200 - 230 lb (90.5 - 104 kg)
MK-BM-8250*
Vibration Platform, 225 - 255 lb (102 - 115.5 kg)
* Weight: Approximately 47 lb. (21 kg) / (same dimensions)
Universal Manipulator
Stand
UMS SPECIFICATIONS
● Leveling feet
● Eliminate inconsistent
approximately 2.5 Hz.
● Vertical frequency is tunable to 0.5 Hz throughout the payload range.
Mount manipulators at
angles and heights with
infinite flexibility
● Vertical and horizontal
Benefits
● At the lower limits of the payload range the horizontal frequency is
Custom order.
Call for pricing and
part numbers.
and unreliable
performance
● Reduce excessive wear, maintenance and fatigue failures
● Protect sensitive instruments and equipment from faulty operation or
DIMENSIONS
Base plate
10.0 x 12.5 x 1.5 cm (LxWxH)
Stand
4.0 x 4.0 x 30 cm (LxWxH) (501622)
4.0 x 4.0 x 45 cm (LxWxH) (501623)
Mounting holes
English: 1/4 20 x 1” (2 bolts supplied)
Metric: M6 x 25 mm grid (2 bolts supplied)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
501622
9 lbs (4 kg)
501623
11 lbs (5 kg)
failure using Vibration-Free Platforms and Workstations
Vibration-free Platform
(VFP) not included
Applications
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Patch clamping, cell injection, analytical balances and optical
microscopes
501622
All buildings vibrate. Activities of people, machinery, heating and
ventilation systems, and nearby truck or rail traffic cause all types of
vibrations. These vibrations, though acceptable to occupants, cannot be
tolerated by equipment used in patch clamping, cell injection, analytical
balances and optical microscopes. Additional tabletop sizes and finishes
are available, as well as optional accessories such as side rails and casters.
Call for more information and prices for the configuration you require.
501623
501624
Universal Micromanipulator Stand 30 cm
(includes one clamp)
Universal Micromanipulator Stand 45 cm
(includes one clamp)
Additional Rotation Clamp
The M3301, KITE, DC3001 and SM325 (but not
M325) can be used with these mounts.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
36
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
501622
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Stagetop Environmental Control
Control temperature and CO2 in a microscope stagetop environment
Features
● Four programmable digital control loops:
● Independent incubator base temperature PID control with
±0.1ºC precision
CELL & TISSUE
● Independent incubator lid temperature PID control with
±0.1ºC precision
● CO2 digital PID control with ±0.1% precision
● Airflow digital PID control from 0–900 SCCM
● USB-based remote control and data logging
● Electronic flow meter
● Programmable alarm for out of tolerance condition
on all four channels
● Compact and lightweight
Benefits
● Compact housing that fits most inverted
microscope stages and holds standard
culture well plates
● Control temperature and CO2, O2
using the Environmental Control
Unit (ECU)
● Control and monitor system
parameters using the ECU
Applications
● For short term or long
term studies of living
cell cultures under a
microscope (Live Cell
Imaging)
● Time lapse video
research
Time lapse video research
requires a microscope
stagetop incubator.
IV-ECU-HOC
Compact housing
that fits most
inverted microscope stages
Perfect for Live Cell Imaging, STEV (the stagetop environmental control
platform) is a compact environmental case that houses your culture wells
and fits on a microscope stage inside the live cell microscope incubator.
Control temperature and CO2 and O2
This system offers precision control of both temperature and carbon
dioxide, as well as remote control and data logging via a USB connection.
The system is flexible and easy to configure for a variety of experimental
conditions.
Control and monitor system parameters
The system includes the Environmental Control Unit electronics which
use four programmable loops to control the temperatures of the case
and the lid, CO2 within the environmental case and airflow within the
incubator.
STAGETOP ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Chamber, Controller, Heat, Digital Flow Control for Bottle Gas
IV-ECU-H5
IV-ECU-HC
Chamber, Controller with CO2 & Heat
(using CO2 internal sensor)
IV-ECU-HCP Chamber, Controller with CO2 & Heat
(CO2 probe sensor)
IV-ECU-HOC Chamber, Controller with CO2, O2 & Heat
(using CO2 internal sensor)
STEV2
The Environmental Control Unit home screen shows the real time readings for
the parameters you want to see.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
37
LIVE CELL IMAGING
ORDERING INFORMATION
Environmental Control for Live Cell Microscopy
Incubation and environmental control for long term imaging of cellular growth
Features
● Unique diffusion grid, combined with
CELL & TISSUE
air input and return vents, provide an
air flow pattern for consistent, even
heating, with no hot or cold spots in
the chamber
● External heater that can be placed far
enough from the system to eliminate
electrical and vibrational interference
from the heater
● High degree of temperature precision
and stability
● Minimal focal drift after equilibrium
is achieved—accuracy ±0.1ºC at the
sample itself, and 0.2ºC across the
microscope stage (allowing for uniform
heating of multiwell dishes)
● Airflow pattern and temperature
uniformity eliminate dramatic changes
in environmental temperature when
the incubator door opens
● Ergonomic design for ease of use—
The focus and x/y stage controls
are outside of the incubator itself.
Large doors allow easy access to the
specimen and small ones for cords,
tubing, etc.
IV-200ECU
● Precision, shielded temperature probe
● Simple, one person setup of the system
Benefits
● Choice of controller to manage air flow,
heat, carbon dioxide and oxygen
● Control and monitor an external heater or lens warmer with ECU
or control and monitor temperature and monitor humidity with
ECU-HOC
● Diffuser grid and proper air venting insures consistent air flow inside
the acrylic microscope chamber
Applications
● Live cell imaging under a microscope
● Time lapse video research
from the system through cracks at the microscope/incubator junction in
an uncontrolled, random fashion. These systems offer no temperature
uniformity, suffer from focus drift and often experience electrical and
vibrational interference from the heater. You will also notice dramatic
temperature drifts when the imaging environment is disturbed.
Choice of controller to manage heat, CO2 and O2
This unique, acrylic Live Cell Imaging chamber, combined with an
Environmental Control Unit (ECU) and an AirTherm controller, ensure
precision control of your incubator environment.
STEV-B
ECU-HOC
N2
Air
This diagram shows how
the Stagetop environment
connects with the ECU-HOC to
control heat, air flow, carbon
dioxide and oxygen.
To
Auxilliary
Heater*
CO2
LIVE CELL IMAGING
This Live Cell Microscope Incubator was extensively tested in laboratories.
When compared with other systems, it offers dramatic advantages. For
example, other incubators for live cell microscopy rely on passive, random
diffusion of heated air from a single source to maintain the desired
temperature setpoint. With no hot air return vent, the heated air escapes
Incubator on a Nikon Eclipse TE-2000 Microscope. Incubators for Zeiss
and Olympus microscopes are also available, as well as versions that
accommodate confocal modules. All incubators are compatible with all
commercially available cameras, light sources, filter wheels, motorized stages
and motorized nose pieces.
Mixed Gas Flow
Main Interface Ca
ble
*Aux. heater could be a lens warmer or an AirTherm
Satellite heater (for a full microscope enclosure).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
38
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
The ECU comes in four varieties so you have all the control you require.
● With the ECU-H5, you can control air flow and heating.
● In addition to air flow and temperature control, the ECU-HC lets you
control the carbon dioxide level. It has an internal sensor.
● The ECU-HCP also controls air flow, temperature and carbon
dioxide, but it has a remote sensor that can be positioned inside the
microscope chamber.
● The ECU-HOC adds control of the oxygen level, which is accomplished
by displacing the oxygen with nitrogen.
Control external heater and monitor humidity
AIR-THERM-SMT
Diffuser grid and venting for consistent air flow
Air flow affects the temperature uniformity of incubators. The red arrows
on Fig. 1 and Fig. 3 indicate air flow. The Live Cell Microscope Incubator
uses a diffuser grid and proper venting to insure consistent air flow.
Traditional incubators with poor air flow suffer with hot and cold spots
in the incubator, as seen in thermal images (Fig. 2 and Fig. 4). Warmer
temperatures are indicated by red and cooler temperatures by blue.
This humidifier may be used inside a microscope chamber for controlling the
humidity inside the stagetop environment chamber.
Fig. 1—Single air input and no
venting causes random air flow in
a traditional incubator.
Fig. 3—A diffusion grid with air
input and exhaust vents yields
consistent air flow.
Fig. 2—Hot and cold spots result
from inconsistent flow.
ORDERING AN ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBER
CELL & TISSUE
The first three ECU units are capable of controlling a simple, external
heater, like the AirTherm Satelite (AirTherm-SAT) or a microscope lens
warmer. The AirTherm-SMT can monitor and control temperature and
monitor humidity level inside the microscope chamber.
Acrylic enclosures are essentially custom-built. When ordering a
system, you will need to provide the following information:
Microscope
Stage
Stage-Up
Perfect Focus
Camera
Left Port
Right Port
Analyzer
Fluor Attachment
Tirf
White Light Tirf
Binocular D Head
Tilting Head
Filter Wheels
Excitation
Emission
Dual Lamphouse
Transmitted Light Shutter
Cells
35 mm/60 mm
Wells
Coverslips
Fig. 4—Consistent air flow means
uniform heating.
ORDERING INFORMATION
IN VIVO FULL CHAMBER SYSTEM WITH ECU CONTROLLER & NEW
AIRTHERM-SAT/SMT
IV-100SMT
All Systems Include: Proprietary Humidification Module,
Stage Adaptor, Stage Dish with Optical Grade Glass.
Environmental Chamber, Heat controller.
IV-200ECU
Environmental Chamber, Heat & CO2 controller.
Requires 100% CO2 & ambient air supplies. .
IV-300ECU
Microscope Environmental Chamber, Heat Controller,
CO2 and O2 Controller.
Environmental Chamber, Heat & CO2 controller.
IV-CUST
Custom Design
Requires 100% CO2 & ambient air supplies. Features a CO2 probe
to detect concentration at the sample.
Includes but not limited to Tilting Heads, Black Chamber,
Confocals, Camera on Right, HMX Lamphouse, and Manipulators.
Fee added for design not included in standard system
IV-ECU-HOC
The STEV stagetop environment sits on the INV-101 stage, and the ECU
controller maintains the temperature inside the chamber.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
39
LIVE CELL IMAGING
IV-200-OX
Requires pre-mixed 5% CO2 gas supply
Control Heat/Monitor Humidity in Chambers
Smart, electrically quiet air heater for live cell imaging & custom incubators
CELL & TISSUE
Features
● Precision heat controller for use in live cell
imaging and custom incubators
● Control heat and monitor humidity
(optional) with a single controller
● Electrically and acoustically quiet
● Quick, precise response to thermal change
Benefits
● PID control algorithms allow for
tight control of temperature in the
environmental chamber
● System includes hoses and probes so that
AIR-THERM-SMT
it is ready to connect with your microscope
chamber, incubator or controlled
environment
Applications
References
● Live cell imaging systems fitted with full microscope environmental
X. Yin, D.A. Knecht, M.A. Lynes “Meallothionein mediates leukocyte
chemotaxis” BMC Immunology 6. 2005: 6--21
chamber enclosures
● Control environment in custom incubators
The AirTherm™ SMT is a new generation of heat control system
from WPI designed to be used in Live Cell Imaging applications with
microscopes fitted with a full microscope environmental chamber
enclosure. The standard AirTherm™ SMT controls temperature and, as
an option, monitors humidity.
PID algorithm for maintaining tight control
The AirTherm™ SMT uses a PID control algorithm to tightly control the
temperature and monitor humidity of the controlled environment
With AirTherm™ SMT, the temperature of the sample and microscope
optics can be controlled to within 0.2°C. During operation, air is drawn out
of the chamber through a flexible hose, heated by the AirTherm™ SMT
heater and re-circulated to the chamber by the return hose.
Ready to connect to your microscope chamber
The system is typically used in a closed loop configuration.
The AirTherm™ SMT system includes:
● Two coil-reinforced heater hose pieces and hose clamps.
● Temperature sensor for remote placement in environmental chamber
● Humidity probe for monitoring chamber humidity available as an
LIVE CELL IMAGING
option.
Microscope
Chamber
(not included)
A typical AirTherm™ SMT
installation places the
heated air inflow at the
bottom and the cold air
return at the top of the
microscope chamber.
AIRTHERM SPECIFICATIONS
AIR FLOW RATE
20–50 CFM (0.55–1.4 m3/minute)
CONTROL TEMPERATURE RANGE Ambient to 45°C
TEMPERATURE RESOLUTION
0.1°C
TEMPERATURE ACCURACY
0.2°C
ANALOG OUTPUT
FOR CHART RE-CORDER
0.5°C resolution;
0–10 V represents 0–100°C
HEATING VOLUME
Less than 50 CF (1400L), re-circulating
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TYPE
Platinum RTD 1000 W
HUMIDIFIER TYPE
Ultrasonic
HUMIDIFIER TANK CAPACITY
0.5 gallons
HUMIDIFIER DAILY OUTPUT
2 gallons
FUSE
For 120 VAC, 8A 250 V 5x20 mm metric
For 230 VAC, 4A 250 V 5x20 mm metric
POWER
450 W, 95–135 V or 220–240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
6½ x 8 x 7½ in. (15.5 x 21 x 19 cm)
ORDERING INFORMATION
AIRTHERM-SMT-1W
AIRTHERM-SMT-2W
AIRTHERM-SAT-1W
AIRTHERM-SAT-2W
Airtherm™ SMT Heater, 110V
Airtherm™ SMT Heater, 230V
AirTherm Satellite Heater, 110V
AirTherm Satellite Heater, 230V
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
15590
Replacement Hoses, 2.5” diam., 4.5 ft
300276
Replacement Platinum Temperature Probe
98727
Replacement Temperature Probe
98728
Humidity Probe
Air-Therm SMT
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
40
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Stereo Microscope with LED Illuminated Base
Articulating mirror ideal for Brightfield and Darkfield applications
Features
Illuminated base
Articulating mirror
Includes base, microscope head and focus mount
Trinocular version available
Includes opaque, black/white contrast stage plate
CELL & TISSUE
●
●
●
●
●
Benefits
● Oblique, transmitted light for low magnification
view of tissues, cells or embryo transfer
● Adjustable brightfield and darkfield illumination
● Pseudo DIC illumination
Applications
● Microinjection
● Nematode research
PZMIII-MI Microscope with Illuminated Base and
Articulating Mirror is perfect for microinjection
and transfection. It includes our standard stereo
microscope head mounted on a research grade
Brightfield/Darkfield pole type stand. It has a large
stable work surface and a rotatable lens/mirror system
which provides transmitted LED intensity illumination.
The sliding mirror is gimbaled, allowing for a full range
of movement front to back, as well as rotation. The
mirror rotates 360º on one axis and can slide for
further lighting effect directionally, front to back. A
knob on the right of the base adjusts the mirror and a
locking ring holds the desired mirror position.
The articulating mirror lets you vary the microscope
illumination from Brightfield LED to Darkfield LED at
an appropriate angle. It is an effective tool for viewing
live bacteria. At low magnifications, view tissues, cells or embryo transfer
where oblique, transmitted illumination is critical.
Microscope options
This unit is sold with our standard PZMIII binocular stereo microscope
head. Other options are available. Speak with a specialist today to
configure a microscope for your needs
PZMIII-MI
Systems include
The scope mounting pole diameter is 32mm.
This platform includes the PZMIII microscope, a focus mount, two stage
clips, 94.5 mm glass stage plate, opaque black/white contrast stage plate
and an automatic voltage sensing power supply and a 25.6cm vertical
post. The base may be fitted to other microscope heads.
PZMTIII-MI SPECIFICATIONS
13 x 11 x 3.37 in. (33 x 28 x 8.5 cm)
10 in. (25.6cm)
3.75 in. (9.5 cm) diameter
75 mm clip length, 4mm pin, paired
Built in incident and transmitted variable intensity
LED illumination
ROTATABLE MIRROR
Dual-reflection lens/mirror system provides transmitted brightfield/ pseudo-darkfield illumination
STAND MANUFACTURER MADE IN JAPAN
WARRANTY
LIMITED LIFETIME WARRANTY
SHIPPING WEIGHT
10 lb. (4.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
PZMIII-MI
(Left) If you want to add a camera or connect with a video monitor, select a
PZMTIII trinocular head for you lighted microscope base.
(Right) This trinocular microscope head has a camera attached. It also shows
an M3301 mounted to the base using a M4C coupler for microinjection
studies. A setup like this facilitates classroom or collaborative environments so
everyone can see on the remote screen what the researcher is viewing through
the microscope..
Stereo Microscope with LED Illuminated Base Stand with
Articulating Mirror
Includes PZMIII microscope, a focus mount, 2 stage clips,
94.5 mm glass stage plate, black/white stage plate, automatic
voltage sensing power supply
PZMTIII-MI
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Trinocular Microscope with LED Illuminated Base Stand
with Articulating Mirror
Includes PZMTIII microscope, a focus mount, 2 stage clips,
94.5 mm glass stage plate, black/white stage plate, automatic
voltage sensing power supply
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
41
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
DIMENSIONS
PILLAR HEIGHT
GLASS STAGE PLATE
STAGE CLIPS
ILLUMINATION PORT
Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope
Modular, two parallel beam path design and high quality optics
USBCAM50 digital camera
included with version shown,
also available separately
CELL & TISSUE
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Modular, two parallel beam design
Z-LITE fiber optic
illuminator now included
with systems below
differs from unit in photo
— see page 52.
Planachromatic objectives, no optical distortion
Large zoom ratio: 8:1
Large zoom range: 0.62x-5.0x
Step and continuous zoom
5-year warranty
Computer and
display not
included
Benefits
● High-contrast imaging, ideal for observing transparent, low-contrast
objects
● Long working distance option available
Applications
● Integrated optical and biological research
The fourth generation of WPI’s precision stereo zoom microscopes uses
modular, two parallel beam path design and high quality optical system.
The advanced optical design with planachromatic objectives provides
sharp and distortion-free contrast image throughout the entire zoom
range and comes with an impressive 5-year warranty.
The PZMIV is available in a binocular or trinocular version. In addition, an
extensive list of optional accessories is available that makes the PZMIV
suitable for integrated optical and biological research.
The microscope comes with a track stand, standard 10x eyepieces (widefield, distortion-free and high eye point), 1x planachromatic distortion-free
objective. See the Table on next page for all optical options.
All PZMIV and PZMTIV microscopes come with 10x eyepieces, built-in 1x
auxiliary lens, and light ring adapter.
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50
Long working distance option
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
A common application for the PZMIV and the PZMIII is to add a 0.5X
objective to allow for more working distance under the lens. This
increases the PZMIV working distance from 80 mm to 189 mm. The PZMIII
working distance increases from 100 mm to 177mm.
The use of this auxiliary lens drops the magnification range to half, so we
also recommend acquiring the 20X eyepieces to return the microscope to
its standard magnifications.
See the specification tables marked areas for more details. On trinocular
versions of the microscope with the LWD option, the camera view is
nearly the same as the eyepiece visual field of view.
The trinocular version is a true trinocular, with continuous operation of both
eyepieces and photo tube simultaneously. There is no need to block the right
eyepiece to use the photoport.
504134 LED Ringlight
See page 52
PZMIV & PZMTIV Eyepieces and Objectives
10x Eyepiece
16x Eyepiece
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
20x Eyepiece
25x Eyepiece
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
Working
Distance
Objective
Mag
Field (mm)
(Video Field)
0.32x
1.9x - 16x
106 -13.1
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.2x 25.6x
70.6 - 8.8
(49.8 - 6.1)
3.9x - 32x
55.4 - 6.9
(49.8 - 6.1)
5x - 40x
45.4 - 5.6
(49.8 - 6.1)
296 mm
0.5x
3.1x - 25x
67.7 - 8.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
5x - 40x
45.2 - 5.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
6.2x - 50x*
35.5 - 4.4
(31.8 - 3.95)
7.8x - 62.5x
29 - 3.6
(31.8 - 3.95)
189 mm*
0.63x
3.9x - 31.5x
53.8 - 6.7
(25.3 - 3.15)
6.2x - 50.4x
35.8 - 4.4
(25.3 - 3.15)
7.8x -63x
28.2 - 3.5
(25.3 - 3.15)
9.8x - 78.8x
23 -2.9
(25.3 - 3.15)
149 mm
1.0x (inc)
6.2x - 50x
33.9 - 4.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
9.9x - 90x
22.6 - 2.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
12.4x - 100x
17.7 - 2.2
(15.9 - 1.97)
15.5x - 125x
14.5 - 1.8
(15.9 - 1.97)
80 mm
The Video Field is based on a 1/2-inch CCD (8 mm diagonal) and a 0.5x camera adapter.
*Long working distance (LWD) configuration
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
42
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ORDERING INFORMATION
PZMIV
PZMIV
502002 Stand
15 in.
21 in.
PZMTIV-BS
Base 11 x 10 in.
40 cm
502005 Ball Bearing Boom Stand — Dual
Arm Ball Bearing Boom Stand for increased
stability and smoother horizontal movements.
WFH 10×
1×
0.62× - 5×
6.2× - 50×
8:1
∅33.9- ∅4.2 mm
80 mm
Inclined 45°
50 – 75 mm
± 5 Diopter
Rotatable 360°
16×, 20×, 25×
0.32×, 0.5×, 0.63×
1.9× - 125×
∅106 - ∅1.8 mm
80 – 296 mm
23 lb.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
43
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
PZMIV SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
AUXILIARY LENSES
ZOOM RANGE
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
ZOOM RATIO
FIELD OF VIEW
WORKING DISTANCE
BINOCULAR TUBE
INTERPUPILARY DISTANCE
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
MICROSCOPE BODY
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Eyepieces
Auxiliary lenses
Total Magnification
Field of view
Working Distance
SHIPPING WEIGHT
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
502000
PZMIV Binocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1× Objective,
Eye guards
502001
PZMTIV Trinocular Body With 10X Eyepieces, 1× Objective,
Eye guards
502002
76mm Rectanglular Track Stand
502004
Boom Stand (Heavy) W/O Focus Mount
(requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502005
Ball Bearing Boom Stand (Heavy) W/O Focus Mount
(requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502006
Boom Clamp Stand (Heavy)
(requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
504123
Extension for Heavy Clamp Stand
502009
Universal Focus Mount for 76 mm PZMIV
(Required for BS, AAC, BBS, and BCS) (5/8” pin)
502010
10× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502011
16× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502012* 20× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
502013
25× Wide Field Eyepiece for PZMIV (pair)
500264
10× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 10× eyepiece #502010)
500266
20× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 20× eyepiece #502012)
502015
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
(For R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide)
502016 0.32×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (278 mm WD)
502017* 0.50×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (174 mm WD)
502018
0.63×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (138 mm WD)
502019
1.0×, Planachromatic Objective (Distortion-free) (73mm WD)
500261
0.35× CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with USBCAM33)
500262
0.5× CCD Camera Coupler, C-Mount (Use with COLCAM,
USBCAM50)
500028
1× CCD Camera Coupler
502163
Wall Mount Plate for Articulated Arm System
Z-LITE
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with Lenses
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide
Z-LITE-186
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator with Bifurcated Light Guide
and Lenses
*Long working distance (LWD) option with the 502012 and 502017 on a
trinocular microscope shows nearly the same scene on the screen as the
viewer sees in the eyepieces.
CELL & TISSUE
Precision Stereo Zoom Binocular Microscope (Model IV),
on Track Stand
PZMIV-BS PZMIV Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIV
Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model IV),
on Track Stand
PZMTIV-BS PZMTIV Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIV-DIG50 PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV,
USBCAM50 USB Computer Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler,
Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide
PZMTIV-BS-DIG50 PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV,
USBCAM50 USB Computer Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler,
Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide,
Boom Stand
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50 PZMTIV Microscope System, including PZMTIV,
USBCAM50 USB Computer Camera, 0.5× CCD Camera Coupler,
Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical Fiber Light Guide,
Boom Stand, 0.5× Objective, 20× Eyepieces for Long Working
Distance Viewing
See web site for complete configurations.
Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope
Quality and precision to improve your vision
Features
● Stereo viewing with ample working distance when used with the
Z-LITE fiber optic illuminator
now included with systems
below differs from unit in
photo — see page 52.
long working distance (LWD) option
Benefits
● Advanced optics
● Trinocular version available
● Perfect for a boom stand or articulating arm
Applications
●
●
●
●
Tissue Dissection
Cell injection
Specimen manipulation
Electrode inspection
WPI’s third-generation stereo microscope, PZMIII, is an ideal
tool for tissue dissection, cell injection, specimen manipulation,
electrode inspection, and many other applications that require a
magnified, stereo viewing and ample working distance. It offers the
leading brand’s quality and performance at an affordable price.
Advanced optics provide the sharpest image that can only be
found among the best of this class. It is superior to many stereo
microscopes costing almost twice as much. Zooming is achieved by
Computer and
a spring-loaded knob that is smooth and effortless. The compact
display not
size and light weight make it more stable and easily manipulated on
included
the boom stand. A specially designed photo/video module is used
in the trinocular version of the microscope (PZMTIII) for photo,
video, or digital imaging. In addition, an extensive list of optional
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50 includes Boom Stand and USB Digital Camera
accessories is available that can make the PZMIII suitable for almost any
bio-research applications requiring a stereo microscope. See next page
for options.
The PZMTIII trinocular version of this microscope offers a true trinocular
view. Both eyepieces and the trinocular ports are active all the time. There
is no need for the right eye piece to switch off. The left eye piece dims
slightly, and the right eye piece is 50/50.
502007
Articulated Arm
504134 LED Ringlight
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
CELL & TISSUE
● Affordably priced
Max. clamp
opening: 40 mm
See page 52.
PZMIII
503051 Manual Stage — Mounts in
the circular opening in the PZMIII base.
XY travel distance: 75 x 56 mm. Glass
size: 116 x 96 mm. Active diameter:
37.6 mm. Dimensions: 180 x 155 x 27
mm. Fits 503102 base only.
503102 Stand
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
44
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
PZMIII Eyepieces and Objectives
10× Eyepiece
Objective
Mag.
0.3×
2× - 13.5×
502163 Wall-Mount Plate — Mount
the microscope on the wall for
convenient storage when space is tight.
3.4× - 22.5×
5× - 33.8×
1.0×
6.7× - 45×
1.5×
10× - 67.5×
2.0×
13.4× - 90×
114 - 17
(53.6 - 8)
69 - 10
(32.4 - 4.7)
45 - 7
(21.1 - 3.3)
34 - 5
(16 - 4.7)
23 - 3.4
(10.8 - 1.6)
12 - 2.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
Mag.
3× - 20.3×
5× - 33.8×
7.5× - 50.6×
10× - 67.5×
15× - 101.3×
20.1× - 135×
Field (mm)
(Video Field)†
84 -13
(53.6 - 8)
51 - 7
(32.4 - 4.7)
34 - 5
(21.1 - 3.3)
25 - 3.7
(16 - 4.7)
17 - 2.5
(10.8 - 1.6)
13 - 1.8
(5.6 - 1.17)
20× Eyepiece
Mag.
4× -27×
6.7× - 45×*
10× - 67.5×
13.4× - 90×
20.1×-135×
26.8×-180×
Field (mm)
(Video Field)†
69 - 10.3
(53.6 - 8)
42 - 6.2
(32.4 - 4.7)
28 - 4.2
(21.1 - 3.3)
21 - 3.1
(16 - 4.7)
14 - 2.1
(10.8 - 1.6)
10 - 1.5
(5.6 - 1.17)
25× Eyepiece
Mag.
5× - 33.8×
8.4× - 56.3×
12.6× - 84.4×
16.8×-112.5×
25.1×-168.8×
33.5× - 225×
Working
Field (mm)
Distance
(Video Field)†
(mm)
44.8 - 6.7
(53.6 - 8)
26.9 - 4.0
(32.4 - 4.7)
17.9 - 2.7
(21.1 - 3.3)
13.4 - 2.0
(16 - 4.7)
9.0 - 1.3
(10.8 - 1.6)
6.7 - 1.0
(5.6 - 1.17)
287 mm
177 mm*
117 mm
100 mm
47 mm
26 mm
† The video field of view is based on a 1/2-inch (8 mm diagonal) CCD camera and a 0.5× camera adapter.
*Long working distance (LWD) configuration
PZMIII
502006 Boom Clamp Stand —
Combines the stability of a boom
stand with the versatility of an
articulated arm.
PZMIII-BS
WFH 10×
ZOOM RANGE
0.67× - 4.5×
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION
6.77× - 45×
FIELD OF VIEW
∅ 34 MM - ∅ 5 MM
WORKING DISTANCE
100 mm
BINOCULAR TUBE
Inclined 45°
INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE
Adjustable 47-70 mm
DIOPTER ADJUSTMENT
±5 Diopter (both eyepieces)
MICROSCOPE BODY
Rotatable 360°
AUXILIARY LENSES
Total magnification
2× - 225×
Biggest Field of View ∅ 110 mm
Working Distance
26-287 mm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
23 lb.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
45
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
PZMIII SPECIFICATIONS
EYEPIECES
ORDERING INFORMATION
Precision Stereo Zoom Microscope (Model III), on Post
Stand
PZMIII-BS PZMIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMIII-AAC PZMIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
PZMTIII
Precision Stereo Zoom Trinocular Microscope (Model III)
PZMTIII-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System
Including PZMTIII, USBCAM50 Computer Camera, 0.5X CCD
Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical
Fiber Light Guide
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System
Including PZMTIII, USBCAM50 Computer Camera, 0.5X CCD
Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical
Fiber Light Guide, Boom Stand
PZMTIII-BS-LWD-DIG50 PZMTIII Microscope System
Including PZMTIII, USBCAM50 Computer Camera, 0.5X CCD
Camera Coupler, Z-LITE Optical Illuminator, Bifurcated Optical
Fiber Light Guide, 0.5× Objective, 20× Eyepieces for Long
Working Distance Viewing
PZMTIII-BS PZMTIII Microscope on Boom Stand
PZMTIII-AAC PZMTIII Microscope on Articulated Arm with Table Clamp
All PZMIII and PZMTIII microscopes come with 10x eyepieces and
built-in 1x auxiliary lens.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
501352
PZMIII Binocular Body, 10x eyepieces (pair), eye guards
13338 Ring Light Adapter NOT included
501353
Fan Post Stand with 76mm Focus Mount
502009
Universal Focus Mount, 76 mm ID for PZMIII Body
502004
Boom Stand (Heavy) without Focus Mount
502005
Ball Bearing Boom Stand (Heavy) without Focus Mount
504123
Post Extension for Heavy Boom Stand
502006
Boom Clamp Stand (Heavy)
(requires 502009 Focus Mount for PZMIV)
502007
Articulated Arm with Table Clamp, without Focus Mount
(40 cm clamp)
502163
Wall-Mount Plate, 6" × 6" (or 15.24 cm × 15.24 cm)
501369
Wide Field 10× Eyepieces (pair)
501370
Wide Field 15× Eyepieces (pair)
501371*
Wide Field 20× Eyepieces (pair)
501372
Wide Field 25× Eyepieces (pair)
504128
10× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 10× eyepiece on PZMIII)
504129
20× Eyepiece with Reticle (matches 20× eyepiece 501371)
501373
0.3× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501375*
0.5× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501376
0.75× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501377
1.5× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501378
2.0× Long Working Distance Objective Lens
501379
PZMTIII Trinocular Body, pair of 10× eyepieces and eye
guards, true trinocular view
13338 Ring Light Adapter NOT included
501381
0.5× C-Mount CCD Camera Coupler
13338
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIII Series
(included with all microscope configurations on previous page)
503051
Manual Stage for PZMIII
503102
76mm Rectangular Base Post Stand for PZMIII
504596
76mm Halogen-Halogen Dual Illuminated Track Stand
504597
Replacement Lamp for 504596
*Long working distance (LWD) option with the 501371 and 501375 on a
trinocular microscope shows nearly the same scene on the screen as the
viewer sees in the eyepieces.
CELL & TISSUE
0.5×
0.75×
Field (mm)
(Video Field)†
15× Eyepiece
Precision Surgical Microscope
Ideal for small animal surgery
CELL & TISSUE
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Motorized focusing system, allows hands-free operation
Optional video adapter
Improved optics 119 lp/mm
Convenient handles
New head tilting mechanism
Benefits
● Light weight, compact and easy to maneuver—weighs only 70 lb.
● Dual bulbs prevent illumination failure during surgery
● Five magnification steps
Applications
● Small animal surgery
● Veterinary surgery
WPI’s improved precision SurgioScope (now with five magnification steps)
is a portable, high quality surgical microscope offering outstanding image
quality and value. Incorporating an agile extension arm and excellent
working distance objectives, the SurgioScope provides convenient
movement and maneuverability necessary for accurate positioning. These
important features, together with a high quality optical system, provide
sharp image contrast and enhanced large field of vision. The SurgioScope
comes fully equipped with a foot-controlled motorized focusing system,
normally only found in more expensive surgical microscopes. A unique
dual lamp housing enables safe and rapid changing of the lamp during an
operation, without the need to power down. The optional video port on
the trinocular version permits operational procedures to be monitored
or recorded simultaneously using a video recorder and a COLCAM video
camera or digital stills with USBCAM50.
PSMT5N
SURGIOSCOPE SPECIFICATIONS
TOTAL MAGNIFICATION (F200)
3.2× — 25×
ADJUSTABLE DIOPTER
± 6 Diopter
ADJUSTABLE INTERPUPILLARY DISTANCE
Objective
min. 50 mm — max. 70 mm
EYEPIECE
12.5x
FINE FOCUS ADJUSTMENT RANGE
30 mm
WORKING HEIGHT (Arm Movement Range Above Floor)
89 cm Post.........Focus from 34.5" (88 cm) to 51" (130 cm) above floor *
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
OBJECTIVES
103 cm Post.......Focus from 40.5" (103 cm) to 57" (146 cm) above floor *
* Subtract Working Distance for height above specimen, 103 cm post
recommended for F350 objective.
RANGE OF MOTION
Maximum Stretch Radius of Arm .. 870 mm
Vertical Movement Range ............... 700-1100 mm
F100
#504284
F200
(included)
F250
#504285
F300
#504286
F350
#504287
Working
Distance
Magnificationstep
90 mm
6.4, 10, 16, 26, 40x 25, 15.5, 10, 6, 4
190 mm
240 mm
290 mm
340 mm
3.2, 5, 8, 13, 20x
50, 31, 20, 12, 8
2.6, 4, 6.4, 10.4,
16x
2.1, 3.3, 5.3,
8.7, 13x
1.8, 2.9, 4.6,
7.4, 11x
65, 40, 25,
16, 10
75, 46.5, 30,
18, 12
91, 57, 36,
22, 14
Camerafield
1/2" CCD (mm)
Camerafield
1/3" CCD (mm)
25, 15.5, 10,
6, 4.5
17.5, 11.5, 7,
4.6, 2.8
50, 31, 20, 12, 8
35, 23, 14, 9, 5.5
63, 40, 25, 16, 10
45, 28, 18, 11, 7
75, 46.5, 30,
18, 12
52.5, 34.5, 21,
13.5, 8.3
88, 55, 35, 21, 13 60, 38, 24, 15, 9.5
For additional objectives and specifications, see www.wpiinc.com
ORDERING INFORMATION
ILLUMINATION
PSMB5N
Spot = 42 mm
Dual lamp housing with quick-change spare and internal coaxial fiber
optic cable.
HALOGEN-TUNGSTEN LAMP
12V, 100W, with cold reflection
OPTIONAL CAMERA
COLCAM, USBCAM50 (1⁄2” CCD)
USBCAM33 (1⁄3” CCD)
POWER
110V, 50-60 Hz, or 220V, 50-60 Hz
SHIPPING WEIGHT
94 lb (43 kg)
PSMT5N
Binocular SurgioScope, F200 objective
(Specify post height)
Trinocular SurgioScope, beam splitter, standard video
adapter, F200 objective (Specify post height)
Specify 89 cm or 103 cm post
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
501636
1/2" CS-mount Adapter (requires Beam Splitter 501637)
501637
Beam splitter
504284
F100 Objective
504285
F250 Objective
504286
F300 Objective
504287
F350 Objective
500162
Replacement lamp, 12V, 100 W
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
46
Visual Field of
view (mm)
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Inverted Trinocular Microscope
Excellent for video recording and photography
Video camera available
separately
CELL & TISSUE
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Phase contrast at 10X and 20X
160 x 260 mm stage
Infinity Optical System
Trinocular head for attaching camera
Abbe condenser
Coarse and fine focusing
Multiple objectives included
Benefits
● Stage includes inserts for holding standard culture dishes and
slides
● Halogen illumination, offering an image with true to life coloring
● Fixed Stage—optics move during focusing—excellent for patch
clamp and brain slice recording
Applications
● Video recording/photography
● Patch clamping
● Brain slice recording
The INV-101 is an affordable inverted microscope for pathologists,
biologists and medical researchers. Able to perform intricate and varied
applications for vital tissue cultures, it is perfect for observation and
education or for professional research in a clinical lab. naturally choose
this microscope.
INV-101
Accessories included: Green, blue and neutral filters, dust cover,
immersion oil, manual and warranty card.
TRINOCULAR HEAD
EW 10× /22 extra wide field eyepieces
CONDENSER
Abbe condenser with 10× / 20× phase
Coarse adjustment range +8 to -3 mm
FOCUS
ORDERING INFORMATION
INV-101
503510
503520
Trinocular Inverted Microscope
30 mm 10× Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
Replacement lamp
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
EYEPIECES
Fine adjustment: 0.002 mm
STAGE
160×250 mm
INSERTS
35 mm round, 50 mm round, 87×46 rectangular
STAGE DRIVE
Coaxial drive controls
MECHANICAL STAGE
X-Y coaxial control; 120×78mm range of traverseNosepiece
NOSEPIECE
Quintuple nosepiece
OBJECTIVES
Infinity optical system
Plan 4× and 40×,
Plan Phase 10× and 20×
ILLUMINATION
6V/30 W halogen bulb
Centering eyepiece for phase objective
FIXED STAGE
Optics move during focusing—excellent for patch
clamp and brain slice recording
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
47
LED Illuminated Microscopes
Superb optics, durable and high performance microscopes
3000-LED SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL SYSTEM
Infinity Optical System, f=180 mm, Anti-Mold
Siedentopf type, inclined 30°; interpupillary distance
adjustment 48-75 mm
HWF Plan 10× eyepiece, 20 mm field of view with built-in
diopter adjustment; a pointer is standard in one eyepiece
Rear facing quadruple
Infinity Plan achromat 4× (N.A. 0.10), 10× (N.A. 0.25),
40×R* (N.A. 0.65), 100×R oil* (N.A. 1.25) are standard
*spring-loaded
Stage size 140 mm × 132mm with X-Y movement range of
76mm × 50 mm
VIEWING HEAD
CELL & TISSUE
EYEPIECES
NOSEPIECE
Features
●
●
●
●
OBJECTIVES
Binocular or trinocular
Infinity plan achromat optics
STAGE
20 mm FOV
Benefits
PHASE CONTRAST
(OPTION)
CONDENSER
ILLUMINATION
● Super bright LED illuminator
ACCESSORIES
3W LED illuminator
Applications
Phase sliders for 10×/BF/40×
N.A. 1.25 Abbe condenser
3 watt LED with variable intensity control
Dust cover, immersion oil and instruction manual, universal
power supply 110v-240v
Cast alloy aluminum; coaxial coarse and fine focusing controls.
15.25 × 7.75 × 15.4 in. (387 × 196 × 391 mm)
16 lb (7.26 kg)
STAND
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
● Student laboratories
● Life science research
The ACCU-SCOPE® 3000504221
LED Microscope Series
delivers outstanding optical
performance, value and resolution to
meet the exacting standards of life science professionals and students.
With a newly designed infinity plan optical system, a best-in-class 20 mm
field of view and a super-bright 3-watt LED illuminator, the 3000-LED
Series provides high contrast images with outstanding resolution,
precision design and enhanced illumination.
ORDERING INFORMATION
504221 Binocular, Infinity Plan achromat 4×, 10×, 40×R and 100×R oil
objectives
504443 Trinocular, Infinity Plan achromat 4×, 10×, 40×R and 100×R oil
objectives
504445 Binocular, Plan phase contrast 10× and 40×R objectives
504444 Trinocular, Plan phase contrast 10× and 40×R objectives
504416 0.50× c-mount adapter for 1/2" sensors, adjustable focus
504417 0.35× c-mount adapter for 1/3" sensors, adjustable focus
Professional-Grade Microscope
Best-seller in universities, medical schools, research laboratories
W30S SPECIFICATIONS
HEAD
Binocular (Seidentopf), True Trinocular
Inclined 30°, rotates 360°
Dual diopter adjustment, Interpupillary distance
range 55-75 mm
10×/18 wide field eyepieces
NOSEPIECE
Quadruple forward-facing nosepiece
OBJECTIVES
DIN Plan, antifungal
4×, 10×, 40×, 100×R (oil)
Parfocal, parcentric, color-coded
● Affordable research grade
STAGE
Applications
Mechanical stage (140 mm × 140 mm)
Coaxial drive controls
XY Movement: 73 mm × 43 mm
FOCUS
Coarse adjustment: range of 30 mm
Fine adjustment: graduation of 2 μm
Tension control knob
ILLUMINATION
Moveable Abbe condenser, NA 1.25,
Iris diaphragm
Variable LED light source (3W bulb)
110V/220V switchable electronics
ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
Replacement 0.5 amp fuses, mirror attachment
(for field use), blue and green filters, dust cover,
immersion oil
Features
● Titanium finished DIN or
semi-plan optic
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
● 30 year antifungal coating
Benefits
microscope
● Universities, medical schools,
and research laboratories
The W30S professional-grade
microscope is a best-seller in
universities, medical schools,
and research laboratories.
Equipped for performance,
W30S-LED
its features include titaniumfinished DIN or Semi-Plan optics and a 30-year antifungal coating.
The W30S is the choice for superior performance at a great price.
DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHT 15” (38 cm) × 9” (23 cm) × 7” (17.8 cm)
14 lb (6.4 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
W30S-LED
W30ST-LED
503513
500828
504606
Binocular Microscope
Trinocular Microscope
21 mm 10X Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
Stage Micrometer, 1 mm scale, 200 div. at 10 µm
Stage Micrometer, 50-0.5 mm scale and 10 µm scale
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
48
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
High Definition Camera & Monitoring System
HD imaging for scientific and industrial applications
Features
CELL & TISSUE
● High definition camera and monitoring system
● 30fps (HDMI) and 15fps (USB 2.0), Aptina sensor and an
4GB SD card
● Includes HD camera, 1/2.5” (7.182 diagonal), 11.6” HD
display screen, 4GB SD card, USB 2.0 mouse, CaptaVision
PC Imaging Software, HDMI Cable, USB 2.0 Cable, 12V
Power Adapter, HDMI Adapter, Y Power Splitter, Mounting
Brackets and Hardware
● Specify line voltage
Benefits
● Connect your way: use directly, USB to PC or HDMI to a
projector
● Superior performance and color
● Built-in mouse control software for HDMI viewing and
recording without a computer
● Fluorescence imaging with 3D noise reduction
● Many built-in camera functions
PRO-300 HDS camera
system (microscope sold
separately).
Applications
● Scientific and industrial imaging
The new PRO-300 HDS sets a new standard for excellence in
high definition imaging for scientific and industrial applications.
This full featured HD camera offers super fast frame rates in
video preview, with unrivaled color fidelity and on-board image capturing
capability.
PRO-300 HDS lets you view and capture images and video directly to the
supplied SD card without the need for a computer or separate monitor.
The 11.6-in. HD display offers beautiful, crystal-clear image quality, and
vibrant, true-to-life color with exceptional viewing from all angles.
Connect your way
PRO-300 HDS can be used as a stand-alone system or connected to a
PC via USB cable so images can be displayed simultaneously on a PC. For
even more flexibility—and ideal for teaching environments—the HDMI
architecture allows the device to be connected to an HDMI-enabled
projector as well. Each camera is supplied with the PC/Mac-compatible
on-board image capture software, as well as full-featured CaptaVision PC
image analysis software.
Superior performance and color
Built-in mouse control software for HDMI viewing and
recording without a computer
An external HDMI port allows you to connect directly to an HD monitor
for live/real time viewing, capturing and saving of images to an SD card
without being connected to a computer. On-board software lets you
control the camera with a click of the mouse rather than searching
for buttons on the camera, making PRO-300 HDS the ideal choice for
teaching, group presentations or when a
computer set-up is not an option.
Fluorescence imaging
The ultra-high signal-to-noise ratio sensor
lets you set exposure time from 1 ms to up
to 10 seconds and adjust 20 scales of gain
value. And, the incredibly efficient 3D noise
reduction performance delivers detailed
low light images, making PRO-300 HDS a great choice for fluorescence
applications.
Auto or Manual Exposure Time Capability–You are in full control of
exposure and gain. Use the Auto Exposure function or set the exposure
time from 1 ms up to 10s and adjust 20 scales of gain value.
3D Noise Reduction–Longer exposure times increase image noise. The
integrated 3D noise reduction keeps the image clean and sharp.
1080P Video Recording–Just click on the video record icon to start
recording 1080P videos at 30fps. The recorded video files are saved
directly to the high speed SD card. You can playback videos directly from
the SD card.
Magnify (ROI), Rotate and Flip Images–Image operation buttons on
the right side of the screen allow you to select a ROI (Region of Interest),
as well as flip or rotate an image.
Side by Side Image Comparison–The image comparison function allows
you to choose one image, move the image position or select the ROI area
to compare with the live image.
Browse Captured Images and Video–Easily browse images on the SD
card, zoom in on images or delete them. You can even playback video files
saved to the SD card from the Browse feature.
On Board Imaging Tools–No driver is needed when
you connect to a PC or Mac via the USB 2.0 camera
port. You’ll be up and running in no time with the
on-board software that features basic imaging tools:
• Flip Horizontally
• Flip Vertically
• Zoom in
• Zoom Out
• Crop
• Divison
• Cancel
• Insert a Crossline
• Compare Images
• Browse Images
ORDERING INFORMATION
PRO-300 HDS HD Lite Camera with Screen
Specify line voltage
Includes HD camera, 11.6" HD HD display screen, 4GB SD card, USB 2.0 mouse,
CaptaVision PC Imaging Software, HDMI Cable, USB 2.0 Cable, 12V Power
Adapter, HDMI Adapter, Y Power Splitter, Mounting Brackets and Hardware
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
49
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
PRO-300 HDS incorporates dual FPGA processors and unique algorithms
that produce perfect color reproduction. It offers full 1080p video preview
for HD output with no lag time or compression.
Built-in camera functions
Digital Microscope Cameras
CELL & TISSUE
Photograph or share your research images
USBCAM133/USBCAM152/USBCAM202
USBCAM33 / USBCAM50
Features
Features
● Ultra-Compact USB
● 1280x960 resolution
cameras with color
CCD
and 15 fps
● Software included
Benefits
Benefits
● Rear mini-USB
● Connect via USB
connector
● Hardware & Software
Applications
Applications
● Image capturing from a
Trigger
● Image capturing from a
microscope
USBCAM133
microscope
Options
USBCAM133 with a 1/3-inch color CCD, 6mm diagonal.
USBCAM152 with a 1/2-inch color CCD, 8mm diagonal.
USBCAM202 with a 1/1.8-inch color CCD, 8.9 mm diagonal.
All three cameras are cased models with a rear mini-USB connector,
hardware and software triggering image capture, digital zoom and a
feature-rich, user based menu setup and control. Sentech USB cameras
include a SDK, DirectX, Twain and Linux driver, as well as the Sentech
Viewing Software.
SPECIFICATIONS
USBCAM133
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
IMAGE SENSOR
1/3” Interline SXVGA color
progressive CCD
CELL SIZE
3.75 (H) x 3.75 (V) µm,
6mm diagonal
SCANNING SYSTEM Progressive
RESOLUTION
1280 (H) x 960 (V)
MIN. SCENE
11 Lux at F1.2
ILLUMINATION
SPEED
22.4 Frames per Second
ELECTRONIC
Auto / Manual (software
SHUTTER
selectable)
GAIN
Auto / Manual (software
selectable)
GAMMA
Manual (software
selectable)
WHITE BALANCE Auto / Manual / One shot
(software selectable)
INPUT / OUTPUT USB 2.0 High Speed
POWER
+5 Vdc through USB
connector, < 300 mA
DIMENSIONS
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 37 (D) mm
(excluding connector)
LENS MOUNT
CS mount
WEIGHT
Approximately 45 g
INTERFACE
USB: mini-B USB connector
CONNECTOR
IO signal: 6pin connector
(HR10A-7R-6PB or
equivalent)
RoHS
RoHS Compliant
USBCAM152
USBCAM202
1/2” Interline SXGA color
progressive CCD
4.65 (H) x 4.65 (V) µm,
8mm diagonal
Progressive
1360 (H) x 1024 (V)
18 Lux at F1.2
1/1.8” Interline UXGA color
progressive CCD
4.40 (H) x 4.40 (V) µm, 8.9
mm diagonal
Progressive
1600 (H) x 1200 (V)
7.7 Lux at F1.2
19.26 Frames per Second
Auto / Manual (software
selectable)
Auto / Manual (software
selectable)
Manual (software
selectable)
Auto / Manual / One shot
(software selectable)
USB 2.0 High Speed
+5 Vdc through USB
connector, < 420 mA
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 42 (D) mm
(excluding connector)
C mount
Approximately 45 g
USB: mini-B USB connector
IO signal: 6pin connector
(HR10A-7R-6PB or
equivalent)
RoHS Compliant
15.3 Frames per Second
Auto / Manual (software
selectable)
Auto / Manual (software
selectable)
Manual (software
selectable)
Auto / Manual / One shot
(software selectable)
USB 2.0 High Speed
+5 Vdc through USB
connector, < 450 mA
28 (W) x 28 (H) x 42 (D) mm
(excluding connector)
C mount
Approximately 45 g
USB: mini-B USB connector
IO signal: 6pin connector
(HR10A-7R-6PB or
equivalent)
RoHS Compliant
ORDERING INFORMATION
USBCAM133
USBCAM152
USBCAM202
504570
Digital Microscope Camera
Digital Microscope Camera
Digital Microscope Camera
Replacement USB Cable, 3m (10 ft)
50
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Record images directly to your computer.
These digital microscope cameras offer flexibility,
with a range of configurations for image capture, USBCAM33
a choice of mount option (C or CS) and file output
alternatives. Since both cameras connect via the USB port, installing the
image capture software is simple. Either camera can be used on WPI’s
stereo microscopes PZMTIV, PZMTIII, compound microscopes W30ST
and GPL-T and also the PSMT5 Surgical Microscope. Choose from the
one third-inch CCD with 1024×768 resolution and 30 frames per second
(USBCAM33) or one half-inch CCD with 1280×960 resolution and 15
frames per second (USBCAM50).
These cameras include IC Imaging Control software that has:
● Real-time video preview
● Text and graphics can be drawn on a live video stream
● Scroll and Zoom
● Acquisition of single frames
● Capture pause, for intermittent image capture
● Timestamps
SPECIFICATIONS
USBCAM33
USBCAM50
IMAGE SENSOR
MAX RESOLUTION
1/3” Sony CCD, progressive scan
1024 x 768
1/2" Sony CCD, progressive scan
1280 x 960
SIZE
SPEED (PC DEPENDENT)
SENSITIVITY
EXPOSURE, SHUTTER CONTROL,
WHITE BALANCE
INTERFACE
4.65 µm x 4.65 µm, 6mm diam.
30 fps, 15 fps, 7.5 fps or 3.75 fps
0.5 lux @ 1/15 s
4.65 µm x 4.65 µm, 8mm diam.
15 fps, 7.5 fps or 3.75 fps
0.5 lux @ 1/7.5 s
Automatic/Manual
Automatic/Manual
USB 2.0 cable
Windows Vista (32 & 64 bit) or
Windows 7 (32 & 64 bit)
USB 2.0 cable
Windows Vista (32 & 64 bit) or
Windows 7 (32 & 64 bit)
IC Imaging Control Software
C/CS-Mount
50.6 x 50.6 x 50 mm
265 g (9.5 oz)
IC Imaging Control Software
C/CS-Mount
50.6 x 50.6 x 50 mm
265 g (9.5 oz)
SYSTEM REQUIREMENT
SOFTWARE
LENS MOUNT
CAMERA BODY
WEIGHT
ORDERING INFORMATION
USBCAM33
USBCAM50
503536
Digital Microscope Camera, 1/3-in. CCD
Digital Microscope Camera, 1/2-in. CCD
Cable, USB Extension (male-female)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Color Video Cameras for Microscopy
Record live video images
COLCAM-HD/COLCAM-HD1080P
C-Mount Eyepiece Adapters
Features
503097
better low light sensitivity
ed.
clud
ot in
ra n
e
Cam
● Low cost alternative to existing HD
and 3 CCD cameras, with outstanding
image quality
COLCAM-HD
Benefits
● Directly connect to HDTV, no PC required and no software to load
Applications
● Microscopy video output to HDTV
The COLCAM-HD is a CCD-based camera that outputs a true HD
720P at 60fps in the 16x9 format. The COLCAM-HD1080P is a
CMOS-based camera that outputs a true HD 1080P or 720P image
at 60fps in the 16x9 format. Both models feature the capability to
program individual DSP profiles accessed via remote hand held
controller.
For 1/3-inch (6 mm diagonal) and 1/2-inch (8mm diagonal) video cameras
and eyepiece camera conversion, this lens and its accessories make it
possible to connect a typical video or C-mount camera to almost any
microscope on the market. The lens fits right into the ocular socket of
standard 23.2mm microscopes and the 30 mm adapter allows for use
on the typical stereo zoom microscope. If you already have a trinocular
microscope you can add the included C-Adapter to the top of an existing
1X C-mount (no lens) adapter.
ORDERING INFORMATION
503097
Adapter, 0.45X for 1/3-in. and 1/2-in. video cameras,
30 mm Stereo adapter, 1X C-mount adapter
If still image or HDTV recording is required, contact WPI.
COLCAM SPECIFICATIONS
COLCAM-HD
IMAGER
COLCAM-HD1080P
1/2.33" 14 Mp CMOS
1/3" Interline SXGA CCD: ICX445AQA
Progressive
HD ACTIVE PICTURE
1280 (H) x 720 (V)
ELEMENT
1920 (H ) x 1080 (V )
CHIP SIZE
6mm diagonal
7.8 mm diagonal
MINIMUM SCENE
ILLUMINATION
4 Lux at F1.2
650 mV/Lux-sec
SYNC SYSTEM
Internal
Internal
VIDEO OUTPUT
DVI 1.0 compliant; 720P
DVI 1.0 conformity 1080P
RGB, 1280 H x 720 V
60/50/30 Hz
RGB, 1920 H x 1080 V
60/50/30 Hz
AGC *
AGC *
Auto *
Auto *
AGC or Fixed gain *
GAIN
AGC or Fixed gain *
GAMMA
presets or manual gamma *
presets or manual gamma *
WHITE BALANCE
Auto / Manual / Push-to-set *
Auto / Manual / Push-to-set *
POWER
12V power jack; 5.5x2.1 mm
12V power jack; 5.5x2.1 mm
DIMENSIONS
40 (W) x 40 (H) x 45.8 (D) mm
40 (W) x 45 (H) x 41.1 (D) mm
OPTICAL FILTER
IR cut filter included
IR cut filter included
LENS MOUNT
C/CS mount
C/CS mount
VIDEO OUTPUT
HDMI connector
HDMI connector
WEIGHT
Approximately 120 g
88 g
RoHS compliant
RoHS compliant
ROHS
* Selectable via the UART communication
ORDERING INFORMATION
COLCAM-HD Color Video Camera Includes 3m DV cable, power supply,
C/CS mount.
COLCAM-HD1080PColor Video Camera Includes 3m DV cable, power
supply, C/CS mount.
504136
3 meter HDMI cable
504137
C/CS Adaptor
SLR Digital Camera-to-Microscope
Eyepiece Adapter
503099
This adapter connects T-mount SLR digital cameras to almost any
microscope on the market. The adapter is built to 23.2mm ocular tubes
that are found on most high magnification (upright, inverted, standard)
microscopes. The 30 mm adapter allows mounting on most stereo zoom
microscopes that use 30 mm oculars. If you already have a trincocular
microscope, you can add this adapter to the top of an existing 1X
C-mount adapter.
The 2X magnification of this microscope adapter yields an approximate
65% field of view from the visual field as measured on a Canon 80D Digital
camera. (CCD Sensor size = 22.7 x 15.1 mm). 35 mm film reference size is
24 x 36mm.
Please contact your camera dealer for a suitable T-mount to bayonet
adapter for your camera.
ORDERING INFORMATION
503099
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Adapter, 2.0X for SLR digital Cameras (includes
30 mm Stereo adapter, 1X C-mount adapter )
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
51
MICROSCOPY & CAMERAS
GAIN
SHUTTER SPEED
CELL & TISSUE
● 16:9 Aspect Ratio, 1:1, no scaling
● DVI signal output via HDMI cable
● Improved design of COLCAM-HD with
High Intensity Fiber Optic Illumination Source
Uninterrupted, directed light for microscopes and other applications
Features
CELL & TISSUE
●
●
●
●
Reliable, uninterrupted high-intensity light
Use with microscopes
Intensity controlled by rotary knob
Use with ring light, or single/bifurcated guides, sold separately
21"
(53 cm)
Benefits
● Contains full spectrum of visible light
Applications
● General laboratory use
● Microscopy illuminatioin
The Z-LITE Fiber Optic Illuminator provides reliable, uninterrupted highintensity light for microscopes. Z-LITE allows a continuous range of
subdued or concentrated lighting controlled by a rotary dimmer on the
front panel. Z-LITE may be used with a ring light and single or bifurcated
flexible fiber bundles, enabling the light beam to be placed exactly where
it is needed. Forced air cooling prolongs the lamp life. Lamp color temperature is 3350°K. An interlock switch automatically cuts off power when
front panel is opened to replace bulb.
Z-LITE
LED Ringlight
For PZMIII & PZMIV stereo
microscopes
Light guide
available
separately
ID: 58 mm
Ring Light R-8-8-WPI01 can
be used with PZM Stereo
Microscope for shadow-free
illumination.
18-in. (46 cm) flexible cable
504134
Features
Z-LITE SPECIFICATIONS
LAMP
150 W quartz halogen (EKE lamp)
SIZE
30.5×25×25 cm (12×10×10 in.)
POWER
115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3 A
WEIGHT
5.9 kg (13 lb)
● “White” light illumination — 72 LED bulbs
● Maximum opening 61 mm
● Ring light is divided into four areas and each area is turned on
and off separately
ORDERING INFORMATION
Z-LITE-186
Z-Lite& BifurcatedLightGuide(115V,60Hz,beigecase)
Z-LITE-Z186 Z-Lite & Bifurcated Light Guide (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
Z-LITE
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
ILLUMINATION
Shown with Bifurcated
Light Guide 500186
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide (with lenses)
504930
Flexible Light Guide with Focusing Lens, 18" (46cm)
504931
Flexible Light Guide with Focusing Lens, 24" (61cm)
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide for PZM and PZMIII Series*
13338
Ring Light Adapter (48 mm ∅) for PZM, PZMII, PZMIII
502015
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
EJA
Replacement Halogen Lamp, 150W, 3350°K, 40-hour
EKE
Replacement Lamp, 150W, 3250°K, 200-hour
*Ring Light Guide requires adapter #13338 for use with PZM, PZMII and
PZMIII, included with each PZMIII and PZMIV microscope system.
● Brightness adjustable
● ESD safe
● Power supply AC 90-264V, 50/60 Hz, US plug only
Benefits
● Direct top illumination plus four
zones for shadows
● Low cost
● Less bulky than Halogen
● Cold light with no heat
Applications
● Stereo microscope use
ORDERING INFORMATION
504134
LED Ringlight
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
52
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Microinjection
MICROINJECTION
We offer a complete Microinjection System
WPI has been in the microinjection business since the very beginning. We were first
on the market with pressure injection equipment, and we have been engineering and
delivering innovative instruments ever since.
For essential fluidic control in neurophysiology, we offer solutions across pumping
platforms including syringe, peristaltic, microfluidic and injection pumps. For picoliter to
microliter ranges, our tools are designed for applications like patch clamp, oocyte work,
infusion, perfusion, cellular injection, continuous flow and non-pulsatile flow.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
53
Everything you need for Microinjection
Microinjection processes use either metal microinjection needles or glass
micropipettes to inject small liquid volumes. For example, genetic material
may be inserted into a living cell, a drug introduced into an eye or brain,
or fluid injected into a muscle. Typically, microinjection is performed under
a microscope. A stereotaxic frame setup may be required.
WPI is excited to introduce a cost-effective, customizable Microinjection
System with many options and accessories to customize your system. The
basic system includes:
● Microinjection pump like the PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump
● LED lighted microscope base with a PZMIII Stereo Microscope and an
articulating mirror
● Micromanipulator
MICROINJECTION
● Many accessories
WPI offers a variety of pumps along with special syringes, stereotaxic
frames, glass capillaries and needles. The setup you choose depends
on the size of your microinjection aliquots, the volume to be injected
and the size of needle or glass tip you require. In addition, we offer an
electroporator for transfection procedures.
Whether you are working with Danio rerio (zebrafish), Xenopus, Drosophila
or Caenorhabditis elegans, we can help you customize a microinjection
system for your application.
Options for Customizing Your System
INJECTOR
✱PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump with
Hold Pressure
● PV830 Pneumatic PicoPump with
hold pressure and an independent
vacuum pressure channel
MICROINJECTION SYSTEMS
● Nanoliter2010
● UMP3 UltraMicroPump
MICROSCOPE
✱PZMIII-MI Microscope with lighted
base and articulating mirror
● PZMIII Precision Stereo Zoom
Microscope
Designed to simplify intracellular injection and a variety of
other microinjection tasks, WPI's PicoPumps use carefully
regulated air pressures for securing cells and injecting
them with fluid. Injected volumes range from picoliters to
nanoliters.
PZMIII-MI LED Lighted
Microscope Base with
articulating mirror and
variable light intensity.
Dual reflection lens/mirror
system provides transmitted
brightfield/psuedo-darkfield
illumintation.
54
The versatile
UMP3-1 injector
uses microsyringes
to deliver picoliter
volumes.
PZMIII Precision
Stereo Zoom
Microscope, available in
binocular and trinocular
(shown).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Microprocessorcontrolled
Nanoliter 2010
uses direct piston
displacement.
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
PULLERS
✱PUL1000 Microprocessor-
controlled 4-Step micropipette
puller
● PMP-102 Programmable
PUL-1000 is a microprocessor controlled horizontal puller for
making glass micropipettes or microelectrodes used in
intracellular recording, microperfusion or microinjection.
It offers programmable sequences of up to four steps
with heating, force, movement and cooling time. This
allows graduated cycles for applications like patch clamp
recording.
Multipipette Puller
MANIPULATOR
✱M3301 Manual Micromanipulator
Weighing just 550 grams,
the M3301 is a well-built
micromanipulator that
outsells all others worldwide for high precision
experiments where magnification is in the range of up
to 250×.
M4C Microscope
Stage Adapter
MICROINJECTION
● KITE Manual Micromanipulator
● DC3001 Motorized Micromanipulator
● M4C Microscope Stage Adapter
LIGHTS
✱Z-LITE-186 Fiber optic illuminator
with (500186) Bifurcated Light
Guides
● ROF-UV LED ringlight for UV
● LED-Lite Modular LED Light Source
Z-LITE-186
with Exchangeable LEDS
● 504134 LED Ring light
The 504134 Ring Light Adapter has 72 LEDs.
Maximum opening: 61 mm.
ACCESSORIES
NanoFil™ Microliter syringes
MicroFil for backfilling glass needles
Glass capillaries
Pipetters
MicroTip pre-pulled pipettes
Use the E2XX jars
to store up to 30
micropipettes, filled or
unfilled, up to three
inches in length.
MicroFil is a flexible and reusable
glass needle as small as 36 gauge
for backfilling micropipettes.
MICROINJECTION SYSTEMS
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
E2XX Micropipette Storage Jar
801566/801963 Vacuum Pump for
use with the PV830
● Fluorodish Optical glass bottom
Z-MOLDS Microinjection and
Transplantation Molds (4 per kit) are
designed for zebrafish research. The
molds are turned up-side down and
placed in liquid agarose gel and are
easily removed once it has solidified.
Pipette the embryos into the grooves.
The embryos self-align.
dishes
● M10 or M-3 Manipulator base
● Z-MOLDS Microinjection and
Translplantation Molds
● Many surgical instruments
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
55
Reliable Pneumatic PicoPump
PICOLITER INJECTORS
MICROINJECTION
Pneumatic microinjector with vacuum pressure
PV830
Features
● Inject into a single cell with picoliter volumes
● Regulated Hold, Ejection and Vacuum Pressure
● Carefully regulated air pressures for securing cells and injecting them
with fluid
●
●
●
●
PicoNozzle Kit 5430-ALL (included) allows
micropipettes to be securely mounted in micropositioners for stable axial air delivery.
Optional independent vacuum regulation
Pressure Input: 0-150 psi
Pressure Output: 0.3-90 psi
Choice of two models
Benefits
● Hold pressure prevents backfilling of the pipette by capillary action
● PV830 includes vacuum pressure for filling pipettes from the tip or
securing floating cells during injection
Applications
● Intracellular injection in the picoliter to nanoliter range
Although syringe and piston techniques are popular for microinjection in
the nanoliter range, microinjection of sub-nanoliter volumes through a
very small opening in a glass micropipette is often better accomplished
with a controlled burst of gas pressure. Designed to simplify intracellular
injection and a variety of other microinjection tasks, WPI’s PicoPumps
use precisely regulated pressures for securing cells and injecting them
with fluid. Injected volumes range from picoliters to nanoliters. Separate
ports supply positive and negative pressure—positive pressure for highpressure ejection, and suction for supporting the cell or for filling the
pipette from the tip. In the time between injections, a secondary default
“hold” pressure is applied to the pipette to prevent fluid uptake through
capillary action or diffusion. The pressure pulses are typically controlled
by a precision timer. Timing, ejection pressure, holding pressure and
suction are adjusted independently by control knobs and monitored
with indicator gauges on the front panel. Injection pressure is controlled
by a 20-turn regulator on the front panel. The built-in timing function
controls the amount of time that the injection pressure is applied with
millisecond resolution. Time intervals can range from 10 s down to
10 ms or less. The pressure burst can also be controlled manually or
triggered by an external source.
The PV830 model provides separate regulation and pressure gauges for
the eject and hold pressures. In addition to the features of the PV820,
the PV830 model also includes a vacuum pressure regulator and
vacuum gauge.
The optional 5430-XX PicoNozzle Kit has a Luer-fitted pipette holder
for quick and easy changes. Choose your kit based on the pipette OD (XX
indicates OD: 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm). The red handle has a larger diameter
so that it fits easily into most manipulators. This kit contains:
(1) MPH6S microelectrode holder
(1) Handle for the MPH6S (4" hollow tube with male Luer fitting at both endshandle diameter is 6.25 x 100 mm.)
(1) 5’ tubing (0.060" ID, 0.120" OD, male locking Luer fitting on one end and
a female locking Luer fitting at the other end, rated for 200 PSI and 86
durometer shore A)
Hold Pressure Prevents Backfilling
Like the PV830, the PV820 was designed to simplify intracellular
injection. The hold pressure prevents backfilling of the pipette by
capillary action. Simple to use. Reliable every time.
Each PicoPump is supplied with a 5430-ALL kit that includes two
PicoNozzles and tubing to connect the holders to the pressure and vacuum
ports.
Vacuum Pressure for Additional Applications
Eject pressure supplies a high-pressure pulse for injecting fluid.
Hold pressure, which is not sufficient to cause fluid ejection, is used
to prevent back filling of the pipette by capillary action or diffusion
when the solenoid is inactive. Vacuum can be applied through
the ejection port, but vacuum in the PV820 must be externally
regulated. To fill pipettes from the tip or through a secondary port
to secure a floating cell during microinjection, vacuum may be
switched from regulated vacuum to atmosphere by using the switch
on the front panel.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
56
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Pneumatic picoliter injector
WPI’s PV820 Pneumatic PicoPump has
been providing scientists with precision and
repeatable microinjection in volumes ranging
from picoliters to nanoliters for decades. The
trusted Pneumatic PicoPump is the preferred
Zebrafish microinjection pump. The PV820
offers the same functionality as the PV830,
minus the independent vacuum regulator.
PICOPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
PV820
PV830
0 to 150 psi
0.3 to 90 psi *
10 ms to 10 s in Timed Mode
0 to 150 psi
0.3 to 90 psi
10 ms to 10 s in Timed Mode
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
0.05 psi *
3% at full scale *
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16-in. ID Tubing)
0.1% (20-turn dial) *
0.05 psi *
3% at full scale *
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16-in. ID Tubing)
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
Unregulated
Unregulated
Unregulated
Unregulated
None
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Manual
Atmosphere
0 to 30.0 in. Hg
0.2 to 29.9 in. Hg
3 in. water
0.1% (20-turn dial)
0.03 in. Hg
3% at full scale
Quick Connect (1⁄4 in. OD Tubing)
Barbed (1⁄16 in. ID Tubing)
Manual
Atmosphere
MICROINJECTION
PRESSURE
PRESSURE INPUT
PRESSURE OUTPUT
PRESSURE BURST TIMER (10-turn
dial)
REGULATOR ACCURACY
REGULATOR REPEATABILITY
GAUGE ACCURACY
INPUT CONNECTOR
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
VACUUM
VACUUM INPUT
VACUUM OUTPUT
LOWEST REGULATED VACUUM
REGULATOR ACCURACY
REGULATOR REPEATABILITY
GAUGE ACCURACY
INPUT CONNECTOR
OUTPUT CONNECTOR
CONTROL
VENT
CONNECTIONS INCLUDED
INPUT KIT
OUTPUT KIT
PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
PV820
10-ft nylon tubing (0.25-in. OD, 1000 psi), one 1⁄2-inch female NPT adapter
Two PicoNozzle Kits
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 3.5 x 9.5 in. (43 x 9 x 24 cm)
11 lb (5 kg)
References
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
17 x 5.25 x 9.5 in. (43 x 13 x 24 cm)
14 lb (6.3 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
3260
2932
2933
5430-10
5430-12
5430-15
5430-20
5430-ALL
75122-110
75122-210
75122-310
75122-410
MPH6S
MPH6R
3316
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Foot Switch
Rack Mount Kit, 31⁄2-in. high (PV820)
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high (PV830)
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.0 mm pipette & 5' tubing)
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.2 mm pipette & 5' tubing)
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 1.5 mm pipette & 5' tubing)
PicoNozzle Kit (MPH6S for 2.0 mm pipette & 5' tubing)
PicoNozzle Kit (for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 1.65 mm pipettes &
5' tubing)
Gaskets for PicoNozzle , 1.0 mm, green, package of 10
Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.2 mm, black, package of 10
Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.5 mm, blue, package of 10
Gaskets for PicoNozzle — 1.65 mm, red, package of 10
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
Micropipette Holder (specify 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm)
Replacement Input Kit
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
57
PICOLITER INJECTORS
Carrington, B., Varshney, G. K., Burgess, S. M., & Sood, R. (2015).
CRISPR-STAT: an easy and reliable PCR-based method to evaluate targetspecific sgRNA activity. Nucleic Acids Research, 43(22), e157. http://doi.
org/10.1093/nar/gkv802
Ramezani, T., Laux, D. W., Bravo, I. R., Tada, M., & Feng, Y. (2015).
Live Imaging of Innate Immune and Preneoplastic Cell Interactions
Using an Inducible Gal4/UAS Expression System in Larval Zebrafish
Skin. Journal of Visualized Experiments, (96), e52107–e52107. http://doi.
org/10.3791/52107
Henson, H. E., Parupalli, C., Ju, B., & Taylor, M. R. (2014). Functional
and genetic analysis of choroid plexus development in zebrafish. Frontiers
in Neuroscience, 8, 364. http://doi.org/10.3389/fnins.2014.00364
Huang, L., Xiao, A., Wecker, A., McBride, D. A., Choi, S. Y., Zhou,
W., & Lipschutz, J. H. (2014). A Possible Zebrafish Model of Polycystic
Kidney Disease: Knockdown of &lt;em&gt;wnt5a&lt;/em&gt; Causes Cysts
in Zebrafish Kidneys. Journal of Visualized Experiments, (94), e52156–
e52156. http://doi.org/10.3791/52156
Konantz, J., & Antos, C. L. (2014). Reverse Genetic Morpholino
Approach Using Cardiac Ventricular Injection to Transfect Multiple
Difficult-to-target Tissues in the Zebrafish Larva. Journal of Visualized
Experiments, (88), e51595–e51595. http://doi.org/10.3791/51595
SYS-PV820 PicoPump w/ hold pressure
SYS-PV830 PicoPump w/ hold pressure and vacuum
Specify line voltage All PicoPumps require external vacuum source.
Manual Microsyringe
Pumps
Microinjection and
Transplantation Molds
Precise manual injection of fluid
using glass pipettes
A simpler method for handling
zebrafish embryos
Features
●
●
●
●
MICROINJECTION
DMP
For high throughput microinjection research
Make impressions in agarose gel to facilitate embryo alignment
Four molds per kit
Reusable
Benefits
● Organizes and immobolizes embryos for microinjection
Applications
Features
● Accepts syringe sizes: 10 µL–1 mL gas tight Luer tip
● Micrometer head has resolution of 10 µm per division
● Solid, stainless steel frame
Benefits
● Choice of models, with or without digital display
● Cost effective solution
● Zebrafish research
Mold your agarose, pipette in your embryos, and watch them auto
aligning in the grooves. Z-MOLDS Microinjection and Transplantation
Molds (4 per kit) are designed for zebrafish research.
Proteomics & Large Screening–Inject many embryos, up to 1000. The
grooves made by the mold in the agarose gel enable the embryos to self align.
Applications
● Use for perfusion or withdrawal of liquids
MMP and DMP are convenient tools for precise manual injection of fluid using
glass pipettes or similar injection devices. The design allows visual feedback of
flow at the pipette tip. They can also be used as a manual micro syringe pump
for perfusion or withdrawal of liquids. The resolution of the injection volume
can be continuously varied from 10 nL to the microliter range, depending on
the syringe used.
With or without digital display
DMP comes with a digital micrometer that will allow the reading of piston
advancement easily with a 0.001 mm resolution. MMP has the traditional
mechanical micrometer head with a resolution of 10 µm per division and
advances 500 µm per revolution.
Xenograft and Larval Injection–The sloped ridges make perfect angles
in the agarose gel, which then makes it easier to do microinjections in the
larvae.
Constructed of stainless steel
The entire frame body of the injector is constructed of stainless steel for
excellent stability and durability. The piston of the micrometer can be adjusted
to the syringe's plunger position. Small diameter PTFE tubing is used for the
accuracy and solution compatibility. The unique design of the pipette holder
can securely hold any pipette with an outer diameter of between 1.0 mm and
1.5 mm. All necessary accessories for removing air and filling the syringe and
tubing with liquid are included. The system comes complete with a 100 µL gas
tight syringe. Other syringe sizes may be purchased separately.
Transplantation–Increase the speed of doing microinjections. Simply turn
the petri dish as you are injecting.
DMP & MMP SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL DISTANCE
25 mm
ACCESSORIES
ADVANCES RESOLUTION 0.001 mm for DMP and 0.01 mm for MMP
SYRINGE SIZE
10 µL to 1 mL gas tight Luer tip syringe
TUBING
1.5 m of PTFE tubing with 0.5 mm ID
PIPETTE HOLDER
0.24” x 5.2”
PIPETTE HOLDER FITS
1.0 to 1.5 mm OD pipette
MMP
DMP
Standard Microinjection–Use for blastomere transplantation.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Manual Microsyringe Pump
Manual Microsyringe Pump with Digital Display
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
MMP-KIT
Injection Assembly Parts Kit
Not including valve—see 14057-10, page 84)
Z-MOLDS
ORDERING INFORMATION
Microinjection & Transplantation Molds
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
58
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Glass Capillaries
Quality glass, superior prices for microinjection/microelectrodes
Features
● Quality borosilicate glass capillaries
● Large variety available, including fire polished,
filaments, thin wall, specialty glass and multi-barrel
Benefits
● Superior pricing
● Most glass orders ship within 48 hours
Standard, no
Filament
Applications
Microinjection
Length
Patch clamp
FIre Polishing
Fire-polished glass capillaries are
easier to insert into microelectrode
holders without damaging the
gasket. More importantly, firepolished glass won’t scratch the
chloridized wire used in a recording
electrode. Fire-polishing does not
affect the glass’s mechanical or
electrical properties.
Single Barrel Standard Borosilicate Glass
Fluid Handling
OD(mm) ID(mm) Filament
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
0.84
0.84
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
Filament Glass Capillaries
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
Single barrel standard wall thickness capillaries are
offered either with or without inner filaments for
quick filling in a variety of lengths and diameters.
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
Making Uniform, Reproducible
Microelectrodes
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close dimensional
tolerances assure microelectrode uniformity and
reproducibility. Capillaries are available in 1, 2, 3,
5 and 7-barrel configurations, complete range of
single barrel thin-wall sizes and a variety of special
configurations. Capillaries with filaments contain a
solid filament fused to the inner wall, which speeds
filling of electrodes. Capillaries with or without inner
filaments are available for making microelectrodes in
a wide range of diameters.
Thin Wall Glass Capillaries
7-Barrel
5-Barrel
3-Barrel
2-Barrel
Piggyback
5-Barrel
7-Barrel
Specialty glass is also available. See page 115.
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
1.12
Fire-Polished Quantity Item
500
4
1B100F-3
500
1B100-3
4
350
1B120F-3
350
1B120-3
4
225
1B150F-3
4
300
1B150-3
4
500
1B100F-4
4
500
1B100-4
4
400
1B120F-4
350
1B120-4
4
300
1B150F-4
4
300
1B150-4
125
1B200F-4
200
1B200-4
500
1B100F-6
500
1B100-6
350
1B120F-6
350
1B120-6
225
1B150F-6
225
1B150-6
125
1B200F-6
125
1B200-6
500
TW100F-3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
TW100-3
400
TW120F-3
350
TW120-3
225
TW150F-3
300
TW150-3
500
TW100F-4
500
TW100-4
350
TW120F-4
350
TW120-4
225
TW150F-4
300
TW150-4
500
TW100F-6
4
500
TW100-6
4
400
TW120F-6
4
4
4
4
500
4
4
350
TW120-6
225
TW150F-6
300
TW150-6
ACCESSORIES
Septum Theta
Thin wall single barrel capillaries are offered both
with or without inner filaments.
Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard
1.5
1.0
Fire Polished
Glass
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
3-Barrel
Thin Wall Filament
ORDERING INFORMATION
Electrophysiology
2-Barrel
Thin Wall, no
Filament
MICROINJECTION
●
●
●
●
Standard
Filament
Single barrel glass is Kimble N51A. All thin wall glass is Schott Duran 8330.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
59
Microelectrode Puller
Cost-effective and compact micropipette puller
Features
●
●
●
●
Microprocessor controlled
Program sequences up to four steps
Best for 0.1 µm to 10 µm tips
Store up to 95 programs in memory for easy
recall
● Multiple factory programs installed
Benefits
● Tempered glass cover to reduce the effects of
MICROINJECTION
humidity on puller reproducibility
● Switchable power supply ensures that line
voltage fluctuations don’t affect reproducibility
PUL-1000
Applications
● Pull your own microelectrodes and
micropipettes
PUL-1000 is a microprocessor controlled horizontal puller for making
glass micropipettes or microelectrodes used in microperfusion
or microinjection. The puller was designed with tight mechanical
specifications and precision electronics for complete control of the pulling
process and accurate reproducibility. It offers programmable sequences
of up to four steps with heat, pulling force, pull length and cooling time.
This puller is a reasonably priced, compact, versatile and a reliable
workhorse. The microprocessor, combined with the LCD display, makes
the PUL-1000 easy to use.
Tempered Glass Cover
The cover of the pulling chamber is made with tempered glass to
minimize the temperature effect on the reproducibility of pulled pipettes.
Switchable Power Supply
PUL-1000 has a high quality switching power supply for use anywhere
in the world without worry about the line voltage differences. Pulling
reproducibility is unaffected by line voltage fluctuation. Heating voltage
can be controlled to within 0.1% accuracy even when line voltage
fluctuates from 90 to 240 VAC
PUL-1000 SPECIFICATIONS
HEATER ELEMENT
PULLING FORCE
TAPER LENGTH
CAPILLARY OD RANGE
MAXIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH
MINIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH
PERMANENT MEMORY SETS
AUTO SHUT-OFF TIME
MEMORY SETS
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
Platinum/Iridium
Solenoid, adjustable
1–10 mm
1.0–2.0 mm
170 mm
55 mm
95
90 s
30
90–240VAC, 50/60 Hz
34 x 24 x 12 cm
16 lb
ORDERING INFORMATION
PUL-1000 Micopipette Puller
System includes PUL-1000 Puller; TW100-4 Thin Wall Glass Capillaries
(package of 500); MF34G-5 package of MicroFil
References
Plautz, C. Z., Williams, H. C., & Grainger, R. M. (2016). Functional
Cloning Using a &lt;em&gt;Xenopus&lt;/em&gt; Oocyte Expression
System. Journal of Visualized Experiments (107), e53518–e53518. http://doi.
org/10.3791/53518
13834
14074
Replacement 2.5 mm Square Box Filament, PtIr,
2.5 mm width
Replacement 3mm Square Box Filament, PtIr,
2 mm width
Pre-Pulled Borosilicate Glass Micropipettes
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making your own micropipettes
ACCESSORIES
TM
● Plain Shank or Luer Fittings
● Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20%
● Every pipette individually tested and inspected
WPI can quickly supply your need for consistently sized pre-pulled glass
micropipettes.
Tip diameters (ID) range from 0.1 to 10 µm.
Silanized Tips (Luer Shank) are available. Silanization waterproofs the glass
to retard water when inserting into cell. This prevents the outside fluid
from running down the pipette and getting inside so easily.
See page 117 for all the details.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
60
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Fluid Handling
FLUID HANDLING
A large variety of pumps, from picoliter to microliter
We offer a large variety of pumps for everything from microfluidics to general fluid
handling applications. Our peristaltic pumps are easy to setup and clean, offer
continuous flow with virtually “infinite” volume (depending only on capacity of your
source), require no contact with metal or the pump and are good for large volume
pumping. Our syringe pumps provide accurate volume control and are an excellent
choice for lower volume applications. Our pneumatic PicoPumps are non-pulsatile and
designed for delivery of very small volumes.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
61
PUMPS & FLUID HANDLING COMPARISON CHART
Fluid Range
Channels
Special features
Page
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Peripro-8LS
0.006- 37 mL/min
0.8 - 300 mL/min
0.8 - 300 mL/min
0.01-80 mL/min
0.01-80 mL/min
MPS2
Up to 250 µL/min
MiniStar™
Peripro-2HS
Peripro-4HS
Peripro-4LS
1
2
4
4
8
Compact design, remote control
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
Calibrated output, replaceable tubing cartridges
65
64
64
64
64
SINGLE-CHANNEL AND WHOLE-CELL SOLUTION EXCHANGE
8
Programmable control; low dead volume
63
LABORATORY SYRINGE PUMPS
AL-1000
AL-2000
AL-1000 HP
AL-4000
AL-6000
AL-8000
SPLG100
SPLG101
SPLG110
SPLG210
SPLG212
SPLG270
SPLG272
SPLG200
Available online: wpiinc.com
FLUID HANDLING
Which Pump is Right for Me?
SP100i
SP101i
SP120p
SP200i
SP210 c
SP210iw
SP220i
SP230iw
SP250i
SP260p
0.73 µL/hr to 1699 mL/hr
0.73 µL/hr to 1699 mL/hr
1.459 µL/hr - 6120 mL/hr
1.459 µL/hr to 6120 µL/hr
0.73 µL/hr to 1699 mL/hr
0.454 µL/hr to 163 mL/hr
1.26 pL/min to 88.32 mL/min
1.26 pL/min to 25.99 mL/min
1.26 pL/min to 88.28 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.5 pL/min to 220.97 mL/min
0.0001-519 mL/hr
0.001 µL/hr – 35 mL/min
0.1 µL/hr – 127 mL/hr
0.001 µL/hr - 145 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 86 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 145 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 21 mL/min
0.001 µL/hr - 86 mL/min
1
2
1
2
6
8
1
2
1
2
2
2+2
2+2
2
1
2
1+1
2
2+2
2
10
10
4
2+2
Push/pull
Push/pull (2 networked pumps)
Infuse/Withdraw, High Pressure
Infuse/Withdraw
Infuse/Withdraw
Infuse/Withdraw
Infuse only
Infuse only
Infuse/Withdraw
Infuse/withdraw
Infuse/withdraw programmable
Push-pull
Push-pull programmable
Infuse only
Basic single channel
Micro dialysis application
Push pull, single cycle
RS232 TTL/Footswitch
RS232 push pull, continuous
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
RS232 Infuse Only
RS232 Infuse/Withdraw
RS232 Infuse Only
RS232 push pull, single cycle
76
76
76
76
76
76
72
72
73
73
73
73
73
74
-
MICRO SYRINGE PUMP / STEREOTAXIC INJECTION
UMP3T-1
MMP
DMP
0.03nL/min - 10 µL/sec
Manual 100 µL-1 mL syringe
Manual 100 µL-1 mL syringe
1
1
1
Ultra micro infuse/withdraw RS232
Manual
Digital readout micrometer
56
64
64
MICROINJECTION
PV820
PV830
Injected volumes from pL to nL
Injected volumes from pL to nL
1
1
Injection pressure and holding pressure
Injection pressure and holding pressure and vacuum
NANOLITER2010
Bolus, 2.3-69 mL/Injection
1
Oocyte injector, infuse only
Microinjection Systems (Zebrafish, C. Elegans, Drosophila, Xenopus oocytes)
63
62
61
MICROFLUIDICS
50 nL/min - 10 mL/min
1
100nL/min – 10 mL/min ±1%
8
Kima
15 – 35 mL/hr ±4%
1
Unigo
1 µL/min–1 mL/min; unidirectional
(push)
1
ExiGo
Mirus
Infuse only, feedback via integrated flow sensor, includes iPad
mini which can control up to four pumps
Microchip perfusion. Infuse only, reversible flow, ~600 µL dead
volume, PC control
Microchip perfusion. Infuse only, recirculating pump controlled
by iPod Touch, Wi-Fi communication, <300 µL dead volume
A precision, microfluidic, single-channel, pressure pump. Can
expand up to 4 channels.
77
78
77
78
SUPPLIES & TOOLS
Pipetters — Standard and Autoclavable
81
Miniature Vacuum Pump
82
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
62
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
MICROPERFUSION
Multichannel Perfusion System
For single ion channel and whole-cell solution exchange
Features
● Gravity feed
● 8-Channels
● Manual or programmable PC control with user-friendly GUI
interface (software included)
● Fast LAFF solenoid valve
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
Color-coded polyurethane tubing for easy identification
Super low dead volume (<100 nL) micromanifold
Economically priced
Manual or PC control that can also be triggered externally
Organized, color-coded tubing system without contaminants
of PVC tubing
● Low flow resistance and dead volume with the unique
micromanifold
● Operates as a stand-alone unit
● Single channel and whole cell patch perfusion applications
MPS-2 is a programmable 8-channel perfusion system designed
for single channel and whole-cell patch preparations. Offering
the best combination of performance and value, the MPS-2
incorporates the same high quality solenoid valves found on
similar but much more expensive systems. Unlike other perfusion
systems on the market, which often compromise performance
to fit every possible application, the MPS-2 is the only perfusion
system designed and optimized specifically for single-channel and
whole-cell patch perfusion applications.
Options for Manual and Automatic Control
The system can be controlled manually via membrane switches
on the front panel or through a PC. Two different manual control
modes are offered. One controls each channel independently and the
other mode allows you to assign a master channel that will keep the
system flow when all other channels are switched off. User-friendly
graphic timing software is included, and the programmed perfusion
sequence can be started by computer, a patch clamp amplifier or other
external trigger, or manually.
Organized, Color-coded, Ribbon Tubing
The perfusion fluid flows through specially designed color-coded
polyurethane ribbon style tubing. The color-coding allows you to easily
trace each channel for diagnostic checks or set up, and the ribbon
style of tubing keeps the system neat and organized. Unlike PVC
based tubing, polyurethane tubing contains no plasticizer, which can
cause contamination. The tubing ribbon is designed as an economical
disposable item, which is often critical when cleanliness is needed.
Low Flow Resistance and Dead Volume
The most unique feature of the MPS-2 is its perfusion micromanifold.
Using the latest microfluidic techniques, the injection molded
inputs from
1/16” ID tubing
internal passage ID:
250 µm
output: 100 or 250 µm ID
quartz/polymide tubing
mounting rod
connector
14 mm OD
internal junction OD: 600 µm
Micromanifold closeup: Fluid-filled passages are shown in magenta.
MPS-2
micromanifold provides the least flow resistance and dead volume of any
product on the market. The flow channel inner diameter is approximately
1.0 mm, except for the last 5 mm before the junction point. This design
allows a fast flow rate without using a pressured system. The maximum
flow rates are 1 and 16 µL/s for the 50 mm long 100 µm and 250 µm
ID tips, respectively. Small channels and a unique design at the merging
point further reduce the chance of cross contamination. Dead volume is
less than 100 nL.
MPS-2 SPECIFICATIONS
CHANNELS
VALVE RESPONSE TIME
VALVE CONTROL
SYRINGE RESERVOIR VOLUME
MANIFOLD
TIP ID
MAXIMUM FLOW RATES
(gravity fed)
DEAD VOLUME
8
2 ms
USB, TTL, external start via software
10 mL
8 to 1
250 µm and 100 µm.
100 µm ID tip, 8 µL/min. at 50 cm
250 µm ID tip, 250-500 µL/min. at 50 cm
< 100 nL excluding the single outlet tubing
ORDERING INFORMATION
MPS-2
Multichannel Perfusion System & Control Software
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
502109-15
Color-coded PU Tubing, 1/16” ID x 8 Channels, 15 ft
502110
Micromanifold, 100 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
502125
Micromanifold, 250 µm ID tip, 2 pcs/pk
Specify line voltage and Micromanifold tip OD when ordering.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
63
FLUID HANDLING
Applications
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
FLUID HANDLING
Affordable High Performance Peristaltic Pump
Digital Peri-Star™ Pro peristaltic pump is affordably priced!
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Available in 2-, 4- and 8-channel versions
Display either rotation speed (RPM) or flow rate (mL/min)
Wide flow range: 0.01 - 280 mL/min
Accuracy of flow rate: 0.5% using self calibration function
Accuracy of speed: 0.1 rpm
Large backlit digital LCD display
Programmable for all tubing sizes between 0.8 mm and 6.4 mm ID
Easy and fast tubing replacement using snap-on cartridges
Membrane keypad allows easy programming while protecting controls
from fluid entry
● Actively driven rollers by planetary gears for long lasting tubing life
Benefits
● Backlit display with water resistant cover
● Easy setup and calibration with simple instructions on screen
● Both high and low flow pumps employ planetary gears for minimal
pulsations and greater accuracy
Applications
● Chemical transfer
● Pharmaceutical processing
Peri-Star™ Pro peristaltic pumps provide accurate and precise pumping
with convenience and versatility. Peri-Star Pro can be run in either flow
rate mode (mL/min) or rotation speed mode (rpm). For good laboratory
practice, pumps must be calibrated after changing the tubing and
solution. You can easily calibrate Peri-Star Pro to deliver flow as accurate
as 0.5% in a wide flow range from 0.01 mL/min to 280 mL/min. Under
rotation speed mode, the digitally controlled stepping motor provides
accurate and reproducible operation with 0.1% rpm both forward and in
reverse.
PERIPRO-4LS
PERI-STAR PRO SPECIFICATIONS
NUMBER OF ROLLERS
Peri-Star Pro 4L / 8L
(Low Rate)
4
8
2–4
4–8
Backlit display with water resistant cover
ROTOR SPEED RANGE
1–100 rpm
1–100 rpm
Large backlit digital LCD display provides readouts of rotation direction,
flow rate or rotation speed, tubing ID, drive status and remote control
mode simultaneously. Water resistant membrane keypad allows easy
programming while protecting LCD display and controls from fluid entry.
FLUID FLOW RANGE
0.8–280 mL/min
#17 Tubing: 3.5–280 mL/min
0.01–80 mL/min
#14 Tubing: 0.2–18 mL/min
3.1–6.4 mm ID
0.5–2.4 mm ID
Yes
Yes
Easy set up and calibrate the pump
Built-in Human Machine Interface (HMI) with screen instructions in
plain English steps you through initial setup, calibration and operating
procedures. The user-friendly interface reduces the need to frequently
check the printed manual for instruction and reference.
Unique planetary gears for accuracy
Peri-Star Pro is available in two versions: a 4-roller version for high flow
and an 8-roller version for lower volumes which provides high pressure
with minimal pulsations.
A unique planetary gear design with eight actively driven rollers (four
rollers for higher flow rate model), together with independent tubing
compression fine adjustment, enables high flow accuracy and prolongs
tubing life. Snap-on cartridges allow tubing to be changed quickly without
cross contamination of solutions.
NUMBER OF CHANNELS
Peri-Star Pro 2H / 4H
(High Rate)
TUBING RANGE
SELF-CALIBRATION
WORKING ENVIRONMENT
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
64
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
190 x 162 x 275 mm
190 x 162 x 275 mm
11 lb / 5 kg
11 lb / 5 kg
ORDERING INFORMATION
PERI-STAR PRO PUMPS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 2-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-2HS
PERIPRO-4HS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, High Rate, Large Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-4LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 4-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
PERIPRO-8LS
Peri-Star™ Pro, 8-channel, Low Rate, Small Tubing (110-220V)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
503049
Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Large
503050
Replacement Tubing Cartridge, Small
503022
Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1 m, 1.6 mm I.D., #14, with
stops
503023
Replacement Silicone Tubing, 1 m, 6.4 mm I.D., #17
503120
TTL Control Module
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
0–45°C, Humidity < 80%
110 V or 220 V AC, 50 - 60 Hz
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
PERISTALTIC PUMPS
Mini Peristaltic Pump
Lightweight, portable Mini★Star™
Features
● Flow Range: 0.0614.0 mL/min
● Speed: 1-50.0 rpm,
forward/reverse
● Stand and clamp
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4HS
(4 channels, 4 rollers)
shown in the image
are included
● Includes tubing
Benefits
● Remote control
(wired)
● Small footprint
● Quiet operation
● Compact and easily
transported
MINISTAR
● Small volume
chemical transfer
● Pharmaceutical processing
● Sample perfusion
Pump head for
PERIPRO-8LS
(8 channels, 8 rollers)
This compact, lightweight peristaltic pump fits just about anywhere. It
can be mounted directly on the bench, in a regular rack or to a post. The
speed can be adjusted from 1 to 50 rpm. With recommended silicone
tubing, the volume can be set from 0.06 to 14.0 mL/min. The MiniStar™
also features a hand held remote control that allows you to start and stop
the pump, purge or adjust its speed and direction.
MINISTAR™ SPECIFICATIONS
Pump head for
PERIPRO-2HS
(2 channels, 4 rollers)
CHANNEL
SPEED
FLOW RANGE
RESOLUTION
SPEED CONTROL
DISPLAY
POWER
WORKING CONDITION
TUBING (Two-stop Silicone)
Wall Thickness
Outer Diameter
DIMENSION OF DRIVER
DIMENSION OF REMOTE CONTROL
WEIGHT OF DRIVER
1
1-50.0 rpm, forward/reverse
0.06~14.0 mL/min
1 rpm (0.1 rpm computer control)
Remote control
Indicators for status and speed
12 V DC (110/220 VAC adapter incl.)
Temperature 0-40°C, humidity < 80%
0.8~1.0 mm
≤ 4.8 mm
135×72×72 mm (L×W×H)
105×50×16 mm (L×W×H)
0.5 kg
ORDERING INFORMATION
MINISTAR
504011
503120
503121
503122
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel
MiniStar™ and Stand (as pictured above)
TTL Control Module
Silicone Tubing w stops, 2.4mm ID x 0.8mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Silicone Tubing w stops, 1 mm ID x 1 mm wall x 1 m (5-pk)
Pump head for
PERIPRO-4LS
(4 channels, 8 rollers)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
65
FLUID HANDLING
Applications
Microinjection Syringe Pump
Delivering picoliter volumes precisely
UMP3T-1
Features
● Graphic display with SMARTouch touch screen controller for
"intelligent", easy to use interface controlling up to four syringe
pumps
●
●
●
●
●
●
Splash proof touch screen
User configurable mounting bar
Dual mode motor drive
Compatible with all UMP, UMP2 and UMP3 pumps
Optional foot switch available
5 digit display
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
Accepts a wide variety of microinjection syringes
Manual or automated injections
Quiet operation for electrophysiology recordings
Mounts directly on micromanipulator or stereotaxic frame
Nominal injections down to 1nL
ULTRAMIROPUMPS
FLUID HANDLING
● Rapid setup with intuitive touchscreen controller
Applications
●
●
●
●
Microinjection
MTM-3
Neuroscience
Microfluidics
Micro delivery of biochemical agents or dyes
The UltraMicroPump 3 (UMP3) is a versatile pump which uses micro
syringes to deliver picoliter to milliliter volumes. The pump is optimum for
applications that require injections of precise and small amounts of liquid.
With its touchscreen controller, UMP3 can displace as little as 0.53 µL/
step (using 10 µL syringe with 60 mm scale length).
The new SMARTouch™ controller for the UltraMicroPump features Patent
Pending technology which includes:
● Total system calibration – Calibrate the syringe and the controller
together as a system. This feature eliminates the variability of the
syringes and delivers the calibrated volume.
● Smart smoothness – The controller can be set to automatically adjust
microstepping according to the injection rate to deliver the smoothest flow.
● User defined travel limits – Set the limits for a specific syringe in the
software. This prevents the pump from over-driving the plunger into the
syringe, potentially causing syringe breakage.
The MICRO2T SMARTouch™ controller is feature rich. All operations are
controlled through interactive touch screen. It has a graphical indication of
the flow and the volume remaining in the syringe. It offers automatic end
stop detection that is dependent on the syringe volume. You can control
two pumps independently from one controller with its dual display. It also
has automatic pump detection and a Pause/Resume feature that allows
dosing during infusion/withdrawal The volume accumulated is displayed
on screen, as well as the percentage of volume left in the syringe. The
SMARTouch controller is fully compatible with all earlier versions of the
UltraMicroPump.
Low Fluid Dead Volume
Syringes may be filled externally and then inserted into the pump or filled
while mounted in the pump. Fluids injected or withdrawn are held entirely
within the micro syringe to maintain a low fluid dead volume.
Flexibility in Mounting
For positioning, the UMP3 may be attached to any of several WPI micropositioners such as the M3301 (manual), DC3001 (motorized) or any
manual stereotaxic manipulator.
Rapid Setup with Intuitive Touchscreen Controller
An Integral component in the UMP3 system is the SmarTouch
touchscreen controller, which provides an “intelligent” and easy-to-use
interface to up to four (or two) syringe pumps. Operating parameters are
UMP3 shown mounted to the
MTM-3 Motorized Stereotaxic
Frame (not included).
set with the touchscreen panel. You can save your parameters for instant
recall. An optional footswitch offers “hands free” start/stop operation.
Computer Control—A USB port on the rear of the controller can be
used to connect it to a computer for scripted protocols.
NOTE: UMP3 accepts glass syringes with barrel diameters from 5.5 to
9 mm.
References
Augestad, I. L., Nyman, A. K. G., Costa, A. I., Barnett, S. C., Sandvig,
A., Håberg, A. K., & Sandvig, I. (2017). Effects of Neural Stem Cell
and Olfactory Ensheathing Cell Co-transplants on Tissue Remodelling
After Transient Focal Cerebral Ischemia in the Adult Rat. Neurochemical
Research, 1–11. http://doi.org/10.1007/s11064-016-2098-3
Eleftheriadou, I., Dieringer, M., & Poh, X. (2017). Selective
transduction of astrocytic and neuronal CNS subpopulations by lentiviral
vectors pseudotyped with Chikungunya virus envelope. Biomaterials.
Retrieved from http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/
S0142961217300376
Job, M. O., & Kuhar, M.
J. (2017). Cart Peptide in
the Nucleus Accumbens
Regulates Psychostimulants:
Correlations Between
Psychostimulant and Cart
Peptide Effects. Neuroscience.
http://doi.org/10.1016/j.
neuroscience.2017.02.012
Mosberger, A. C., et
al.. (2017). Axotomized
Corticospinal Neurons Increase
Supra-Lesional Innervation
and Remain Crucial for Skilled
Reaching after Bilateral
Pyramidotomy. Cerebral Cortex
(New York, 1991). http://doi.
The SMARTouch™ controller can control
org/10.1093/cercor/bhw405
up to two UMP3 pumps.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
66
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
50 mm
65 mm
Three-prong syringe
holder for more
stability
ULTRAMICROPUMP SPECIFICATIONS
(based on 10 µL syringe)
NORMAL MODE
TRAVEL
MINIMUM DISPENSING VOLUME
LINEAR MOTION PER STEP
WEIGHT
MOUNTING ROD DIAMETERS
MAINS POWER SUPPLY
DIMENSIONS
MICROSTEPPING MODE
Precision is increased eight-fold
Manipulator sold
separately.
62 mm
0.58 nL / step (10 µL syringe)
3.175 µm/half step
325 g (11.5 oz)
7.9 mm (0.31 in.)
90-264VAC @ 47-63Hz
∅ 32 mm x 190 mm
(∅ 1.3 in. x 7.5 in.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
UMP3T-1
UMP3T-2
UMP3T-3
UMP3T-4
UMP3
MICRO2T
UltraMicroPump III (one) and Micro2T Controller
UltraMicroPump III (two) and Micro2T Controller
UltraMicroPump III (three) and Micro4T Controller
UltraMicroPump III (four) and Micro4T Controller
UltraMicroPump III (without controller)
SMARTouch Controller, Two-Channel
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
Microvolume Syringes
ORDERING INFORMATION
Syringes with Luer Fitting (no needle)
Order No.
Volume
ILS005LT
ILS010LT
ILS025LT
SGE050TLL
SGE100TLL
SGE250TLL
5 µL
10 µL
25 µL
50 µL
100 µL
250 µL
Description
ILS 5 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 10 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
ILS 25 µL Gas-tight Luer tip
SGE 50 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 100 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
SGE 250 µL Gas-tight Teflon Luer Lock
O.D.
6.5 mm
6.5 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
SCALE
LENGTH
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
UMP3
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
UMP3
UMP2
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Syringes with Replaceable Beveled Needles
Order No.
Volume
0.5 µL
1.0 µL
5 µL
10 µL
25 µL
50 µL
100 µL
SGE 0.5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm), 70 mm long needle
SGE 1.0 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm), 70 mm long needle
SGE 5 µL 23 ga (0.63 mm), 70 mm long needle
SGE 10 µL 26 ga (0.47 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 25 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 50 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
SGE 100 µL 25 ga (0.50 mm), 50 mm long needle
O.D.
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
8.0 mm
SCALE
LENGTH
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
54.1 mm
60 mm
60 mm
60 mm
ULTRAMIROPUMPS
SGE0005RN*
SGE001RN*
SGE005RN
SGE010RNS
SGE025RN
SGE050RN
SGE100RN
Description
* The capacity of this syringe is so small that the entire sample is contained within the needle. The plunger extends to the tip of the needle, displacing
the full sample during injection — which gives the syringe zero dead volume.
SGE and ILS are respective trademarks of Scientific Glass Engineering and Innovative Labor Systeme.
Replacement Needles
RN0005
For syringe SGE0005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 70 mm long
RN001
For syringe SGE001RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 70 mm long
RN005
For syringe SGE005RN, 23 ga (0.63 mm) 50 mm long
RN010
For syringe SGE010RN(S), 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
RN025
For syringes SGE025RN, SGE050RN, SGE0100RN, 26 ga (0.47 mm) 50 mm long, 5-pack
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
FLUID HANDLING
UMP3 shown mounted on a standard micromanipulator (not included)
and using the new SMARTouch controller.
13142
Footswitch for MICRO2T or MICRO4T*
502201
V-clamp for Stereotaxic Frame
503301
Extension Cable, miniDIN (male-female) 10 ft
503207
Small Base Stand and Clamps
*13142 is the foot pedal for use with the MICRO2T/MICRO4T ONLY. It is not
compatible with the old MICRO4 controller, which uses the 15867 foot pedal.
The two foot pedals are not cross-compatible.
67
Sub-Microliter Injection System
Includes the smallest dead volume injection when the 10 µL syringe is used with
WPI needles 34-36g
Features
●
●
●
●
The smallest dead volume injection syringe
Various needle sizes available from 26 ga. to 33 ga.
Blunt or sharp needles
ferrule: ø 8 mm
Compatible with WPI’s UMP3 microinjection system
Benefits
● Low dead volume (0.5 µL or less)
● Switching the syringe tip during an experiment is easy
● Variety of tips.
Applications
FLUID HANDLING
● Animal research
● Capillary electrophoresis
● Versatile research applications — RPE and IO Kits
NanoFil™ is a specially designed 10 µL syringe developed in response
to customer requests for improved microinjection in mice and other
small animals. It makes quantitative nanoliter injection much easier
and more accurate than any other method currently in use.
Low Dead Volume
NanoFil's low dead volume eliminates the need for oil backfilling, a
messy process which risks contamination of the injected sample.
Injection is now simpler, and less messy, and there is no possibility
of oil contamination in critical applications such as ophthalmology
research (see the Retinal Pigment Epithelial (RPE) and Intra Ocular (IO)
injection kits listed below).
Easily Switch Syringe Tip
When the inner tip diameter of a conventional syringe is reduced to less
than 100 µm, it is very difficult to front fill the solution at a reasonable
speed. NanoFil solves this problem by using a tip coupling mechanism
that makes it possible to change the syringe tip during the experiment.
Simply load the sample using a larger tip, such as the 26 gauge needle
provided with the syringe, and then replace it with a micro tip for sample
injection. On a conventional 10 µL syringe, a solid ring or bushing is
permanently bonded to the tubing. Replacing the tip in the middle of
the experiment is not practical. With NanoFil, tips can be exchanged by a
simple twist of the brass lock, gently pulling out the tip, and replacing with
the desired new tip.
Holds Metal Tips and Quartz Tubing
To secure the tip, NanoFil uses an olive-shaped silicon gasket that is
similar to, but much sturdier than, some of the microelectrode holders
used for electrophysiology recording. The silicone gasket makes it
possible to hold not only metal needles but also Silflex tubing. Many
types of tubing can be easily connected to the syringe as long as the
outer diameter (OD) is close to, but not more than, the barrel inner
diameter (ID) of 460 µm. Flexible quartz capillaries used in Gas Chromotography (GC) and Capillary Electrophoresis (CE) can also be easily
coupled to the syringe.
Variety of Tips
SYRINGES
Specially designed needles as small as 36 gauge (110 µm OD) are
offered in both blunt and beveled styles. Our studies have shown
that these needles will cause less trauma to the tissue. NanoFil has a
unique coupling mechanism that allows many different forms of small
tubing and tips to be coupled with the syringe barrel.
Selecting the correct tip for your application
The replaceable needles used with NanoFil are available with either blunt
or beveled tips. The blunt tip is used for injection into soft tissue and
when a uniform solution distribution is needed. The beveled style is used
for applications that involve the penetration of a tough tissue.
One of the main factors that can affect the resolution and accuracy of
a microinjection in the low nanoliter range is diffusion from the needle
opening. When the tip ID is equal to or larger than 100 µm, the error
caused by tip diffusion can be in the nanoliter range level [(100 micron)3
= 1 nanoliter]. With a 36 gauge needle installed on the NanoFil, the
error caused by diffusion will be reduced, making accurate injection of a
nanoliter possible.
All of WPI’s beveled needles have a unique 25º tri-surface bevel that
is optimized for microinjection. A 10 degree single-surface beveled
tip penetrates better than one with a 25º angle, however the distance
between the upper opening to the tip (the dimension “F” in the table
on page 59) is longer. As a result, it requires deeper penetration of the
tip. This can be an issue for microinjection into very small areas where
the dimensions of the anatomy can’t accomodate the required depth of
insertion.. WPI’s unique 25º beveled tip reduces the required insertion
depth by incorporating two extra beveled surfaces. The edge of a single
surface beveled tip is actually a blade instead of a point. It dulls very
quickly. In contrast, the tri-surfaced tip has a sharp point. It penetrates
more easily and is more durable. Our tests show that our 33 gauge,
25 degree beveled tip penetrates easier and lasts longer than other
manufacturers’ 33 gauge, 10 degree single beveled tips. With a 35 gauge
tri-surface beveled tip, the resistance to the penetration becomes even
less. Each of our needles undergo a penetration test before leaving the
factory to guarantee the best results for our customers.
Available Tips
33 gauge: This tip is similar to Hamilton’s 7762 and 7803 series
removable needles in both tip length and outer diameter. However, our
beveled tip version is shorter, more durable, and penetrates better due to
the special tri-surface grinding technique. In the past, 33 gauge tips were
the smallest size sold by other manufacturers and were frequently cited
in literature. However, our new 35 gauge tip is much better for injections
involving small animals, especially mice. Compared with Hamilton’s 33
gauge, 10 degree beveled tip, our 35 gauge 25 degree beveled tip can
reduce the depth of penetration by almost 80%. The distance between
the tip and the upper rim of the opening (dimension F on the drawing)
is 348 µm for the 33 gauge tip. The distance for our 35 gauge tip is only
230 µm. In addition, the smaller tip size significantly reduces the required
penetration force. In nearly all applications, a 33 gauge tip can be
replaced with our 35 gauge tip and produce better results.
34 gauge
This is a transitional size between the 33 gauge and 35 gauge. If the
35 gauge is too weak and the 33 gauge is too large, this makes a good
alternative.
35 gauge
This was the most popular and preferred tip of most scientists during our
field trial. The combination of its strength, length, durability and clogging
resistance creates a balance with very little compromising of the individual
properties. It is much smaller than the 33 gauge tip offered by other
manufacturers. It is only slightly larger than the 36 gauge tip but is much
stronger and less likely to be clogged. Samples can be directly loaded
with this tip. Its 5 mm length is sufficient enough for almost all injection
applications in mice.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
68
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
glass barrel: ø 7 mm
NANOFIL
“D”
This is the smallest tip that is commercially available. The tip is so
small that it can be inserted into the opening of the 33 gauge needle
tip. Because this is pushing the limits of what current technology can
produce, there are some limitations to consider before using it. Its thin
diameter makes it necessary to limit its length to 2.5 to 3 mm in order to
maintain a usable strength. Since the tip ID is in the 25 to 50 µm range, it
is very easily clogged. Therefore, only well filtered solutions can be used.
Depending on the viscosity of the sample, you might also need to pre-load
the syringe with a regular tip before switching to this tip for injection. We
recommend using the 35 gauge tip instead of the 36 gauge unless it is
absolutely necessary.
“C”
“A”
“F”
A
“B”
SPECIFICATIONS
Tip Order
Number
NF33BV-2
NF34BV-2
Tip
Total
Tip O.D. Tip I.D.
Gauge
Length Length
“A”
“B”
“C”
“D”
33
210μm
115μm
10 mm
40 mm
34
185μm
85μm
5 mm
35 mm
Shank
O.D.
“E”
460μm
460μm
DETAIL A
Bevel
Total
Length Dead
“F”
Volume
Tip
Material
≈348µm
0.416 µL
Stainless Steel
≈290µm
0.199 µL
Stainless Steel
NF35BV-2
35
135μm
55μm
5 mm
35 mm
460μm
≈204µm
0.435 µL
Stainless Steel
NF36BV-2
36
120μm
35μm
3 mm
33 mm
460μm
≈156µm
0.340 µL
Stainless Steel
NFQ34-5
34
160μm
100μm
55 mm
75 mm
460μm
n/a
0.589 µL
Quartz
NF33BL-2
33
210 µm
115 µm
10 mm
34 mm
460 µm
≈0
0.416 µL
Stainless Steel
NF34BL-2
34
185 µm
85 µm
5 mm
29 mm
460 µm
≈0
0.199 µL
Stainless Steel
NF35BL-2
35
135 µm
55 µm
5 mm
29 mm
460 µm
≈0
0.435 µL
Stainless Steel
NF36BL-2
36
120 µm
35 µm
3 mm
27 mm
460 µm
≈0
0.340 µL
Stainless Steel
Silflex
NF26BV-2
100 µm
26
460 µm
110 µm
35 cm
3 mm
40 mm
2.749 µL
460 µm
0.380 µL
ORDERING INFORMATION
Using NanoFil™ in different configurations
Direct injection by hand: This is the simplest and most
economical way to inject. Any of our tips can be inserted
directly into the NanoFil™ syringe. Even the SilFlex tubing can
be inserted to switch from hand injection to the other methods
listed below. This method is limited by the accuracy of plunger
movement that is achievable with a human hand.
Installed on WPI’s UMP3 microsyringe pump: This will allow
the user to achieve nanoliter resolution and reproducibility.
For neural system injection, mount the UMP3 on a stereotaxic
frame.
REPLACEMENT BACKFILL NEEDLES
NF26BV-2
26G Beveled Needle, 460 µm nominal
diameter (package of 2)
NanoFil™ NEEDLEs
NF33BL-2
33 G blunt NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BL-2
34 G blunt NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BL-2
35 G blunt NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BL-2
36 G blunt NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF33BV-2
33 G beveled NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF34BV-2
34 G beveled NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF35BV-2
35 G beveled NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF36BV-2
36 G beveled NanoFil™ needle (pkg of 2)
NF33-36BL Assortment of 4 blunt NanoFil™ needles
NF33-36BV Assortment of 4 beveled NanoFil™ needles
SYRINGES
SilFlex tubing and holder: The needle is mounted on a small
plastic holder that is connected to the NanoFil by a 35 cm length
of flexible tubing. The NanoFil syringe is mounted on the UMP3
pump. This configuration allows the user to hold the animal in
one hand and insert the needle with the other. When the needle
reaches the desired location, activate the pump using the
footswitch and the pre-programmed injection volume will be
delivered. This configuration gives a nanoliter level of accuracy
and reproducibility. It is best suited for applications such as the
RPE and IO injection.
NANOFIL
NanoFil™ Syringe, 10 microliter
NANOFIL-100 NanoFil™ Syringe, 100 microliter
NanoFil™ syringe does not contain any injection tips, those must be purchased separately. It does include a 26 gauge beveled needle for backfilling.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
NFINHLD
NanoFil™ Injection Holder
SilFlex tubing 35 cm long (pkg of 2) (dead volume = 2.74 µL)
SILFLEX-2
NFGSK-5
Spare Silicone Gasket for NanoFil™ & Holder (pkg of 5)
NFQ34-5
34 Gauge Flexible Quartz Tubing for filling (pkg of 5)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
FLUID HANDLING
Flexible Quartz Tubing
The flexible quartz tubing tip is made of
160 µm OD polyimide coated quartz tubing
with a special adapter sleeve mounted
at the end. It is designed for filling glass
capillary electrodes or pipettes, just like
WPI’s traditional MF34G MicroFil. However,
unlike the traditional MicroFil, which has
about 50 µL of dead volume in its Luer
hub, the dead volume of this tip is less than
0.589 µL. It is useful for loading electrodes
with solutions that have a limited volume or
are too expensive to waste.
“E”
36 gauge
69
NanoFil™ Application Kits
Designed for eye research
Features
●
●
●
●
Includes SilFlex tubing, gasket, holder, and tip assortment
NanoFil™ syringe sold separately
Less than 3 µL dead volume
RPE-KIT Holder assembly
Achieve accurate, repetitive, oil-free injections
RPE-KIT
Benefits
● No oil back filling necessary
● Comes with four needle sizes included in the kit
Applications
These kits are specially designed for eye research for injecting retinal
pigment epithelium (RPE) and intraocular (IO) in addition to brain injection
in mice. They are used exclusively with a NanoFil™ syringe and UMP3 to
achieve accurate and repeatable oil free injections down to submicroliter
ranges. Each kit includes two pieces of Silflex tubing, a holder assembly,
spare gaskets, and an assortment of four needles — blunt for the RPE kit
and beveled tips for the IO kit. Each kit comes with one each of 33, 34, 35
and 36 gauge needles so that first time users can find the best size for
their application.
The Silflex tubing is a very important component of the kit. This 35 cm
long, flexible tubing has a precise outer diameter for airtight fitting with
the syringe. It also has a small inner diameter to minimize dead volume.
The SilFlex is coupled to the injection tip with a seal system similar to that
of the NanoFil. The dead volume of the entire kit (including the tubing) is
less than 3 microliters. All of the components in the kit are constructed of
inert, solvent resistant materials for easy cleaning after viral injection.
UMP3 APPLICATIONS
FLUID HANDLING
● Intraocular injection
● Retinal pigment epithelium injection
● Mouse brain injection
ORDERING INFORMATION
RPE-KIT
IO-KIT
503207
Retinal Pigment Epithelium (RPE) Injection Kit
SilFlex tubing, gasket, holder, and blunt tip mix
Intraocular (IO) Injection Kit
SilFlex tubing, holder, gasket, 4 beveled tips (33g, 34g, 35 g, 36g)
Stand & Clamps
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
70
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Nanoliter Injector
For oocyte injection and applications in the 2 to 70nL range
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Microprocessor-controlled injector
Direct piston displacement in capillary glass
Filling and injection speeds: 23nL/sec and 46 nL/sec
Optional standard or Micro4 controller
Optional footswitch
Benefits
● No syringes required
● Graphical representation of volume status
● Automatically calculated injections based on syringe volume and scale
NL2010MC4
length
● Intuitive touchscreen interface
Applications
● Oocyte injection
New SMARTouch controller
Already own a unit with the standard controller (shown above) or a
Micro4 digital controller? Now you can upgrade to touchscreen control
with the new SMARTouch.
FLUID HANDLING
WPI’s microprocessor-controlled Nanoliter 2010 uses direct piston
displacement. By either pushing the injection button on the control box
or pressing on the optional footswitch, a discrete volume will be injected.
Choice of capillary filling and injection speeds are 23nL/sec or 46nL/
sec (emptying speed is 92nL/sec). Maximum fluid ejection is 5 µL. Each
unit comes with sufficient glass to pull at least 300 micropipettes (see
PUL-1000, 80). Glass is 1.14mm O.D. (nominal) and 0.5 mm I.D.
By setting the DIP switch, the injection volume can be changed from 2.3 to
69.0nL in 16 steps. Up to 100 injections may be performed from a single
filling of the micropipette. Since the volume of a normal Xenopus oocyte
is about 500nL, the instrument has the capability to inject from less than
1% to over 10% of the total volume of the oocyte in one preset step
increment.
Included: 1 vial 3.5 in. capillaries (300), replacement “O” rings, Allen
wrench, MicroFil MF34G backfilling needle and two sample µTip™ prepulled micropipettes.
Micromanipulator
sold separately.
NANOLITER 2010 SPECIFICATIONS
REMOTE CONTROL
GLASS OD
GLASS ID
STEP
INJECTION SPEED
Slow
Fast
FILL SPEED
Slow
Fast
EMPTY SPEED
SINGLE STEP VOLUME RANGE
SMALLEST VOLUME
LARGEST SINGLE STEP VOLUME
TO CHANGE VOLUME
INJECTIONS PER FILLING, MAX.
SHIPPING WEIGHT
Yes
1.14 mm
0.5 mm
12.7 µm/step
23 nL/sec
46 nL/sec
23 nL/sec
46 nL/sec
92 nL/sec
2.3 - 69.0 nL
2.3 nL
69 nL
Set switch
100 injections
3 lb. (1.1 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
The standard
configuration of the
Nanoliter 2010 includes
the small controller
which is simple to setup
and operate.
NANOLITER2010
NANOLITER INJECTORS
NANOLITER2010 Nanoliter 2010 and Standard Controller
System includes Nanoliter 2010 injector, small controller, 1 vial 3.5 in.
capillaries (300), replacement “O” rings, Allen wrench, MicroFilTM MF34G
backfilling needle and two sample µTip™ pre-pulled micropipettes.
NL2010MC4
Nanoliter Injector & Micro4 Controller
(small controller not included)
System includes Nanoliter 2010 injector, Micro4 controller, 1 vial 3.5 in.
capillaries (300), replacement “O” rings, Allen wrench, MicroFilTM MF34G
backfilling needle and two sample µTip™ pre-pulled micropipettes.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
13142
Footswitch for Nanoliter 2010
504949
Replacement 3.5-in. glass capillaries, 1.14mm OD (300)
504950
Replacement 7-in. glass capillaries , 1.14mm OD (300)
TIP10XV119
Micropipettes (10) prepulled 10 µm
300033
Adapter for SMARTouch
300521
Replacement O-rings (five)
500778
Replacement Nanoliter Injector Mounting Adapter
500299
Pistons, 5-pack
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
71
SYRINGE PUMPS
FLUID HANDLING
Touchscreen Programmable Pump Series
Legato syringe pumps for reliable delivery with the ease of a touch screen
SPLG100 Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
The SPLG100 was the
first single-syringe
infusion-only pump
with a touchscreen
interface. The
SPLG100 has a
wide flow rate
range from
1.26 pL/min to
88.32 mL/min,
depending
on syringe
size. It accommodates
a single syringe from 0.5 µL to
60 mL. Any type of syringe, including glass,
plastic or stainless steel are held securely in place.
High resolution color touch screen
Real time clock
Touch pad “lock” feature
Full metal chassis
Built in syringe table with up to 75 lb. linear force
Built in RS-485 interface to link multiple pumps
USB port & RS232 Interface, TTL interface
Continuous mode of operation
Protection with a spill dam
Analog control option
CE, UL, CSA, CB Scheme, EU RoHS compliance
Benefits
SPLG100 SPECIFICATIONS
● Automatic dispensing of small volumes
● Very precise flow rate control
● Hands free operation with foot pedal
● Better flow performance with accuracy ±0.35%
Applications
● Drug administration
● Chemical applications with slow incorporation of fixed volumes of
fluids
The large touch screen color display lets you see all of the pump’s
operating parameters to ensure proper operation during the
experiments. Syringe size and flow rate are easily displayed, as well as the
volume delivered and elapsed time. Set up is easy using the icon-driven
software. An LED on the front panel makes it easy to see if the pump is
running. Advanced micro stepping techniques are employed to further
reduce the step angle to eliminate flow pulsation. Accuracy is ±0.5%. A
wide dynamic flow range from picoliters per minute to millimeters per
minute can be programmed into the pump. These versatile pumps can
be connected through an RS485 interface. Add the new Adagio software
to maximize the use of the pump’s functions and features. Adagio allows
you to configure the pump through the software, as well as operate
one or multiple pumps. LabVIEW drivers are available on the National
Instruments website.
SPLG100 SERIES FLOW RATES
Syringe
Diameter
Minimum
Maximum
0.5 μL
0.103 mm
1.260 pL/min
1.325 μL/min
1 μL
0.146 mm
2.520 pL/min
2.651 μL/min
2 μL
0.206 mm
5.100 pL/min
5.299 μL/min
5 μL
0.343 mm
14.100 pL/min
14.690 μL/min
10 μL
0.485 mm
28.260 pL/min
29.380 μL/min
25 μL
0.729 mm
63.900 pL/min
66.370 μL/min
50 μL
1.03 mm
127.600 pL/min
132.500 μL/min
100 μL
1.457 mm
255.20 pL/min
265.100 μL/min
250 μL
2.304 mm
638.300 nL/ min
662.900 μL/min
500 μL
3.256 mm
1.275 nL/min
1.324 mL/min
1000 μL
4.608 mm
2.553 nL/min
2.652 mL/min
1 mL
4.699 mm
2.655 nL/min
2.757 mL/min
3 mL
8.585 mm
8.863 nL/min
9.204 mL/min
5 mL
11.989 mm
17.290 nL/min
17.950 mL/min
10 mL
14.427 mm
25.030 nL/min
25.990 mL/min
20 mL
19.05 mm
43.640 nL/min
45.320 mL/min
30 mL
21.59 mm
56.050 nL/min
58.210 mL/min
60 mL
26.594 mm
85.050 nL/ min
88.320 mL/min
SYRINGE SIZE
POWER
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
LINEAR FORCE (MAXIMUM)
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
STEP RATE (MIN.)
STEP RATE (MAX.)
DRIVE MOTOR
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.)
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
CONNECTORS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
0.5 μL to 60 mL
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
13.6 kg (30 lb) @ 100% Force Selection
15,360
27.5 sec/μstep
26 μsec/μstep
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
0.15 μm/min
159 mm/min
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μL syringe)
88.32 mL/min (60 mL syringe)
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
2.66 kg (5.9 lb)
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB Type B
SPLG101 Dual Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
The SPLG101 is ideal for
applications where dual
syringes are required with
small volumes up to 10
mL. It accommodates two
syringes from 0.5 µL to
10 mL. The SPLG101 has
a wide flow rate range
from 1.26pL/min to 25.99
mL/min, depending on
syringe size.
SPLG101
SPLG101 SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
POWER
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
LINEAR FORCE (MAX.)
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
STEP RATE (MIN.)
STEP RATE (MAX.)
DRIVE MOTOR
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.)
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
CONNECTORS
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
72
SPLG100
0.5 μL to 10 mL
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
13.6 kg (30 lbs) @ 100% Force Selection
15,360
27.5 sec/μstep
26 μsec/μstep
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
0.15 μm/min
159 mm/min
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μL syringe)
25.99 mL/min (10 mL syringe)
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
2.66 kg (5.9 lbs)
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
The SPLG110 offers
infuse/withdraw
flow control and
programmability for up to
two multi-step programs
of 50 steps each. The
SPLG110 has a wide flow
rate range from 1.26pL/
min to 88.28mL/min,
depending on syringe
SPLG110
size. The SPLG110
accommodates a single
syringe from 0.5 µL to 60 mL. Any type of syringe can be used in the
unit including glass, plastic or stainless steel. The pump is ideal for more
complex multi-step dosing and has multi-mode operation including
infusion only, withdrawal only, infusion and withdrawal and withdrawal/
infusion modes.
SPLG110 SPECIFICATIONS
0.5 μL to 60 mL
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
13.6 kg (30 lbs) @ 100% Force Selection
15,360
27.5 sec/μstep
26 μsec/μstep
0.9 degree Stepper Motor
0.15 μm/min
159 mm/min
1.26 pL/ min (0.5 μl syringe)
88.28 mL/min (60 ml syringe)
22.6 x 19.05 x 15 cm (9 x 7.5 x 5 in)
2.66 kg (5.9 lbs)
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B
SPLG210 Infuse/Withdraw Syringe Pump
The SPLG210 Infuse/Withdraw syringe
pump is easy to use with the high
resolution touch screen. The basic
model works with one syringe or
two (from 0.5 µL to 140 mL)
and can be reconfigured
in the field to be used
with multiple syringes.
A protective cover over
the display prevents
leakage into the display. To
optimize your bench space, SPLG210
the SPLG210 can be placed on its side to
reduce the footprint to only 3.5 x 9.75 in. The display
also rotates with the change to allow you to operate the pump vertically.
The programmable model offers maximum flexibility for configuring and
running different programs. Up to 40 programs of 20 steps each can be
configured and stored for quick recall with the touch of a button.
SPLG210 SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
POWER
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
LINEAR FORCE (MAX.)
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
STEP RATE (MIN.)
STEP RATE (MAX.)
DRIVE MOTOR
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
CONNECTORS
0.5 μL to 140 mL
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
6400
27.5 sec/μstep
26 μsec/μstep
1.8 degree Stepper Motor
0.36 μm/min
190.80 mm/min
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in))
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS-485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
SPLG270 SPECIFICATIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 140 mL
POWER
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
LINEAR FORCE (MAX.
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
6400
STEP RATE (MIN.)
27.5 sec/μstep
STEP RATE (MAX.)
26 μsec/μstep
DRIVE MOTOR
1.8º Stepper Motor
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
0.36 μm/min
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.)
190.80 mm/min
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
DIMENSIONS
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in)
WEIGHT
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
CONNECTORS
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
RS-485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
Adagio Software
●Low cost, simple installation ●Flow evolution graph ●Import and export
programs ●Quick and easy manual pump control ●Monitor one or more
pumps ●Program data logging
The manual pump control tool allows easy direct control of the pump. Pump
commands can be entered directly into the log. Multiple programs can be
opened at the same time. The program’s progression is tracked, and can be
stored in a file for later access.
Intuitive Run Screen — Combining multiple parameters simultaneously with
internationally recognizable icons allow the Legato™ Series to provide a new level
of intuitive syringe pump operation.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SPLG100
SPLG101
SPLG110
SPLG210
SPLG212
SPLG270
SPLG272
504576
504577
504578
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Legato 100 Syringe Pump, Infuse-Only
Legato 101 Syringe Pump, Dual Infuse-Only
Legato 110 Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse/Withdraw Programmable
SPL Syringe Pump, Push-Pull
SPL Syringe Pump, Push-Pull Programmable
Small Syringe Multi Rack (for six 30-60 mL syringes
or ten 0.5 µL-20 mL syringes)
Large Syringe Multi Rack (for up to four
60-140 mL plastic syringes)
Software Adagio/USB Key
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
73
FLUID HANDLING
SYRINGE SIZE
POWER
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
LINEAR FORCE (MAX.)
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
STEP RATE (MIN.)
STEP RATE (MAX.)
DRIVE MOTOR
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.)
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
CONNECTORS
The SPLG270
is a PushPull syringe
pump. It
accommodates
two syringes
from 0.5 µL
to 140 mL for
infusion and
two syringes for
withdrawal. This
model supports
infusion and
SPLG270
withdrawal
simultaneously
at user-defined flow rates and with selectable target volumes to control the
total volume pumped. It also supports infuse only, withdraw only, infuse/
withdraw, withdraw/infuse and continuous mode. The touch screen interface
lets you quickly create configurations and recall them for easy use. The 4.3"
TFT color display with touch pad interface presents all the pump operating
parameters on one easy-to-view run screen. Protective cover over the display
prevents leakage into the display.
SYRINGE PUMPS
SPLG110 Infuse/Withdraw Syringe Pump SPLG270 Push/Pull Continuous
SYRINGE PUMPS
FLUID HANDLING
Touchscreen Programmable Pump Series
Legato syringe pumps for reliable delivery with the ease of a touch screen
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
High resolution color touch screen
Real time clock
Touch pad “lock” feature
Full metal chassis
Built in syringe table with up to 75 lb. linear force
Built in RS-485 interface to link multiple pumps
USB port & RS232 Interface, TTL interface
Continuous mode of operation
Protection with a spill dam
Analog control option
CE, UL, CSA, CB Scheme, EU RoHS compliance
Benefits
SPLG200
● Automatic dispensing of small volumes
● Very precise flow rate control
● Hands free operation with foot pedal
● Better flow performance with accuracy ±0.35%
SPLG200 Infuse-Only Syringe Pump
Applications
Drug administration
●
●
Chemical applications with
slow incorporation of fixed
volumes of fluids
When mounted vertically,
the display screen of
the SPLG series pumps
automatically reorients for
ease of use.
SPLG200 SERIES FLOW RATES
Syringe
Diameter
Minimum
Maximum
0.5 μL
0.103 mm
3.12 pL/min
1.589 μL/min
1 μL
0.146 mm
6.18 pL/min
3.180 μL/min
2 μL
0.206 mm
12.301 pL/min
6.358 μL/min
5 μL
0.343 mm
33.96 pL/min
17.630 μL/min
10 μL
0.485 mm
67.72 pL/min
35.249 μL/min
25 μL
0.729 mm
153.42 pL/min
79.640 μL/min
50 μL
1.03 mm
306.24 pL/min
158.984 μL/min
100 μL
1.457 mm
612.72 pL/min
318.126 μL/min
250 μL
2.304 mm
1.533 nL/ min
795.51 μL/min
500 μL
3.256 mm
3.06 nL/min
1.588 mL/min
1000 μL
4.608 mm
6.129 nL/min
3.181 mL/min
1 mL
4.699 mm
6.373 nL/min
3.308 mL/min
3 mL
8.585 mm
21.272 nL/min
11.044 mL/min
5 mL
11.989 mm
41.485 nL/min
21.539 mL/min
10 mL
14.427 mm
60.073 nL/min
31.19 mL/min
20 mL
19.05 mm
104.74 nL/min
54.383 mL/min
30 mL
21.59 mm
134.533 nL/min
69.852 mL/min
50 mL
26.594 mm
204.122 nL/ min
105.985 mL/min
100 mL
35.7 mm
367.839 nL/min
190.992 mL/min
140 mL
38.4 mm
415.623 nL/min
215.803 mL/min
The SPLG200 Infuse only syringe pump is easy to use with the high
resolution touch screen. The basic model works with one syringe or two
(from 0.5 µL to 140 mL ) and can be reconfigured in the field to be used
with multiple syringes. To optimize your bench space, the SPLG200 can
be placed on its side to reduce the footprint to only 3.5 x 9.75 inches.
The display automatically reorients itself with the change to allow the
user to operate the pump vertically. The pump features user definable
flow rates with selectable target volumes and time values to control the
infusion rate and the total volume. Up to 40 programs of 20 steps each
can be configured and stored in the unit for quick recall with the touch
of a button.
SPLG200 SPECIFICTIONS
SYRINGE SIZE
0.5 μL to 140 mL
POWER
MOTOR DRIVE CONTROL
LINEAR FORCE (MAX.)
100-240 VAC: 50/60 Hz, 50W. 0.5 A fuse
Microprocessor with 1/16 microstepping
34 kg (75 lbs) @ 100% force selection
NUMBER OF MICROSTEPS PER
REVOLUTION OF LEAD SCREW
6400
STEP RATE (MIN.)
STEP RATE (MAX.)
DRIVE MOTOR
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MIN.)
PUSHER TRAVEL RATE (MAX.)
FLOW RATE (MIN.)
FLOW RATE (MAX.)
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
CONNECTORS
ORDERING INFORMATION
SPLG200
504576
504577
504578
SPL Syringe Pump, Infuse Only
Small Syringe Multi Rack (for six 30-60 mL syringes
or ten 0.5 µL-20 mL syringes)
Large Syringe Multi Rack
(for up to four 60-140 mL plastic syringes)
Software Adagio/UsB Key
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
74
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
27.5 sec/μstep
26 μsec/μstep
1.8º Stepper Motor
0.36 μm/min
190.80 mm/min
5 pL/min (0.5 μL syringe)
215.803 mL/min (140 mL syringe)
8.89 x 25.4 x 27.94 cm (3.5 x 10 x 11 in.)
4.9 kg (10.75 lb)
RS-232 - 9 Pin D-Sub Connector,
S485 - IEEE-1394 6 pos,
USB - Type B,
I/O & TTL - 15 Pin D-Sub Connector
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Syringe pumps for high metering precision at low, pulse-free rates
SP210c Continuous Cycle Syringe Pump
Features
● Sturdy and reliable
● Extremely simple to set up and use
● Surprisingly affordable.
Benefits
●
●
●
●
Automatic dispensing of small volumes
Very precise flow rate control
Hands-free operation with foot pedal
Better flow performance with accuracy ±0.35%
Applications
● Drug administration
● Chemical applications with slow incorporation of fixed volumes of
fluids
● Holds four syringes, 10 mL to 60 mL each
SP220i Multi-Syringe Infusion Pump
Ideal for applications requiring multiple syringes, the
SP220i is an adaptation of the SP200i and has
been modified to hold up to
10
syringes.
● All features of SP200i
● Accommodates 10
syringes up to 10 mL
or 6 syringes up to 50
mL or 4 syringes up
to 140 mL.
SP220i
SP100i Single-Syringe Infusion
Pump
This inexpensive single-syringe
infusion pump combines
precision and simplicity with
outstanding ease of use and
durability.
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Holds any size
syringe, 10 µL to
50 mL
● Automatic volume
control and shutoff
● Simple menu-driven setup: dispense
volume, dispense flow rate, syringe diameterSP100i
● Last settings stored in permanent memory
● Continuous dispense volume display
SP120p Two-Syringe Push-Pull Pump
A second syringe mount has
been added to the basic
SP100i, with both syringes
activated by a single pusher
block for simultaneous
infusion and withdrawal.
SP100i
SP100iZ
SP101i
SP101iZ
SP120p
SP120pZ
SP200i
SP200iZ
SP210c
SP210cZ
SP210iw
SP210iwZ
SP220i
SP220iZ
SP230iw
SP230iwZ
SP250i
SP250iZ
SP260p
SP260pZ
####-A
####-P
● All the features of SP100i
● Holds two syringes, from
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (single) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Microdialysis (double, slow speed) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (double) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (double) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (double) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (Continuous) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion-Withdrawal (Continuous) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (double) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion & Withdrawal (multiple) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple, mixed Volumes) 95-135V
Syringe Pump, Infusion (multiple, mixed Volumes) 220-240V
Syringe Pump, I/W (double) Single Cycle Action, 95-135V
Syringe Pump, I/W (double) Single Cycle Action, 220-240V
All 240-volt pumps are CE-approved.
Audible Alarm (add “A” to pump part number)
Programmable Ramp Option (SP200 Series)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
10 µL to 10 mL.
SP120p
15623
13685
13962
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Serial cable, SP Pump-to-IBM 9-pin “D” connector
SP Pump-to-Pump “Daisy-Chain” linking cable, 7 ft
Footswitch for SP200 Series Pumps
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
75
FLUID HANDLING
On the SP series syringe pumps, the liquid crystal displays (LCDs) prompt
you through setup:
1. Select syringe from table stored in the pump’s memory and
displayed on the LCD.
2. Enter the volume to be dispensed.
3. Enter the flow rate and press Start.
It’s fast and simple. Your settings are permanently stored in memory —
there’s no need to re-enter them each day. SP pumps feature preset rate
and volume control. Just set the volume you want dispensed. Volume is
tracked continuously on the LCD display. Then, when the preset volume
has been dispensed, the pump shuts off automatically. The easy-to-read
digital display provides real-time readings using both parameters and
values for clearer, mistake-free readings. The SP200 Series pumps offer
TTL and RS-232C interfaces and automatic shutoff under stall conditions.
The SP210c holds up
to four syringes and
can cycle continuously
back and forth in a
push-pull action. As two
syringes are infusing,
two other syringes are
withdrawing at the same
rate. At the end of the
set volume the direction
is automatically reversed and
SP210 c
the next cycle begins. With the use of
2-way valves, the pump can empty and
refill syringes for continuous dispensing.
SYRINGE PUMPS
Affordable Syringe Pumps
SYRINGE PUMPS
FLUID HANDLING
Programmable Syringe Pump
The best value on syringe pumps in the market!
Features
● Cost effective
● Program sequences without a
computer
AL-4000
● Rich command set
● RS-232 and TTL control
Benefits
● Automatic dispensing of small volumes
● Very precise flow rate control
● Hands-free operation with foot pedal
AL-6000
Applications
● Drug administration
● Chemical applications with slow
incorporation of fixed volumes
of fluids
AL-8000
AL-1000
ORDERING INFORMATION
The Aladdin pump series arguably offers the best VALUE for any syringe
pump on the market.
These pumps are available in single, dual, 4 , 6, and 8 syringe capacities.
Although it is one of the most cost effective pumps available, the Aladdin
pump series boasts a versatility that is unmatched in its price range with
features typically found only on pumps costing more than twice as much.
The Aladdin series provides the capability to both inject and withdraw.
These pumps can be used for manually triggered injections, but also
have the capability to be programmed in multi-step pumping sequences
without the requirement for a computer. Even so, this series also has
both RS-232 and TTL inputs for external control and status feedback
to a computer, if desired. The pumps can be daisy chained for multi
pump applications involving push/pull protocols or multiple independent
channels. The performance characteristics are admirable, considering the
price.
For the budget minded lab looking for a versatile and reliable pump, the
Aladdin series is an excellent option.
The Aladdin pump series will accept syringes from Becton Dickinson,
Monoject, Terumo and Air-Tite.
AL-1000
Programmable Syringe Pump
AL-1000 HP Programmable Syringe Pump, High Pressure
AL-2000
Two AL1000 Syringe Pumps
Includes CBL-Dual-3 Interconnecting Cable for push/pull or continuous
pumping. Valves not included.
AL-4000
Programmable Multiple (up to 4) Syringe Pump
AL-6000
Programmable Multiple (up to 6) Syringe Pump
AL-8000
Programmable Multiple (up to 8) Syringe Pump
Specify line voltage. When ordering 220V models,
specify UK, Euro or Australian line cord.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
GN-PC7
PC to pump cable, 7 ft
GN-PC25
PC to pump cable, 25 ft
GN-NET7
Pump-to-pump network cable, 7 ft
GN-NET25 Pump-to-pump network cable, 25 ft
GN-TTL
Pump-to-pump reciprocating cable
ADPT2
Footswitch
ALADDIN SPECIFICATIONS
AL-1000
Plastic syringes up to 60 mL and
selected glass micro syringes
from 0.5 to 500 µL.
SYRINGE SIZES
NUMBER OF SYRINGES 1
MOTOR TYPE
Step Motor, 1⁄8 to 1⁄2 step modes
STEPS PER REVOLUTIONS 400
STEPPING (max./min.)
PUMPING RATES
MAXIMUM FORCE
NUMBER OF PROGRAM
PHASES
Plastic syringes up to 60 mL and
selected glass micro syringes
from 0.5 to 500 µL.
1
200
0.21 µm to 0.850 µm
MOTOR TO DRIVE SCREW
15/28
RATIO
SPEED (max./min.)
AL-1000 HP
15/28
AL-4000
AL-6000
Plastic syringes up to 60 mL
1-60 mL, or 0.5-5 µL micro syringes
Up to 100 mL
2 (may be different sizes)
Step Motor, 1⁄8 to 1⁄2 step modes
200
0.425 µm to 1.7 µm depending on
motor speed
6
Step Motor, 1⁄8 to 1⁄2 step modes
400
8
Step Motor
200
0.132291667µM to 0.26458333 µM
depending on motor speed
15/28
15/28
0.21 µm to 0.850 µm
5.1 cm/min / 0.0042 cm/hr
18.36964 cm/min / 0.008409 cm/hr 18.36964 cm/min / 0.008409 cm/hr 5.1 cm/min / 0.0042 cm/hr
1699 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe,
to 0.73 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
35 lb at min. speed, 18 lb at
maximum speed
6120 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe,
to 1.459 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
100 lb at minimum speed, 18 lb at
maximum speed
41
AL-8000
6120 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe,
to 1.459 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
100 lb at minimum speed, 15 lb at
maximum speed
1699 mL/hr with 60 mL syringe, to
0.73 µL/hr with 1 mL syringe
35 lb at min. speed, 18 lb at max.
speed
5/1
3.4917cm/min. / 0.0026cm/hr.
0.454 µL/hr. with a B-D 1cc syringe to
1163mL/hr. with a B-D 60 cc syringe
160 lbs at min. speed, 30 lbs at
max. speed
41
41
41
41
RS-232 PUMP NETWORK 100 pumps maximum
100 pumps maximum
100 pumps maximum
100 pumps maximum
POWER SUPPLY
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 850 mA
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 1000 mA
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 1000 mA
Wall adapter 12V DC @ 850 mA
DIMENSIONS
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
22.9 x 14.6 x 11.4 cm
(8.75 x 5.75 x 4.5 in.)
100 pumps maximum
Unregulated linear external wall
adapter, country and power source
specific
26x38.1x12.7cm
(10.25 x15 x5 in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
1.6 kg (3.6 lb)
10.125 lbs. (4.595kg)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
76
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Precision Syringe Pump
MICROFLUIDICS
Microfluidic Pumps
Microfluidic Solenoid Pump
CX-EXIGO
Features
●
●
●
●
CX-KIMA
Virtually pulse-free low volume delivery
Fast response time
Flow sensor feedback to pump
Features
Touch control
● Controlled by the iKima™ application for use with the iPod Touch
(included) and iPhone
Benefits
manufacturer’s flow chambers
Pulse-free flow
● Delivers pulses of fresh media to cells seeded inside the
Precise multichannel mixing
microchannels
Excellent long-term flow stability
Rapid flow change (ms range)
● Flow rate: 15 - 35 mL/hr ± 4%
● Dead volume: < 300 µL
WiFi communication and control via iPad mini or USB communication
with LabVIEW based PC control software
Benefits
● Use standard tubing for connection to any microfluidic biochip
● Fits inside standard CO2 incubators, maintaining temperature and
Applications
● Recirculating long-term perfusion pump
● WiFi communication and control via iPod Touch, even with Kima pump
●
●
●
●
●
Microfluidics and nanofluidics
incubated
Droplet generation and manipulation
Applications
Laminar and multilaminar flow studies
Cell-based shear flow studies
Cell and particle manipulation studies
ExiGo is a precision syringe pump based on the 5-phase stepper motor
drive that has more microsteps per revolution of the lead screw vs.
standard syringe pumps on the market. ExiGo has 250,000 microsteps/
revolution and even at low rotational speed / low flow rates, it has a very
low pulsation and high accuracy. When coupled with the flow sensor and
active PID feedback; this results in very fast response times for changing
flow rates. A standard syringe pump typically has a smaller number of
microsteps and so usually the only way a standard “microfluidic” pump
can achieve pulse-free flow control is to use small syringes; e.g. 0.5 µL;
1 µL; 5 µL; etc., to achieve non-pulsatile stable flow rates in the nanoliter/
minute range. By comparison, the ExiGo pump with the flow sensor can
use a standard 250 µL glass syringe to produce stable non-pulsatile flow
rates of 10nL/min – 1 mL/min; or a 5 mL plastic syringe to produce stable
non-pulsatile flow rates of 100nL/min – 20 mL/min. ExiGo can be used
in conjunction with expandable (flexible) element and fluidic resistance
in order to dampen any pulsation occurring during the stepper motor
operation. As it employs active feedback, the response time of the pumps
still remains fast.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-EXIGO-IM-7
CX-EXIGO-PM-7
CX-EXIGO-I-7
CX-EXIGO-P-7
CX-EXIGO-IM
CX-EXIGO-PM
CX-EXIGO-I
CX-EXIGO-P
CX-EXIGO-M
CX-EXIGO
humidity
Exigo with iPad, Manifold, 7µL/min FS
Exigo with LabView, Manifold, 7µL/min FS
Exigo with iPad, 7µL/min FS
Exigo with LabView, 7µL/min FS
Exigo with iPad, Manifold
Exigo with LabView, Manifold
Exigo with iPad, SmartFlo app
Exigo with LabView
Exigo with Manifold, Tubing Kit
Exigo with Tubing Kit
●
●
●
●
●
Cell culture under shear stress/flow
Biofilm studies
Cell culture in biochips with adherent cells (HUVECs)
Stem cells
HepG2 cells (human liver cancer cell line)
Kima pump is a microfluidic pump designed to aid cell culture
(e.g., epithelial and endothelial cells) under physiological conditions
(shear flow) in various biochips and flow chambers, including Vena8
Endothelial+ biochips where it is possible to culture eight cell monolayers
simultaneously over 24-48 hours. The solenoid pump produces a pulsatile
flow to mimic the cardiovascular system, delivering a preset volume of
liquid as programmed.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-KIMAKIT-IPOD
Kima Kit for Cell Culture / Biofilm Studies
CX-KIMA-I
Kima Microfluidic Pump with iPod Touch & Controller
CX-KIMA
Kima Microfluidic Pump
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Includes Kima Pump, iPod Touch w/ Controller, 100 mL bottle w/ cap, tubing kit, Vena* Endothelial+ biochips (10-pack).
Also available with PC control software.
Also available with PC control software.
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
77
FLUID HANDLING
●
●
●
●
●
● Connects easily to Vena8 Endothelial+ biochip and other
MICROFLUIDICS
FLUID HANDLING
Microfluidic Pumps and Accessories
Microfluidic syringe pump for shear
flow studies
Microfluidic Pressure Pump
CX-MIRUS
Features
●
●
●
●
Features
Unlimited volume
● Precise flow control with active feedback via plug-and-play flow sensor
(required add-on)
Low per-channel cost
● Flow rate: 1 μL/min – 1 mL/min; unidirectional (push)
● iPad mini or PC (LabVIEW, Matlab, Python, etc.) control which can
Flow rate: 100nL/min - 10 mL/min ± 1%
Dead volume: ~600 µL
control/program up to four pump modules independently
Benefits
● External compressor (required)
● Higher throughput enabling eight assays in parallel
● Flow damper to decrease syringe pump pulses
● PC controlled via VenaFluxAssay software
Benefits
● 2 modes of pumping: manual flow rate set or preprogrammed flow
rate operation
Applications
●
●
●
●
CX-UNIGO
● Preprogrammed mode includes: constant, ramp, step, sine functions
● Side port connections to dock up to four pumps (combination of
Microfluidic applications
UniGo and ExiGo) into one setup
Single cell analysis
Microfluidic syringe pump for cell analysis under shear flow in biochips
Suitable for cell samples and whole blood samples
Mirus is a precision syringe pump, which uses the combination of an
expandable (flexible) element and fluidic resistance in order to dampen
the pulsation of the syringe pump stepping. The Mirus has a very stable
flow profile. Additionally, Mirus is equipped with 3-way valve allowing
automatic recharging and washout of syringe. Mirus is also provided
with an 8-way flow splitter, allowing multiple executions (eight parallel
experiments) simultaneously.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-MIRUS-PRO
Microfluidic Syringe Pump
CX-MIRUS
Microfluidic Syringe Pump
Includes tubing kit, VenaFlux Assay Software PC control
and MultiFlow8
Includes tubing kit, VenaFlux Assay Software PC control
CX-MIRUS-MULTI8 MultiFlow8 Attachment for Mirus Evo Nanopump
● Use standard tubing for connection to any microfluidic biochip.
Applications
● Microfluidics where accurate and stable flow rate delivery is required.
The pressure pump component is based on controlled air injection.
The UniGo™ Microfluidic Pump is a precision, microfluidic, singlechannel pressure pump for a variety of microfluidic applications,
where accurate and stable flow rate delivery is required. The pressure
pump component is based on controlled air injection. The UniGo
pump requires a plug-and-play flow sensor for active feedback and
increased flow control. SmartFlo application executed on the iPad
Mini or LabView-based interface communicates with up to four UniGo™
Microfluidic Pumps racked together, allowing simultaneous control
and independent programming of each pump’s flow profile. Uniquely,
the UniGo™ may be docked together with the ExiGo™ microfluidic
syringe pump, combining the best features of both instruments in one
microfluidic set-up. Note: it is necessary to purchase a flow sensor with the
UniGo™ pump.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-UNIGO-ECI-80 UniGo with iPad, External compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
CX-UNIGO-ECP-80 UniGo with LabView, External compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
CX-UNIGO-EC-80 UniGoExternal compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
CX-UNIGO-I-80
UniGo with iPad, No Compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
CX-UNIGO-P-80 UniGo with LabView, No Compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
CX-UNIGO-80
UniGo, No compressor, 80 µL/min flow sensor
Five flow cells are avilable for your Unigo system. Your choice of one flow
sensor is included with your Unigo system. Contact us at [email protected]
for more information.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
78
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
MICROFLUIDICS
ExiGo™ Pump Manifold
4-channel Microfluidic Pump
Features
● Allows you to direct the fluid to
three (3) independent ports
● Plug and play connection to
the ExiGo™ pump
● Can be programmed
to automatically switch
between fluidic channels
using SmartFlo PC software
CX-MF
Benefits
● Refill syringes automatically
Applications
CX-4U
● Microfluidics and Nanofluidics
Features
● Droplet generation and manipulation
● Precise flow control with active feedback via plug-and-play flow sensor
● Laminar and multilaminar flow studies
Benefits
● Two modes of pumping: manual flow rate set or preprogrammed flow
● Cell-based shear flow studies
● Cell and particle manipulation studies
The Manifold is a specialized microfluidic channel selector which allows
the ExiGo pump to direct fluid to one of three microfluidic channels at a
time. Accurate flow switching and low dead volume provide exceptional
performance.
rate operation
● Preprogrammed mode includes: constant, ramp, step, sine functions
● Side port connections to dock up to four pumps (combination of
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-MF
ExiGo Pump Manifold
UniGo and ExiGo) into one setup
● Use standard tubing for connection to any microfluidic biochip
Applications
● Microfluidics where accurate and stable flow rate delivery is required.
The pressure pump component is based on controlled air injection.
4U is a 4-channel compact, precise, economical microfluidic pressure
pump for a variety of microfluidic applications, where accurate and
stable flow rate delivery is required. SmartFlo application executed on
LabView-based interface communicates with the four separate channels
of the 4U pump, allowing simultaneous control and independent
programming of each pump’s flow profile. The 4U pump provides you
with the advantage of using four independent flow rates at the same
time.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CX-4UECIPAD-4X80FS
4-channel Microfluidic Pump, external
compressor, iPad, 80 µL/min flow sensors (4)
CX-4UECPC-4X80FS
4-channel microfluidic pump, external
compressor, PC, 80 µL/min flow sensors (4)
CX-4UNCIPAD-4X80FS 4-channel Microfluidic Pump, iPad, 80 µL/min
flow sensors (4)
CX-4UNCPC-4X80FS
4-channel Microfluidic Pump, PC, 80 µL/min
flow sensors (4)
CX-EC
External Compressor
Vena8 Fluoro+
Vena8
Endothelial
VenaT4
Microfluidic Biochips for a Variety of
Applicatons
We offer a range of biochips for many applications. All biochips
mimic human capillaries by working in tandem with our different
instrumentation platforms.
Our new DropChips are either hydrophilic or hydrophobic based.
DropChips comes with 5 different channel sizes from 30 µm to 80
µm. Please refer to the chart on page 80 for information on specific
biochips.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Optional Accessories/Replacement Parts
CX-018
Vena8 with Glass Coverslip
CX-023
Biochip-CONN, Biochip SNGL IN
CX-024
Biochip-CONN, Biochip SNGL OUT
CX-027
Tygon Tubing for Biochip Conn
CX-032
Kima-Connect Tubing Set
CX-045
Kima Pump Cell Culture Bottle
CX-067
Flow Sensor Exigo 1 mL/min
CX-073
Dropchip, Hydrophobic, 40 µm x 40 µm
CX-084
MF8-Connect Biochip1 Inlet CBL
CX-087
MULTIFLOW8 Nozzles, Standard
Vena8 Glass
Coverslip
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Vena Delta Y1
Vena Delta Y2
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
79
FLUID HANDLING
(required add-on)
● Flow rate: 1 μL/min – 1 mL/min; unidirectional (push)
● iPad mini or PC (LabVIEW, Matlab, Python, etc.) control which can
control/program up to four pump modules independently
● External compressor (required)
MICROFLUIDICS
FLUID HANDLING
Microfluidic Biochips
DROPCHIP (HYDROPHILIC/HYDROPHOBIC) BIOCHIPS ORDERING INFORMATION
Chip Size (µm)
30 x 30
40 x 40
50 x 50
60 x 60
70 x 70
80 x 80
Junction Width (cm)
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
Height (cm)
0.003
0.004
0.005
0.006
0.007
0.008
Length (cm)
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
2.8
Substrate Thickness
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
0.5
Hydrophilic (Pack of 2)
Hydrophobic (Pack of 2)
CX-026
CX-034
CX-028
CX-073
CX-029
CX-035
CX-030
CX-036
CX-031
CX-037
CX-033
CX-038
Hydrophilic (Pack of 5)
Hydrophobic (Pack of 5)
CX-039
CX-046
CX-040
CX-047
CX-041
CX-048
CX-042
CX-049
CX-043
CX-050
CX-044
CX-051
Hydrophilic (Pack of 10)
Hydrophobic (Pack of 10)
CX-052
CX-058
CX-053
CX-059
CX-054
CX-060
CX-055
CX-061
CX-056
CX-062
CX-057
CX-063
STANDARD BIOCHIPS ORDERING INFORMATION
Vena8
Fluoro+
Vena8
Endothelial+
VenaT4
Vena8 Glass
Coverslip
Low
Flow
Rates
High
Flow
Rates
Vena Delta
Y1
Y2
Channel width, b (cm)
0.04
0.08
0.08
0.16
0.08
0.008
0.008
Channel height, h (cm)
0.01
0.012
0.01
0.016
0.008
0.012
0.012
2.8
2.8
Channel length, L (cm)
2.8
2.8
2.8
Channel volume (cm3)
0.00112
0.00269
0.00224
Channel volume (μL)
1.12
2.69
2.24
Thickness of bottom substrate (mm)
0.17
0.5
8
8
40/80
40/80
Pack of 5
CX-002
CX-004
Pack of 10
CX-001
CX-003
# of channels / chip
# of assays / pack
0.00717 0.00179
2.8
2.8
0.00269
0.00269
7.17
1.79
2.69
2.69
0.17
0.17
0.5
0.5
4
8
8
4
4
40
80
80
40
40
CX-005
CX-009
CX-010
CX-007
CX-008
SPECIFICATIONS
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cell types: whole blood (human, animal); PRP; platelets; PBMC;
monocytes; T-cells (primary and cell lines); eosinophils; neutrophils
etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Cell types: adherent cells e.g. endothelial – HUVECs; HMVECs etc.;
HepG2; stem cells; muscle cells etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Protein coatings: collagen, fibronectin, fibrinogen, vWF, VCAM,
ICAM, selectins, MadCAM etc.
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
Brightfield, phase contrast, immunostaining
Confocal microscopy
APPLICATIONS
Platelet adhesion, aggregation and thrombi formation; leukocyte rolling, adhesion and migration; thrombosis; immunology
(inflammation); infectious diseases (e.g. malaria); sickle cell disease;
respiratory (asthma and COPD)
Cell adhesion and culture under perfusion / shear flow; leukocyte
cell-cell rolling, adhesion and migration; oncology (melanoma,
breast cancer etc.); cardiovascular (atherosclerosis, drug eluting
stents); immunology (inflammation); respiratory (asthma and COPD)
✓
✓
Biofilm assays, microbe seeding and culturing; biochips with glass
coverslips (attached / not attached; treated / non-treated); biochips
for the attachment of coupons for biofilm studies
Chemotaxis, transmigration and invasion assays; 2D and 3D cell
culture; mimicking tumour microenvironment with gels (ECM gel,
hydrogel, matrigel, collagen gel)
All biochips are:
• Disposable plastic; some with glass coverslips.
• Require no assembly; unlike many standard perfusion chambers / flow
chambers.
✓
• Require no Luer lock connections which increase dead volume. Cellix’s
biochips have a unique plug and play connection with tubing connections
which are autoclaveable and reuseable.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
80
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
PIPETTERS
Ergonomic Pipetter Design
Making repetitive procedures more efficient and comfortable
Features
● Lightweight and
conformable ergonomic
design
● Easy calibration using
provided tool
● Easy for cleaning and parts
REG100
replacement
● CE and ISO13485 Certified
Benefits
● Less stress on your hand when you are performing repetitive
operations
● Save money by ordering sets of any 5, 6 or 7 pipetters
● Made from biologically inactive and chemical inert polymers
Applications
Regal Pipettes use the air displacement method, where displaced
air volume by the motion of the piston is equal to the liquid
volume drawn into the pipette. These new pipettes are highly
accurate. Within ten complete revolutions of the dial, you can set
the minimum and maximum volumes. For ease of use, the dial is
fixed to the plunger. Since the light plunger action reduces fatigue,
results are more precise.
ORDERING INFORMATION (SINGLES)
and solutions
Model
Volume
Nominal
Range Increment Volume Tolerance Repeatability
µL
µL
µL
%
%
REG2
0.2 ~ 2
0.01
0.2
0.5
2
±12.0
±5.0
±2.0
≤6.00
≤2.50
≤0.70
REG10
1 ~ 10
0.1
1
5
10
±3.0
±1.5
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.60
≤0.40
REG20
2 ~ 20
0.1
2
10
20
±3.0
±1.0
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.50
≤0.30
REG50
5 ~ 50
0.5
5
20
50
±2.0
±1.2
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.40
≤0.20
REG100
10 ~
100
1
10
50
100
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG200
20 ~
200
1
20
100
200
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG1000
100 ~
1000
5
100
500
1000
±1.5
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.30
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG5K
1000 ~
5000
50
1000
2000
5000
±1.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.50
≤0.25
≤0.15
REG10K
1000 ~
10000
100
1 mL
5 mL
10 mL
±3.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.30
≤0.20
≤0.15
ORDERING INFORMATION (SETS)
REGS5
REGS6
REGS7
504591
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Regal Pipetters (set of any 5) & stand
Regal Pipetters (set of any 6) & stand
Regal Pipetters (set of any 7) & stand
Stand for Regal Pipetters (holds 8)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
81
FLUID HANDLING
● Routine laboratory use for accurate and affordable pipetting of liquids
PIPETTE TIPS
FLUID HANDLING
Universal Pipette Tips
Mini Vacuum Pump
Ultra-clear, certified RNase/DNase-free
Small, reliable, durable and accurate
WPI’s Universal Pipette Tips are for
use with Regal and most other
pipetters, including Gilson, Oxford
Benchmate, Socorex, and
SealPette.
* Tips 500197 and 500198
fit Regal, Eppendorf, and
BioHit pipetters.
801566
500192
Features
Same as leading brands—
●
●
●
●
at about half
the price!
UNIVERSAL FILTER TIPS (STERILE)
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Rack
Part No.
0.1 - 10 µL
REG2
REG10
REG20
960 (10 racks of 96)
500199
10 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
960 (10 racks of 96)
REG10K
250 (10 racks of 25)
Part No.
Rack
Part No.
500192
Bag of
1000
500191
5 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
Bag of
1000
500193
960
(10 racks of
96)
500194
100-1000
µL
REG1K
Bag of
1000
500195
1000
(10 racks of
100)
500196
500 - 5000
µL
REG5K
Bag of
250
500197 *
504588
500
(10 racks of 500198 *
50)
250
(10 racks of
25)
vacuum pressure up to 250 mbar
This miniature vacuum pump is durable and accurate. The industrialstrength aluminum exterior, neoprene diaphragm and neoprene/silicone
valves ensure this pump will stand up to daily use.
0.1 - 10 µL
Bag of
1000
with vacuum
504590
960
(10 racks of
96)
REG10K
Applications
● Ideal for any application requiring a small, reliable pump that provides
REG2
REG10
REG20
1000 10,000 µL
Extremely long life time
● Quiet operation
● Compact (18 x 7 x 7cm) unit takes little of your bench space
● Oil free, maintenance free
500200
UNIVERSAL TIPS
Bulk
Low noise
● Commonly sold with Muscle Physiology setups
● Excellent accessory for use with WPI's PV830 Pneumatic PicoPump
ORDERING INFORMATION
For
Tip Volume Pipetter
Minimal vibration
Benefits
ORDERING INFORMATION
1000 - 10,000 µL
Durable aluminum exterior
504589
MINI VAC SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
FREE FLOW
AT -100 MBAR
MOTOR TYPE
POWER
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
MAXIMUM VACUUM
PUMP HEAD CONSTRUCTION
DIAPHRAGM
VALVES
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
ORDERING INFORMATION
t
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
82
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
230 (50 Hz)
120 (60 Hz)
4.0 L/min.
3.0 L/min.
2.0 L/min.
1.5 L/min.
Vibrating
4.0 W
–
–250 mbar
Aluminum
CR-neoprene
CR-neoprene/FPM (Viton)/Silicone
185 x 72 x 72 mm
850 g
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
LUER FITTINGS
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
Build your own liquid flow experiment
Features
● Over 300 assorted parts
● Luer fittings for quick and
easy connect and disconnect
Benefits
● Sold individually or in kits
Applications
● Liquid flow experimental
setups
FLUID HANDLING
A useful kit (right) for
building your own liquid flow
experiment. It provides the
means to start, stop, add,
divide and control a flow of
liquid or gas. Included in the
kit are over 300 assorted parts
such as one-way and three14011
way stopcocks, manifolds,
Y-connectors, injection sites,
male and female luer caps, check valves, syringe-activated check valves,
slide clamps, roller clamps, and pinch clamps. All (except clamps) have
a luer fitting for quick and easy connecting and disconnecting. Includes
assorted luer fittings for use with flexible tubing.
ORDERING INFORMATION
14011
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit
Quick connects in nylon and polypropylene
Features
● Over 250 assorted parts in each kit
● Valves are polycarbonate, and the
valve handles are polyethylene. Do
not autoclave those parts.
Benefits
● Polypropylene parts (504954)
can be autoclaved repeatedly at
121°C/15PSI, 15 min. cycle
● Polypropylene fittings are chemically
inert and resistant to most organic
and inorganic solvents
● Nylon fittings are strong and can be
bonded with adhesive.
Applications
504954
504955
● Liquid flow experimental setups
Assemble quick-disconnect luer fittings for use with flexible tubing with
internal diameters of 1⁄16", 3⁄32" and 1⁄8". A variety of quick-disconnect
connectors can be quickly made for connecting small diameter flexible
tubing; 3-way connections can be made with the use of the 3-way luer
tee; luer plugs, tees, connectors, bulk-head mounts, color coding rings,
locking nuts, male and female luers—are all included to enhance the
versatility of this kit. The kit has over 250 assorted parts and is offered in
two different types of materials. Nylon parts are not autoclavable.
ORDERING INFORMATION
504954
504955
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit
(Polypropylene)
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Nylon)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
83
LUER FITTINGS
FLUID HANDLING
Luer Valve Assortment Kit 14011 Parts
Kit parts are also available individually
14034-40
Injection Site
Male Luer Lock
Pack of 40
14040-50
Pinch Clamp for
7mm Tubing
Pack of 50
14035-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock,
Pack of 10
14039-10
Check Valve
Pack of 10
3742-20
Female T Luer
Pack of 20
14051-100
Pinch Clamp for 5
mm Tubing
Pack of 100
14059-2
3-Port Manifold (5 Female Ports)
Pack of 2
13161-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
3
⁄32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
13162-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
1
⁄8" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
14044-5
Syringe
Activated Dual
Check Valve
Pack of 5
14045-20
Syringe
Slip Luer Valve
Activated Check
Pack of 20
13822-10
0.135”/3.4 mm
OD Tubing
Pack of 10
14041-60
Roller Clamp
3
⁄16" Tubing
Pack of 60
7465-20
Pinch Clamp
Large Bore
Pack of 20
14047-10
4-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 10
14048-20
3-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 20
14057-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
14036-15
4-Way Luer Stopcock
Pack of 15
14058-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
14038-10
1-Way Stopcock
Luer Lock,
Pack of 10
13156-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
1
⁄16" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
13163-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
5
⁄32" ID Tubing
Pack of 100
14054-10
1-Way Stopcock,
Luer Slip
Pack of 10
13157-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
3
⁄32” ID Tubing
Pack of 100
14061-60
Male/Female
Luer Plug
Pack of 60
14055-2
4-Port Manifold (6 Female Ports)
Pack of 2
13158-100
Female Luer Fitting
for
1
⁄8” ID Tubing
Pack of 100
13159-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
5
⁄32” ID Tubing
Pack of 100
13160-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
1
⁄16” ID Tubing
Pack of 100
14042-100
Slide Clamp
for 2.5 mm
O.D. Tubing
Pack of 100
Parts in kit may differ slightly in appearance from those pictured.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
84
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Electrophysiology
From our early beginnings in 1967 working with Yale researchers, electrophysiology
has been at the heart of our business. WPI amplifiers, stimulators and isolators are
designed with quality components so you get a reliable, low-noise signal every time.
Our time-tested designs give you affordable solutions for electrophysiology equipment,
electrodes, data acquisition and accessories for applications like:
• Intracellular/Extracellular Recording
• Optogenetics
• Voltage Clamp for Ussing
• Digital Filtering
• Stimulation and Isolation
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
85
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
50 Years of Experience with Researchers
AMPLIFIERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Bioamplifiers for Electrophysiology
A family of very low noise battery-operated amplifiers
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Battery powered to eliminate line noise
High pass and low pass filtering
Single ended or differential operation
DC/AC amplification
Variable output positioning
Constructed of high quality components to
ensure minimal intrinsic (shot) noise
● Portable
● Rack mountable
Benefits
● Very low internal noise
● Ultra quiet DC power supply — no AC
required
● Instrinsic low susceptibility to ground
loops
● Small footprint
● Cost effective
● Electrostatic Discharge Protection!
DAM50—Basic Amplifier
(optional 5447 electrode
adapter not included)
Applications
●
●
●
●
Amplifying biopotentials from metal electrodes
Brain slice field stimulation
EAG (Electroantennogram)
ERG (Electroretinogram)
WPI’s DAM series amplifiers are well known as a standard of
the industry for amplification of extracellular potentials. These
battery powered bio-amplifiers are designed with a compact
chassis profile that enables you to locate the unit closer to
the preparation and thereby minimize long lead lengths which
contribute to noise. Each amplifier is equipped with selectable
high and low filters, and a position control to offset galvanic
potentials which may develop during recording.
DAM series amplifiers can be used as stand-alone units on any
tabletop or use optional clamp-mounting hardware to locate
them conveniently within the work area. Alternatively, a pair of
amplifiers can be mounted into a standard equipment rack with
a rack mount kit (3484). A variety of hook up accessories are
available to configure your application.
Included with the DAM80 is a Startup Kit containing the following
accessories needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology
research:
CBL102
(2) Cable, BNC-to-3.5 mm plug, 6 ft (2m)
5469
(2) Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 socket
13388
(2) Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm socket
3294
Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
2033
Mini-banana plug, black
2034
Mini-banana plug, red
2035
(2) Mini-banana plug solderable turrent
EP1
Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1 mm diam x 2.5 mm long
M3301EH (2) Electrode Holder, 14cm
5470
0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
EP1
Silver/silver chloride electrode
DAM80 Overview
DAM80, an AC amplifier only, features a very low noise active
headstage probe which can be mounted in micromanipulators
for up-close cortical recording, for extracellular recording from
high impedance glass or metal microelectrodes. The unit also
provides a gated current for tissue marking. Microelectrode
holder MEH7W-XX (sold separately) is recommended for glass
microelectrodes. The DAM80 is perfect for gated or manual
current generation for histological marking, iontophoresis or cell
stimulation. It includes a very low noise remote active headstage
that is useful for very high impedance amplification utilizing glass
or metal electrodes.
FEATURE COMPARISON
INPUT MODE
INPUT CONFIGURATION
GAIN RANGE
HIGH/LOW FILTERS
OFFSET POSITION
CONTROL
CURRENT GENERATOR
REMOTE ACTIVE HEADSTAGE
OUTPUT CONNECTION
STANDARD INPUT
CONNECTION*
POWER SUPPLY
DAM50
DAM80
AC/DC
differential/single ended
100-10K (AC), 10-1K
(DC)
yes
yes
AC
differential
100-10K (AC)
No
No
Yes
Yes
BNC
unterminated wire
3.5 mm mini phone
mini banana
yes
yes
(2) 9V alkaline batteries (2) 9V alkaline batteries
*See optional accessories for additional alternatives
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
86
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
DAM50 References
AMPLIFIERS
Liu, Y., Wang, Y., Zhu, G., Sun, J., Bi, X., & Baudry, M. (2016). A
calpain-2 selective inhibitor enhances learning &amp; memory by
prolonging ERK activation. Neuropharmacology, 105, 471–477. http://doi.
org/10.1016/j.neuropharm.2016.02.022
Ztaou, S., Maurice, N., Camon, J., Guiraudie-Capraz, G.,
Kerkerian-Le Goff, L., Beurrier, C., … Amalric, M. (2016).
Involvement of Striatal Cholinergic Interneurons and M1 and
M4 Muscarinic Receptors in Motor Symptoms of
Parkinson’s Disease. Journal of Neuroscience, 36(35).
Kentish, S. S. J., Frisby, C. L., Kritas, S., Li, H.,
Hatzinikolas, G., O’Donnell, T. A., … Ahern, G.
(2015). TRPV1 Channels and Gastric Vagal Afferent
Signalling in Lean and High Fat Diet Induced
Obese Mice. PloS One, 10(8), e0135892. http://doi.
org/10.1371/journal.pone.0135892
DAM80 References
DAM SERIES SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
MAX. DC DIFFERENTIAL SIGNAL
GAIN
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
INPUT CAPACITANCE
AC MODE NOISE
AC MODE NOISE
DC MODE NOISE (DAM50)
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
AC Mode
AC Mode (DAM80)
DC Mode (DAM50)
OUTPUT CONNECTORS
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
BATTERY TEST
CALIBRATOR SIGNAL
POSITION
CURRENT SOURCE
DAM80: DC Generator
EXTERNAL COMMAND
AC OR DC CURRENT WAVEFORM
BATTERIES
DIMENSIONS
DAM50
DAM80
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1012 Ω
50 pA (typical)
± 2.5 V (DAM 50)
AC: 100x, 1000x, 10000x
DC: 10x, 100x, 1000x (DAM50)
100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
20 pF
0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz
2.6 µV RMS (10 µV p-p) 1 Hz-10 kH
7.5 µV RMS (30 µV p-p) 3-10 kHz
Low frequency, 0.1, 1, 10, 300 Hz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
High frequency, 0.1, 1, 3, 10 kHz
BNC on DAM50; 3.5 mm MiniPhone
connector on DAM80
±8 V
470 Ω
Audible tone
10 Hz square wave
Approximately 250 mV
DAM80— With low-noise headstage DAM80P
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-DAM50
SYS-DAM80
Bio-amplifier
Bio-amplifier with active probe (DAM80P)
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Donnelly, W. T., Bartlett, D., & Leiter, J. C. (2016). Serotonin
in the solitary tract nucleus shortens the laryngeal chemoreflex in
anaesthetized neonatal rats. Experimental Physiology, 101(7), 946–961.
http://doi.org/10.1113/EP085716
Feng, B., Joyce, S. C., & Gebhart, G. F. (2016). Optogenetic activation
of mechanically insensitive afferents in mouse colorectum reveals
chemosensitivity. American Journal of Physiology - Gastrointestinal and
Liver Physiology, 310(10).
Kaldenbach, F., Bleckmann, H., & Kohl, T. (2016). Responses of
infrared-sensitive tectal units of the pit viper Crotalus atrox to moving
objects. Journal of Comparative Physiology A, 202(6), 389–398. http://doi.
org/10.1007/s00359-016-1076-1
Mustafina, A. N., Koroleva, K. S., Giniatullin, R. A., & Sitdikova,
G. F. (2016). Acid Sensitive Ion Channels as Target of Hydrogen Sulfide
in Rat Trigeminal Neurons. BioNanoScience, 1–3. http://doi.org/10.1007/
s12668-016-0237-6
Orton, L. D., Papasavvas, C. A., & Rees, A. (2016). Commissural Gain
Control Enhances the Midbrain Representation of Sound Location.
The Journal of Neuroscience, 36(16), 4470–81. http://doi.org/10.1523/
JNEUROSCI.3012-15.2016
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
DAM80P
3072
3517
CBL102
2851
2033
2034
2035
2101
3484
3485
5447
5469
Replacement Probe
6 Replacement Modular Cables (DAM50)
2 Optional Shielded Modular Cables (DAM50)
3.5 mm Phone plug-to-BNC Cable
BNC-to-BNC Cable
Black Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
Red Insulated Mini-Banana Plug
Uninsulated Mini-Banana Plug
9V Alkaline Battery, each (2 required)
Rack Mount Kit (for 1 or 2 DAM preamps)
Ringstand Mounting Kit
Electrode Adapter (DAM50)
Metal Microelectrode Adapter for DAM80
(mini-banana plug to 0.031 in. (0.79 mm) socket)
5489
Adapter for Metal Microelectrode (DAM50)
13388
Adapter, mini-banana plug to 2mm socket
5371
Cable, Low Noise (2 mm pin to 2 mm pin)
3578
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl pellets (2 mm pin)
300102
Electrode Extension, 4-inch
3414
9V NiMH Battery
MEH7W-XX Microelectrode Holder- 1.0, 1.5 or 2.0 mm OD
See Cables and Connectors, page 108.
See Metal Microelectrodes, page 104.
0 to ±50 µA, variable
Input Voltage ±10 V commands
±50 µA max. amplitude @ 200 KΩ
2 x 9V alkaline (included)
8 x 4 x 1.75 in. (20.3 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
7 x 4 x 1.75 in. (17.8 x 10.2 x 4.4 cm)
3.5 lb (1.6 kg)
Optional probe 5489 (non-active) for use with DAM50 also includes microelectrode adapter 5469.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
87
AMPLIFIERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Which Amplifiers is Right for You?
AMPLIFIER COMPARISON CHART
Amplifier
AC/DC
Differential
Active
Headstage
Stimulation
Isolated
Multi-channel
Battery
Powered
Connectors
Intracellular Bioamplifiers
FD223A
DC
Electro 705
DC
Duo773
DC
t
2
t
t
t
2 mm pin
t
t
t
2 mm pin
2
2 mm pin
4-8
Mini Banana or
8-pin DIN
Extracellular Bioamplifiers
ISODAM8A
ISO80
DC
t
opt
t
AC
t
DAM50
AC/DC
t
DAM80
AC
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
Mini Banana
t
RJ-11
t
Mini Banana
Transducer Amplifiers
BRIDGE8
DC
t
4-8
8-pin DIN WPI
transducers
TBM4M
DC
t
4
8-pin DIN WPI
transducers
1-4
Ussing 2 mm
Epithelial Voltage/Current Clamp Bio Amplifier
EVC4000
DC
t
WPI’s Low-Noise Amplifiers
Outperform Cheap Imitations
An amplifier is an electronic device that magnifies an input
signal. However, the way an amplifier is designed to handle
noise and bandwidth limitations greatly affects the quality and
sustainability of the final output signal.
Defining Terms
To knowledgeably discuss amplifiers, let’s define a few common
terms.
Gain – The gain is the multiplier defining how much the
amplitude of an input signal is increased. A signal with an ×1 gain
is not amplified. A ×10 gain produces an output signal ten times
greater than the input signal.
Noise – Any unwanted signal fluctuations are called noise. While
noise can also result from external sources, for the purpose
of this discussion, we are primarily concerned with the noise
resulting from the inner workings of the electronic device, our
amplifier. This intrinsic noise is called shot (or schott) noise.
Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR) – The ratio of the output signal to
the noise of the amplifier is called the signal to noise ratio. The
smaller the shot noise signal in an amplifier in comparison with
the output signal, the easier the desired signal is to discriminate.
When engineering an amplifier, the SNR may be improved by
boosting the first stage gain to yield a larger output signal or by
using quality components to minimize the shot noise level of the
amplifier.
Output Range – The output range determines the maximum output
signal that can be generated with the amplifier. It is determined by
the maximum voltage of the power supply. If the amplitude of the
output signal is too large for the output range, part of the signal is cut off
(clipped).
Rail – The upper or lower limit of the amplifier range is called a rail.
Signals that exceed the rail cannot be faithfully reproduced.
DC Offset – DC offsets can appear in biological preparations. This
offset is the amount the output signal is displaced away from a zero
reference point. It is usually a result of the potential difference at the
electrode’s tip.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
88
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Power Supply Rails Limit the Range
In a perfect world an input signal can be infinitely multiplied by the gain
factor to determine the output signal. For example:
Input Signal
2 mV
2 mV
2 mV
2 mV
2 mV
Gain
×1
×2
×10
×100
×10,000
Output Signal
2 mV
4 mV
20 mV
200 mV
20 V
In the real world, the power supply rails limit the possible output range
of the amplifier. For example, a bio-amplifier could have a range of
±5.0V. In order for the output signal to be faithfully reproduced, the
input signal times the gain factor must fall within the voltage window
set by the power rails. Otherwise, the output signal goes off scale, and
the input signal is not faithfully reproduced. This is called “hitting the
rail.”
In our example, a 1.0 µV input signal at an ×106 gain would generate
a 1.0V output signal. Since the power supply is rated up to +5.0V, this
output signal is clearly visible. If the input signal in this example is
greater than 5.0 µV, the output signal would be greater than +5.0V.
Since 5.0V is the top of the range that the power supply is capable of
producing, the output signal hits the upper rail and gets cut off. This
amplifier gives a +5.0V DC output signal for all input signals greater
than or equal to 5.0 µV. So, a smaller gain factor should be used to
bring the output signal back into the dynamic output range of the
amplifier.
Noise Limits Amplifier Useability
All electronic devices produce their own internal electronic noise, an
unavoidable signal that can mask the output signal. For example, if
Range
{
Upper Rail
+5.0V
Signal
Noise
Lower Rail
-5.0V
The higher the signal to noise ratio, the more
discernible the desired signal.
the input signal is 2mV and the noise is 1 mV, the signal to noise ratio
is two to one (2:1), and the output signal would be undetectable. It is
nearly impossible to discern which part of this output is generated by
noise and which part is the desired signal. (See figure.)
Ideally, the signal to noise ratio should be at least 50 to 1 to produce
a quality output signal. A good signal to noise ratio can be achieved in
one of two ways:
• Boost the output signal by increasing the gain.
• Reduce the noise.
While increasing the gain is the simplest solution, too much gain can
impose a limitation on the dynamic range of the amplifier. Reducing
noise is a more complicated solution, but it offers a greater range and
more stability.
Two-Stage Amplifiers
Bio-amplifiers usually involve multiple stages of amplification.
Stage One – The unadulterated signal coming into the amplifier is
unaffected by the intrinsic noise of the amplifier. Then, it runs through
the critical first stage of amplification where the signal is boosted by the
primary gain factor to produce an output signal with the desired signal
Stage 2 – The stage one output signal enters the second stage of
amplification where both the signal and the noise from the first
stage are amplified together by the second stage gain factor so that
the signal is large enough to be seen on a chart recorder or data
acquisition system. The second stage amplification is the gain the user
controls. It does not change the signal to noise ratio.
Instead of using high gains in the first stage of amplification, a well
constructed bio-amplifier that uses high quality components, like
WPI’s DAM series amplifiers, minimizes the noise in the first stage of
amplification so that the dynamic range is retained throughout the
amplification process. Poorly designed amplifiers simply increase the
gain of the first stage amplification until the desired signal to noise ratio
is reached.
Boost the power rails?
Theoretically, increasing the
voltage rails powering the
amplifier will increase the available
dynamic output range. It would
seem natural to increase the
power supply rails coming into
the amplifier in order to provide
the capability for greater first
stage gains. However, most data
acquisition systems are limited to
a maximum input signal ranging
between ±10.0V. Therefore,
it is not practical to increase
the power rails of bio-amplifier
beyond ±10.0V. Since the industry
standard limits us to ±10.0V
power supply rails, the only way
to improve the signal to noise
ratio is to minimize the shot noise
in the first stage of amplification.
This is why high quality amplifier
components are imperative.
Result of Amplifier Using
Gain to Control Signal to
Noise Ratio
+5.0V
-5.0V
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Signal vs. Noise
to noise ratio. The intrinsic noise is not amplified in the first stage.
Higher gain factors used in the first stage of amplification can seriously
limit the dynamic range available at output stage. Large stage one gains
also limit the gain factor available in the second stage of amplification.
AMPLIFIERS
How Amplifiers Work
Output signal viewable in range
+5.0V
Why a Signal
Flatlines
Regardless of the amplifier used,
biological potentials are often
accompanied by a DC offset,
because the electrodes polarize
over time. The DC offset naturally
increases over time. Since the
poorly constructed amplifier that
utilizes greater first stage gain has
restricted its dynamic range, it has
limited ability to handle this offset.
As the offset continues to increase,
the output signal may eventually
be forced by the offset into the rail
causing the flat line (clipping the
signal). (See Figure.)
The amplifier that minimizes
the noise in the first stage
amplification offers a larger
dynamic output range and handles
a much greater offset value.
WPI’s Amplifiers
-5.0V
Offset causes the signal peak to
hit the upper rail
+5.0V
-5.0V
Increasing offset renders the
signal useless
As the offset naturally increases
over time, a poorly constructed
amplifier will not be able to
faithfully reproduce the signal.
This offset can also result from
gain drift as temperature rises.
The purchase of a low-noise
amplifier pays dividends in the end. WPI’s amplifiers were engineered
for the bio-medical researcher. While 20-30 µV of noise is common in
bio-amplifiers, WPI’s DAM series amplifiers generate 0.4 µV RMS (root
mean squared) at 0.1-100 Hz. (That’s equal to 2 µV peak-to-peak.)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
89
AMPLIFIERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Isolated Differential Amplifier
Excellent recording performance for extracellular nerve AP
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Battery powered, rechargeable
High pass and low pass filtering
Active remote headstage
AC only amplification
Electrode impedance test function
Electrode current generation with polarity select
Variable output positioning
Benefits
● Ultra quiet DC power supply
● Intrinsic low susceptibility to ground loops
● High signal to noise ratio due to remote head
stage
● Small footprint
● Stimulation/histological marking current
ISO-80
Applications
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Amplifying bio-potentials using metal microelectrodes
Brain slice field potentials
ISO-80 SPECIFICATIONS
EAG (Electroantennogram)
ERG (Electroretinogram)
INPUT RESISTANCE
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
AMPLIFICATION
COMMON MODE REJECTION RATIO
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT
Monitor extracellular nerve action potentials
Use for cell marking, stimulation or electrode cleaning
In vivo cortical recording
>1011 Ω, Common mode and differential
50 picoamperes, max.
×102, ×103, ×104
100 dB typ. @ 50/60 Hz
0.4 µV rms (0.1-100 Hz)
2.0 µV rms (1 Hz - 10 kHz)
The ISO-80 provides low noise AC coupled amplification and offers
excellent recording performance for monitoring extracellular nerve
action potentials in vitro and in living animals. The ISO-80 is provided
with a remote headstage (1 m cable) which incorporates an electrode
impedance test function and a constant current stimulator. The constant
current stimulator can be used for cell marking, stimulation or electrode
cleaning. Typical applications include measuring EMG, EEG, extracellular
and action potentials in vitro or in vivo. The ISO-80 system is DC isolated
from the subject ground and employs state of the art electro-magnetic
shielding for improved noise rejection. The amplifier employs both high
pass and low pass filtering with gain from 100 to 10,000. The lowest lowpass setting is 5 Hz and the upper passband is 10 kHz.
Included with the ISO-80 is a Startup Kit containing the following
accessories needed for basic metal electrode electrophysiology research:
CBL102
Cable, BNC-to-3.5 mm plug, 6 ft (2m) (two)
5469 Adapter, mini-banana to 0.031 skt. (two)
13388 Adapter, mini-banana to 2mm skt. (two)
3294 Cable, ground clip to wire, 3 ft
2033 Mini-banana plug, black
2034 Mini-banana plug, red
2035 Mini-banana plug solderable turrent (two)
EP1 Ag/AgCl pellet (70 mm wire) 1 mm diam x 2.5 mm long
M3301EH
Electrode Holder, 14cm (two)
5470 0.031-inch jack on 12-inch wire (package of 4)
FILTER SETTINGS
Low frequency
High frequency
MAX. OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
ELECTRODE IMPEDANCE RANGE
STIMULATION CURRENT
MAXIMUM STIMULATION VOLTAGE
MAXIMUM ELECTRODE VOLTAGE
DISPLAY
BATTERY TEST
POWER
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5, 10, 100, 300 Hz
100 Hz, 1, 3, 10 kHz
±8 volts
100 kΩ - 10 MΩ @ 300 Hz
0 to ±20 µA (constant current)
±15 V
±40 V
31⁄2-digit LCD
Low battery display
(2) 9V Ni-MH batteries & charger, supplied
4 lb (1.8 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
ISO-80
Isolated Bioamplifier w/ active probe (ISO80P)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
ISO-80P
Replacement ISO-80 Probe
CBL102
3.5 mm phone plug-to-BNC cable
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
To ISO-80
ISO-80 probe
ISO-80 probe
micromanipulator
metal microelectrodes
#5469 electrode adapter*
micromanipulator
metal microelectrode
specimen
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Differential Application
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
Cut, strip, and secure
the wires in #2033
connector.
micromanipulator
red
socket
#2033
connector*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
specimen
metal
#5469 microelectrode
electrode
adapter*
EP1* or similar
Ag/AgCl half-cell
Single-Ended Application
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
#3294 grounding
wire & clip*
micromanipulator
#2033 connector*
specimen
Optional Differential Application
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
90
#5470
electrode
adapter*
ISO-80 probe*
red socket
#5469 electrode adapters*
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
#M3301
electrode
holder*
Isolated, low noise bio-amplifier
Features (Iso-DAM8A)
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
AMPLIFIERS
Low Noise Modular Amplifier System
Low noise tranducer amplifier
Features (BRIDGE8)
● Wide range of fixed gains with independent variable
High pass and low pass filtering
Optional active remote head stage
●
●
●
●
●
AC/DC amplification
Variable gain adjustment
Input is optically isolated
50/60 Hz notch filter
gain adjustment
Low pass filter
Single ended or differential transducer compatibility
Dual range output offset correction
Independent module power switch
Provides ± voltage excitation to transducers
Benefits (BRIDGE8)
Pre-optical isolation DC offset
Post-optical isolation zeroing
● Chassis accepts combination of bioamplifiers and
transducer amplifiers
Independent module power switch
Benefits (Iso-DAM8A)
● Flexible channel count (1–8) allows expandability
● Output LEDs confirm transducer output balance
● Chassis accepts combination of bioamplifiers and
Applications (BRIDGE8)
● Flexible channel count (1–8) allows expandability
● Notch filter targets AC line noise sources
● Variable gain output amplitude
● WPI force transducers
● Wheatstone bridge transducers
● Muscle force measurement
transducer amplifiers
74020
BRIDGE8
Bridge8 Modules Low Noise Transducer Amplifier
Applications (Iso-DAM8A)
Bridge8 is a modular, rack-mountable amplifier system. It is specifically
designed for use as a signal conditioning amplifier with strain gages and
other powered transducers. Bridge8 includes differential amplifiers
featuring high input impedance, high common mode rejection and low
current leakage input terminals for low noise operation. It features a half
bridge switch and channel offset A wide variety of WPI transducers are
available for force, temperature, pressure and light measurements. The
Bridge8 amplifier is a clear choice for convenience and quality.
●
●
●
●
Amplifying biopotentials unsing metal microelectrodes
Brain slice field potentials
EAG (Electroantennogram)
ERG (Electroretinogram)
Iso-DAM8A Modules Isolated Low Noise Bio-Amplifier
The ISO-DAM8A is a compact modular standard rack-mountable DC
amplifier system. Each channel is electrically isolated from the others
and from ground. No current can flow from the input terminals and
electrodes, thus, the instrument is intrinsically safe and cannot cause
any electrical stimulus or shock to the preparation, in addition ground
loop noise is minimized. Systems can be purchased with one, two,
three or up to eight preamplifier modules or mixed with Bridge8
transducer amplifier modules (see next page). The user can then select
an appropriate low pass filter setting, gain and offset on the channel
amplifier panel. A notch filter has been added to reduce line frequency
interference. An optional headstage preamplifier (10x gain) allows low
noise extracellular (DC) recording with Iso-DAM8A and adds greater
signal bandwidth than a shielded cable of the same length. The IsoDAM8A amplifier and headstage configuration is optimally suited for
use with our metal microelectrodes and can be easily configured for
many applications. Each amplifier channel has a coaxial (BNC) connector
located on the rear panel.
ISO-DAM8A SPECIFICATIONS
EACH CHANNEL
INPUT IMPEDANCE
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
INPUT DC OFFSET
GAIN
COMMON MODE REJECTION
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT
BANDWIDTH FILTER SETTINGS
High Filter (Low Pass) (kHz)
Low Filter (High Pass) (Hz)
Notch Filter (Hz)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
ENCLOSURE DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
> 1012 Ohms
10 pA (typical)
± 100 mV
×10, ×100, ×1000, ×10,000
> 100 dB @ 50/60 Hz
< 0.36 µV rms (1.8 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz, Gain>10
< 1 µV rms (5 µV P-P) 0.1-10 kHz
0.1, 0.5, 1, 3, 10
0.1, 1, 10, 300
50, 60
± 7.5 Volts
220 Ohms
7 × 17 × 9.2 in.
(18 × 43 × 23 cm)
10 to 21 lb (4.5 to 9.5 kg)
BRIDGE8 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT IMPEDANCE
AMPLIFICATION
INPUT LEAKAGE CURRENT
VOLTAGE OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
AMPLIFIER OUTPUT VOLTAGE
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
EQUIVALENT NOISE SIGNAL INPUT
LOW PASS FILTER BAND (KHz)
> 1012 Ohms
1, 10, 50, 100, 500, 1000 & Adjustable
0.1 pA at 25 °C
±50 mV (low); ±100 mV (high)
±4.4 V (10 mA, max.)
10 V (±5.0 V) 100 mA, max.
< 0.4 µV RMS (2 µV p-p) 0.1-10 Hz Gain >10
< 3 µV RMS (15 µV p-p) 0.1-100 Hz Gain >10
0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 5, 10,
“Wide Band” R-C Butterworth 6 dB /octave)
ORDERING INFORMATION
74020
74030
74040
BRIDGE8
Iso-DAM8A Single Channel Module
ISDB chassis and power supply
Iso-DAM8A Active Headstage (separate)
Bridge8 Transducer Amplifier Module
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
74050
ISDB Blank panels
74016
Replacement Cable, Input bare 5-ft wire
2933
ISDB Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. High
FORT10g
Force Transducer 10 g
FORT25
Force Transducer 25 g
FORT100
Force Transducer 100 g
FORT250
Force Transducer 250 g
FORT1000
Force Transducer 1000 g
500184
BNC to BNC 10 foot cable
3161
8-pin DIN plug
3718
Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
3491
Extension Cable (DIN male, DIN female), 5 ft (1.5 m)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
91
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
● Wide ±10V output range
AMPLIFIERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Dual Microprobe Intracellular Amplifier
2-Channel intracellular amplifier for dual and differential studies
SYS-773
2547 Driven Guard Shield
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Headstage for precise positioning
Two channels for differential or intracellular ISE
Built in DC current generator with external control input
Built in low pass filter
Bridge balance circuit to null out electrode voltage drop
Tickle circuit
Built in test ports for each channel
Dual capacitance compensations and output offset controls
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
Two gold-plated, epoxy sealed miniature active probes can be positioned
directly to the measurement site. Microelectrode holders containing an
Ag/AgCl electrochemical half-cells plug directly into the probes. Stray
capacitance can be reduced by placing the included driven guard shield
over the microelectrode holder at the end of the probe.
Capacity compensation
Channel A can compensate up to 10 pF of electrode shunt capacity and
Channel B can compensate up to 50 pF.
Tickler circuit for penetration
A Tickler Circuit assists in cell penetration. The frequency and amplitude
of the oscillations may be varied for differences in membrane thickness
or cell size. The duration of tickle can be controlled either by using the
momentary switch, a foot switch, or by applying a signal to the remote
tickler input.
Dual channel, single ended recording
Differential recording
Bridge circuit nulls electrode voltage drop
Active filters
Assign low pass filter to either channel
Very high impedance channel can be used with intracellular ISE
Applications
Low pass settings on a -40 dB/decade active filter vary the cutoff from 1 to
30 kHz. Either probe or bridge outputs may be selected for filtering.
Current injection
● Intracellular electrophysiology using sharp micropipettes
● Brain slice intracellular recording
● In vivo intracellular recording from brain and spinal cord
For intracellular dual or differential studies, the Duo773 has separate
negative capacity controls and built-in active filtering that allows
the precise balancing of time constants for artifact-free differential
measurement. Comes complete with two probe headstages, 1015Ω and
1011Ω probes to monitor signals from ion-specific micro-electrodes as well
as KCl-filled electrodes.
Channel B can eject current through the microelectrode by applying a
command signal to the stimulus input connector. The resulting output
from the probe will be a constant current replica of the input signal.
Two ranges of current delivery are provided: 50 nA and 500 nA or by an
external source. This source can be useful for delivering hyperpolarizing
currents to stabilize the cell membrane potential and as a holding current
for microiontophoresis.
Bridge balance
Subtracts the excess electrode voltage associated with delivering current
through the recording micropipette. Electrode resistances up to 1000 MΩ
can be balanced in two ranges. The balanced signal is available from x10
or x50 front panel output connectors.
Independent outputs
The Duo773 has an output for each probe independent of gain filtering
or balancing. In addition the Duo773 has a 10x and a 50x output for easy
integration to most data acquisition programs.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
92
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
DUO 773 SPECIFICATIONS
Duo773
50x gain output
Data
Acquisition
System
Recording Electrode
(with holder MEH1SF)
Drug or dye current
electrophoresis injection
HEADSTAGE (PROBE)
ACTIVE PROBE INPUT IMPEDANCE
GAIN
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
MAXIMUM INPUT VOLTAGE
PROBE LEAKAGE CURRENT
DC POSITION ADJUST RANGE
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST
CURRENT
INPUT CAPACITY COMPENSATION
NOISE
Input shorted
20 MΩ carbon resistor
712P (red, port “B”)
>1011 Ω
x1, x10
100 Ω
±10 V
±15 V
5 X 10-12 A
± 300 mV
715P (blue, port “A”)
1015 Ω
x1
100 Ω
± 10V
±15 V
10-14 A
± 300 mV
1 nA
1 pA, 1 nA selectable
+10 to -50 pF
0 to -10 pF
<50 µV p-p 10kHz
bandwidth
<50 µV p-p 10kHz
bandwidth
AMPLIFIERS
Typical setup
<200 µV p-p 10kHz <200 µV p-p 10kHz
bandwidth
bandwidth
RISE TIME
10-90% direct input small signal 1 µs, typical
Micromanipulator
Micromanipulator
Inverted Microscope
See cables and connectors, page 108
SeeDri-Ref, page 166.
Optional holders for intracellular amplifiers
d)
lie
pp
(su
H
ME
FW
S
H3
ME
SF
H2
ME
SF
6
EH
M
W
SF
H2
ME
W
SF
H6
ME
SF
H3
ME
Huo, Q., Chen, M., He, Q., Zhang, J., & Li, B. (2016). Prefrontal Cortical
GABAergic Dysfunction Contributes to Aberrant UP-State Duration in APP
Knockout Mice. Cerebral …. Retrieved from http://cercor.oxfordjournals.
org/content/early/2016/08/23/cercor.bhw218.short
Spong, K. E., Rodríguez, E. C., & Robertson, R. M. (2016). Spreading
depolarization in the brain of Drosophila is induced by inhibition of the
Na+/K+-ATPase and mitigated by a decrease in activity of protein kinase
G. Journal of Neurophysiology, jn.00353.2016. http://doi.org/10.1152/
jn.00353.2016
Zhang, J., Chen, M., Li, B., Lv, B., Jin, K., & Zheng, S. (2016).
Altered striatal rhythmic activity in cylindromatosis knock-out mice
due to enhanced GABAergic inhibition. …. Retrieved from http://www.
sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S002839081630274X
Bredeloux, P., Finday, I., & Pasqualin, C. (2016). 0194: Functional
consequences of-adrenergic receptors activation in the rat pulmonary
veins and left atria. Archives of …. Retrieved from http://www.
sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S1878648016304311
3.5-digit LED
200 mV, 2000 mV, 20 V, 200 nA, 2000 nA
1 digit
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
Diameter: 12 mm Length: 34 mm
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
15 lb (7 kg)
CE, CSA
* Although injected currents are “constant,” the maximum current in a given
situation will always be limited by the system compliance of 10 V.
**The 712P headstage may be used on either A or B channels, however Current
Injection specifications do not apply when used on channel A. The 715P headstage
may not be used on the B channel.
See Microelectrode Holders, page 110.
References
25 µs, typical
(712P only)**
± 50 nA low range, ± 500 nA high range
± 500 nA low range, ± 5 µA high range
20 mV/nA low range, 2 mV/nA high range
100 mV/nA low range, 10 mV/nA high range
3V low range, 10V high range
0-100 MΩ, 0-1000 MΩ
x 10, x 50
40 dB/decade, continuously variable 1-30 kHz
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-773
Duo 773 Electromete
Includes two probes (712P and 715P or two 712P) with driven guard shields
and eight MEH1SF microelectrode holders for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm glass
electrodes. Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
712P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
715P
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument should be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
2933
2547
15790
TW100F-4
TW150F-4
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Rack Mount Kit, 51 ⁄4-in. high
Driven Guard Shield for 712P & 715P Probes
Replacement Probe Handle
Glass capillary with filament
Glass capillary with filament
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
93
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
F
1S
10-90% through 20 MΩ (-C “on”)
CURRENT INJECTION
Internal DC Current
Externally commanded Current
External current command factor
Current monitor
Compliance
Bridge balance
Bridge amplifier gain
LOW PASS FILTER
METER SECTION
Display
Ranges
Accuracy and resolution
DIMENSIONS
Instrument
Probe
POWER
SHIPPING WEIGHT
CERTIFICATION
AMPLIFIERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Dual Channel Differential Electrometer
Electrochemical measurements with ion specific electrodes
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Dual channel with very high input impedance
Separate outputs for Channel A, B and A-B (Differential)
Independent DC offset controls
Test port
Standby mode
Benefits
● Measure changes in intracellular ion content
electrochemically
● Stable and drift free
● Excellent amplification with low noise
● Driven guard shield for reduced noise and stray
capacitance
● Set probe leakage current
Applications
● Measure intracellular ion concentrations for K+, Ca2+, H+
and other
FD223A
The FD223a electrometer was designed specifically for use
with intracellular ion selective electrodes fabricated using
glass micropipettes and liquid ion exchangers.
FD223A SPECIFICATIONS
The active head stages allow the researcher to locate the probes directly
at the measurement site to minimize noise that would normally be picked
up by longer cable runs. Driven guard shields cover the micropipette
holders to further reduce the potential for interference from external
sources of electromagnetic noise.
The FD223a is equipped with a test resistance port which is used to
measure and adjust each probe for minimum leakage current. Each
channel has a standby mode which clamps the head stage input voltage
to zero, preventing extreme saturation or possible damage to the high
impedance input amplifier.
References
> 1015 Ω, shunted by 0.5 pF
INPUT CAPACITANCE
1 pF, nominal
LEAKAGE CURRENT
75 fA max
GAIN
1.000 ± 0.1%
OUTPUT RESISTANCE
50 Ω
INPUT SWING VOLTAGE
±10 V
RISE TIME (10 TO 90%)
5 µs, small signal
NOISE (0.1 Hz TO 10 KHz)
<100 µV p-p, input shorted
BASELINE STABILITY
±0.1 mV/day
POSITION CONTROLS RANGE
±600 mV
PHYSICAL DIMENSIONS
E. Ermolayeva, H. Hohmeyer, E. Johannes, D. Sanders “Calciumdependent membrane depolarisation activated by phytochrome in the
moss Physcomitrella patens” Planta 199. 1996: 352-358
Liquid Ion Exchangers
Make micropipettes to record cellular
concentrations
IE190
WPI’s Liquid Ion Exchangers (LIX), for
use with the FD223A Electrometer,
allow intracellular measurements
to be made for cations (hydrogen,
potassium and calcium)
INPUT IMPEDANCE
IE010
IE200
Case: 8.8 x 21.0 x 17.5 cm (H x W x D)
Probe: 12.7 x 65 mm (D x L), 1.8 m cable
POWER
90-265 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 10 VA
PROBE HANDLE
6.5 x 65 mm (D x L)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
2.5 kg
OPERATING CONDITIONS: Equipment is intended to be operated in a controlled laboratory environment. Temperature: 0-40 °C; altitude: sea level to
2000 m; relative humidity: 0-95%.
ORDERING INFORMATION
FD223A
FD223a Dual Channel Differential Electrometer
2 probes, driven guard shields and micropipette holder MEH1SF included for
all glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301L
Left-hand Micromanipulator
M3301R Right-hand Micromanipulator
M-3
80° Tilting base
RC1T
Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
2547
Driven guard shield for FD223AP Probe
MEH1SF Microelectrode holder
FD223AP Replacement probe (includes calibration)
For more information, see “Liquid
Ion Exchangers” on page 167.
When used in micropipettes to record cellular ion concentrations, consider
using WPI’s Duo 773 electrometer (channel A).
See cables and connectors, page 108.
See microelectrode holders,page 110.
See capillary glass, page 114.
ORDERING INFORMATION
IE010
IE190
IE200
Hydrogen Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Potassium Ion Exchanger (1.0 mL)
Calcium Neutral Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
94
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
2547 Driven Guard Shield
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
AMPLIFIERS
Ultra Quiet Intracellular Amplifier
High quality, intracellular amplifier perfect for students
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Driven guard shield
Test port
Ground port
Portable
Remote headstage
Benefits
● Cost effective
● Battery powered
● Capacitance compensation
Applications
● Measure intracellular action
potentials
Electro 705, a battery
operated, low noise, wide band
electrometer preamplifier, is
designed for intracellular voltage
measurement. Two 705’s can be
linked together to form a high impedance differential electrometer pair.
Each instrument includes a miniature gold plated active probe to which
a microelectrode can be attached using the WPI microelectrode holder
supplied.
Easily mounted in any manipulator, this compact probe, containing the
first stage of amplification, includes a microelectrode holder, which plugs
directly into the probe input.
of impaired endothelial cell Ca2+ signaling in uteroplacental vascular
dysfunction during diabetic rat pregnancy. American Journal of Physiology Heart and Circulatory Physiology, 304(7).
Thomas, R. C., & Bers, D. M. (2013). How to make calcium-sensitive
minielectrodes. Cold Spring Harbor Protocols, 2013(4), 370–3. http://doi.
org/10.1101/pdb.prot072850
ELECTRO 705 SPECIFICATIONS
Battery power
Four 9V alkaline batteries (included) power the Electro 705 for
approximately 500 hours giving a clean, low noise source of power,
making the Electro 705 the quietest amplifier available. Batteries can be
easily tested by the press of a button.
Capacitance Compensation
Corrects for loss of rise time caused by the presence of electrode
capacity. Up to 50 pF of electrode shunt capacity may be neutralized.
Driven Guard Shield
Stray capacitance can be further reduced by placing
the driven guard shield (included) over the
microelectrode holder at the input end of the
probe.
Test Features
A Tickler Circuit offers a momentary oscillation that helps achieve cell
penetration. The Electo 705 provides a 1 nA electrode test current.
Electrode resistance is monitored at the 1X output as a voltage (1 mV/M).
The Probe Test Port allows the convenience of testing the amplifier's
intrinsic noise and gain without cumbersome external test hookups.
Head stage leakage current can also be adjusted with minimum effort.
The Baseline Position Control adds or subtracts up to 300 mV to the
headstage output, allowing artifact voltages such as liquid junction
potentials to be nulled prior to recording.
Differential Output
Two Electro 705 units can be connected in tandem to create an optional
differential amplifier probe system.
References
Wan, E., Kushner, J. S., Zakharov, S., Nui, X.-W., Chudasama, N.,
Kelly, C., … Marx, S. O. (2013). Reduced vascular smooth muscle BK
channel current underlies heart failure-induced vasoconstriction in mice.
FASEB Journal : Official Publication of the Federation of American Societies for
Experimental Biology, 27(5), 1859–67. http://doi.org/10.1096/fj.12-223511
Gokina, N. I., Bonev, A. D., Gokin, A. P., & Goloman, G. (2013). Role
SYS-705
INPUT IMPEDANCE
1012 Ω, shunted by 1 pF
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
100 Ω, both outputs
GAIN
X1: ±0.1%
INPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
±5 V
RISETIME
15 µs, 10-90%
NOISE LEVEL
500 µV peak-to-peak*
INPUT CAPACITANCE COMPENSATION
0-50 pF
GATE LEAKAGE CURRENT
±10 pA, adjustable to zero
ELECTRODE RESISTANCE TEST
1 mV/ MΩ
DC POSITIONING
± 300 mV
COMMON MODE REJECTION
>104 (in differential mode)
POWER
Four 9V alkaline batteries
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 2.2 in. (22 x 9 x 6 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
5 lb. (2.3 kg)
* Full bandwidth, with 20 M Ohm source
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-705
Electro 705 Electrometer
Probe, driven guard shield and micropipette holder MEH1SF included for
glass microelectrodes O.D. 1.0 mm, 1.2 mm, 1.5 mm, or 2.0 mm.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
M3301L
Left-hand Micromanipulator
MM3301R Right-hand Micromanipulator
M-3
80° Tilting base
RC1T
Reference cell (Ag/AgCl)
2541
Driven guard shield for 705PF Probe
MEH1SF
Microelectrode holder
705PF
Replacement probe (includes calibration)*
*Instrument must be returned to WPI for free calibration with new probe.
See cables and connectors, page 108.
See microelectrode holders,page 110.
See capillary glass, page 114.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
95
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Remote headstage
Photo shows two units.
Manipulators sold separately.
STIMULATORS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Multi-Channel Pulse Generator
From single pulses to complex pulse trains
Features
● Variable voltage
output channel
● Includes one interval
generator, five pulse
or train channels, two
mixer channels and
variable voltage output stage
Benefits
● Accurate timing
● TTL inputs/outputs on
event generator plus
five (5) channels and
two (2) mix channels
SYS-A300
SPECIFICATIONS
● Synchronized operation or manually triggered
● Designed to drive A300 series stimulus isolators
Applications
● Neuro-electrophysiology
The A300 Pulsemaster™ is WPI’s third generation, multichannel, pulse/
train generator/stimulator that incorporates the superb accuracy of digital electronics industry standard controls. The Pulsemaster™ contains an
event interval generator, five pulse train channels, two mixing channels
and a very quiet variable voltage output channel.
Accurate Timing
Output timing is continuously variable to 0.1% of range selection over
eight orders of magnitude. Bright, three-digit LED displays timing parameters for each channel.
Synchronized Operation or Manually Triggered
The A300 Pulsemaster™ is designed for ease of use and flexibility. Each
of the five channels may be triggered directly from the onboard event
interval generator or by any of the other four main channels. Using the
event interval generator, the five main channels can be programmed to
create pulse trains that are subject to gating (windowing) by any other
channel. This enables nested pulse trains to be created. Nested trains up
to four iterations deep are possible. In addition to the five main channels,
two mixer channels allow multiplexing of the main five channels in any
combination. A variable voltage output channel is also provided, which
can be triggered from one of the five main channels or either of the two
mixed channels. Coupled with extremely long (> 16 minutes) and short
(10 µs) pulse intervals, the A300 Pulsemaster™ provides a comprehensive
toolset for building stimulation protocols for Neuro-electrophysiology
experiments.
The event interval generator can be manually triggered as a single shot
pulse, started as a continuously running train, or triggered externally. Any
of the 5 main or two mixed channels can also be triggered as single shot
or from received input from an external TTL source.
References
B. Brembs, D.A. Baxter, J.H. Byrne “Extending In Vitro conditioning
in Aplysia to Analyze Operant and Classical Professes in the Same
Preparation” Learn Mem 11. 2004: 412-420
EVENT INTERVAL CHANNEL
Operating Modes EXTernal SYNC, SINGLE EVENT, CONTINUOUS ON
Input
EXT SYNC accepts 1 µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C
compatible
Timing
EVENT INTERVAL 10 µs to 999 s (100kHz - 0.001 Hz),
±0.1% of full scale, continuously variable in 0.1% of
full scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in six ranges
Output
SYNC OUT pulse of 6 µs, TTL, 5V CMOS compatible
PULSE TRAIN CHANNEL
Operating Modes EXTernal SYNC, SELF SYNC, manual SINGLE event, sync
from Event Interval, sync from any of other four Pulse
Trains, sync from one of the MIXers, off, TRAIN/PULSE
Input
EXT SYNC accepts 1 µs pulses; TTL, CMOS, RS232C
compatible
Timing
DELAY and WIDTH 10 µs to 999s, ±0.1% of full scale,
continuously variable in 0.1% of full scale increments, through three orders of magnitude, in six
ranges (0.0005 Hz to 50kHz in the SELF SYNC mode)
Output
OUTPUT PULSE/TRAIN of preset timing, TTL, 5V
CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
MIXER CHANNEL
Inputs
Any combination of an EXTernal pulse, the outputs
of the five Pulse Train channels, and DC continuous
ON/DC MOMentary EXT INPUT accepts 1 µs pulses;
TTL, CMOS, RS232C compatible
Output
OUTPUT, TTL, 5V CMOS compatible, 4 mA sink and source
VARIABLE CHANNEL
Inputs
Output from any one PULSE TRAIN channel or one
of the two MIXER channels or DC
Output
0 to +1V low range, 1 mV resolution
0 to +10V high range, 10 mV resolution
5 mA max sink and source
Output Impedance<1 Ω
Noise
<500 µV peak @ 100 kHz bandwidth, PULSED mode
<500 µV, wide band, DC mode
Signal Ground
Floating, i.e., not connected to chassis
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
BATTERIES
Three 1.2 VDC, size AA, NiMH batteries
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 19 x 8.75 in. (22 x 45 x 22 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT 21 lb. (9.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-A300 Pulsemaster™ Multi-Channel Stimulator
Specify line voltage
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
96
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STIMULATORS
Single Channel Pulse Generator
The accuracy of digital electronics and convenience of analog controls
SYS-A310
3259 Optional footswitch
Features
SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
EVENT INTERVAL
100 µs to1000 s*
Benefits
EVENT DELAY
10 µs to 100 s *
● Variety of pulses: continuous run, single-shot, train/burst
● Multiple outputs available: monitor, isolator, sync and variable
PULSE WIDTH
10 µs to 100 s *
TRAIN DURATION (ENVELOPE)
100 µs to 1000 s*
PULSE INTERVAL
20 µs to 100 s*
Applications
OUTPUTS
● Electrophysiology
SYNC
5 µs, TTL, and 5 V CMOS compatible,
20 mA max.
MONITOR
10-15 V, 50 mA max.
The A310 pulse generator/stimulator combines the reproducibility and
accuracy of digital electronics with the fine resolution and continuous
adjustment possible with analog circuitry. All timing parameters are
entered with high resolution, ten-turn potentiometers and six-position
range switches. Timing is accurate to within 1% of the set value.
ISOLATOR
TTL & 5 V CMOS compatible, 20 mA max.
VARIABLE (Pos or Neg)
PULSED/DC
Range
Resolution
LOW RANGE
0 to ±1 V
1 mV
Variety of Pulses
NOISE
Pulsed at 100 kHz bandwidth <500 µV
DC Wide Band
<500 µV
Pulses can be created in continuous run, single-shot or train/burst modes.
Duration of the train/burst is controlled using the onboard envelope
generator or by using either of two external gating inputs. Used in conjunction with the A360, A365, A385 or A395, constant current pulses
and trains can be created easily. A foot switch allows hands-free, manual
triggering.
Multiple Outputs Available
Five separate standard BNC outputs are available on the front panel.
The isolator output sends full pulse width control signals to any TTL
triggered stimulus isolator, such as WPI’s A360, A365 or A385 and
others. The monitor output sends synchronized large scale full pulse
width signals to recording or monitoring instrumentation such as a data
acquisition system or oscilloscope. The sync output provides an additional
synchronized 5 µs TTL pulse for triggering external instrumentation. A
variable voltage output provides two separate full pulse width signals in
both positive and negative polarities in two ranges for applications that
require a specific output voltage other than TTL.
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
HIGH RANGE
0 to ±10 V
10 mV
<1 Ω
INPUTS
EXTERNAL SYNC
Accepts 1-µs minimum pulses
TTL, CMOS compatible
EXTERNAL GATE
Accepts 1-µs pulse to continuous
TTL, CMOS compatible
POWER
95-130 V or 190-260 V, switch selectable
single phase, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43 x 13 x 25 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
14 lb (6.4 kg)
*Continuously variable in six ranges. All accuracies better than 1% of set value.
50kHz maximum pulse frequency.
ORDERING INFORMATION
References
SYS-A310
Cha, R., Marescaux, J., & Diana, M. (2014). Updates on gastric electrical
stimulation to treat obesity: Systematic review and future perspectives.
World Journal of Gastrointestinal Endoscopy, 6(9), 419–31. http://doi.
org/10.4253/wjge.v6.i9.419
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
3259
Footswitch for A310
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4 in. high
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Accupulser™ Signal Generator
Specify line voltage
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
97
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
● Single channel pulse generator with train capability
● TTL and variable voltage output
STIMULATORS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Constant Current Stimulus Isolator
Automated bipolar pulsing for zero net charge on biological preparations
Features
● Constant current
● Unipolar and bipolar stimulation
●
●
●
●
●
modes
Built-in non-compliance alarm
Input is optically isolated
Standard TTL triggering
DC test mode
Powered by 9V alkaline or
rechargeable batteries
Benefits
● Compliance voltage is 100V or
better
● Bipolar mode auto generates
alternating positive and negative
pulses from TTL input
● Test mode simplifies performance verification
● Optical isolation enhances safety of the preparation and reduces
noise susceptibility
A365RC
A365 SPECIFICATIONS
Applications
● Electrophysiology
● Brain slice stimulation
● In vivo brain and CNS stimulation
Activated by conventional logic-level commands, Model A365 can be
gated by any pulse generator, stimulator, or computer output; automated
bipolar pulsing for zero net charge on biological preparations.
Dual Tone Audible Alarms
A tone sounds when an open electrode circuit is detected or when system
compliance is reached. A second optional tone sounds when a signal is
applied to the input. A test switch is also provided to check battery charge.
Current Delivery up to 10 mA at More than 100V
Stimulus currents are set using a three-digit control knob and a threeposition range switch. Output current tracks control settings to better
than 1%. Output current is load independent; voltage sufficient to push
the desired current through the load is automatically developed, subject
only to compliance limits. Model A360LA produces up to 10 milliampere
current, in three ranges, at more than 100 volts compliance.
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
CURRENT RESOLUTION
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE
DC or current pulse
0.1, 1.0, and 10 mA
0.5% of full scale, max.
0.1% of full scale, typical
100 V
TRIGGER THRESHOLD
OUTPUT POLARITY
CURRENT RISE TIME & DELAY
CURRENT FALL TIME & DELAY
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
OPTOCOUPLER
POWER
2.0 V at 0.5 mA
Reversible, manual switch or automatic
6 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
1012Ω
2500 V, rated min. breakdown voltage
Model A365D (Dry Cell)
References
Lee, E., Hong, J., Park, Y.-G., Chae, S., Kim, Y., & Kim, D. (2015).
Left brain cortical activity modulates stress effects on social behavior.
Scientific Reports, 5, 13342. http://doi.org/10.1038/srep13342
Gindrat, A.-D., Quairiaux, C., Britz, J., Brunet, D., Lanz, F., Michel, C.
M., & Rouiller, E. M. (2015). Whole-scalp EEG mapping of somatosensory
evoked potentials in macaque monkeys. Brain Structure & Function, 220(4),
2121–42. http://doi.org/10.1007/s00429-014-0776-y
Younce, J. R., Albaugh, D. L., & Shih, Y.-Y. I. (2014). Deep Brain
Stimulation with Simultaneous fMRI in Rodents. Journal of Visualized
Experiments, (84), e51271–e51271. http://doi.org/10.3791/51271
Avila, I., & Lin, S.-C. (2014). Motivational Salience Signal in the Basal
Forebrain Is Coupled with Faster and More Precise Decision Speed. PLoS
Biology, 12(3), e1001811. http://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pbio.1001811
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
98
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
4 lb. (1.8 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-A365D
A365RC
SYS-A365R
SYS-A362
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, alkaline batteries
A365R with charger (A362)
High Voltage Isolator, Bipolar, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
A362 Battery Charger
Required for A320R, A365R, A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nickel-cadmium or NiMH battery stack
in the A320R, A365R or A395R. LED
lamp indicates charging status. Full
charge overnight. Dimensions: 2.8 x
4.1 x 5 in. (7 x 10 x 13 cm). Shipping
weight: 4 lb (1.8 kg).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
16 alkaline 9 V batteries, included
Model A365R (RECHARGEABLE) 16 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries incl.
Bipolar Output Polarity
Output polarity is determined by a push switch on the front panel. Bipolar
current is toggled by the command waveform, setting alternating pulses
as positive or negative.
5.0 V at 3.0 mA (TTL level), 10 V max.
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STIMULATORS
High Current Stimulus Isolator
Constant current stimulus isolator with 100 mA current range
Features
Constant current to 100 mA
Unipolar or bipolar stimulation modes
Built-in non-compliance alarm
Input is optically isolated
Standard TTL triggering
DC test mode
Powered by six rechargeable lead acid
batteries
● 36V compliance
● Output polarity and output “on/off” switches
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Benefits
● 100 mA current capability
● Bipolar mode automatically generates
A385RC
alternating positive and negative pulses from TTL input
● Test mode simplifies performance verification
● Optical isolation enhances safety of the preparation and reduces
noise susceptibility
● Battery charge status LEDs keep the experimenter informed of
battery status
● Charger included at discounted price when system is purchases as
A385RC
Applications
The A385 is an optically isolated current source, which can generate up
to 100 mA of unipolar or biphasic constant current pulses or DC. Pulse
duration is controlled manually or by an external 5V command. Output
current amplitude is determined by a 3-digit 10-turn potentiometer.
Maximum output voltage between the stimulating electrodes is +36V.
Delivers Positive, Negative or Bipolar Currents
For bipolar delivery, the polarity of the output can be toggled to the
opposite polarity state with each successive pulse presented to the input.
Pulse duration is controlled by an externally applied voltage. The input
connector is a standard BNC, allowing TTL signals from a data acquisition
system to be used.
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE:
CURRENT RISE TIME AND DELAY
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE:
CURRENT FALL TIME AND DELAY
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE:
OUTPUT TO GROUND RESISTANCE
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE:
OPTOCOUPLER
POWER
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
DC or current pulse
1, 10, and 100 mA
0.5% of full scale, max.
0.1% of full scale, typical
36 V
5 V at 3 mA minimum, 8.5 V max.
Reversible, manual switch,
monophasic or electronically
switched bipolar delivery
6 μs, typical (1 KΩ load)
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
1012 Ω
2500V, rated minimum breakdown
voltage
Six rechargeable lead-acid batteries
(Requires companion charger A382)
8.5 x 3.5 x 5 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
5 lb. (2.3 kg)
Excellent Accuracy and Repeatability
The output amplitude is controlled by a 3-digit, ten-turn dial as a
percentage of the range selected: for example, a setting of 45.6 in the
0-10 mA range translates to 4.56 mA at the output. Accuracy and repeatability are excellent. Designed for subcutaneous stimulation, maximum
output voltage at the stimulating electrodes is 36 volts, reducing the possibility of accidental transcutaneous shocks. A compliance/output alarm
sounds when the 36V limit is reached. Internal circuitry ensures electrodes are short-circuited during inactive periods (“electrode exhauster”
feature). The A385 is not appropriate for transcutaneous stimulation.
Rechargeable Battery
The 1.2 amp-hour rating of the six heavy-duty lead-acid rechargeable
batteries ensures that all day experiments will not be interrupted by dead
batteries when charged daily. Indicator lights and audible alarms keep the
user constantly apprised of the battery charge status. The batteries are
recharged by the A382 System Charger, which is designed especially for
the A385, and included with the A385RC.
References
Lin, C., Disterhoft, J., & Weiss, C. (2016). Whisker-signaled Eyeblink
Classical Conditioning in Head-fixed Mice. Journal of Visualized Experiments,
(109), e53310–e53310. http://doi.org/10.3791/53310
Li, T., Finch, E. A., Graham, V., Zhang, Z.-S., Ding, J.-D., Burch, J.,
… Rosenberg, P. (2012). STIM1-Ca(2+) signaling is required for the
hypertrophic growth of skeletal muscle in mice. Molecular and Cellular
Biology, 32(15), 3009–17. http://doi.org/10.1128
ORDERING INFORMATION
A385RC
SYS-A385R
SYS-A382
A385R with A382 Charger
High Current Isolator, rechargeable
Battery Charger for A385 (see below)
Specify line voltage
Smart Battery Charger
Required for A385
An innovative three-step
charger, the A382 employs
fast, medium, and trickle
charges at a safe, low
current, greatly extending battery life. After a
fast initial phase, the
charger automatically
switches to a constant
voltage mode. When charging
is
complete, the charger switches to the trickle-charge mode. LED lamps
indicate charging status. (For use only in charging the lead acid batteries
installed in the A385.)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
99
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
● Muscle electrophysiology
● In vivo/in vitro muscle stimulation
A385 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT WAVEFORM
OUTPUT CURRENT RANGES
CURRENT AMPLITUDE ERROR
CURRENT RESOLUTION
REPEATABILITY
OUTPUT LOAD VOLTAGE
EXCURSION (COMPLIANCE)
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE
EXTERNAL COMMAND VOLTAGE:
OUTPUT POLARITY
STIMULUS ISOLATORS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Stimulator/Isolator for Precise Current Delivery
Constant current stimulus isolator with integrated pulse generator
Features
● Up to 10 mA of constant
current with built-in pulse
generator
● Unipolar stimulation
● Built-in non-compliance
alarm
● Input is optically isolated
● Manual, external sync,
gating or standard TTL
triggering
● DC test mode
● Output polarity/“on/off”
switch
A320RC
● Powered with six rechargeable lead acid batteries
● >100V compliance
Benefits
● Cost-effective for budgets which limit purchasing a separate stimulus
signal generator
● Built-in free running pulse generator can be externally gated for bursts
● Test mode simplifies performance verification
● Optical isolation enhances safety of the preparation and reduces
noise susceptibility
● Save on a rechargeable system when purchased as A320RC
Applications
● General purpose brain and CNS electrophysiology
● Neuro-electrophysiology teaching labs
Exceptional Timing Control
Pulse interval and width are set with single-turn continuously variable
controls from 5 ms to 5.5 s in three ranges. Pulse width is continuously
variable from 50 µs to 550 ms in four ranges.
Modes of Operation
In FREE RUN, Isostim™ generates continuous square waves. In EXT GATE
or EXT SYNC modes, externally applied pulses can generate trains or
single events. Single pulses of finite duration can be produced using a
push-button on the instrument’s front panel. EXT/DC mode converts
Isostim™ to a passive stimulus isolator.
Dual Tone Audible Alarm
A tone sounds when an open circuit is detected or when system
compliance is reached. A second tone, which sounds when a signal is
applied to the input, can only be heard if the batteries have sufficient
charge to operate the isolator. A violation light advises when pulse width
exceeds the interval.
ISOSTIM™ SPECIFICATIONS
TIMING PARAMETERS
5 ms to 5.5 s continuously variable in
three ranges (0.18 to 200 Hz)
50 µs to 550 ms continuously variable in
four ranges
Interval
Pulse width
INPUT
External sync
External gate
External command voltage
Trigger threshold
OUTPUT
Accepts 1 µs minimum pulses
Accepts 1 µs pulse to continuous
5.0 V at 3.0 mA (TTL level), 10 V max.
2.0 V at 0.5 mA
Waveform
DC, pulse from internal timing or externally generated pulse
Current ranges
0-1 mA, 0-10 mA
Load voltage excursion (com100 V nom., 150 V max.
pliance)
Output polarity
Reversible, manual switch
Current rise time and delay 8 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
Current fall time and delay
10 µs, typical (1 KΩ load)
Leakage resistance, output to
1012 Ohms
ground
Optocoupler
2500 V rated min. breakdown voltage
POWER
Dry Cell (Version D)
16 alkaline 7.2 V batteries included
16 rechargeable NiMH 9V batteries
Rechargeable (Version R)
(included)
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 3.5 x 4.9 in. (22 x 9 x 12 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb. (1.8 kg)
Precise Current Delivery
Stimulus currents up to 10 mA can be set on the front panel with a
control knob and a two-position range switch. Output current is load-independent.
Power
Isostim™ model A320D is powered by readily obtainable 9-volt alkaline
batteries (included). Under average use these will last several months
before replacement is required. The rechargeable A320R is supplied
with a nickel metal hydride battery stack which provides 10-12 hours of
operation before recharge is required. The A362 Battery Charger must
be used with the A320R.
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-A362
A320RC
SYS-A320D
SYS-A320R
Battery Charger for A320R, A365R, A395R
A320R with Charger (A362)
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator
Isostim™ Stimulator/Isolator (rechargeable)
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
DRL
Dummy Load Resistor Kit (set of 3)
13347
BNC-to-Double Banana Adapter
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
100
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STIMULUS ISOLATORS
Linear Stimulus Isolator
Replicates a programmed waveform of any shape or polarity
Features
● Creates a constant
current replica of analog
waveforms
● Amplitude of the output
current is voltage
controlled
● Input voltage from –10V
to +10V
● 3 current ranges from
100 μA to 10 mA
● Built-in test resistors
● Digital display shows
current being delivered
for non-varying currents
of adequate duration
● Output offset adjustment
● ±70V compliance range
A395RC
Benefits
● Amplitude of current is voltage controlled
● Built-in test resistances
● Error LEDs illuminate when current is less than commanded by
control voltage
All WPI stimulus isolators are designed to supply constant current,
because current threshold (not voltage) is the most quantitatively
reproducible parameter for stimulation of nerve and muscle. Model A395
dispenses current reproducibly from its Output terminals; the amplitude
being determined by the selected current RANGE and the input voltage.
Current amplitude is “constant”, that is, load resistance independent,
provided that the I x R (load) product does not exceed the available
battery supply voltage. A visual indicator (the compliance LEDs) displays if
I x R reaches this limit. When the unit is out of compliance, one of the two
LEDs (labeled - and +) illuminate, depending in which direction the current
is flowing. Model A395D can generate a voltage of 70Vor more across its
OUTPUT terminals. You can be sure that the amplitude of the current is
as dialed as long as the voltage drop across the load (stimulus electrode
path) does not reach the magnitude of the supply voltage. The compliance
LEDs will then be visible. Then, you would know that:
• Too much current was dialed for a given load or
• Inter-electrode resistance was too high or the electrode circuit path was
open.
User Defined Output Current of Various Forms
Model A395 generates a user-defined output current of wave shape; DC,
AC, pulse and combinations. Battery operated, photoelectrically-isolated
from the input voltage drive, the instrument regenerates output currents
which are linearly proportional to the analog voltage waveforms provided
by your D/A converter or signal generator (see diagram below).
The A395 is ideally suited for data acquisition and stimulator generators.
Current Delivery for Selected Ranges
A 10 V input produces the maximum output current for the current range
selected. (For example, 100 µA, 1 mA, or 10 mA) Front panel controls
10 V
0V
-10 V
+100 µA, +1 mA, +10 mA
OUTPUT
The digital display meter shows the measures DC current or the average
output current. Overload lamps indicate when output voltage has reached
positive or negative compliance voltage limit.
References
● Neuroscience
INPUT
Digital Meter Shows DC or Average Output
0
E.D. Zonnevijille, N.N. Somia, g.Perez Abadia, R.W. Stremel,
C.J. Maldonado, P.M.N. Werker, M. Kon, J.H. Barker “Sequential
Segmental Neuromuscular Stimulation Reduces Fatigue and Imrproves
Perfusion in dynamic Gracilolasty” Ann Plast Surg 45. 2000: 292-297
A395 SPECIFICATIONS
OUTPUT CURRENT, Imax
OUTPUT VOLTAGE RANGE
OUTPUT BANDWIDTH
INPUT RESISTANCE
INPUT VOLTAGE @ Imax
INPUT/OUTPUT LINEARITY ERROR
RISE, FALL TIME
POWER: Model A395D
POWER: Model A395R
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 ranges: 100 µA, 1 mA, and 10 mA
±70 V
10 kHz (measured across 1KΩ load R)
>20 mΩ
±10 V
<0.5%
26 μs @ 10 KΩ
17 alkaline 9 V batteries
17 rechargeable NiMH 9 V batteries
6.5 x 4 x 3.5 in. (16 x 10 x 9 cm)
4 lb. (1.8 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
A395RC
SYS-A395D
SYS-A395R
SYS-A362
A395R with Charger (A362)
Linear Stimulus Isolator
Linear Stimulus Isolator, Rechargeable
Battery Charger
Specify line voltage
A362 Battery Charger
Required for A320R, A365R, A395R
Recharges the high-voltage nickel-cadmium or NiMH battery stack in the
A320R, A365R or A395R.
LED lamp indicates charging status. Full charge
overnight.
Dimensions: 2.8 x 4.1 x
5 in. (7 x 10.5 x 12.7 cm).
Shipping weight: 4 lb. (1.8
kg).
SYS-A362
-100 µA, -1 mA, -10 mA
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
101
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Applications
allow DC current to be generated. Externally applied signals can be
superimposed simultaneously (DC offset). Warning lamps indicate open
circuit or excessive current conditions.
ACCESSORIES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
4-Channel Transducer Amplifier
Amplify output voltage signals
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Use with many different types of resistive based transducers
WPI resistive force transducers plug in directly
Supports full resistive bridge or single ended operation
Output offset control
Four gain ranges from 1–1000 ×
Provides “excitation” voltage for resistive bridge transducers
Benefits
● Provided with blank connectors to interface with any resistive bridge
transducer
● Bridge balance LEDs provide visual cue that unloaded transducers are
at zero output state
Applications
SYS-TBM4M
voltage amplification
and variable position
adjustment control.
Transducers can
be connected to
Transbridge via any of
the 8-pin connectors
Transducers available separately
on the front panel. Four
spare 8-pin DIN plugs
are provided with each instrument to allow you to rewire cables of other
manufacturers’ transducers and connect them to Transbridge. Each
Transbridge channel may be used in either Full Bridge or the Half Bridge
mode independently. For transducer types other than resistive bridges,
such as active transistor circuits, magnetic, photocell or piezoelectric
devices, the instrument’s differential amplifiers may still be used effectively
for signal amplification in differential (full bridge) and single-ended (half
bridge) modes.
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Amplify signals from resistive strain gages and other resistive bridge
configured transducers
Transbridge (TBM4M) is a four-channel analog transducer manifold,
specifically designed to amplify output voltage signals from pressure,
force, displacement, and temperature transducers as well as a wide
variety of other signal sources. Analog output signals are available from
each channel for input to a data acquisition system for digital signal
processing in a computer. Each channel contains a regulated 10-volt
power supply (+5 and -5 volts with respect to signal ground) to provide DC
power to transducers, and a precision differential amplifier with selectable
SYS-TBM4M Transbridge Transducer Amplifier
Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
13024
Single Rack Mount Kit
13025
Dual Rack Mount Kit
500184
BNC-to-BNC cable, 10 ft
3161
8-pin DIN plug
3718
Package of 4, 8-pin DIN (startup kit)
Dual Micro-iontophoresis Current Generator
Electro-iontophoresis of dyes, drugs and charged substances
Features
● Dual channel
● Battery operated
Benefits
● Isolated due to
batter power
SYS-260
● D’Arsonval meters
indicate current level through each channel
● Channels can be operated in opposite polarity to retain iontophores
The Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator (Model 260) is an
electrically isolated, battery-operated instrument designed for the electroiontophoresis of dyes, drugs and charged substances from micropipettes.
Two identical battery operated current generators are available. In
ordinary use, the two current generators are operated in parallel
providing two distinct currents; one for preventing substances in the
micropipette from outward diffusion (the retain or hold current) and the
second for actively ejecting charged material. For pipettes with submicron
tips, a hold current may not be necessary if there is little outward diffusion
of pipette material. Model 260 is powered by two 9-volt alkaline batteries
per side (four, in total); unique circuitry converts the ±9 V to ±100 V
without a transformer, yielding an exceedingly quiet output.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Applications
SYS-260
● Use electric current to inject charged dyes, drugs or other charged
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
2933
Rack Mount Kit, 51⁄4-in. high
substances through micropipettes
Dual Microiontophoresis Current Generator
Battery Operated Impedance Measurement
Measure mV and MΩ impedance of metal or glass microelectrodes
impedance in electrolytes, and an electrode tip cleaning feature lets you
remove buildup quickly. Omega-Tip-Z can also measure DC electrode tip
potentials up to 2000 millivolts. The instrument operates for hundreds of
hours without battery failure.
*See Metal Microelectrodes, page 104.
Features
● Battery operated
Benefits
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Determine impedance of electrode during micro-
pipette beveling process for pipette reproducibility
SYS-OMEGAZ Omega-Tip-Z™ with Probe & Holder
711P
Replacement Probe
5468
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to
probe, 2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle
Applications
● Measure impedance of metal or glass capillary
microelectrodes
Omega-Tip-Z™ was created especially for measuring impedance in
etched tungsten, platinum-iridium* and steel microelectrodes, as well
as electrolyte-filled micropipettes. The meter’s AC impedance-measuring
circuit is unaffected by electrode offset or tip junction potentials. The goldplated miniature probe lets you conveniently monitor micro-electrode
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
Z-LITE
Z-LITE-Z
500186
Z-LITE-186
Fiber Optic Illuminator (115v, 60 Hz, beige case)
Fiber Optic Illuminator (230v, 80 Hz, black case)
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
Z-Lite Illuminator and bifurcated light guide
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
102
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected]europe.com • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
These rigid-lever force transducers transform applied force into proportional voltage. Using balanced strain gages, FORT transducers produce
linear output voltage vs. applied force input with very little deflection.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT transducer in a horizontal position
and apply the forces to be measured to a rivet or hook mounted in the
hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
FORT
Force Transducer (100 g)
Force Transducer (250 g)
Force Transducer (1000 g)
Force Transducer (5000 g)
5000
1000
FORT
ORDERING INFORMATION
FORT100
FORT250
FORT1000
FORT5000
ACCESSORIES
Force Transducers
FORT
250
FORT
100
FORT SPECIFICATIONS
FORT100
FORT250
FORT1000
FORT5000
100 g
250 g
1000 g
5000 g
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY (± 10%)
7 µV/V/g
3 µV/V/g
0.84 µV/V/g
0.38 µV/V/g
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
350 Ω
350 Ω
350 Ω
350 Ω
RESOLUTION
0.01% of full scale force
0.01% of full scale force
0.01% of full scale force
0.1% of full scale force
RESONANT FREQUENCY
300 Hz
300 Hz
300 Hz
60 Hz
LINEARITY ERROR
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
Less than 0.1% of full scale
MAX. OPERATING VOLTAGE
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
10 V AC or DC
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
DRIFT
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
thermally compensated
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
0.3 inch diam × 4 in.
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT (excluding cable)
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
(7.6 mm diam × 10.2 mm)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
0.3 oz (8 g)
10g & 25 Force
Transducers
FORT10 g
FORT SPECIFICATIONS
FORT10g
FORT25
FORCE RANGE, FULL SCALE
0-10 g
0-25 g
OUTPUT SENSITIVITY
10 mV/g, nominal
3 mV/g, nominal
INPUT & OUTPUT RESISTANCE
1500 Ω
1500 Ω
RESOLUTION
< 1 mg
< 2 mg
RESONANT FREQUENCY
450 Hz
450 Hz
LINEARITY ERROR
<0.2% of full scale
<0.2% of full scale
MAXIMUM OPERATING VOLTAGE
10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V) 10 V DC (-5V ~ +5V or 0 ~ 10V)
MAXIMUM APPLIED FORCE
2× rated full scale force
3× rated full scale force
DRIFT
<30 mg/hr
<50 mg/hr
DIMENSIONS
40 x 22 x 19 mm
Handle 88 mm
40 x 22 x 19 mm
Handle 109 mm
WEIGHT
100 g
100 g
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
These 10 g and 25 g force transducers are reliable
tools for high precision force measurement. Using
balanced semiconductor strain gages, both produce
linear output voltage vs. applied force input with
very little deflection. The rigid lever force transducer
transforms the applied force into a proportional
voltage. Featuring a temperature-compensated,
full-bridge configuration with four high sensitivity
semiconductor strain gages, these transducers
have broad dynamic measuring range and very high
sensitivity.
To use, clamp the handle of the FORT10 or FORT25
transducer in a horizontal position and apply the
forces to be measured to a rivet or hook mounted in
the hole at the end of the flat sensing leaf.
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
103
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
FORCE RANGES, FULL SCALE
MICROELECTRODES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Metal Microelectrodes
Superior microelectrodes for outstanding extracellular recording — tungsten,
iridium, platinum-iridium and Elgiloy®
Type A
Features
● Available in Tungsten, Platinum/Iridium, Elgiloy and Pure Iridium metal,
and are insulated with a thin film of vapor-deposited Parylene-C
● Four different tip profiles also available (Standard, Heat, Blunt, and
Fine tips)
● High corrosion resistance offers consistent long-term performance.
Type B
Benefits
● Many standard types available (web) and custom
● Connecting pin fits Amphenol series 220-223 connectors.
Applications
Type C
● Type C: Excellent for bipolar stimulation.
● For acute and chronic recording.
● Heat treated electrodes used for penetrating tough membrane (not
for chronic implantation)
EXPOSED TIP DIMENSIONS
Note: Electrode diagrams not shown to scale.
(nominal)
Nominal
Impedance
10 kΩ
50 kΩ
0.1 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
5.0 MΩ
Tungsten
Elgiloy
250 µm
200 µm
100 µm
55 µm
30 µm
12 µm
5 µm
___
___
120 µm
66 µm
36 µm
15 µm
6 µm
Platinum
Iridium
___
___
60 µm
18 µm
10 µm
6 µm
3 µm
Pure Iridium
___
___
45 µm
14 µm
10 µm
5 µm
2.5 µm
Heat Treated Tip is ideal for
penetrating tough membranes
(not recommended for chronic
implantation). This process is
performed using a microforge in which the heating element is positioned
in close proximity to the tip in order to melt the Parylene-C distal to the
exposed metal. It provides a smooth transition and produces better
adherence of the Parylene-C to the metal.
To have your electrodes heat treated, just add the suffix “H” to any of the
“KT” numbers on the facing page.
* Parylene is a trade mark of Union Carbide. Kapton is a trade mark of
DuPont. Elgiloy is a trade mark of Elgiloy Ltd.
Kapton* tubing, indicated by “KT” in the part
number, extends from the connector to within 5
mm of the tip, providing stiffness and additional
insulation to the electrode shaft. Kapton-clad electrodes are recommended when the electrode is
to be inserted through a cannula for extra deep
penetration.
Metal
Exposed tip
25:1 taper
Parylene-C*
5470 (mount in M3301EH holder)
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes
Excellent for shielded macro recording as well as
evoked potentials — especially well suited for bipolar
stimulation
The tungsten electrode is sharpened to a point and is 75 microns
in diameter. The outer stainless steel conductor is insulated with
Polyimide tubing to within 0.2 mm of the end of the stainless steel
tube. Also available without the outer Polyimide insulation.
Insulated metal conductor with exposed concentric surface
.389"
(9.88 mm)
.031"
(0.79 mm)
pin #5482
.404"
(10.26 mm)
socket #5483
Gold-plated pins (5482)
and sockets (5483) may
be attached to 24-, 26-, or
28-gauge wire.
0.51 mm ID
ORDERING INFORMATION
Electrode plugged
into adapter 5470
5468
300102
5469
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
300102 Micromanipulator holder, 4 in., 2mm to 0.031 socket
5468
2 mm receptacle to 0.031-inch jack (for Omega-TipZ)
5469
Adapts mini banana plug (DAM80) to 0.031-inch receptacle
(metal microelectrode)
5470
0.031-inch jack, 28 ga. wire, 12 inch (pkg of 4)
5482*
Pins, 0.031-inch, gold-plated (pkg of 50)
5483*
Sockets, 0.031-inch gold-plated (pkg of 50)
*Gold-plated pins (#5482) and sockets (#5483) may be attached to 24-, 26-,
or 28-gauge wire.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
104
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
INTRODUCTORY ASSORTMENTS ORDERING INFORMATION
Metal
Item
Core
TM33CCNON
Tungsten
TM33CCINS
Tungsten
TM53CCINS
Tungsten
PTM23CC001NON
Pt/Ir
PTM3CC02INS
Pt/IrNSfine
*All have a stainless steel outer shaft
CONCENTRIC ELECTRODES* ORDERING INFORMATION
Length
3” (76 mm)
3” (76 mm)
5” (127 mm)
2” (51 mm)
3” (76 mm)
Imp
10-15 KΩ
10-15 KΩ
10-15 KΩ
10 KΩ
200 KΩ
Probe Outer
Diameter (total)
0.013” uninsulated (325 µm)
0.016” insulated (400 µm)
0.018” insulated (450 µm)
0.020” uninsulated (525 µm)
0.013” insulated (325 µm)
Tip
Diam.
3-4 µm
3-4 µm
3-4 µm
3-4 µm
2-4 µm
Core diam.
.003” (76 µm)
003” (76 µm)
005” (127 µm)
0.01” (254 µm)
0.002” (50.8 µm)
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
0.4 mm
.25 mm
Y dim.
X dim. w/ (pkg of
polyimide
5)
.005” (127 µm)
.005” (127 µm)
.008” (203 µm)
.014” (356 µm)
.004” (114 µm)
MICROELECTRODES
Each of these assortment kits includes electrodes with different impedance within each style. Use an assortment kit to determine which electrode you need for
your experiment. Ten electrodes per box, no mixing.
Item
Contains the following electrode impedances by quantity (pkg of 10)
TM31/33Axx
TM33A05 (2), TM33A10 (3), TM33A20 (3), TM31A50 (2)
TM31/33AxxKT TM33A05KT (2), TM33A10KT (3), TM33A20KT (3), TM31A50KT (2)
TM33BxxKT
TM33B01KT (3), TM33B05KT (2), TM33B10KT (3), TM33B20KT (2)
TST33AxKT
TST33A05KT (3), TST33A10KT (4), TST33A20KT (3)
METAL ELECTRODES ORDERING INFORMATION
Nominal
Impedance Tip
Shaft Diam. (± 20%)
Diam.
Typical Use
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
1 µm
1 µm
0.127 mm
0.127 mm
0.085 mm
0.127 mm
0.127 mm
0.127 mm
0.254 mm
0.254 mm
0.254 mm
0.254 mm
0.085 mm
0.085 mm
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
0.1 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1 µm
1 µm
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Recording from small tightly packed cells
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single unit and stim / chronic use
Single unit and stim / chronic use
1 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
0.216 mm
0.216 mm
0.356 mm
0.356 mm
0.356 mm
1.0 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
0.1 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1 µm
1 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Multi unit and single unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
Single and multi unit recording and microstimulation
3 µm
3 µm
0.229 mm
0.229 mm
7.0 MΩ
12.0 MΩ
1-2 µm Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
1-2 µm Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
3 µm
0.356 mm
2.0 MΩ
1-2 µm Recording and Stimulating (Prussian blue staining)
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
0.356 mm
0.356 mm
0.356 mm
0.356 mm
0.216 mm
0.356 mm
10 kΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
0.5 MΩ
1.0 MΩ
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1 µm
1-2 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
0.106 mm
0.106 mm
0.106 mm
0.106 mm
1.0 MΩ
1.5 MΩ
2.5 MΩ
3.0 MΩ
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
3 µm
0.180 mm
0.180 mm
0.180 mm
0.180 mm
0.1 MΩ
2.0 MΩ
2.5 MΩ
3.0 MΩ
2-3 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
1-2 µm
Package of 10
Package of 10
Package of 10
Package of 10
Package of 10
Tissue slice stimulation
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Stereotrode / Bipolar, diff. meas. — extra fine (75 µm separation)
Stereotrode / Bipolar, differential measurements
Package of 10
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Single and multiunit recording and stimulation
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Package of 10
Multiunit & ERP recording & stimulation
Greater selectivity & microstimulation
Greater selectivity - small cells
Greater selectivity - small cells
Eligoy Steel *Cobalt/chromium/nickel alloy. The KT suffix refers to Kapton™ cladding.
All Metal Microelectrodes are available in custom lengths, blunt or heat treaded (extra charge).
Ordering:
Add the B suffix where blunt electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as a blunt will be IRM123A10KTB.)
Add the H suffix where heat treated electrodes are desired. (For example, an IRM123A10KT ordered as with heat treatment will be IRM123A10KTH.)
Additional metal microelectrodes available on website: www.wpiinc.com
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
105
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Item
Length
Tungsten — Profile A
TM31A10
76 mm
TM31A20
76 mm
TM31C05
76 mm
TM33A05
76 mm
TM33A10
76 mm
TM33A20
76 mm
TM33B01
76 mm
TM33B05
76 mm
TM33B10
76 mm
TM33B20
76 mm
TM33C05
76 mm
TM33C10
76 mm
Tungsten — Profile C
TM31A10KT
76 mm
TM33A10KT
76 mm
TM33B01KT
76 mm
TM33B05KT
76 mm
TM33B10KT
76 mm
Elgiloy®/Stainless — Profile A
SSM33A70
76 mm
SSM33A120
76 mm
Elgiloy®/Stainless — Profile C
SSM33A20KT
76 mm
Tungsten — Profile B
TST33A001KT
76 mm
TST33A05KT
76 mm
TST33A10KT
76 mm
TST33A20KT
76 mm
TST33C05KT
76 mm
TST53A10KT
127 mm
Pure Iridium — Profile A
IRM23E10
50 mm
IRM23E15
50 mm
IRM23E25
50 mm
IRM23E30
50 mm
Pure Iridium — Profile C
IRM23E01KT
50 mm
IRM23E20KT
50 mm
IRM23E25KT
50 mm
IRM23E30KT
50 mm
Insul.
Thick
MICROELECTRODES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells
Sintering pellets with low resistance and high strength
EP05
EP08
0.5 mm dia.
2 cm long
0.8 mm dia.
2 cm long
Ag Wire 40 mm long
EP1
EP4
4 mm dia.
1 mm thick
2 mm dia.
4 mm long
Ag Wire 70 mm long
ORDERING INFORMATION
RC1
RC1T
RC2
RC2F
RC3
RC6
Ag Wire 40 mm long
EP2
1 mm dia.
3 mm long
New, improved sintered pellets with lower resistance and high strength.
Stable and well balanced in the presence of current, these small and
inexpensive half-cells are easy to work with as bath electrodes.
Ag Wire 5 cm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
EP12
EP8
12 mm dia.
1 mm thick
8 mm dia.
1 mm thick
Ag wire 12 mm long
Ag wire 12 mm long
EP05
EP08
EP1
EP2
EP4
EP8
EP12
3578
Reference Cell with 1.5 m lead
Reference Cell, 1.5 m lead, 2 mm pin
Reference Cell with 2.0 mm pin
Reference Cell with female connector
Ref. Cell with epoxy body, 4.5 mm diam x 50 mm
Reference Cell with glass body, 1.5 mm diam x 50
mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.5 mm diam x 20 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 0.8 mm diam x 20 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 1.0 mm diam x 3 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 2.0 mm diam x 4 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 4.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 8.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Ag/AgCl Electrode 12.0 mm diam x 1 mm
Adapter Cable for Ag/AgCl Pellets
RC1 / RC1T
25.4 mm
Insulator
15.9 mm
3.9 mm DIA.
13 mm
4 mm DIA.
8.5 mm
#24 AWG
insulated wire,
4 ft
4 mm DIA.
RCI has an unterminated
lead. RC1T is terminated
with a 2 mm pin.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm DIA. Gold Plated Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm DIA.
Ag/AgCl Pellet
RC2F
RC2
mm
25
25
m
50
m
50
1 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
3.5 mm diam. Ag/AgCl pellet
RC3
1.5 mm diam.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
106
mm
glass body
epoxy body
4.5 mm diam.
mm
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
RC6
WIRE, CABLES & CONNECTORS
Precious Metal and Specialty Wire
Bare and coated metal wire for most laboratory applications
Metal
Silver
AGT0525
ORDERING INFORMATION
Coating
Teflon
AWG*
36
Diameter
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
Silver
Teflon
36
AGT05100
Silver
Teflon
36
AGT1010
AGT1025
AGT10100
AGT1510
AGT1530
AGW0510
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
—
30
30
30
26-27
26-27
36
AGW0530
Silver
—
36
AGW1010
AGW1030
Silver
Silver
—
—
30
30
AGW1510
AGW1530
AGW2010
AGW2030
AGW4010
AUW0170
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Gold
—
—
—
—
—
—
26-27
26-27
24
24
18
50
AUW201
C3005
PT1002
PT0402
Gold
Carbon
Platinum / Iridium
Platinum / Iridium
—
—
—
—
24
49
30
38
PT0203
Platinum / Iridium —
44
PT0110
Platinum / Iridium —
50
PTP101
PTP201
PTP401
PTP406
PTT0502
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum / Iridium
—
—
—
—
Teflon
30
24
18
18
36
PTT0203
Platinum / Iridium Teflon
44
PTT0110
Platinum / Iridium Teflon
50
SS31605
Stainless Steel
—
36
SS31614
SST30407-25
SST30407-50
TGW0325
TGW0515
TGW1510
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Tungsten
Tungsten
Tungsten
—
Teflon
Teflon
—
—
—
27
33
33
40
36
26-27
MAX3820
MAX4020
Tinned Cu Alloy
Tinned Cu Alloy
Coaxial
Twin Coaxial
0.0173 in. (0.44 mm)
0.0158x0.024 in. (0.4x0.61
mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.0012 in. (30 µm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.004 in. (0.102
mm)
0.002 in. (0.051
mm)
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.002 in. (0.051
mm)1
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.014 in. (0.36 mm)
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
0.003 in. (0.075 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
MICROCOAXIAL CABLES
Precut Length
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
70 ft (21 m)
1 ft (30 cm)
5 ft (1.5 m)
2 ft (61 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Micro coaxial cables (MAXxxxx) are
ideal for microelectrode fabrication and
construction of similar research tools.
The dual shielding eliminates electrical
interference caused by radio frequencies
(RF), electrostatic and microphonics (e.g.,
bending and vibration. Available with
single or dual (twin) conductors.
Teflon-coated stainless steel (type 304)
wire (SSTxxxx) is available in 25-ft and
50-ft lengths. The Teflon coating is 150
micro-in. thick (4 µm). The Teflon coating
is designed to reduce surface friction,
only. It is not insulation.
Carbon wire (C3005) is a single
30-micron fiber of electrochemically
activated carbon. This fiber is especially
useful in micro-electrochemical
experiments.
Platinum/iridium wire — uncoated
(PTxxxx) and Teflon-coated (PTTxxxx)
— is an alloy of 90% platinum and 10%
iridium, giving excellent tensile strength
and corrosion resistance. Uncoated pure
platinum wire (PTPxxx) is 99.95% pure.
Indium wire (IN1003) is 99.99% pure,
with a melting point of 156.4°C.
Annealed silver wire (AGWxxxx), 99.99%
pure, is available in five diameters; three
of those sizes are also available with a
Teflon coating (AGTxxxx).
Tungsten wire (TGWxxxx), available in
three diameters, is 99.95% pure.
Gold wire (AUWxxxx) is 99.99% pure.
Stainless steel wire (SSxxxxx) is type
316.
Catalog No.
AGT0510
3 ft (91 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
0.5 ft (15.2 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
3 ft (91 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
10 ft (3 m)
20 ft (6 m)4
20 ft (6 m)5
*Brown & Sharpe
1
Plus 0.002 in. for Teflon coating
3
Teflon adds 0.00015 in. (4 µm) to diameter
4
Impedance: 50 ohm; capacitance: 95 pF/m; resistance: 5 ohm/m
5
Impedance: 100 ohm; capacitance: 54 pF/m; resistance: 1.9 ohm/m
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
107
WIRE, CABLES & CONNECTORS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Cables & Connectors
For wiring any laboratory setup
5374
3492
13685
1358
13776
3508
5375
BNC Cables
2851 (6 ft)
500184 (10 ft)
500257 (6 in.)
500258 (12 in.)
500259 (18 in.)
5385
13854
3517
14254
13324
3142
3578
15623
13347
3161
3670
15975
3294
13388
5371
13451
15976
300040
3417-10
3491
13620
5373
500256
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
108
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Connector A
Connector B
Cable Length
1358
Beetrodes
BNC (male)
2 mm pin
3 ft. (0.9 m)
2026-10 2 mm socket, unwired (pkg of 10) (Not Shown)
2 mm socket
unwired
none
2851
Standard BNC cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
6 ft. (1.8 m)
3142
Mini-Banana Adapter
Screw Terminals
Dual Mini-Banana
none
3161
Connector for input to TBM4M and BP-1
DIN (male)
unwired
none
3294
Ground wire for DAM80 probe
Clip
none
3 ft. (0.9 m)
3417-10 2 mm plug, unwired (pkg of 10)
2 mm pin
unwired
none
3491
Extension for any 8-pin DIN
DIN (male)
DIN (female)
5 ft. (1.5 m)
3492
Connector, adapts WPI transducers to non-WPI equipment
DIN (female)
unwired
none
3508
Adapts BNC pH electrode to pH meter with “U.S. Standard” input
BNC (male)
US Standard
none
3517
DAM50, DAM60, DAM70, shielded (two cables/pkg)
Modular phone plug, 4 wire none
3 ft. (0.9 m)
3578
Adapter cable for Ag/AgCl pellets
2 mm pin
none
5 ft. (1.5 m)
3670
Double banana plug with solder turret terminals Dual Banana (male)
Dual Banana (female)
none
5371
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin/jack
2 mm gold pin/jack
2 ft. (0.6 m)
5373
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin/jack
2 mm gold pin/jack
2 ft. (0.6 m)
5374
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold pin
4 ft. (1.2 m)
5375
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold jack
4 ft. (1.2 m)
5385
Cable, shielded transducer stock
none
none
25 ft. (7.6 m)
13324
Adapter
Double-banana (female)
BNC (male)
none
13347
ISO2 (chart recorder adapter)
Double-banana (male)
BNC (female)
none
13388
Electrode adapter for DAM probes
Miniature banana (male)
2 mm jack
none
13451
Adapter: Iso-DAM, Iso-DAM8
BNC (female)
two 2 mm pins
6 in. (15 cm)
13555
Serial Cable (not shown)
DB9 (male)
DB9 (female)
6 ft. (1.8 m)
13620
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
2 mm gold pin
2 mm gold jack
2 ft. (0.6 m)
13685
SP Series pump-to-pump linking cable
Modular phone plug
Modular phone plug
7 ft. (2.1 m)
13776
Adapts reference electrode to VF4 ground jack
Banana (male)
2 mm jack
none
13854
BNC T-connector, male to:
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
none
14254
BNC Straight Adapter
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
none
15623
Serial cable and adapter, SP Series pump
SP Pump
IBM 9-pin “D” connector
5 ft. (1.5 m)
15975
Adapter
2 mm socket
1 mm pin
none
15976
Adapter
1 mm socket
2 mm pin
none
300040 Adapter Extension
2 mm socket
2 mm socket
4 in. (10 cm)
500184 Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
10 ft. (3 m)
500256 BNC Right Angle Adapter
BNC (male)
BNC (female)
none
500257 Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
6 in. (15 cm)
500258 Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
12 in. (30 cm)
500259 Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
18 in. (46 cm)
503301 Cable, Extension
8-pin miniDIN (male)
8-pin miniDIN (female)
10 ft. (3 m)
503536 Cable, USB
USB (male)
USB (female)
10 ft. (3 m)
504713 Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Banana (male)
36 in. (91 cm)
504714 Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Mini-Gator
36 in. (91 cm)
504715 Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Mini-Clip
36 in. (91 cm)
504716 Cable (red and black pair)
Banana (male)
Micro-Clip
36 in. (91 cm)
CBL100 MiniPhone Patch Cable
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
6 ft. (1.8 m)
CBL102 DAM Series, PM Series
3.5 mm MiniPhone plug
BNC (male)
6 ft. (1.8 m)
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Application/Description
WIRE, CABLES & CONNECTORS
ORDERING INFORMATION
Part #
CBL102
CBL100
504716
504713
503536
504715
504714
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
109
PIPETTE HOLDERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells
Couple fluid filled glass micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers
Features
● Connector pin, jack, luer ports, Ag/AgCl half-cells, wire selections
available
● Optional handles (for some varieties) allow for easy manipulation.
Handles are sold separately.
EHB1
EHBF
● Screw cap for tight fitting of glass electrode to avoid drifting of
electrode
25.4 mm
34.9 mm
Benefits
9.5 mm DIA.
25.4 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
● Available for 1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm OD glass electrodes
● Spare gaskets available
● Optional handles available in two different sizes for some holders
O-Ring
O-Ring
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
Applications
● Microinjection
MBMPH5-7
FOIMPH
● Electrophysiology recording
● Fluid handling
 denotes holder manufactured for you as custom
orders. Call for price.
126 mm
30 mm
The most popular micropipette holders are stock items. Custom holders
(designated by ) can be manufactured on demand but require an
additional setup fee. Call for a quote. See all the options at
Female “Luer” Port
∅1.5 mm
Hints for selecting and ordering micropipette holders
1. Determine the required electrical connection on the holder: for
example, if you wish to connect the holder to a 2 mm pin you should
select a holder equipped with a 2 mm jack. Most WPI probes require a
holder equipped with a 2 mm jack.
2. Decide on the required alignment of the electrical connection: either
in-line with the glass pipette, or at a right angle to it. Space considerations
in your experimental setup and requirements imposed by other pieces of
equipment typically determine which alignment is appropriate.
3. Determine if you want to hold the glass pipette by a rubber gasket
(e.g., MEH1S) or a screw-cap (e.g., MEH3S). Rubber gaskets offer easier
insertion and removal of glass pipettes whereas screw-caps provide more
secure mounts for micropipetters.
4. Choose a holder with either a silver wire or a silver/silver chloride pellet
for the metal/liquid coupling. Silver/silver chloride pellets provide a more
stable low-noise baseline which is important for low-noise DC recording.
Pellets require the glass pipette and holder to be free of air bubbles to
achieve a good connection. Silver wire holders are durable and are easier
to use when the holder is equipped with a pressure port because the
fluid in the pipette does not have to be filled to the top of the pipette to
achieve a good electrical connection
5. Choose a holder equipped with a pressure port only when you want to
pressure inject liquid from the pipette. Two types of ports are available:
2.0 mm O.D. and standard “syringe-style” Luer. The Luer port is often
recommended because it makes assembly and disassembly much easier.
Quick-connect Luer fittings for four common sizes of tubing (1⁄16", 3⁄32", 1⁄8",
5
⁄32" I.D.) are included with each Luer-equipped holder.
6. Some non-WPI preamplifiers or headstages cannot be mounted
on micromanipulators. In such cases, a holder equipped with a rod
110
for 3 mm OD glass
∅ 6.35 mm
9.5 mm DIA.
MEH145 
MEH1F45 
6.3 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
20.7 mm
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
45
 1.0, 1.2, 1.5, 2.0
MEH1RF 
MEH1R
20.7 mm
20.7 mm
Gasket
Gasket
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
4.7 mm DIA.
MEH1SF
MEH1S
33.5 mm
23.9 mm
23.9 mm
Gasket
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
4.7 mm DIA.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
l
∅1.2 mm
www.wpiinc.com/MEH
WPI’s microelectrode holder-half-cells couple fluid-filled glass
micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers. A Ag/AgCl pellet (or
a silver wire) molded into the holder body provides stable potential.
Electrical connection is made via male 2 mm pins or female 2 mm sockets.
The pipette may be mounted axially or at right angles to the holder.
Pipettes are held with screw-caps or rubber gaskets (without caps). Filling
WPI microelectrode holders with electrolytes containing chloride results
in stable electrode potential. Suitable electrolytes include KCl, NaCl and
CaCl2. Holders are supplied for standard WPI single capillary tubing of
1.0, 1.2, 1.5 and 2.0 mm outside diameters. (Call WPI regarding custom
designs for other glass diameters.) The holder style you select will depend
on your experimental application, space, and instrumentation.
na
tio
O p n d le
Ha
63.5 mm
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
4.7 mm DIA.
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
for microtitration of chloride with a silver wire as the electrode and a
solution of silver nitrate filling the holder. MPH models do not contain Ag/
AgCl half-cells and are used for pressure injection of substances through
microelectrodes. PicoNozzle, used for pressure injection with PV800
Series PicoPumps, includes an MPH6S holder — which may also be used
to couple a micropipette to a syringe.
 denotes holder manufactured for you as custom orders. Call for price.
MEH2RF 
MEH2R 
27.2 mm
MEH2RFW 
27.2 mm
MEH2RW 
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
Male
“Luer”
Port
Male “Luer” port
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH2S
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
MEH2SW
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
29 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH2SFW 
MEH2SF
36.7 mm
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
Male
“Luer”
Port
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
Male
“Luer”
Port
Male “Luer” Port
Male
“Luer”
Port
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3R
MEH3FW45 
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
45
MEH3RF
45
MEH3RFW 
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3S
MEH3RW 
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
27.2 mm
36.7 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3SF
MEH3SBW 
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH3SW
MEH3SFW
29 mm
29 mm
35.2 mm
36.7 mm
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
Mini-Banana Plug
to Ag Wire
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
111
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
6.3 mm DIA.
27.2 mm
Male “Luer” Port
2 mm Pin to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
MEH3F45 
MEH345
PIPETTE HOLDERS
(e.g., MEH8) permits the holder to be conveniently mounted on a
micromanipulator.
7. Finally, remember to specify the O.D. of the glass you will be using
when you place your order.
MEH6RF/SF is designed primarily for use with the Model 900A
Micropressure System; EHB1 for use in electrode beveling; and MEH3SW
PIPETTE HOLDERS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Micropipette Holders & Half-Cells
Couple fluid filled glass micropipettes to high input impedance amplifiers
 denotes holder sizes manufactured for you as custom orders. Call for price.
MEH6RF
MEH3W45 
27.2 mm
29 mm
33.6 mm
33.6 mm
29 mm
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH6SF
MEH6RFW 
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
45
2.0 mm O.D. Port
MEH7
MEH6SFW 
123.7 mm
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
MPH1
36.7 mm
MPH3
126 mm
27.2 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
6.3 mm DIA.
MEH900S
6.3 mm DIA.
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
30 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
27.2 mm
Female
“Luer”
Port
Male
“Luer”
Port
6.3 mm DIA.
42 mm
42 mm
4.7mm DIA.
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
112
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
Female
Locking “Luer”
Port
6.3mm DIA.
2 mm PIN
to Ag WIRE
6.3 mm DIA.
42 mm
Optional
Handle
27.2 mm
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
MPH6S
MPH6R 
MPH6P 
123.7 mm
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port
9.5 mm DIA.
MPH4
123.7 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag Wire
6.3 mm DIA.
33.6 mm
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
27.2 mm
2 mm Pin
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH900R
l
na
tio e
Opandl
H
123.7 mm
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2.0 mm O.D.
Port
2 mm Jack to Ag Wire
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Jack
to Ag/AgCl Pellet
MEH8
27.2 mm
27.2 mm
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2.0 mm O.D. Port
l
na
tio
Op ndle
Ha
6.3 mm DIA.
2.0 mm O.D. Port
2 mm Jack
to Ag Wire
MEH7W 
29 mm
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
6.3 mm DIA.
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Order Number
Custom
Replace XX with glass OD * Order
EHB1
 = custom order (call for price)
Electric
Connection Angle
Straight
Connector
Male
Half-Cell
Wire
Pressure
Port
No Port
Screw
Cap
N/A
Designed for
WPI Products
MBS, 48000
MBS, 48000
EHBF
Straight
Female
Wire
No Port
N/A
FOIMPH
Straight
Fiber Optic
None
No Port
w/Cap
MBS, 48000
----
None
None
Female Luer
w/Cap
For P-5 or P-7 glass only
MBMPH5-7
MEH145xx

45°
Male
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
MEH1F45xx

45°
Female
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
Right
Male
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
MEH1Rxx
MEH1RFxx

MEH1Sxx
MEH1SFxx
Right
Female
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
Straight
Male
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Straight
Female
Pellet
No Port
No Cap
MEH2Rxx

Right
Male
Pellet
Male Luer
w/Cap
MEH2RFxx

Right
Female
Pellet
Male Luer
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH2RFWxx

Right
Female
Wire
Male Luer
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH2RWxx

Right
Male
Wire
Male Luer
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH2Sxx
Straight
Male
Pellet
Male Luer
w/Cap
MEH2SFxx
Straight
Female
Pellet
Male Luer
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Straight
Female
Wire
Male Luer
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Straight
Male
Wire
Male Luer
w/Cap
MEH2SFWxx

MEH2SWxx
MEH345xx
MEH3F45xx

MEH3FW45xx

MEH3Rxx
MEH3RFxx
45°
Male
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
45°
Female
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
45°
Female
Wire
Port
w/Cap
Right
Male
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Female
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223

Right
Female
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH3RWxx

Right
Male
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
Straight
Male
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap

Straight
Banana
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
ISO-80, ISO-DAM8A
MEH3SFxx
Straight
Female
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH3SFWxx
Straight
Female
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
MEH3SWxx
Straight
Male
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
MEH3Sxx
MEH3W45xx

MEH6RFxx
MEH6RFWxx

MEH6SFxx
MEH6SFWxx

MEH7xx
MEH7Wxx

MEH8xx
45°
Male
Wire
No Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Right
Female
Pellet
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Right
Female
Wire
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Straight
Female
Pellet
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Straight
Female
Wire
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
705, 773, 767, 721, FD223
Right
Male
Pellet
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
Right
Male
Wire
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
Right
Male
Pellet
No Port
w/Cap
MEH900Rxx
Right
Male
Pellet
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
900A
MEH900Sxx
Straight
Male
Pellet
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
900A
MPH1xx
—
None
None
Female Luer
w/Cap
MPH3xx
—
None
None
Male Luer
w/Cap
MPH4xx
—
None
None
2.0-mm Port
w/Cap
MPH6Pxx

Right
Male
Pellet
Female Luer
w/Cap
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
MPH6Rxx

Right
Male
Wire
Female Luer
w/Cap
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
—
None
None
Female Luer
w/Cap
Piconozzle Kit (5430-XX)
MPH6Sxx
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Right
MEH3RFWxx
MEH3SBWxx
PIPETTE HOLDERS
MICROELECTRODE HOLDERS ORDERING INFORMATION
* Specify O.D. of glass (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm) by replacing XX in the Order Number with 10, 12, 15 or 20.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
Handle 2505 is for use with WPI manipulators. The smaller diameter handle 5444 is required for use with Narishige and Zeiss manipulators.
2505
5444
GO1-100
GO2-100
GO3-100
GO4-100
1571
/4-in
(6.3 mm) diameter handle
(4.8 mm) diameter handle
Replacement gasket 1.0 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.2 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 1.5 mm, Package of 100
Replacement gasket 2.0 mm, Package of 100
Clear Silicone Rubber Sealant (-4.7 oz-)
1
/16-in
3
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
113
Quality glass, superior prices for microinjection/microelectrodes
Features
● Quality borosilicate glass capillaries
● Large variety available, including fire polished,
filaments, thin wall, specialty glass and multi-barrel
Benefits
● Superior pricing
● Most glass orders ship within 48 hours
Standard, no
Filament
Applications
●
●
●
●
Microinjection
Standard
Filament
Length
Patch clamp
Fluid Handling
Fire-Polished glass capillaries are
easier to insert into microelectrode
holders without damaging the
gasket. More importantly, firepolished glass won’t scratch the
chloridized wire used in a recording
electrode. Fire-polishing does not
affect the glass’s mechanical or
electrical properties.
Single Barrel Standard Borosilicate Glass
FIre Polishing
OD(mm) ID(mm) Filament
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
0.84
0.84
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
Filament Glass Capillaries
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
Single Barrel standard wall thickness capillaries are
offered either with or without inner filaments for
quick filling in a variety of lengths and diameters.
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
Making Uniform, Reproducable
Microelectrodes
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close dimensional
tolerances assure microelectrode uniformity and
reproducibility. Capillaries are available in 1, 2, 3,
5 and 7-barrel configurations, complete range of
single barrel thin-wall sizes and a variety of special
configurations. Capillaries with filaments contain a
solid filament fused to the inner wall, which speeds
filling of electrodes. Capillaries with or without inner
filaments are available for making microelectrodes in
a wide range of diameters.
Thin Wall Glass Capillaries
3-Barrel
5-Barrel
7-Barrel
5-Barrel
3-Barrel
Piggyback
Septum Theta
Thin Wall single barrel capillaries are offered both
with or without inner filaments.
7-Barrel
Specialty glass is also available. See page 115.
Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard
1.5
1.0
Fire Polished
Glass
3 in. (76 mm)
4 in. (100 mm)
2-Barrel
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
Thin Wall Filament
1.5
1.12
Fire-Polished Quantity Item
500
4
1B100F-3
500
1B100-3
4
350
1B120F-3
350
1B120-3
4
225
1B150F-3
4
300
1B150-3
4
500
1B100F-4
4
500
1B100-4
4
400
1B120F-4
350
1B120-4
4
300
1B150F-4
4
300
1B150-4
125
1B200F-4
200
1B200-4
500
1B100F-6
500
1B100-6
350
1B120F-6
350
1B120-6
225
1B150F-6
225
1B150-6
125
1B200F-6
125
1B200-6
500
TW100F-3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
TW100-3
400
TW120F-3
350
TW120-3
225
TW150F-3
300
TW150-3
500
TW100F-4
500
TW100-4
350
TW120F-4
350
TW120-4
225
TW150F-4
300
TW150-4
500
TW100F-6
4
500
TW100-6
4
400
TW120F-6
4
4
4
4
500
4
4
350
TW120-6
225
TW150F-6
300
TW150-6
Single barrel glass is Kimble N51A. All thin wall glass is Schott Duran 8330.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
114
Thin Wall, no
Filament
ORDERING INFORMATION
Electrophysiology
2-Barrel
CAPILLARY GLASS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Glass Capillaries
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Multi-barrel configurations are designed especially for microiontophoresis. Because the capillaries are fused together during manufacturing, you will not need to twist them while pulling to seal the tips
together. An inner filament in each barrel makes filling easy and fast.
Also see PolyFil for a novel way to connect multi-barrel pipettes
Borosilicate Glass Rod
1.0 mm diameter — for making tools, probes, tips
ORDERING INFORMATION
Borosilicate Glass Rod
Description
2-Barrel
3-Barrel
2-Barrel
3-Barrel
5-Barrel
7-Barrel
5-Barrel
7-Barrel
ORDERING INFORMATION
Multi-Barrel Borosilicate Glass Tubing with Filaments
Length
Description OD/ID (mm) Filament Qty
CAPILLARY GLASS
Multi-Barrel Glass Capillaries
Item
4" (102mm)
2-Barrel
1.5/0.84
4
100
2B150F-4
4" (102mm)
3-Barrel
1.2/0.68
4
100
3B120F-4
4" (102mm)
5-Barrel
1.2/0.68
4
65
5B120F-4
4" (102mm)
7-Barrel
1.0/0.58
4
60
7B100F-4
4" (102mm)
7-Barrel
1.2/0.68
4
75
7B120F-4
6" (152mm)
2-Barrel
1.5/0.84
4
100
2B150F-6
6" (152mm)
3-Barrel
1.2/0.68
4
100
3B120F-6
6" (152mm)
5-Barrel
1.2/0.68
4
65
5B120F-6
6" (152mm)
7-Barrel
1.0/0.58
4
60
7B100F-6
OD (mm)
Length
Qty
Item
Glass Rod
1.0
4 in. (102mm)
500
GR100-4
Glass Rod
1.0
6 in. (152mm)
500
GR100-6
Multi-barrel pipette
coupling kit
Securely couple multi-barrel
pipettes to a pressure source
Septum Theta
Septum Theta offers superior cell impalement. The natural bevel resulting from the prominent spear-like projection of the septum gives microelectrodes a sharp,
spear-point tip. This style has low resistance for use as
a single microelectrode, and it can be used to make
superior double-tipped microelectrodes with low transtip coupling. The natural bevel of Septum Theta also
significantly increases the effective tip cross-section. As
supplied, the width of the septum is approximately 0.2
mm; wall thickness is approximately 0.2 mm.
Features
Piggyback
● Allows for microinjection to multi-barrel micropipette
5440
● Complete kit (all in one) for making multi-barrel pipettes
● Secure coupling of multi-barrel micropipettes to a pressure source
Benefits
independently for one pressure source
Piggyback glass consists of a pair of borosilicate
capillaries fused together during manufacturing. One
barrel is larger than the other, and both have inner
filaments for quick filling. Piggyback glass makes
it simple to fabricate two-barrel electrodes with a
significant tip diameter differential.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Special Configuration Borosilicate Glass Tubing
Description OD/ID (mm) Length
Qty
Item
Septum Theta
1.5/1.02
6 in. (152
mm)
Piggyback
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
4 in. (102
mm)
50
PB150F-4
Piggyback
1.51/0.84
0.75/0.35
6 in. (152
mm)
50
PB150F-6
100
TST150-6
● Pressure safe and convenient luer lock connections
Applications
● Multi-port microinjection
PolyFil™ allows easy and secure coupling of a multi-barrel
micropipette to a pressure source. Coupling is achieved by bonding
temperature-resistant and flexible MicroFil to the capillary tube
with hot melt adhesive. The luer end of each MicroFil is connected
to PVC tubing (200 PSI rated). Kits also include a five-port manifold
that allows use of a single PV800 Series PicoPump to drive up to six
micropipette barrels independently by switching on only the barrels
to be injected. All connections are locking luers — pressure safe and
convenient.
ORDERING INFORMATION
5440
PolyFil™ Multi-Barrel Micropipette Coupling Kit
Includes: 1 pipette holder/handle, plastic; 7 pieces MF28G MicroFil;
7-pieces tubing with male luer lock fittings; 1 flow-thru manifold with five
luer lock ports; 1 hot melt glue gun (110V only); 3 glue sticks.
13316
Mini Glue Gun and (3) glue sticks
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
115
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Special Configuration Glass Capillaries
CAPILLARY GLASS
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Patch Clamp Capillary Glass
Evaluated for best softening temperature, electrical properties, sealability,
leachable components
PG52151-4 and PG52165-4 are prepared from Schott #8250 glass
(equivalent to Corning #7052), one of the most widely used patch clamping glasses. This is a specially formulated borosilicate glass with a softening
temperature that is 110°C lower than regular borosilicate glass (Corning
7740, or Pyrex). It has excellent sealing properties for most cells. Electrical
properties are also very good.
PG10150-4 and PG10165-4 are composed of Corning #0010 glass, a high
lead content (22% PbO) glass. Its thermal and electrical performance is
between the Schott #8250 and Corning #8161 glasses described above.
It is much more economical than Corning #8161 glass. It has been found
that this glass causes much less alteration in channel behavior than
Corning #8161 and Schott #8250 glass (Furman and Tanaka, Biophys. J.
53, p287, 1988).
Patch clamp capillaries do not have microfilaments.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Patch Clamp Capillary Glass
Catalog#
Glass
Type
OD/ID
(mm)
PG52151-4
PG52165-4
PG10150-4
PG10165-4
#8250
#8250
#0010
#0010
1.5/1.0
1.65/1.1
1.5/0.75
1.65/1.1
Dielectric Softening
Constant Point °C
4.9
4.9
6.7
6.7
720°
720°
625°
625°
QTY
100
100
100
100
Glass Handling Forceps
Firmly hold your capillary glass without risk of breaking it
Ever had difficulty picking up a glass capillary? Special tips on these
forceps solve the problem, holding glass firmly without risk of breakage.
They also keep the glass clean and avoid contamination from skin oils.
77020
ORDERING INFORMATION
77020
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
116
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Glass Handling Forceps
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making your own
micropipettes
Features
● Schott Duran borosilicate glass
● 0.5 µm and smaller ID micropipettes
PLAIN
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.4 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
LUER
LUER/
SILANIZED
Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20%
Short taper yields high strength
Nominal length ≈ 50 mm
OD:ID = 1.33:1
Standard capillary outer diameters are
1.0 mm (thin-wall) or 1.14 mm
● Every pipette individually tested and
inspected
● Vacuum packed
Benefits
● Plain Shank or Luer Fittings
Applications
● Injection of dyes or proteins into cells,
oocytes or othe biomedical laboratory
applications
ORDERING INFORMATION
Glass O.D.
Filament
Fire
Polished
Catalog #
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.14 mm A203XV glass *
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TIP01TW1F
TIP02TW1F
TIP03TW1F
TIP04TW1F
TIP05TW1F
TIP1TW1
TIP2TW1
TIP5TW1
TIP10TW1
TIP10XV119
TIP30TW1
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
30 µm
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP01TW1F-L
TIP02TW1F-L
TIP03TW1F-L
TIP05TW1F-L
TIP1TW1-L
TIP2TW1-L
TIP5TW1-L
TIP10TW1-L
TIP30TW1-L
5 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
30 µm
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
No
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP5TW1LS01
TIP5TW1LS02
TIP10TW1LS01
TIP10TW1LS02
TIP30TW1LS01
TIP30TW1LS02
WPI can quickly supply your need for
consistently sized pre-pulled glass
micropipettes.
Tip diameters (ID) range from 0.1 to 10 µm.
Silanized Tips (Luer Shank) are available.
Silanization waterproofs the glass to retard water when
inserting into cell. This will not let the outside fluid run down
the pipette and get inside so easily.
(pack
of 10)
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Shank
Length
Shank
include internal glass fiber for easy filling
●
●
●
●
●
Tip
I.D.
TM
* 10 µm (ID), 1.14 mm capillary pipettes are for use in WPI’s Nanoliter 2010.
µTip Sampler Assortments
TIPMIX01-05
Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX05-10
Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX01-05-L Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, Luer
TIPMIX05-10-L Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, Luer
Micro Cannula
Quickly connect to existing experimental plumbing
Features
● 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
● Autoclavable
● Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
Benefits
● May be used with a pressure tranducer (BLPR2) or a micro syringe
injection system (UMP3 or MMP)
Applications
MMP pumps). The incorporated standard
KZ1101
female luer fitting makes connecting to
existing experimental plumbing quick and easy.
The cannula is provided with a contoured-tip
stainless steel stylet (trocar) to facilitate placement
using established techniques. A movable “shoulder”
ring provides a tie-in point to prevent accidental removal.
The cannula may be left in place for 2 hours or more, and
with proper care and cleaning, may be re-used multiple times.
Instructions for use included.
● Cannula for carotid or femoral arteries of rodents and small animal
blood vessels
This micro cannula is ideal for placement in the carotid or femoral artery
of mice, rats, and other small animal blood vessels. It can be used with a
pressure transducer (WPI’S BLPR2) for blood pressure measurement, or
in conjunction with a micro-syringe injection system (like WPI’s UMPIII or
ORDERING INFORMATION
KZ1101
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Micro Cannula, 3-inch
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
MICROPIPETTES
Borosilicate Glass Micropipettes
117
PULLERS, MICROFORGES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Microelectrode Puller
A compact, versatile and reliable workhorse
PUL-1000
Features
Switchable Power Supply
● Program sequences up to four steps
● Produce micropipettes with a tip diameter less than 0.1 µm or greater
than 10 µm
● Store up to 95 programs in memory for easy recall
● Two factory programs installed
● Supplied with a vial of capillary glass
PUL-1000 has a high quality switching power supply for use anywhere
in the world without worry about the line voltage differences. Pulling
reproducibility is unaffected by line voltage fluctuation. Heating voltage
can be controlled to within 0.1% accuracy even when line voltage
fluctuates from 90 to 240 VAC.
References
Benefits
● Tempered glass cover to reduce the effects of humidity on puller
reproducibility
● Switchable power supply ensures that line voltage fluctuations don’t
affect reproducibility
Plautz, C. Z., Williams, H. C., & Grainger, R. M. (2016). Functional
Cloning Using a Xenopus Oocyte Expression System. Journal of Visualized
Experiments, (107), e53518–e53518. http://doi.org/10.3791/53518
Komarova, Y., Peloquin, J., & Borisy, G. (2011). Components of a
microinjection system. Cold Spring Harbor Protocols, 2011(8), 935–9. http://
doi.org/10.1101/pdb.ip27
Applications
PUL-1000 SPECIFICATIONS
● Pull your own microelectrodes and micropipettes
PUL-1000 is a microprocessor controlled horizontal puller for making
glass micropipettes or microelectrodes used in intracellular recording,
patch clamp studies, microperfusion or microinjection. The puller was
designed with tight mechanical specifications and precision electronics
for complete control of the pulling process and accurate reproducibility.
It offers programmable sequences of up to four steps with heating, force,
movement and cooling time. This allows graduated cycles for applications
like patch clamp recording.
This puller is a reasonably priced, compact, versatile and reliable
workhorse. The microprocessor, combined with the LCD display, makes
the PUL-1000 easy to use.
HEATER ELEMENT
Platinum/Iridium
PULLING FORCE
Solenoid, adjustable
CAPILLARY OD RANGE
1.0–1.5 mm
MAXIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH 170 mm
MINIMUM CAPILLARY LENGTH
55 mm
MEMORY SETS
30
POWER
90–240 VAC, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
34 x 24 x 12 cm
SHIPPING WEIGHT
15 lb.
REPLACEMENT FILAMENTS
2.5 mm Square Box Filament,
2.5 mm wide (13834)
Tempered Glass Cover
The cover of pulling chamber is made with tempered glass to minimize
the humidity effect on the reproducibility of pulled pipettes.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PUL-1000 Micopipette Puller
13834
Replacement Filaments
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
118
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Pneumatic pressure (no gravity or magnetic fields) for consistent pulling force
Microprocessor realtime controlled system
performs programmable
multipulling steps,
optical-digital measurement
and precise digital feedback
heating control to achieve
exceptional repeatability.
PMP-102
●
●
●
●
Produces two identical pipettes every time
25 saved programmable sequences
Optical-digital measurement
22 manufacturer preset sequences
Benefits
● Exclusive optical-digital taper measurements that applies precise taper
length settings and offers real-time measurement
● Computerized real-time heater control to dynamically adjust power to
match your setpoint
● Programmable, savable sequences with 18 steps so you can store
your favorite tip pulling programs
Applications
● Pull patch clamping pipettes, intracellular electrodes, injection
micropipettes and micro-needles
The microprocessor-controlled PMP-102 is designed to pull a pipette
horizontally, producing two identical micropipettes. Different kinds of
pipettes can be pulled repeatedly using the preset program sequences.
You can create your own patch clamp electrodes, intracellular electrodes,
injection micropipette and micro-needles using preset sequences.
control unit dynamically adjusts the power to match your setpoint. As a
result, the puller always provides precise heating power, despite variables
like thermal/electrical changes. When the heating level is set to AUTO,
the heater automatically determines the melting point for different glass
pipettes. The microcomputer control ensures smart, reliable heating.
Programmable, Savable Sequences
There are 25 manufacturer/user programmable pulling sequences with
18 steps in each sequence. You may easily program different pipette tip
sizes, tip lengths and tip shapes in different sequences for a variety of
applications. Time and length count, heat level, heat control and action
parameters can be individually set in each step.
Pneumatic Pulling Force and Compact Size
The PMP-102 applies precisely controlled pneumatic pressure as the
pulling force, providing control plus even and consistent dragging
characteristics. The device is compact, requiring little bench space. And it
precisely and automatically performs multi-step pulling without manual
interruption. A simple keypad and LCD display let you easily control and
monitor the pulling parameters. Parameters include sequences, steps,
time, timing, heater level, heater control, tip length and actions. The
heater power control and action time count up or down in real-time on
the display.
With the versatility of the intelligent PMP-102, pulling an ideal
micropipette is no longer an uncertainty of hand skill, but a reproducible,
automatic process.
Exclusive Optical-Digital Taper Measurement
Instead of the mechanical tip length setting like other pipette pullers,
there is an exclusive optical-digital ruler in the PMP-102 to apply precise
taper length settings, and for real-time measurement and control. With
this feature, you can handle taper pulling precisely and easily. Equipped
with a powerful computerize tip sensing function, the puller can
automatically finish the tip pulling. You can pull the ideal tip every time.
Computerize Real-Time Feedback Heater Control
ORDERING INFORMATION
PMP-107
PMP-107Z
PMP-102
PMP-102Z
Programmable Multipipette Puller (110 V)
Programmable Multipipette Puller (240 V)
Pneumatic Programmable Multipipette Puller (110 V)
Pneumatic Programmable Multipipette Puller (240 V)
The PMP-102 includes an advanced microcontroller to perform realtime heater monitoring and control. When you select a heating level,
the microcontroller measures the actual heating power applied during
a pull. The real-time measurement is displayed, and the feedback to the
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
119
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Features
PULLERS, MICROFORGES
Programmable Multipipette Puller
PULLERS, MICROFORGES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Digital Microforge
Microforging, Micropipette Calibration and Microinjection — in a single device!
Features
● Microprocessor-controlled microforge
● Digital signal processor technology precisely
controls the polish heating time
● Unique digital pneumatic pressure feature
polishes the tip without changing the
size
● W30S-LED Microscope (Optional)
Benefits
● Digital Signal Processor (DSP) technology
● Complete system package available
● Kohler illuminator and Abbe condenser for less glare and
sharper images.
● Pneumatic pressure polishing that allows the preparation of blunt tips
without change of tip ID
DMF1000-M1
● Heating filament is attached to the microscope objective so they move
together
● Pipette holder sits on the microscope stage to simplify the locating
and polishing of the pipette
Filament Holder mounts directly to objective to provide precise control of
heating element position.
Applications
●
●
●
●
Polishing patch pipettes
Microforging holding pipettes
Microforging beveled injection pipettes
Kohler Illuminator and Abbe Condenser
Pipette tip calibration and microinjection
The DMF1000 is a microprocessor-controlled microforge offering
unmatched performance. Designed for fabrication of both small patch
clamp glass pipettes and larger injection pipettes, the DMF1000 should
find many uses in the laboratory. The DMF1000 is based on a design
similar to that first used in WPI’s extremely popular microforge model,
the MF200. The extensive improvements incorporated into the DMF1000
greatly increase its versatility and performance, making it one of the most
powerful microforges on the market.
Digital Signal Processor (DSP) Technology
The DMF1000 is powered by the latest digital signal processor (DSP)
technology. A digital timer is used to precisely control the polish heating
time. Ten memories can be used to store settings of the heating power
and heating duration. All of the settings are controlled and displayed
digitally for better accuracy and reproducibility. Two different operating
modes are provided: Manual and Auto. In the Manual mode, the DSP
will memorize the duration of the time that is used to achieve a desired
polishing. In Auto mode, the heat will be applied for the duration of the
timer setting.
Other benefits of the DMF1000 design include the use of a Kohler
illuminator and Abbe condenser, which provide the reduced glare and
sharper image contrast necessary when polishing pipettes as small as half
a micron (0.5 µm) in diameter.
Pressure Polishing
The DMF1000 incorporates a unique digital pneumatic pressure feature
that enables pressurized air to be delivered through the pipette during
fire polishing. In the fabrication of patch pipettes, the pressurized air can
be used to blunt the taper at the pipette tip without changing the size of
the tip opening. This reduces electrical resistance of the tip, leading to
lower noise during patch-clamp recordings (Goodman & Lockery, 2000).
The Heating Filament
With a conventional microforge often the most difficult and timeconsuming part of using a high magnification objective is being able to
move both the heating filament and the pipette into the same viewing
area. Finding and moving both the heating filament and the pipette
without collision can be a challenge. However, this difficulty is eliminated
with the DMF1000 because the heating filament is directly attached to the
Complete System Available
The DMF1000 system includes a
specially configured WPI model
W30S-LED research grade compound
microscope (optional) equipped with
a high quality metallurgic 40x longworking distance objective and a pair
of 10x eyepieces. The long working
distance objective reduces the danger
of damage to the objective lens during
the heating process.
Fire
Polishing
Large Tip
Sharpening
(contact
stretching)
Tip Sealing
Tip Reducing
(holding
pipettes)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
120
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected]inc.com • www.wpiinc.com
Tip Bending
Carbon Fiber
Sealing in
Plastic Sensor
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
PULLERS, MICROFORGES
microscope’s objective. Hence it can be easily adjusted to any
position within the viewing area.
The low heat capacity and low thermal coefficient of linear
expansion of the filaments are key design features. The
low heat capacity of the filament allows it to reach
fire-polishing temperatures without excessive heat.
This permits you to bring the pipette tip close to the
filament during polishing without fear of collapsing the
pipette tip. Low heat capacity eliminates the need for
an auxiliary air-cooling system. The low coefficient
of expansion characteristic of the filament ensures
minimal displacement of the filament during
heating. This feature eliminates much of the
guesswork out of tip placement in relation to
the filament.
Two different heating filaments are provided
to accommodate various applications. The H5
filament is large gauge and can be reformed into
a “U” for fabrication of pipettes, air forming of patch
pipettes and other applications. The H4 is a smaller gauge filament
and is ideal for polishing patch clamp pipettes.
Pipette Holder Sits on the Microscope Stage
SPECIFICATIONS
AC POWER MODULE
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
TIMER RANGE (for heater & timer)
0.01 to 360 sec
NUMBER OF MEMORYS
10
Typical applications of the DMF1000
PRESSURE ADJUSTING RANGE
0.5 – 60 PSI (3.5 – 414 kPa)
Polishing the Patch Pipettes
PRESSURE RESOLUTION
0.1 PSI (0.7 kPa)
FILAMENTS: H4
Small filament for working with 40x
long working distance objective.
FILAMENTS: H5
Large filament for working with 10x
objective. Filament adjustment assembly provided for both objectives.
HEATER AND TIMER CONTROL
Auto or Manual via Pushbutton, TTL,
or Optional Foot switch.
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
4 x 7 x 17 in. (10.2 x 17.8 x 4.8 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4 lb. (1.8 kg)
MICROSCOPE
See W30S, page 205
MICROSCOPE: SHIPPING WEIGHT
16 lb. (7.3 kg)
Proper fire polishing of patch pipettes is the single most important factor
for forming a stable giga-seal in patch clamp recording. This is even more
important than the type of glass capillary used. Difficulties often arise
in forming giga-seals because the polishing of patch pipettes using a
conventional low magnification microforge is inadequate. However, the
DMF1000 uses a 40X long-working distance objective. Pipette polishing
is much more accurately controlled. Both whole cell patch pipettes and
single channel patch pipettes can be conveniently polished to the highest
quality and reproducibility achievable with any microforge.
Microforging Holding Pipettes
A holding pipette with a large blunt tip and a small opening is used to hold
a floating cell in place prior to microinjection by applying suction to the
rear of the pipette. The procedure for making holding pipettes involves
three steps: squaring off, large bore flame polishing and tip reducing.
These steps are accomplished with a larger heating filament.
Microforging Beveled Injection Pipettes
Occasionally, a beveled large bore pipette is not sharp enough to
penetrate a cell without damaging the area around the pipette. With the
DMF1000 and the large heating filament, a sharp point can be formed
on the beveled tip to assist the penetration of the cell. This process is
referred to as contact stretching.
Pipette Tip Calibration & Microinjection
The integrated digital pneumatic pressure system can be used to calibrate
the precise diameter (I.D.) of a micropipette tip, based on a technique
described previously (Hagag & Randolph 1990, Bowman & Ruknudin
1999). The pressure system can also be used separately as a simple but
highly accurate controller for microinjection applications.
References
ORDERING INFORMATION
DMF1000-1
DMF1000-2
DMF1000-M1
DMF1000-M2
Microforge, w W30S-LED Microscope (110 V)
Microforge, w W30S-LED Microscope (220 V)
Microforge without microscope (110 V)
Microforge without microscope (220 V)
*Above DMF1000 microforges include 40X long working distance objective
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
500329
500292
13142
800292
503513
DMF1000-H5
MF200-H4
75050
75040
25x Long Working Distance Objective, 5 mm 0.5 NA
Optional 15x Eyepiece (pair)
Optional foot switch
40x Long Working Distance Objective, 3mm 0.25 NA
21 mm 10X Eyepiece with 100/10 reticle
Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
Replacement Heating filament (small gauge)
Replacement Micropipette Slide
Replacement Filament Cable
Wu, Z.-Z., Chen, S.-R., & Pan, H.-L. (n.d.). Differential Sensitivity of N-and
P/Q-Type Ca2+ Channel Currents to a Opioid in Isolectin B 4 -Positive
and -Negative Dorsal Root Ganglion Neurons. http://doi.org/10.1124/
jpet.104.073429
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
121
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
The pipette rests on a specially designed holder that sits on top of the
microscope stage. The position of the pipette, relative to the heating
filament, is controlled by the (X, Y, Z) adjustment of the stage. This unique
design makes locating and polishing the pipette extremely easy. The
stage of the microscope has a high quality rail that gives precise, smooth
and stable control of the pipette's movement. This configuration also
eliminates the need and expense of an additional micromanipulator to
control pipette movement.
PULLERS, MICROFORGES
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Analog Microforge
Sometimes the simplest designs work best
Features
● Simple, reliable and economically priced
● Analog temperature controller
● W30S-LED microscope (optional)
Benefits
● Includes 40x long-working distance
objective and 10x eyepiece
● Kohler illuminator and Abbe condenser
for less glare and sharper images.
Applications
● Patch pipette tip polishing
● Micropipette tip size reduction
● Contact stretching in in vitro fertilization
pipette production
The MF200 Microforge is a versatile
instrument designed specifically for the
fabrication of glass micropipettes and other
related tools. The system was developed
in collaboration with Dr. Ming Li of the
Department of Pharmacology, University of South Alabama. The
MF200 is simple, reliable and priced economically.
40x LWD Objective Included
The MF200 system includes: An easy to use analog temperature
controller, a specially configured WPI model W30S-LED research
grade compound microscope (optional),
40x long-working distance objective
and 10x eyepiece. 40x magnification
is essential when polishing pipettes as
small as half a micron (0.5 µm) in diameter.
Compared to a conventional 40x objective,
the long working distance objective reduces
the danger of damage to the pipette and/or
objective lens during the polishing process.
Kohler Illuminator
It is the only commercial microforge using the Kohler illuminator
and Abbe condenser for illumination. This provides less glare and
sharper image of the pipette than the frosted glass
illuminator, which is used on other commercial microforges.
MF200-1
AC POWER MODULE
FILAMENTS (3)
FILAMENT ON
SPECIFICATIONS
100-240 VAC 50/60 Hz
H2, H3, H4
Pushbutton Controlled or Optional Foot
Switch Controlled
FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY For 40x and 25x Long-Working,
Distance Objectives: mounts on objective
FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY: 40x Long-Working Distance (3 mm)
OBJECTIVE
FILAMENT ADJUSTMENT ASSEMBLY: 25x Long-Working Distance (5 mm)
OPTIONAL
EYEPIECE
10x (pair)
EYEPIECE: RETICLE (10x eyepiece
1.25 µm/division (at 40x), 0-90º Angle at
only) (OPTIONAL)
5º/division
EYEPIECE: OPTIONAL EYEPIECE
15x (pair)
GLASS HOLDER
Mounts on Microscope Stage
DIMENSIONS: Control Unit
4 x 7 x 1.875 in. (10.2 x 17.8 x 4.8 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
3 lb. (1.4 kg)
MICROSCOPE: Note
See W30S-LED
MICROSCOPE: SHIPPING WEIGHT
16 lb. (7.3 kg)
References
Guillou, L., Babataheri, A., Puech, P.-H., Barakat, A. I., & Husson,
J. (2016). Dynamic monitoring of cell mechanical properties using profile
microindentation. Scientific Reports, 6, 21529. http://doi.org/10.1038/
srep21529
Vasauskas, A. A., Chen, H., Wu, S., & Cioffi, D. L. (2014). The serinethreonine phosphatase calcineurin is a regulator of endothelial storeoperated calcium entry. Pulmonary Circulation, 4(1), 116–27. http://doi.
org/10.1086/675641
FEATURE COMPARISON
W30S-LED Microscope
40x Long Working Distance Objective
Analog Controller
Digital Controller
Pressurized Air Control
Microinjection Capability
Optional Foot Switch
Memory
Auto-sense of Filament Type
Digital Temperature Control
MF200
4
4
4
4
DMF1000
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
ORDERING INFORMATION
MF200-1
Microforge System w. W30S-LED Microscope (110 V)
MF200-2
Microforge System w W30S-LED Microscope (220 V)
MF200-M1
MF 200 without microscope (110 V)
MF200-M2
MF 200 without microscope (220 V)
*Above MF200 microforges include 40X long working distance objective
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
500292
Optional 15× Eyepieces (pair)
Note: No reticle available for 15× eyepieces
500329
25× Long-Working Distance Objective (fits most
microscopes with a 160 mm Focal Length)
13142
Optional foot switch
MF200-H2
Replacement heating filament (large gauge)
MF200-H3
Replacement heating filament (medium gauge)
MF200-H4
Replacement heating filament (small gauge)
75090
Filament
Adjustment
Assembly,22mm
Objectives
75050
Replacement Micropipette Slide
75040
Replacement Filament Cable
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
122
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
OD
MICROBEVELER
Microbeveler System with Guided Light!
Bevel micropipette tips larger than 1 µm, for applications like microinjection
Features
● Pipette tip illuminated
internally via fiber optics
● Tool holder on microscope
keeps pipette in focus during
beveling
● Steel base for solid support
of beveler & magnetic stands
● Includes stereo zoom
microscope up to 90X
● Variable speed, reversible
Benefits
● Abrasive surface easily
replaced by Diamond and
Alumina Lapping Film
short time – smooth 5400
RPM with a completely flat
beveling surface
Applications
MBS
● Polishing patch pipettes
● Pipette tip calibration and
microinjection
Replaceable Abrasive Beveling Surface
WPI’s MicroBeveler, unlike other solid-surface bevelers, has an abrasive
surface that is easily refreshed. Instead of using a conventional, solid
abrasive disk, the MicroBeveler abrasive surface is made of a high quality
lapping film, widely used in the fiber optics industry. When the surface is
damaged or loaded with glass particles, simply replace the abrasive film.
Produce Sharp Tips Rapidly
The solid polishing surface of WPI’s new MicroBeveler, turning at 5,400
rpm, provides sufficient cutting force for a very sharp tip in a very short
time. The cutting surface is completely flat and turns smoothly, ensuring
an undamaged tip.
SPECIFICATIONS
BEVELING SURFACE
3.5 inch diameter disk
ABRASIVE MATERIAL
alumina, diamond
SPEED OF ROTATION
100 to 5,400 rpm
MOTOR
Reversible Direction
POWER REQUIREMENTS
120 V, 60 Hz or 240 V, 50 Hz, 20 VA to
supplied power supply
DIMENSIONS
BASE PLATE
8.7 × 11 × 0.4 in. (22 × 28 × 1 cm)
OVERALL HEIGHT
3 in. (8 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (48000)
16 lb. (7.6 kg.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT (MBS)
35 lbs. (16 Kg.)
System now includes PZMIII stereo microscope. Illuminator in photo differs
from actual Z-LITE included with system.
ORDERING INFORMATION
MBS
MicroBeveler System
Includes 48000 MicroBeveler, Z-LITE illuminator, fiber optic cable, PZMIII
Stereo Zoom Microscope with tilting base especially adapted for use with
MicroBeveler, two clear 20x eyepieces, one 20x eyepiece with reticle, tool
holder and pipette holder FOIMPH.
SYS-48000 MicroBeveler
Beveling Surface: 3.5” diameter disk Abrasive Material: alumina, diamond
Specify line voltage.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
48015-03
48015-10
48015-30
48014-01
48014-10
48014-30
48025
15934
48300
48200
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Lapping Film, Alumina, 0.3 micron (50-pack)
Lapping Film, Alumina, 1 micron (50-pack)
Lapping Film, Alumina, 3 microns (50-pack)
Lapping Film, Diamond, 0.1 micron (3-pack)
Lapping Film, Diamond, 1 micron (3-pack)
Lapping Film, Diamond, 3 microns (3-pack)
Fiber Optic Cable for Pipette Illumination
Replacement Beveler Disk Plate
Tilt Base Assembly for PZMIII binocular head
PZM Tool Holder
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
123
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
● Produce sharp tips in a
MICROBEVELER
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Glass Micropipette Beveler
Easier cell impalement results in less damage and longer cell life
Features
● Bevel tips on glass
microelectrodes of one
micron or smaller
● Mounted on precision
magnetic plate
● Start-up kit includes 0.05 µm
alumina abrasive powder
3531, “O” ring, wick electrode,
and wick support.
Benefits
● Ease cell impalement and
improve an electrode’s
linearity
● Micropositioner is an option
Applications
● Produce sharply beveled
tips on fluid-filled glass
microelectodes of 1 µm or
less.
An optically-flat mirrored glass
disk, wetted with an abrasive
slurry, spins at 60 rpm (120
V), producing sharply beveled
tips on fluid-filled glass
microelectrodes of one micron
or smaller.
SYS-1300M
Ease Cell Impalement/
Improve Linearity
This eases cell impalement and improves the electrode's linearity. The
microelectrode’s resistance can be monitored during beveling with WPI’s
Omega-Tip-Z™ megohm meter.
The beveler is permanently mounted on a precision magnetic plate that
gives stable support for the optional 1350 m Micropositioner shown.
Optional Micropositioner Available
Model 1350M Micropositioner (shown with beveler above) is sold
separately and includes WPI’s M3301R Manipulator and an M10 magnetic
stand. The stand-manipulator assembly mounts directly onto the beveler
baseplate, allowing convenient positioning of electrodes onto the beveling
surface. Three axes of adjustment, including coarse and fine control in the
axis of the electrode.
1300 M SPECIFICATIONS
BEVELING SURFACE
7.8 cm diameter, optically flat reflective glass
MAXIMUM BEVEL
0.5 µm , I.D.
ALUMINA ABRASIVE
0.05 µm size supplied (0.3 µm also available)
RPM
60 rpm at 120 V, 60 Hz;
50 rpm at 240 V, 50 Hz
MOTOR
AC synchronous
POWER REQUIREMENTS
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-1300M Microelectrode Beveler & Start-Up Kit
MES includes: 1300 m Microelectrode Beveler; 1350 m Micropositioner
& Magnetic Stand; OmegaZ; 5052 Steel Base Plate; 5468 Adapter; 3485
Ringstand Mount. Shipping Weight: 59 lb. (27 kg) (micropositioner not
included). Specify line voltage.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
2478
Replacement Mirrored Disk
3531
Alumina Abrasive, 0.05 µm (5 g) fine
3551
Alumina Abrasive, 0.30 µm (5 g)
2479
Replacement “O” Ring
SYS-OMEGAZ Omega-Tip-Z with Probe & Holder
1350M
Micropositioner (M3301R) and M10 Magnetic Stand
711P
Replacement Probe
5468
Adapter to connect metal microelectrodes to probe,
2 mm socket to .031 in. receptacle
Z-LITE
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-LITE-Z
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide with lenses
Z-LITE-186
Z-Lite Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide
Z-LITE-Z186 Z-Lite Illuminator & Bifurcated Light Guide
MES
Microelectrode Beveler System
DIMENSIONS
Steel base plate
8.5 x 11 x 0.375 in. (22 x 28 x 1 cm)
Overall height
4 in. (10 cm)
Height of abrasive surface 2.75 in. (7 cm) above base plate
SHIPPING WEIGHT
20 lb (9.1 kg)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
124
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Measure hydrostatic pressure in small vessels and oocytes
Features
● Utilizes a liquid filled
●
●
●
●
●
micropipette (2–5 µm
tip opening) for sensing
pressure
Pressure range from 1–100
mmHg (pressure range to
350 mmHg is available)
Lower limit 1 mmHg (133 Pa)
Includes calibration/test
chamber
Tubing and fittings for
interconnecting system subcomponents are provided
Pressure in the pipette can
be manually set to positive or negative relative to the outside
Probe holder for mounting on micromanipulator is included
10 pre-pulled pipettes are included
SYS-900A
● Pre-configured pipettes are available for convenience
For system performance validation at pressures well below 100 mmHg,
the PM01D or PM01R is recommended, because it provides higher
resolution at low pressure.
For transient response performance evaluation, a rapid burst of
air or water pressure is required. WPI’s PV830 or PV820 series
PicoPumps provide this capability. Rapidly occurring transient pressure
measurements are typically captured on a data acquisition system. For
details about testing and measurement of rapidly occurring pressure
phenomena, contact a WPI sales representative for additional information.
Applications
References
●
●
Benefits
● Measures biological pressures in very small liquid (aqueous) filled
spaces
Petrie, R. J., & Koo, H. (2014). Direct measurement of intracellular
pressure. Current Protocols in Cell Biology / Editorial Board, Juan S.
Bonifacino ... [et Al.], 63, 12.9.1–9. http://doi.org/10.1002/0471143030.
cb1209s63
Pressure in kidney tubules
Embryonic blood pressure
Intracellular pressure
Mouse intraocular pressure
The 900A system is designed to measure liquid pressures dynamically
in aqueous biological micro-environments, such as in kidney tubules or
intracellular pressures. A liquid filled micropipette is used as a pressure
probe, and pressure external to the pipette is measured at the tip. The
outside diameter of the micropipette tip typically measures between
2–7μm. Pressure measurement is achieved by monitoring the pipette’s
electrical resistance. The resistance changes according to changes in
the pressure outside the pipette tip via displacement of an electrolyte
concentration gradient. As the position of the concentration gradient
changes, the resistance of the pipette changes. The resistance signal from
the pipette is used as feedback to control a pressure source that applies
pressure to the inside of the pipette to counterbalance pressure from the
outside. The feedback loop forces the gradient to a neutral balance point,
which is user-defined at atmospheric pressure beforehand. The internal
pressure required to equally balance the external pressure to the neutral
point is readily measured, and it is converted into an analog voltage
available at the pressure output BNC and displayed numerically on the
LED meter.
System Requirements:
The 900A requires stable sources of both pressure and vacuum, which
are essential for the system to rapidly counteract changing pressures
encountered at the pipette tip. Pressure and vacuum sources are not
provided with the 900A instrument because some labs are already
equipped with suitable sources of pressure and vacuum. For researchers
who do not possess pressure or vacuum sources, a cylinder of
compressed air or inert gas with a dual stage regulator serves very well as
a pressure source. Vacuum must be very stable. It is often best supplied
by a quality vacuum pump. WPI offers a very quiet continuous duty
vacuum pump well suited for use with the system. In addition, a vacuum
regulation kit is recommended to fine tune the vacuum source to the
ideal level (900A-VAC).
A manometer or meter for independent pressure measurement is
necessary to calibrate the pressure and vacuum sources, as well as for
validation of the performance of the 900A system prior to experimental
use. A pressure measurement device capable of measuring within a range
of +300 mmHg and –150 mmHg is recommended (PM015D or PM015R).
SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE RANGE
LINEARITY
STABILITY
ACCURACY
RISE TIME
OUTPUT (“Pressure Signal”)
AMPLIFIER PROBE
DIMENSIONS
Main Frame
Pressure Pod
POWER
0–100 mmHg
< ±0.5% from a straight line
±0.1 mmHg up to 1 hour or more
±0.5% of full scale
>10 ms (10–90%), depending on residual
volume
10 mV/mmHg
Input Resistance >1010Ω, Voltage Gain 1.0
17 x 5.25 x 10 in. (43.2 x 13.3 x 25.4cm)
3.7 x 1 x 2.25 in. (9.4 x 2.5 x 5.7cm)
110 VAC/220 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-900A
Micropressure System
System price includes a one-day technical training session at WPI in
Sarasota, Florida. Specify line voltage
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
900AP
Replacement Probe
CAL900A
Pressure Calibration Chamber
3491
Probe Extension Cable
2933
Rack Mount Kit
5332
Replacement Liquid Trap
MEH6RF
Micropipette Holder (1.0, 1.2, 1.5 or 2.0 mm — Specify
O.D.)
TIPTW900A Pre-pulled Micropipette for 900A (1 mm thin-wall, 2 µTip)
(pkg of 10)
900APP
Replacement Pressure Pod
SYS-PM015D Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
SYS-PMO1D Pressure Manometer (1 psi)
801566
Vacuum Pump, 110V
801963
Vacuum Pump, 220V
900A-VAC
Vacuum Pump Regulation KIt
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
125
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
●
●
●
●
MICROPRESSURE SYSTEM
Micropressure System
MICROPRESSURE SYSTEM
ELECTROPHYSIOLOGY
Pressure Manometer
For measuring hydrostatic pressures
Features
● Measure vacuum and pressure in gases
● Ranges available: ±1 PSI, ±15 PSI, ±100 PSI
● Measure in PSI or kPa on the 100 PSI unit or PSI and mmHg on the
15PSI unit
● Battery powered
● Includes tubing and mini-phone to BNC cable
Benefits
● Easy and accurate measurements
Applications
● Measure pressure of non-corrosive gases
Hand-held and battery operated, PM Series pressure manometers
monitor vacuum and pressure in non-corrosive gases. An integral
transducer and digital display allow easy and accurate pressure
readings. Three versions measure pressures in the range of ±1
PSI, ±15 PSI or ±100 PSI. A range switch allows measurement
in units of PSI or kPa for the 100 PSI version, and PSI or
mmHg for the 15 psi version. Pressure can be read on the
built-in LCD display or relayed to a chart recorder, oscilloscope, or computer.
PM Series pressure manometers come with 4 feet of 1⁄8inch ID soft vinyl tubing. A mini-phone-to-BNC cable for the
recorder output is also available (CBL102). Standard versions
are equipped with a nine-volt alkaline battery.
PM100
PRESSURE MANOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
PRESSURE RANGES
MAX. PRESSURE
RESOLUTION
OUTPUT
OUTPUT RANGE
LINEARITY
TEMPERATURE EFFECT
ZERO
RESPONSE TIME
POWER
BATTERY LIFE
RECORDER OUTPUT
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
PNEUMATIC CONNECTORS
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
PM01
±1 psi (±52 mm Hg)
20 psi (1035 mm Hg)
0.001 psi (0.1 mm Hg)
1 V/psi
±1.0 V
PM015
PM100
±15 psi (±775 mm Hg)
±100 psi (±690 kPa)
30 psi (1550 mm Hg)
150 psi (1035 kPa)
0.01 psi (1 mm Hg)
0.1 psi (1 kPa)
100 mV/psi
10 mV/psi
±1.5 V
±1.0 V
0.5% full-scale
1.0% full-scale (0-70°C)
Screwdriver-adjust
30 ms
Nine-volt battery
Alkaline, 200 hours; rechargeable, 25 hours
Mini-phone jack, 0.141 inch (3.5 mm)
1 kΩ
Barbed, for 1/8-inch or 3/16-inch ID soft tubing
3 x 6 x 1 inches (8 x 15 x 4 cm)
3 lb (1.4 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-PM01D
SYS-PM01R
SYS-PM015D
SYS-PM015R
SYS-PM100D
SYS-PM100R
CBL102
Pressure Manometer (1 psi)
Pressure Manometer (1 psiRechargeable*
Pressure Manometer (15 psi)
Pressure Manometer (15 psi), Rechargeable*
Pressure Manometer (100 psi)
Pressure Manometer (100 psi), Rechargeable*
Mini-Phone-to-BNC Cable
Specify line voltage
*Rechargeable versions come with nickel/cadmium battery and charger
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
126
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • chinas[email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Animal Physiology
Expensive research animals require specialized anesthesia and surgical equipment that
is designed for their physiological needs. WPI offers a broad range of equipment and
laboratory supplies that are designed for small animal physiology. Let us help you get
the laboratory equipment that’s right for your research application.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
127
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Specialized Equipment for Small Animal Research
STEREOTAXIC
Motorized Stereotaxic Frame
Automatically calculates coordinates and accurately places the probe
Features
● High resolution placement
● Increased precision and
●
●
●
●
●
●
repeatability of motion over
traditional, manual stereotaxic
frames, with accurate
microstepping motor drive for
high resolution placement
No more errors resulting from
reading Vernier scales
Brain atlas coordinates may be
entered into the controller, with
no computer required
Coordinate distances are
automatically calculated
Touch screen controller for easy,
intuitive control with better than
10 µm precision
Graphic controller display for
instant operational feedback
Hand controller for complete
manual control
3-Axis
Stereotaxic
MTM3
3-Axis
Wheel Control
Benefits
● Reliable positioning reduces
errors
● Increased precision and
repeatabilty of motion
● Feature rich for your
convenience of use
● Multiple modes of operation for
precise probe positioning
Touchscreen
Controller
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Applications
● Stereotaxic surgery for small
animal research
When precision and repeatability
of motion are critical, the MTM-3
Motorized Stereotaxic Frame
outperforms manual models, and it greatly reduces human error when
performing routine stereotaxic surgery. The motorized axis of the MTM-3
provides precise, controlled, 3-dimensional placement of any probe or
accessory within the working space of a stereotaxic frame.
The MTM-3 is available in both left- and right-hand versions, or get the
MTM-6, which includes both manipulator arms and dual controllers.
No computer is required. The MTM-3 arm supplied with WPI stereotaxic
frames is also compatible with standard stereotaxic frames and may be
adapted to existing frames of other manufacturers.
● Set the “final approach” speed between 2mm/sec & 0.02mm/sec
Single and dual manipulator arm motorized systems are available. This
allows you to mount a stereotaxic drill and a probe simultaneously. Both
Axis Wheel Control and Touchscreen Controller are included.
Reliable positioning for reduced errors
● Automatically calculates brain map coordinates for precise probe
placement during a stereotaxic surgery.
● No more errors resulting from reading Vernier scales
Increased precision and repeatability of motion
● Graphic controller display for instant operational feedback during a
stereotaxic surgery
Multiple modes for positioning
The arms of the motorized stereotaxic frame may be positioned manually
using the digital interface or hand controller. Use the Coordinates mode
to control the arm positions based on specific mapped coordinates. Set
your retracted position, and store up to three reference (origin) positions.
Then, display the probe position with respect to any of your references or
the absolute coordinates. If you prefer to write short scripts, computer
control is also available which uses a simple, text based command set.
For example, if your brain research requires that you routinely drill in the
same location of the skull and implant a probe to the same prescribed
depth, a script could dramatically improve your process..
● Better than 10 µm accuracy with microstepping motor drive for high
resolution placement
● Coordinate distances are automatically calculated
Convenient to use
SPECIFICATIONS
TRAVEL
80 mm on each axis
PRECISION
10 µm
● Brain atlas coordinates can be entered into the controller, no
computer required
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Touch screen for ease of control
MTM-3
MTM-6
MTM
3-Axis Stereotaxtic Frame (Left or Right)
6-Axis Stereotaxtic Frame (Left and Right)
3-Axis Stereotaxtic Arm/Controller only (L or R)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
128
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STEREOTAXIC
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with LCD Display
Battery powered, low noise for electrically quiet operation
502350
● Large LCD display from sealed sensors on each axis
● Adaptors available for use with rats, mice, birds, cats, guinea pigs and
other species
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
80 mm of travel in three planes
180° rotation and lock at any vertical angle
The battery-powered display is electronically quiet, making it useful in
electrophysiology experiments as well as keeping the workbench tidy.
● The precisely designed rotary knob and U frame allow sufficient space
for the anterior-posterior operation
● Laser engraved scales and a darkened rod for easy to read scales
● Curved design of nose clamp fixes the head of the animals more
securely
360° rotation and lock at any level angle
Syringe pump and drill can be attached directly
Stable and accurate movement
ORDERING INFORMATION
Targets specific coordinates by zeroing
10 µm precision in all directions
Extended base plate 400 mm X 255 mm suitable for various animals
Vertical lock and fixing knob are separated to ensure accurate position
at any angle
Benefits
● Quiet, battery-powered operation
● Battery-powered sensors, without electronic noise, are suitable for
electrophysiology experiment
Applications
● Stereotaxic surgery for small animal research
● Electrophysiology applications
This new Digital Stereotaxic Frame features sealed electronic sensors and
an easy-to-read LCD display with 10 µm resolution in all three axes. A
zeroing function aids in targeting specific coordinates.
502300
502350
502303
502353
TAXIC-300
TAXIC-303
TAXIC-350
TAXIC-353
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame, 18°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame, 45°Ear Bars
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear Bars & UMP3-1
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 18° Ear
Bars with UMP3-1 syringe pump
Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear Bars & UMP3-1
Dual Manipulator Digital Stereotaxic Frame with 45° Ear
Bars with UMP3-1 syringe pump
UPGRADE MANUAL STEREOTAXIC TO DIGITAL
502370
Digital Controller (Requires 502371 or 502372)
502371
Digital Controller and Digital Encoders/Sensors. Factory
installation required.
502372
Digital Manipulator Arm
Requires 502370 Digital Controller.Factory installation
required.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
129
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Features
STEREOTAXIC
Precision Stereotaxic Instruments
For small animal research
Features
● 5 mm linear movement per revolution
on each axis
● Absolute lock at 90º (vertical)
● Entire frame is electrically continuous,
ideal for electrophysiology
TAXIC-600
Stereotaxic Frame with
UltraMicroPump Injection
System
● Accessories available for wide variety of
small animals
Benefits
● Versatile positioning
● Easy to read scales
● Convenient for electrophysiology
because the frame may be grounded
Applications
● Stereotaxic surgery for small animal
research
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Electrophysiology research
WPI’s Precision Stereotaxic Instrument is
built around the time-proven U-frame design
concept, providing stability and adaptability
to most species. Precision alignment
ensures accurate placement of electrodes,
micropipettes and other devices. It is ideal
for researchers in need of a versatile, reliable
instrument for stereotaxic procedures with
small animals
Versatility of positioning
The manipulator arm controls medio-lateral and vertical positioning via
lead screws with 80 mm of travel. This allows the fastest positioning
possible, consistent with lining up the scales easily at a given coordinate.
The antero-posterior movement is controlled via a dovetail slide
movement, with 80 mm of travel possible in each direction. A universal
joint allows the investigator to change the angle of the probe up to
90° in either the antero-posterior or medio-lateral planes. The locking
mechanism will hold any angle position without drift or creep. It also
provides an absolute lock at 90° vertical.
502600
502603
Easily read scales
All scales are oriented to be read easily from the open end of the “U.” This
is the position from which most scientists prefer to work. The numerals
on the scales are clear and easy to read. Precise alignment with facing
Vernier scales gives accurate resolution to 0.1 mm.
Convenient for electrophysiology
The entire stereotaxic frame, including the dovetails, manipulator arms
and base are electrically continuous. Grounding of the entire frame
including the base plate can be accomplished by connecting the provided
grounding stud to earth. This is ideal for electrophysiological studies
where the animal and surrounding structures need to be grounded to
reduce electrical noise.
ORDERING INFORMATION
502600
502650
502603
502653
TAXIC-600
TAXIC-650
TAXIC-603
TAXIC-653
Precision Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Precision Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1
Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars plus UMP3-1
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 18°Ear Bars
plus UMP3-1 System
Dual Manipulator Stereotaxic Frame with 45°Ear Bars
plus UMP3-1 System
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
130
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STEREOTAXIC
Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Instruments
For large animal research
Features
● 5 mm linear movement per revolution on
each axis
● Entire frame is electrically continuous, ideal
for electrophysiology
● Includes the U-frame base plate,
manipulator(s), cat/monkey adaptor, 18° ear
bars and swivel mount
Benefits
● Versatile positioning
● Easy to read scales
● Convenient for electrophysiology because
the frame may be grounded
● Ability to expand to accommodate a variety
of large animals
Applications
502232
● Stereotaxic surgery for large laboratory
animals
● Electrophysiology applications
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
WPI’s Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Frame systems are heavy-duty research
instruments for large laboratory animals such as cats, monkeys and dogs.
The solid, large frame and superior rigidity ensure the precise alignment
of animals for stereotaxic surgery, injection and recording. The system can
accommodate up to four manipulators with 100 µm resolution on each
axis. Each manipulator can smoothly move to and lock at any location on
both parallel rails in a range of 20 cm.
Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Frame system for large animals includes the
Parallel Rail Frame, base plate, manipulator(s), cat/monkey or dog adaptor
and swivel mount.
ORDERING INFORMATION
502227
502228
502229
502230
502231
502232
502233
502234
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Stereotaxic Frame, one manipulator for Cat/Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame, two manipulators for Cat/Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame, 3 manipulators for Cat/Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame, 4 manipulators for Cat/Monkey
Stereotaxic Frame, one manipulator for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame, two manipulators for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame, 3 manipulators for Dog
Stereotaxic Frame, 4 manipulators for Dog
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
131
STEREOTAXIC
Stereotaxic Accessories
Instruments for small animal research
502063
The WPI Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor (502063)
employs light, Delrin® adjustable ear bars with tapered
points on one end and thumbscrew on the other to
facilitate surgery on mice and rat pups. Adjustable
ear bars may be independently adjusted in height to level the skull. Laser
engraved scales show the vertical positions of the ear bars. A tooth bar
and nose clamp secures the nose. A well in the thick aluminum body may
be filled with dry ice and alcohol for hypothermic anesthesia of neonatal
animals. The adaptor clamps securely on the right side of the “U” frame of
the stereotaxic instrument. When gas anesthesia is needed, a gas mask
assembly (502213) may be mounted on the adaptor.
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
502241
502266
502259—Rat Spinal Adaptor for microscope stage
ORDERING INFORMATION (ADAPTORS)
502213
502063
Mouse and Neonatal Rat Adaptor
502063-SGM Toothbar, Small, for 502063
502063-MGM Toothbar, Medium, for 502063
502213
Platform, Gas Anesthesia, with mouse Mask
(use with 502063)
502265
Mouse Adaptor with Nose Clamp
502266
Rat Adaptor
502226
Cat/Monkey Adaptor for 502600 series
502259
Spinal Adaptor for Rat
502060
Guinea Pig Adaptor for 502600 series
502241
Dog/Monkey Adaptor for Parallel Rail instruments,
with a pair of ear bars, 18º
502259
Rat Spinal Adaptor, for microscope stage
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
132
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
502256
STEREOTAXIC
502237
502070
502245
Guide
Cannula
(See page 135)
ORDERING INFORMATION (PROBE HOLDERS)
502210
502067
502070
502256
502068
502237
502236
502244
502245
Probe Holder with corner clamp, 0.3-1.5 mm opening
Probe Holder with side clamp, 0.3-3.5 mm opening
Cannula Holder, metal tip, opens to 3.4mm (see cannulas,
page 135)
Cannula Holder, plastic tip, opens to 3.4mm (see cannulas, page 135)
Large Probe Holder, 6–12mm opening
Extra Large Holder for OmniDrill35 Microdrill
Microdialysis Probe Holder, 1.5 mm hole
Micrometer Adjust Electrode Holder, 10 µm res., 25 mm
travel, 0.3-1.5 mm opening
Manual Microsyringe Injection Holder, 10 µm resolution,
25 mm travel
502235
502056
502225
502068
502244
502242
502053
ORDERING INFORMATION (OTHER ACCESSORIES)
ORDERING INFORMATION (EAR BARS)
502055
502056
502224
502225
502235
502242
504945
504946
Ear Bars, Rat, 18º (pair)
Ear Bars, Rat, 45º (pair)
Ear Bars, Cat, 18º (pair)
Ear Bars, Cat, 45º (pair)
Ear Bars, Mouse, 60º, Non-rupture (pair)
Ear Bars, Rat, Hollow, 1.5 mm hole for auditory stimulation
Non-Rupture, Rubber Ear Bars for Mice
Non-Rupture, Cuff Ear Bars for Mice
502053
502054
502201
504608
502213
502243
503598
503599
61840
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Mask, Gas Anesthesia, Mouse
Mask, Gas Anesthesia, Rat
V-Clamp, with 10/32 screw for mounting a UMP3
V-Clamp, with 10/32 thumb screw
Platform, Gas Anesthesia with mouse Mask (use with 502063)
Adjustable Stage Platform for 502600 series, 5 cm high
Micro-Drill, 35K rpm, 110/220VAC, with a set of bits
Micro-Drill, 35K rpm, 240VAC, with a set of bits, UK plug
Heating Plate for 502063, 4X15 cm, 5 mm thick (use with
ATC2000)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
133
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
502054
STEREOTAXIC
Mice and Neonatal Rats
Specialized equipment for the smallest subjects
502612
Stereotaxic Frame for
Rat, Portable, Single
Manipulator, 18° Ear
Bars
502257
MRI Rat Adaptor
502610
Stereotaxic Frame for Mouse, Portable,
Single Manipulator
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
502614
Stereotaxic Frame for
Rat, Rail-mounted, Single
Manipulator, 18° Ear
Bars
502258
Neonatal Rat Gas
Anesthesia Head Holder
502261
Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
502257
502258
502261
502262
502610
502612
502614
502616
MRI Stereotaxic Instrument for
Dogs and Monkeys
502616
502262
Mouse Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
ORDERING INFORMATION
MRI Rat Adaptor,36 x 12.5 x 9.6 cm
Neonatal Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder, rubber ear bars
included
Rat Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
Mouse Gas Anesthesia Head Holder
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, for Mouse
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, for Rat, 18° Ear Bars
Stereotaxic Frame, Single Manipulator, Rail Mounted, for Rat,
18° Ear Bars
MRI Stereotaxic Frame, for Dogs and Monkeys
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
134
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
STEREOTAXIC
Neuroscience Cannulas
For in vivo investigation of rodents
Features
● Exceptional Quality
● Best Prices
● Rapid Order Response
Benefits
Cannula assembly: fixing screw, internal cannula with attached tubing, and guide cannula.
● Beveled inside and out and polished to remove burrs and ensure that
the inside diameter is perfectly cylindrical. This limits trauma to tissue
and ensures smooth operation.
● Exceptional quality at the best prices.
Applications
Internal cannula secured with fixing screw.
● Drug administration
● Optogenetics
These cannulas for neuroscience study and pre-clinical research includes
an entire range of cannula options, including the Guide Cannula, the
Internal Cannula and the Dummy Cannula (cap).
Guide Cannulas
Gauge
22
24
26
OD
0.64
0.56
0.48
ID
0.46
0.40
0.32
INC Length = GC Length + Projection
For example, for a Dummy Cannula flush with the end of a 26ga Guide
Cannula that is 6.0 mm long, order a DUMC26-60. For an internal cannula
that projects 0.5 mm beyond the 6.0 mm Guide Cannula (6.5 mm), order
an INC26-65.
The Guide Cannula is a surgical grade, stainless steel tube that is
implanted into a rodent's skull and cemented into place using dental
cement and screws. It guides the Internal Cannula to the specific injection
site.
Internal Cannula
Gauge OD
22
0.41
24
0.36
26
0.30
0.7mm
ID
0.26
0.21
0.16
GC Length
Dummy Cannula
Ordering
Order the Guide Cannulas based on the gauge and length from the base
and the Internal or Dummy Cannulas based on the length of the Guide
Cannula and the projection from the Guide Cannula tip.
Understanding Part Numbers
Cannula Type
GC–Guide Cannula
INC–Internal Cannula
DUMC–Dummy Cannula
Projection
Guide Cannula
The Dummy Cannula has a stainless steel wire core, and it is placed in the
Guide Cannula when the Internal Cannula is removed. It seals the opening
and prevents tissue from entering the
bottom of the Guide Cannula. The Dummy
Cannula is threaded to securely tighten it
so that the animal will not unscrew it while
grooming. Note that the DUM26 cap is used for the 24g cannulas also.
GC22-37
Cannula Type
Gauge of Guide Cannula
Length of Cannula or Projection
Gauge–Choose the gauge of the Guide Cannula to be used, even if you
are ordering an Internal or Dummy Cannula. Choices include 22, 24 and
26 gauge.
Length–Guide Cannulas can be ordered in lengths from 1.0–9.9 mm.
Length can be specified to 0.1 mm, with a tolerance of ±0.07mm. For
example, a GC24-60 is a 24ga. cannula that is 6.0 mm long.
For other cannulas, the length is determined by the desired projection
length and the guide cannula length. The projection can extend beyond
the tip of the Guide Cannula up to 1.0 mm.
DUMC Length = GC Length + Projection
INC
Length**
Dummy Cannula
Projection
Internal Cannula
* DUMC Length=GC Lenth + Projection. If the cap is screwed on too tightly, the projection will be longer than expected.
** INC Length=GC Lenth + Projection. Internal cannula mounts flush and does not screw into place.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Cannulas
GC22-X*
Guide Cannula, 22ga, X.0 mm
INC22-X*
Internal Cannula, 22ga, X.0 mm
DUMC22-X* Dummy Cannula, 22ga, X.0 mm
GC24-X*
Guide Cannula, 24ga, X.0 mm
INC24-X*
Internal Cannula, 24ga, X.0 mm
GC26-X*
Guide Cannula, 26ga, X.0 mm
INC26-X*
Internal Cannula, 26ga, X.0 mm
DUMC26-X* Dummy Cannula, 26ga, X.0 mm
* X indicates the length of the cannula or projection. See Understanding Part
Numbers.
Flexible PE Tubing
504278
0.25 mm ID, 0.5 mm OD, 1 m long
504279
0.42mm ID, 0.85 mm OD, 1 m long
504280
0.6 mm ID, 1.1 mm OD, 1 m long
Miscellaneous Accessories
504281
Fixing Screw-connect INC & GC
Flexible PE tubing is recommended to connect to Internal Cannula (INC) only,
NOT Guide Cannula (GC) or Dummy Cap (DUMC).
504278 matches INC26-XX
504279 matches INC24-XX
504280 matches INC22-XX
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
135
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Insert the Internal Cannula into the Guide Cannula to sample or inject
fluid.
DUMC
Length*
ANESTHESIA
Small Animal Anesthesia
Complete systems and all the accessories
EZ-B800 Basic System
Components may not be as pictured.
Features
●
●
●
●
Safe for surgical personnel, 90% below OSHA Isoflurane limit
Time efficient and cost effective
Virtually stress free for the animals
Speedy recovery time
Benefits
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Compact and portable
● Easy to setup and use, simplifying the training of new staff and
reducing the threat of human error
● Turnkey (Alll-in-one) system or plug and play system
Applications
Other available options include:
● Heated water beds
● Additional Breathing Devices
● Chambers in a variety of sizes
● Key fill isoflurane vaporizer is available separately or may be substituted
in a complete system (Call for details)
EZ-FF9000 Fixed Flow System
The Fixed Flow System is our most advanced system and provides preset,
fixed flow rates with no need for adjustment. The system offers five gas
outlets, each with an individual ON/OFF switch. The system ensures
consistent, precise gas flow when connected to any pressurized gas
source higher than 7 psi.
● Induction Chamber output is fixed at 1 LPM
● Four Breathing Circuit outputs are fixed at 0.5 LPM
● Small animal surgery
EZ Anesthesia is the system of choice for anesthetizing small animals,
and it comes with a variety of choices. Animals to be anesthetized are
placed in the acrylic induction chamber, and the system delivers a
precisely blended mixture of oxygen and isoflurane. An activated charcoal
air filter canister at the top of the chamber releases safe, filtered air back
into the room. A water-heated cage warmer or warming plate (ATC2000)
is used to retain the animal body temperature while in the induction
chamber. After the initial anesthetizing, the animal may be moved to the
heated surgical water bed and positioned properly in the snugly fitted
nose cone. A highly sensitive valve regulated by the animal’s breathing
works with the nose cone to ensure non-rebreathing efficiency. It allows
safe anesthesia for up to several hours.
The breathing device also includes an air filter that releases safe, filtered
air back into the room.
Oxygen and liquid isoflurane are not supplied. These are required to
operate the system. Each system comes with all necessary components
and connections for immediate use, including:
● Oxygen Regulator
● Vaporizer Unit
● One Induction Chamber (standard EZ-178)
● One Breathing Device (standard EZ-103)
● Case of Charcoal Filters
● Connecting tubing
This unit features an oxygen flush button that purges the induction
chamber with pure oxygen, thereby protecting personnel from exposure
to anesthesia gas when opening the chamber. A handle on the vaporizer
makes the unit easy to safely transport.
EZ-7000 Classic System
The Classic System has a user-friendly flow meter. The system offers five
gas outlets that can supply a single induction chamber and four breather
circuits simultaneously.
The system also features an oxygen flush button that purges the
induction chamber with pure oxygen, thereby protecting personnel from
exposure to anesthesia gas when opening the chamber. A handle on the
vaporizer makes the unit easy to safely transport.
EZ-B800 Basic System
The Basic System is designed for use with a single animal. It utilizes one
output directly from the vaporizer into a Y-splitter which creates a dual
feed that can be directed to the induction chamber or the breather
circuit.
This unit incorporates an oxygen flush system that purges the induction
chamber with pure oxygen, thereby eliminating personnel exposure to
anesthesia gas when opening the chamber.
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-FF9000
EZ-7000
EZ-B800
Fixed Flow System
Classic System
Basic System
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
136
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
EZ Oxygen Regulators
Connection Kit
This kit is used for connecting additional components to the
EZ-Anesthesia Systems. It includes 6 ft of clear PVC tubing with a quickdisconnect fitting.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Regulators are preset to 50 psi.
● EZ-320 utilizes a CGA-540 connection for large “H” tanks.
● EZ-330 utilizes a CGA-870 connection for small “E” tanks.
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-1130 Connection Kit
EZ-320
EZ-330
Ventilator Connection Kit
This kit is used to connect the SAR-830 ventilators with EZ-Anesthesia
systems. It includes all required components, pre-assembled for simple
connection between the ventilator and the anesthesia system.
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-830
ANESTHESIA
Anesthesia Accessories
Oxygen Regulator for large tanks
Oxygen Regulator for small tanks
Custom Hose Assemblies Available
Custom built hose assemblies for wall or ceiling outputs specific to facility
needs: Chemetron, Ohmeda, Schrader or DISS.
Mobile Workstations
Ventilator Connection Kit
Euthanex Lids
The Euthanex Lid system has become
an industry standard. You no
longer need to transfer
animals. The lids are
available in five sizes to
accommodate virtually all
plastic cage sizes designed
for small lab animals. These
heavy duty stainless steel
lids have a stem fitting
for connection to the quickEZ-20032
disconnect fitting on the hose from the
gas source. A foam lid gasket ensures a good
seal on the cage. Multiple lids may be used to treat several cages at once.
Two mobile workstations, constructed of heavy-duty stainless steel with
locking casters, integrate all your EZ-Anesthesia components into one
portable unit. Open side shelves accommodate 20 lb. cylinders, and
convenient 2" port holes allow for easy rigging of gas and electrical lines.
Below the work surface of each mobile workstation is an open shelf and
a locking cabinet. EZ-E25000 provides a 42"x24" work surface and holds
up to four cylinders. EZ-E27000 has a 22"x21" work surface and holds up
to two cylinders. These systems are easy to set up and provide maximum
flexibility and mobility.
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-E25000
EZ-E27000
Mobile Workstation, 42" x 24" Top
Mobile Workstation, 22" x 21" Top
Other Accessories
EZ-103
ORDERING INFORMATION
Small Lid (13” x 9”) Fits old-style mouse cages
Small Lid (16” x 10”) Fits new-style mouse cages
Square Lid (13” x 13”) Fits Thorn cages
Medium Lid (20.5” x 11”) Fits rat cages
Large Lid (23” x 16.5”) Fits guinea pig cages
Lid Storage Bracket (wall-mounted,holds up to four lids)
Small Lid Gasket (13”x9”)
Small Lid Gasket (16”x9”)
Square Lid Gasket (13”x13”)
Medium Lid Gasket (20.5”x11)
Large Lid Gasket (23”x16.5”)
Vaporizer Pole Mount
The EZ-E28000 is a mounting option for the
EZ-Anesthesia system, combining system portability
with a small footprint. Constructed of Aluminum and
Stainless Steel, it features a five leg base for maximum
stability and an oxygen “E” tank mounting bracket.
Anesthesia system must be purchased separately.
EZ-E28000
EZ-107
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-104A
EZ-103A
EZ-107A
EZ-109
EZ-211
Versaflex Non-Rebreathing Unit
Microflex Non-Rebreathing Unit
Rat Stereotaxic Non-Rebreathing Unit
Multi-Animal Non-Rebreathing Unit
Mouse/Rat Thin-Line Heated Waterbed
Rodent Isoflurane
Facemask Kits
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-E28000
Vaporizer Pole Mount
Mouse and rat facemasks,
medical grade PVC tubing (12
feet), 1/4-inch adapters (2),
3/8-inch adapters (2).
Induction Chambers
OC-ALLFM-KIT
ORDERING INFORMATION
These chambers incorporate a positive seal O-ring gasket for containment
during use.
ORDERING INFORMATION
EZ-177 Sure-Seal Mouse Chamber (5"L × 4.75"W × 4.38"H)
EZ-178
Sure Seal Mouse/Rat Chamber (9.75"L × 4.75"W × 4.38"H)
EZ-1785
Large Mouse/Rat Chamber (7"W × 11"D × 6"H inside)
EZ-179
Rabbit/Guinea Pig Chamber (18.75"× 12.75" × 12.75")
OC-SFM-KIT
OC-MFM-KIT
OC-LFM-KIT
OC-XLFM-KIT
OC-MOUSE-KIT
OC-RAT-KIT
OC-ALLFM-KIT
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Small Rodent Kit (1 mask, tubing, adapters)
Medium Rodent Kit (1 mask, tubing, adapters)
Large Rodent Kit (1 mask, tubing, adapters)
XLarge Rodent Kit (1 mask, tubing, adapters)
Mouse Kit (sm & med masks, tubing, adapters)
Rat Kit (lg & xlg masks, tubing, adapters)
Complete Rodent Facemask Kit (sm, med, lg & xlg
masks, tubing, adapters)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
137
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
EZ-20027
EZ-20028
EZ-20030
EZ-20032
EZ-20034
EZ-20029
EZ-20027G
EZ-20028G
EZ-20030G
EZ-20032G
EZ-20034G
BLOOD PRESSURE MONITORING
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Blood Pressure Monitor and Transducer
Audible monitor with variable pitch provides feedback
Features
● Monitors blood pressure
● Monitors animal arterial or venous blood pressure
● Displays systolic, diastolic or average blood pressure
Benefits
● BLPR2 can be used for the direct arterial and venous pressure measurement in animal blood vessels
Applications
● Invasive blood pressure monitoring
BP1 accepts WPI’s BLPR2 blood pressure transducer (right) as well as
other blood pressure transducers. An audio monitor provides a signal
with variable pitch and amplitude, allowing you to hear changes in blood
pressure. Digital LCD display provides average or peak signal values from
0 to 1999 mV. With an optional pressure gauge (not provided — see
PM015D, page 126), you may calibrate the display to read mmHg.
Recorder output connector allows direct connection to a pen recorder,
oscilloscope or computer via a data acquisition system.
Supplied sterile, BLPR2 is accurate, linear and stable with temperature.
May be sterilized cold with Rapicide OPA or a similar bactericide.
BLPR2 is equipped with a 12' cable and connector compatible with WPI’s
four-channel signal conditioning unit, TBM4M Transbridge, and the singlechannel BP1 blood pressure monitor. The cable has a moisture-resistant
locking connector. A continuous, uniform lumen eliminates places for
bubbles to form and lodge. The clear fluid path is easy to inspect. Easy to
mount — slotted transducer body accepts Velcro strap.
To facilitate setup and operation, a four-way stopcock that allows easy
filling, flushing and zeroing of the transducer is included. Typically, the
stopcock is located between the transducer and the animal catheter
where it can be used to quickly zero, flush or de-bubble the transducer.
SYS-BP1
BP1 SPECIFICATIONS
AMPLIFICATION
x1, x10, x100, variable (x5 to x1000)
OUTPUT VOLTAGE SWING
±5V
MAXIMUM OUTPUT CURRENT
2 mA
INPUT IMPEDANCE, EACH INPUT
100 kΩ || 0.01 µF
TRANSDUCER APPLIED VOLTS
10 V nominal, varies with load.
25 mA, maximum
POWER
95-135 V or 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz
DIMENSIONS
8.5 x 5.12 x 10 in. (21.6 x 13 x 25.44 cm)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
11 lb (5 kg)
BLPR2 SPECIFICATIONS
WORKING PRESSURE
–50 to +300 mm Hg
OVERPRESSURE
–400 to +4000 mm Hg
EXCITATION VOLTAGE
1-10 VDC or RMS to 5 kHz
SENSITIVITY
5 µV/V/mm Hg
DYNAMIC RESPONSE
100 Hz
EIGHT HOUR DRIFT
1 mm Hg after 5 minute warm-up
MAXIMUM ERROR
Total combined effects of Sensitivity, Linearity,
Hysteresis (at 25°C and 5 µV/V/mm Hg) do not
exceed ±2% or 1 mm Hg, whichever is greater.
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1 lb.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Stopcock 14036 included with BLPR2
SYS-BP1 Pressure Monitor (transducer & cable not included)
Specify line voltage
Micro Cannula KZ1101
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
BLPR2
NEW Blood Pressure Transducer & Cable
BPCABLE2
NEW Cable (12 ft) with DIN connector for BLPR2
503067
BLPR2 Transducer without cable
13024
Single Rack Mount Kit
13025
Dual Rack Mount Kit
3491
Extension Cable, 5 ft
500184
BNC-to-BNC Cable, 10 ft
14036-15
4-Way Luer Stopcock, Blue Tint (package of 15)
KZ1101
Micro Cannula, 3 inch
NOTE: BLPR2 is intended for animal research only and may not be used for
human blood pressure measurement.
● 0.4mm O.D., 0.2mm I.D. tubing
● Autoclavable
● Biocompatible Perfluorocarbon tubing material
See description on page 117.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
138
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
BLOOD PRESSURE MONITORING
Blood Pressure Measurement for Rodents
Unique environmental control system and single tail cuff allows tail
movement, minimizing stress in the animal subjects
II-MRBP-M
● Test up to 200 animals at a time
● Sensor is MRI compatible
● Quick and accurate blood pressure measurement at temperatures as
low as 32˚C
● Highly sensitive photoelectric sensor for blood pressure detection
● Monitor, record, store or export real time systolic, diastolic, mean and
heart rate
Benefits
● Automatic evaluation of data
● Touch screen or software control
● Data can be collected and stored on and displayed from a USB flash
Single animal systems are controlled from the touch screen, which allows
keying in all necessary test setups. Touch screen control allows ease
of operation, supplying automatic evaluation of test results — systolic,
diastolic, mean and heart rate.
Data is collected, stored, displayed and can be transferred to the
supplied memory stick. The USB interface allows for software control of
multichannel systems. For single animal systems, built-in software lets you
view and export data. Reports are in an Excel-style format and may be
easily exported.
No computer is required. However, the analog output may be interfaced
with your own data acquisition software.
System is easily cleaned. Removable trays are included with each system.
In addition to the standard one-year warranty on the system, tail cuff
sensors have a lifetime warranty..
drive, which is included
Applications
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Non-invasive blood pressure monitoring of rodents
II-MRBP-M
II-MRBP-R
This revolutionary design brings non-invasive blood pressure testing
to a new level — a true turn-key system for accurate, consistent blood
pressure measurement on mice, rats or any other laboratory animal test
subject.
It is a compact, simple yet versatile system that can test from one to 200
animals at a time with independent control of each channel. Simple daisychaining allows expansion of up to 200 independently controlled systems.
All components are built into one small unit — controls inflation of tail
cuff, warming environment with whisper-quiet fans — providing an ideal
system for teaching facilities and for the pharmaceutical industry when
high throughput is a must.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Mouse Blood Pressure System
Rat Blood Pressure System
Includes all accessories necessary to run system.
Call for pricing on multiple channels.
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
139
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Features
THERMOMETERS
Microprobe Thermometers
Instrument of chioce for biological and laboratory use
BAT-10
BAT-12
Stand sold
separately
MICROPROBE THERMOMETER SPECIFICATIONS
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Super accuracy
DIFFERENTIAL TEMP.
RANGE
Analog output signal
Multiple inputs
Differential temperature measurement
● Portable
● A variety of probes available
-19.99°C to +19.99ºC
Linearization centered at 40°C
0.01°C resolution
N/A
ACCURACY
1° Range
0.1° Range
Diff. Range
1°C ±1 least significant digit
0.1°C ± 1 least significant digit
0.01°C ± 1 least significant digit
0.1°C ± 1 digit between 0-50°C
0.1% ± 1 digit over full range
REPEATABILITY
± 1 least significant digit
CALIBRATION CONFORMITY Conforms to NIST tables
Applications
● Temperature monitoring
● Cryogenic measure for blood banking
● Skin temperature measurement in exercise experiments
A Microprobe Thermometer is the instrument of choice for biological and
laboratory temperature measurements. These thermometers are very
versatile, providing fast response, high accuracy and stability with digital
display and analog signal for connection to a computer or recorder. With
the wide selection of probes, the instruments can be used in almost any
application.
BAT-12 This thermometer has a sealed construction making it water,
dust and fume resistant. The BAT-12 has a single microprobe input and a
single range with the same high accuracy as the BAT-10. Comes complete
with carrying case.
The thermometers can be used with any “Type T” thermocouple. Select
a temperature microprobe on the following page for your specific
application.
BAT-10 This is the most versatile thermometer available. The instrument
has a wide temperature range and fast response with most microprobes.
The BAT-10 accuracy is NIST traceable and in each of the two
temperature ranges, the accuracy is the same as the resolution. There are
three microprobe inputs, 1 and 2 can be selected as separate inputs while
2 and 3 will read the differential temperature measurement between
the two. The instrument has automatic warnings for low battery or faulty
probes on the digital display. The linearized analog output (LOP) signal
allows ease of connection to a data acquisition system or recorder.
BAT-12
-200°C to +400ºC, 1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
-100°C to +199.9ºC, 0.1ºC resolution
& RESOLUTION
Fast response
Benefits
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
BAT-10
TEMPERATURE RANGE
Follows NIST thermocouple tables
within 1 digit
DISPLAY
31⁄2 Digit LCD
INPUT SOCKET
Miniature, quick disconnect, copper- Miniature, quick disconnect, copperconstantan
constantan
31⁄2 Digit LCD
ANALOG OUTPUT
Non-linearized set at 1.6 V,
corresponding to temperature of
401°C
POWER SUPPLY/BATTERIES
BAT-10: 4 alkaline “C” cells (life:
BAT-12: 9V cell
1000 hr)
BAT-12R: 9V Ni-Cad with charger
BAT-10R: 4 Ni-Cad “C” cells (rechargeable unit)
≈ 10 mV per degree C
SENSORS
Three Type T thermocouple inputs
One Type T thermocouple input
AMBIENT OPERATING
RANGE
15-45°C
Auto-compensated to 0.1°C from
0°C to 50°C
DIMENSIONS
21.6x22.9x8.9 cm(8.5x9x3.5in.) 12.7x6.4x15.2 cm(5x2.5x6in.)
WEIGHT
1.6 kg (3.5 lb.), including carrying
case
1 kg (2 lb.), including carrying case
ORDERING INFORMATION
BAT-10R/LOP Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-10R/LOP220 Multiple Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad
batteries and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R
Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries
and 110 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
BAT-12R-220 Single Input Type T Thermocouple Thermometer, rechargeable NiCad batteries
and 220 VAC adapter (microprobes ordered separately)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
EXT-6
Probe Extension Lead, 180 cm long
501608
Tripod Stand for BAT-12
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
140
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
A variety of probes for any application
Features
● Flexible Teflon microprobes are used for implantation in tissue, in
spectrophotometer cuvettes, rectally in neonatal mice, in water baths,
PCR thermal cyclers, etc.
● Monitors animal rectal temperatures during surgical procedures and
pyrogen testing
Benefits
● Thermocouple wire used meets NIST standards (Certification is
available for an additional cost)
Applications
● Rectal temperature monitoring
● Instant read in tissue, semi-solids, small specimen and other materials
When precise temperature
measurements are required,
WPI can provide you with a
very accurate monitor and
thermocouple microprobes.
WPI monitors have both
resolution and accuracy of
0.1°C in the 0-50°C range and
are traceable to NIST standards,
whereas, other competitive
electronic thermometers have
an accuracy that is usually to
0.5°C or worse. Furthermore,
all our type T clinical probes
are guaranteed accurate to
0.1°C, due to our stringent wire
standards. These are five times
more accurate than competitive
probes made with regular
“Special Limits” wire.
THERMOMETERS
Temperature Probes
MT-29/1
MT-23/3
MT-D
IT-18
IT-23
IT-1E
RET-2
RET-3
HT-1
BT-1
NEEDLE MICROPROBES ORDERING INFORMATION
Fast-response needle probes for instant readings in tissue, semisolids, liquids, very small specimens, powders and materials.
Needle tip is sealed to ensure only stainless steel contacts specimen.
Probe Type
Size
29 ga / 1 cm
29 ga / 2 cm
29 ga / 3 cm
29 ga / 5 cm
26 ga / 2 cm
26 ga / 4 cm
26 ga / 6 cm
23 ga / 3 cm
23 ga / 5 cm
23 ga / 8 cm
MT-4
MT-D
Max.
Temp.
Lead
Length
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
0.125 sec
0.125 sec
0.125 sec
0.125 sec
0.1 sec
0.1 sec
0.1 sec
0.15 sec
0.15 sec
0.15 sec
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
200°c
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
5 ft
29 ga / 1 cm
A
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
—
C
0.025 sec
No
200°c
5 ft
Description
29 gauge approximately 0.013 in
26 gauge approximately 0.018 in
23 gauge approximately 0.125 in
Similar to MT-29/1 but has a blunt tip. Good for instant
skin and surface temperatures, liquids
Fast response surface probe (stainless steel for locating
inflammation, arteries, etc. Also for dental use.
FLEXIBLE IMPLANTABLE PROBES ORDERING INFORMATION
Designed for high accuracy on extremely small specimens such as insects, seeds, etc. Maximum insertion depth 1/8". Totally sheathed in chemical resistant Teflon.
Probe Type
IT-14
IT-18
IT-18EXLONG
IT-21
Sensor Lead
Style
Diameter
Time
Constant
Isolated
0.3 sec
0.1 sec
0.08 sec
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Max.
Temp.
Lead
Length
0.050" dia
0.025" dia
0.025” dia.
0.016" dia
D
D
D
D
150°c
150°c
150°c
150°c
3 ft
3 ft
5 ft
1 ft
IT-23
0.009" dia
E
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
IT-1E
0.025" dia
F
0.005 sec
Yes
150°c
3 ft
Description
For ultra fast measurements and for use on microsize specimens. Tissue implantable with 23ga. Needle
(supplied). Rather fragile. Teflon coated.
As IT-18 sensor except bead exposed. Combines ultra-fast
reponse of IT-23 with sheath strength of IT-18.
RECTAL PROBES ORDERING INFORMATION
Probe Type
Sensor Lead
Style
Diameter
Time
Constant
Isolated
Max.
Temp.
Lead
Length
RET-2
-
G
0.8 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
RET-3
-
G
0.5 sec
No
125°c
5 ft
Description
Rectal probe for rats typically for fast intermittent measurements. Smooth ball tip (0.125 in. dia.) with 1" long
(0.59 in. dia) stainless steel shaft.
Rectal probe for mice similar to RET-2 except tip diam.
1.6mm (0.063") and shaft 3/4" long (0.028" diam.)
GENERAL PURPOSE ORDERING INFORMATION
Probe Type
Sensor Lead
Style
Diameter
Time
Constant
Isolated
Max.
Temp.
Lead
Length
HT-1
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
HT-2
H
0.5 sec
No
400°c
5 ft
Description
“Workhorse” probe for liquids, gases, semi-solids. Plastic
handle with straight stainless steel shaft. Not good for
surface temperatures.
Like HT-1 except shaft length is 9 in.
These probes may also
be used with ATC2000
Animal Temperature
Contoller.
See page 142.
Due to the fragility of these probes, warranty is limited:
Defective probes may be returned within 14 days of receipt.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
141
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
MT-29/1
MT-29/2
MT-29/3
MT-29/5
MT-26/2
MT-26/4
MT-26/6
MT-23/3
MT-23/5
MT-23/8
Time
Style Constant Isolated
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
Animal Temperature Controller
Maintain optimal animal temperature during research procedures
Features
● Animal Temperature Controller with
Adaptive mode–auto adjust PID regardless
of animal size
● Plate’s internal temperature sensor prevents
localized hot spots under animal with
maximum temperature stability
● Compatible with RTD (resistive temperature
device) and thermocouple probes
● Extremely quiet DC heater to facilitate
electrophysiological recordings
● Three temperature sensor inputs
● Auto shutdown if the plate reaches 45°C
ATC2000
Benefits
● Low noise temperature control system
● Adapts to different size animals automatically
● Accepts RTD and thermocouple probes.
Applications
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Small animal surgery
The ATC2000 Animal Temperature Controller is a low-noise heating
system for maintaining animal body temperature during experimental
procedures. The DC heater is extremely quiet in terms of electromagnetic
radiation. This is essential in electrophysiological recordings which are
very sensitive to electromagnetic interference.
The controller uses proportional, integral, derivative (PID) technology to
provide precise and stable control of a subject’s temperature. Compared
with switched on/off type controllers, PID controllers provide a much
more precise and stable control of temperature. The PID approach is
also more immune to the variation of the experimental conditions such
as change in animal size and unexpected disturbances. Our unique
adaptive mode technology automatically senses and adjusts the PID
values based on the size of the animal.
Multiple temperature sensing inputs
The metal heating plates (available separately) have built-in temperature
sensors. Compatible with stereotaxic systems, the rigid, flat surface of the
warming pads fits under the U-frame. Our homeothermic warming pads
are washable with water and detergent.
A heating plate and a probe are required for use with this unit.
References
Nguyen Chi, V., Müller, C., Wolfenstetter, T., Yanovsky, Y.,
Draguhn, A., Tort, A. B. L., & Brankačk, J. (2016). Hippocampal
Respiration-Driven Rhythm Distinct from Theta Oscillations in Awake Mice.
Journal of Neuroscience, 36(1).
Okun, M., Lak, A., Carandini, M., Harris, K. D., Buzsaki, G.,
Stevenson, I., … Kaufman, M. (2016). Long Term Recordings with
Immobile Silicon Probes in the Mouse Cortex. PLOS ONE, 11(3), e0151180.
http://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0151180
Gaylo, A., Overstreet, M. G., & Fowell, D. J. (2016). Imaging CD4 T
Cell Interstitial Migration in the Inflamed Dermis. Journal of Visualized
Experiments, (109), e53585–e53585. http://doi.org/10.3791/53585
The ATC2000 has three temperature sensing inputs.
● The resistive temperature device (RTD) probe input can be used to
monitor an RTD rectal probe to control the animal temperature or to
monitor ambient temperature, induction chamber temperature or any
other temperature.
● When using a thermocouple probe, the thermocouple (TC) probe
input can be used just like the RTD input. (A T type thermocouple must
be used.)
61840—Small heating plate (15x4 cm) for
use with stereotaxic frames.
● The heater plate also has an internal temperature sensor. The
ATC2000 monitors this sensor to prevent the localized hot spots
under animal.
Operational modes
The controller has three operational modes:
● Normal mode uses the configured sensor (RTD or TC) or the plate
sensor to drive the control loop.
● Adaptive mode uses the temperature of the heated plate and the
temperature of the subject to control. This approach is less prone to
overshoot, but somewhat slower the normal mode, depending on the
sampling rate used.
● Shutdown is a fail safe mode used if the plate temperature ever
exceeds 45°C.
Required Accessories
The ATC2000 is tuned at the factory. However, the PID parameters may
also be set manually. The temperature resolution of the controller is
0.1°C. The rectal temperature probe has a 6-ft ultra-flexible, shielded
cable and an RTD sensor.
ORDERING INFORMATION
ATC2000
Animal Temperature Controller
RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES (select one sensor and one plate)
61800
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 25 cm
61830
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor, 15 x 10 cm
61840
Heating Plate with built-in RTD sensor*, 15x4 cm
*for stereotaxic Frame
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENTS
61824
RTD Rectal Temp Probe, 1.25 mm shaft 2.5 mm ball tip
RET-2
TC Rat Rectal Temp Probe, 1 mm shaft, 3.2mm ball tip
RET-3
TC Mouse Rectal Temp Probe, 1 mm shaft, 1.6mm ball tip
503573
Silicone Pad for ATC2000 (10 x 15 cm)
MT-29/1
29 ga 1 cm Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
MT-23/3
23 ga 3 cm Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
MT-D
Needle Microprobe, 5-ft cable
IT-18
0.025-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
IT-23
0.009-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
IT-1E
0.025-inch diam Flexible Implantable Probe, 3-ft cable
300443
RTD Extension Cable, 3 m for ATC1000
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
142
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ANALGESIA
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer
Assessing mechanical allodynia with 15 SuperTips
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
LCD readout (Floating or last maximum/minimum)
Rigid tips up to 800 g
“Supertips™” 15 up to 65 g
1,000 g probe available
Optional analog output cable for chart recorder
Pipette tips can be customized to any specification
Microprocessor electronics 0.1 g plug-in probes
II-2391
Benefits
● Plug up to three probes into a single unit
● Independent from temperature
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-2390
II-2391
Applications
● Small animal analgesia testing
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid tips, 90 g range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid tips, 800 g
range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid & 15 super
tips, 90 g range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, rigid & 15 super
tips, 800 g range
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer, custom rigid tips,
1000 g range
von Frey Probe, 90 g range
von Frey Probe, 800 g range
von Frey Probe, 1000 g range
MRI Probe Option (add to price of probe above)
Analog Output Cable
II-2392
To assess mechanical allodynia, which is a painful response to a light
touch or pressure from a stimulus that is not normally painful, the
Electronic von Frey Anesthesiometer was developed. The Electronic
von Frey meter uses one of 15 different flexible von Frey hairs called
“SuperTips™” (or rigid tips up to 800 grams). Each hair, regardless of
model chosen, is exactly 0.8mm in diameter. This uniformity of design
eliminates false readings and allows for comparison of test results. The
Electronic von Frey can be used with chart recorders and analog/digital
converters, and it never needs calibrated. This system includes either a
90, 800 or 1,000 gram probe. Mesh stands are available in a variety of
sizes for large group studies.
II-2393
Quattro
Trio
Four test systems
Three test systems
II-23931
II-2394
II-2395
II-2396
II-2397
II-2400
This special package offers four tests, including Electronic von Frey,
Plethysmometer, Randall Selitto and the Grip Strength Meter. You get all
four test modules and the electronic controller that is interchangeable
with all four systems. The electronic controller has up to three inputs,
so you can perform up to four unique tests with only one electronic
system. If you prefer, you may build your system as you grow. Because
of the modular design of these four systems, you need to order only one
complete system. Then, the modules for the other three tests, which
integrate into the system, can be purchased separately, as needed. The
stand and sling for the Randall Selitto test are sold separately.
II-2888
Get three test systems in one package with the Trio, featuring the
Electronic von Frey, Plethysmometer and Randall Selitto Meters. Just
like the Quattro package, the modular design allows these three test
systems to communicate with the same electronic controller. The
stand and sling for the Randall Selitto test are sold separately.
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-2888
Trio 3-in-1 System
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-2889
Quattro 4-in-1 System
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
143
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
II-2889
ANALGESIA
Plethysmometer (Paw Volume) Meter
Test effectiveness of anti-inflammatory agents
Test the
effectiveness of
anti-inflammatory
agents and agents
to reduce edemic
conditions with the
Plethysmometer.
Simply insert the
rat or mouse paw
into water. The
II-520 mR
acrylic stand offers
full visibility of the subject throughout the testing.
Features
●
●
●
●
No wetting solution needed
One calibration/year
Battery-operated or line powered controller
One-year warranty
Benefits
● A sensor in the water notes a pressure change when the paw is
immersed
● Pressure is calibrated in 0.1 milliliters and displays on the batterypowered monitor
Applications
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Measure the effectiveness of anti-inflammatory agents and agents to
II-520MR
reduce edemic conditions
Paw Volume Meter for Mouse & Rat
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter
Get instantaneous, live readings
Features
●
●
●
●
Visible force limit indicator
Portable electronic display
Battery-operated or line powered controller
No calibration required
Benefits
II-2500
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Hands free operation with footswitch
● 3-oz. hand held probe with accuracy of 0.5%
800 g pressure applicator
indicates with a warning light when the system reaches that limit.
This unit comes with an acrylic stand to allow for easy viewing of the
display. Stand and sling are sold separately.
Applications
● Analgesic drug studies
The Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter for analgesia testing is
digitally controlled. Use the handheld instrument to apply force to
an animal’s extremity and get instantaneous, live readings. You can
even view the last maximum force applied during the test. The new
limit indicator lets you select the maximum force limit, and then
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-2500
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure Meter
Grip Strength Meter
Measure muscle hyperalgesia in rodents
Features
● Mouse and rat wire mesh grid plates included
● Maximum force range is 2,000 gm (10% over range allowed). Higher
ranges are available by special order.
● 1 gram increment readings
● Suction feet on the heavy, anodized base plate resist even large
pulling forces
Benefits
● Battery-operated or line powered controller
● One year warranty
Applications
II-2200
Measure muscle hyperalgesia in rats and mice with the Grip
Strength Meter, which gauges the forelimb grip force using a digital
force transducer. Simply hold the animal by the tail and gently
dangle it over the wire mesh plate until the animal grasps the plate
with its forepaws. The force transducer, connected with the wire
mesh plate, measures the strength of the animal at the time of the
test. The battery-operated, electronic control device calculates the
average of three measurements, and it holds the last maximum
force in a “peak and hold” type readout until you reset it.
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Measure muscle hyperalgesia in rats and mice
II-2200
Grip Strength Meter for Mouse & Rat
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
144
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ANALGESIA
Incremental Hot Cold Plate Analgesia Meter
Latency and threshold-based nocicetption
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Heat or cool, from 0-70˚C
Ramping temperatures for threshold & latency results
Rapid increase or decrease in temperature
Printout of data
Includes clear animal enclosure
Plate size 4 x 8”
Two-year warranty
Benefits
● Precise programmable digital control
● Temperature stability is 0.1˚C
Applications
● Analgesia research
● Latency and threshold-based nocicetption
II-PE34
This safe, humane device for rats and mice is used for latency and
threshold-based nocicetption, ramping temperatures for 0-70˚C. Because
this hot cold plate is incremental, it measures latencies of much more
than just the strong narcotic agents, broadening dramatically the range of
analgesia research with devices of this type. Microprocessor-controlled,
the Incremental Hot Cold Plate can heat or cool in increments of 0.1˚C, at
a rate of 1-10˚C per minute. With uniform heating and cooling and upper/
lower cut-off limits, this device is predictable and safe. It can also function
as a constant temperature plate with great stability (0.1˚C). As soon as
a reaction is observed from the chosen paw, the unit reverses to the
standby temperature.
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-PE34
Incremental Hot Cold Plate Analgesia Meter
Incapacitance Meter for Mouse & Rat
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Precise programmable digital control
Start, stop and reset test from controller’s front panel
180-270 gram holder included (other sizes available)
Reaction detected automatically
Manual override of all timer functions
Alphanumeric readout
5 to 999 seconds test period
Alphanumeric readout
All functions and parameters entered via key-pad
Two-year warranty
Benefits
● Overcomes the drawback of placing unnecessary stress
on the animals
II-600 mR
Applications
● Test pain and inflammation in the hind limbs of mice, rats or birds
The Incapacitance Meter uses a technique called dual channel
weight averaging, which tests both hind limbs. This gives you a clean,
stress-free correlation of the paw pressure test. Conduct control
and testing of the animal at the same time. Place the animal in
the holder with its hind limbs resting on the two weight-averaging
platform pads. The controller records the average weight (grams)
over the test period as the animal shifts its weight from each pad.
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-600MR
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Incapacitance Meter for Mouse & Rat
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
145
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Test pain and inflammation in small animal hind limbs
ANALGESIA
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter
Latency testing in rodents
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Includes both mouse and rat enclosure
Temperature indicated in 0.1˚C increments
Holding accuracy is ±0.1˚C
Digitally controlled
Two-year warranty
Benefits
● Plate has consistent temperature throughout a procedure, ensuring
II-39
accurate testing
Applications
● Latency testing in rats and mice
desired set point (up to 75˚C). The plate maintains a consistent
temperature throughout the test.
To use the Hot Plate Analgesia meters, simply place the animals
on a black anodized, aluminum plate (11 x 10.5 x 0.75”, 275 x
263 x 15 mm) and set the plate’s surface temperature to the
II-39
ORDERING INFORMATION
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter for Mouse & Rat
Plantar Test Apparatus/Tail Flick Test Analgesia
Meter to test narcotics and strong non-narcotic drugs
Features
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Includes three acrylic animal
enclosures that each hold two rats or
four mice
● Precise programmable digital control
● User-defined humane cutoff feature
● Adjustable beam intensity in 1%
increments up to 250˚C
●
●
●
●
●
●
Reaction is detected automatically
Alphanumeric readout
II-336TG
Manual override of all timer functions
All functions and parameters entered via key-pad
Heated glass option
Tail temperature monitor option (for use with the Tail Flick meter)
Benefits
● Plantar test and tail flick test applications are combined in one
platform
● Stimulate other body parts by adjusting the height of the glass
Applications
is silent (no whining or clicking sounds) to avoid triggering an automatic
response in conditioned animals. You can set a humane cutoff timer that
automatically shuts off the heat if no response is observed during the
designated time frame.
When an animal is placed on cold glass, its reaction time may be slower.
This unique system offers a heated glass option that prevents the glass
enclosure from acting as a heat sink, giving a more accurate reading.
An optional tail temperature monitor can also be selected for use
with the Tail Flick meter. This option actually preheats the tail before
experimentation. Once the preset tail temperature is reached, the test
and timer automatically begin. A glass stand is also available in two sizes
for large group studies.
● Test the properties of narcotics on unrestrained mice/rats in Plantar
mode
This unit, which is designed for testing narcotics and strong non-narcotic
drugs, offers both Plantar (Hargreaves Method) and Tail Flick testing with
a single unit. Either testing system is also available individually. In plantar
mode, the visible light/heat source is directed at the paw or other desired
body part, and in tail flick mode it is directed at the subjects’ tails. Test
up to 12 mice or 6 rats simultaneously. If desired, other animals like cats
and rabbits may also be used. Tests are simple to setup. The focused,
radiant heat/light source creates a 4 x 6 mm intense spot. Because the
light is visible, you know when the test starts and ends. The equipment
ORDERING INFORMATION
II-336T
II-336TG
II-390
II-390G
Combination Plantar/Tail Flick Meter, non-heated glass
and tail temperature for mouse and rat
Combination Plantar/Tail Flick Meter, tail temperature and
heated glass for mouse and rat
Plantar Test Analgesia Meter, non-heated glass for mouse
and rat
Plantar Test Analgesia Meter, heated glass for mouse and
rat
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
146
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ADHESIVES
Adhesives
ADHESIVES APPLICATION GUIDE
WPI Part #
Description
Curing time
Epoxies
Form strong bonding. Used in wire bonding applications.
4898
SilverfilledconductiveEpoxy
12 hr @ 50ºC; 5 min @ 150ºC
Connecting conductors that can't be soldered. Constructing or connecting Ag/AgCl pellets.
7335
CarbonfilledconductiveEpoxy
48 hr @ 25ºC; 5 min @ 150ºC
Constructing carbon electrode.
4886
High performance Structural Epoxy
12 hr @ 25ºC.
Forms a strong and slightly flexible bond on plastic, metal, & glass.
Bonds some low surface.
Hot melt (EVA)
Easy to use for bonding, needs large gap filling
13316
Mini Glue Gun with glue sticks
Silicone Adhesives/Sealants/Primers
Useful Applications and Characteristics
As soon as it cools down
Bonds wood, glass, metals, and many plastics.
Good moisture resistant and elastic. Low toxic.
Room temperature vulcanizing (RTV)
adhesive. Acyloxy/moisture cure system.
Acetic acid is cure by-product.
24 hr @ 25ºC
Has the best adhesion property in this silicone family. Will bond to many materials.
7128
RTV sealant. Alkoxy/Moisture cure system.
Methanol as cure by-product.
72 hr @ 25ºC
Good for bonding or sealing electronics circuits (metal).
SYLG184
Sylgard, Two parts, vinyl/platinum cure
sealant. Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very
low toxic
24 hr @ 25ºC, 15 min. @ 150ºC
Coating Patch Clamp electrodes, Cell culture dish, making dissection pads.
KWIK-SIL
Two part, adhesive. Vinyl/platinum system,
Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very low
toxic.
< 5 min. @ 25ºC
Live tissue and nerve studies. Medium strength adhesion.
KWIK-CAST
Two part sealant. Vinyl/platinum cure
system. Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very
low toxic.
< 5 min. @ 25ºC
Sealant for live tissues. Embedding peripheral nerves with electrodes.
6820
Primer for silicone
N/A
Enhancesadhesionofsiliconeadhesivesfordifficulttobondplasticsurfaces
Cyanoacrylate
Forms an instantaneous bonding.
7341
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, low viscosity
90-120 cps
<10 seconds
Mounting rat/mouse brain slices. Ideal for relatively small gaps and smooth surfaces.Bonds
plastic, metals and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
7342
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, high viscosity
1100-1600 cps
<30 seconds
Use on brain slice exp. Ideal for larger gaps, allows slightly longer bonding time. Bonds plastic,
metals and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
VETBOND
Butyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<10 seconds
Bondstissues,alternativetosuture,helpssmallwoundhealing.Antimicrobialeffect.Usedin
forensic science.
503763
Octyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<15 seconds
Suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, holding a sensor or other device on the tissue.
Kwik-Gard™
Kwik-Gard™ is specially
packaged Sylgard 184
silicone for quicker and
easier application, eliminating
the messy procedure of
preparing the mixture
before application. Its special KWIKGARD
cartridge controls the precise
mixing ratio to ensure proper
curing. The disposable tip
mixes resin and hardener
as they are dispensed. Since no air is introduced during mixing, the resin
does not need degassing for most applications. The mixed silicone is
applied directly to the site, reducing preparation time and material waste.
Each Kwik-Gard cartridge contains 37 mL of resin and hardener. The
dispensing tip has a dead volume of 0.75 mL.
ORDERING INFORMATION
KWIKGARD
KWIKGLUE
KWIKMIX
KWIKGUN
Kwik-Gard™ Start-up Kit (incl. dispenser, 1 cartridge, 5 tips)
Kwik-Gard™ Refill (2 cartridges, 10 dispensing tips)
Dispensing Tips (pkg of 10)
Kwik-Gard™ Dispenser
Scotch-Weld 2216
Structural Epoxy
Scotch-Weld 2216 remains
the best epoxy for
bonding plastic, often
used as the benchmark
for testing the binding
strength of other
adhesives. The slightly
rubbery texture also makes it
less easy to break off. It is the only epoxy known
that can bond PEEK.
Bonds
PEEK
4886
Color: gray
Cures at room temperature.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
4886
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Scotch-Weld 2216 (2 oz.)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
147
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
1571
ADHESIVES
Low Toxicity Adhesive
Ideal for neuroscience applications, nerve studies and more
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Bio-compatible adhesive for live tissue and nerve studies
Pre-mixing tips simplify use
Medium strength adhesion
Low toxicity
Rapid curing silicone adhesive, cure on contact
Cures without producing heat
Includes 10 Mixing Tips
Volume discounts - Save up to 15%!
KWIK-SIL
Benefits
● Low toxicity
● Rapid cure time
KWIK-CAST & KWIK-SIL SPECIFICATIONS
Applications
● Neuroscience and nerve
studies
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
● Biomedical applications
600022
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast silicones
have very low toxicity before, during
and
after curing. The by-product of curing is a small
amount of
hydrogen gas, which is much less toxic to cells than acetic acid or alcohol
from traditional RTV silicone sytems.
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast curing speed is hundreds of times faster
than traditional RTV silicones. A curing time of a few minutes at room
temperature is especially useful for encapsulation of live tissue or
implanting into a live animal.
Unlike many vinyl-based silicones in which the platinum complex catalysts
are easily poisoned by contamination from amines and animal tissue,
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast are not sensitive to contamination from animal
tissue.
Kwik-Sil™ is a translucent, medium-viscosity silicone adhesive, developed
for chronic peripheral nerve studies such as anterograde tracing with
fluorescent indicators or electrode recording. Good adhesion and
mechanical properties (tear strength and elongation) allow days of study
without breaking of the bonding. Curing speed is very reproducible.
Kwik-Cast™ is a very low viscosity silicone sealant developed to embed
peripheral nerves with electrodes for acute multi-fiber recordings. It
flows easily, filling the small spaces around the nerve and leaving no
channels through which peritoneal fluid can travel and thus short the
nerve/electrode contact. Equally important is the ability of the material
to flow into itself and create one continuous mass from underneath
the nerve all the way to the top of the nerve/electrode contact
to ensure long-term recording stability. Kwik-Cast is colorcoded to make the mixing foolproof. The catalyst is
yellow and the base is blue. When uniformly mixed, it is
green. Kwik-Cast can be applied and cured underneath
mineral oil. After recording, electrodes are easily
recovered due to the low tear strength.
MIX RATIO
WORKING TIME
SETTING TIME (ROOM TEMP., 1:1
RATIO)
CURE TIME
VISCOSITY, CPS
GUARANTEED SHELF LIFE AT 23 °C
VOLUME
NUMBER OF MIXING TIP
DEAD VOLUME OF THE MIXING TIP
AFTER CURING 24 HOURS:
TEAR STRENGTH, PPI
ELONGATION %
DUROMETER (SHORE A-2)
COLOR
VOLUME RESISTIVITY, W/CM
Kwik-Sil
Kwik-Cast
1 to 1
< 5 minutes*
5–10 minutes**
~15 minutes
15,000
6 months
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
1 to 1
4 minutes
10,000
6 months
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
90
650
30
translucent
1x1015
44
60
36
green
1x1015
* 3 minutes average with about 90 seconds of liquidity
** no longer mixable at this point
ORDERING INFORMATION
KWIK-SIL
Silicone Adhesive Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
KWIK-CAST Silicone Casting Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
600022
Replacement KWIK Mixing Tips (pkg of 10)
Quantity discounts available
KWIK-CAST
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
148
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
<10 minutes
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Four times stronger than butyl cyanoacrylate and less toxic
Cyanoacrylate adhesives have
been on the market since 1958.
Most industrial or household
grade cyanoacrylate is made of
shorter alkyl chain derivatives such
as methyl or ethyl cyanoacrylate
(WPI’s 7341 and 7342). They
are very useful for temporarily
holding tissues such as mounting
specimens for microtome
sectioning. However, they are not
suitable for bonding wounds on
live animals. The difficulties of using
cyanoacrylate for bonding live
animals are: (1) a strong, irritating
odor; (2) quick loss of bonding
strength due to breakdown of
the bonding by hydration; (3) the
breakdown products, cyanoacetate
VETBOND
and formaldehyde, are toxic and
can cause inflammatory reactions; and (4) they have low flexibility and
tend to be brittle.
To overcome these problems, several longer alkyl chain cyanoacrylates
have been developed especially for veterinary and human use. The
first longer alkyl chain product is butyl cyanoacrylate. This product has
been used for animal and human applications outside the USA since
1970. It is much less toxic and has a lower odor than the methyl or ethyl
cyanoacrylate. The butyl cyanoacrylate offered by WPI is Vetbond™.
A family of adhesives containing octyl cyanoacrylate, a plasticizer and
stabilizer, was developed In the 1990’s (one of them approved by FDA
for human use). When bonding to tissue, these new adhesives are four
times stronger and less toxic than butyl cyanoacrylate. Compared with
the traditional suture, the new super adhesive has several advantages.
On average, it takes only one-tenth of the time to close an incision. The
bonding strength is equal to 5-0 monofilament suture. It also has a
mysterious antimicrobial
effect that can decrease
infection rates in
contaminated wounds.
Bonding will slough off
naturally in 5 to 7 days.
Cosmetic appearance of
the healed incision is also
better.
Gluture Topical Tissue
Adhesive 503763 forms a
strong and flexible film and
is thus more suitable for
surface wound bonding,
protection, and holding a
sensor or other device on
503763
the tissue. Setting time is
about 10 seconds, which gives ample time for application. It can also be
used for temporarily holding a live tissue. For example, there is a report
of using it to hold nematodes on a glass slide for patch-clamp neurons
recording.
All of the products offered by WPI are veterinary grade (not suitable for
human application). Though very similar to the grade for human use, they
are not sterile and do not have FDA approval.
ORDERING INFORMATION
503763
7341
7342
VETBOND
Gluture Topical Tissue Adhesive (10 tips), 1.5 mL
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, low viscosity—90-120 cps
(package of 10 vials, each approx 1.5 mL)
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, high viscosity—1100-1600 cps
(pkg of 10 vials, each approx 1.5 mL)
3M Vetbond™ Adhesive (3 mL)
SYLG184
501986
A two-part silicone elastomer, ideal for potting and encapsulating
applications. Very low dielectric constant sealing compound used in patch
clamping and many other lab applications. After cure, will withstand -55°
to 200 °C.
Make your own silicone dissecting pads easily and quickly. Mix the 2-part
silicone right in the plastic petri dishes and allow to cure 24 hours at room
temperature. Kit includes enough 2-Part Sylgard silicone elastomer to
prepare 20 dishes; pins; and 20 plastic petri dishes with lids, 65 mm.
Shipping weight: 2 lb. (1 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYLG184
Sylgard (1.1 lb.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
501986
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Silicone Dissecting Pad Kit
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
149
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
Silicone Dissecting Pad
Kit
Sylgard
ADHESIVES
“Super” Adhesives for Life Science Research
ADHESIVES
Electrically Conductive
Silver Epoxy
Electrically Conductive
Carbon Epoxy
Two-component silver-filled epoxy for electrical connections which cannot
be soldered, such as Ag/AgCl pellets. This widely used silver-filled epoxy
features low viscosity and smooth flowing character. Pure silver is dispersed in both resin and hardener. Cures in 15 minutes at 120 °C. Mix
ratio 1:1. May be premixed and frozen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Two-component carbon-epoxy, curable at room and elevated
temperatures. Ideal for electrostatic discharge protection and EMI/RFI
shielding. 1:1 mix ratio. May be premixed and frozen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
7335
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
4898
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.)
Silicone RTV Adhesive
(non-acidic)
Silicone RTV Adhesive
Because it is non-corrosive, this material is ideal for use on metal, for
encapsulating small circuits on connectors. After cure, will withstand -55°
to 200 °C. No mixing required.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Clear silicone sealant provides good bonding to plastic. After cure, will
withstand -55 to 200 °C. No mixing required. A handy, general purpose
laboratory sealant. (Releases acetic acid during curing.)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
7128
ORDERING INFORMATION
1571
RTV Coating (3 oz.)
RTV Sealant (4.7 oz.)
RTV Prime Coat
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives to many
difficult-to-bond plastic surfaces.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Mini Glue Gun
ORDERING INFORMATION
6820
RTV Prime Coat, 400 ml (13.5 oz.)
Comes with three sticks of special formula hot
melt glue. UL approved. 110V 60 Hz only.
13316
ORDERING
INFORMATION
Shipping weight:
1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Mini Glue Gun
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
150
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Biosensing
WPI’s biosensors are unique, because they offer a high selectivity and low detection
limit (down to nM concentration) with a broad dynamic range; covering physiological
concentration of species with different sizes from nm to mm. The majority of our sensors
are the only commercially available sensors in the world. Scientists across a variety of
disciplines have relied on our sensors for over 25 years. These scientists use WPI’s sensors
for research performed in universities, hospitals, biomedical research labs, pharmaceutical
companies, food/ nutrition research labs, environmental monitoring centers and military
labs. Our popular biosensors are listed in thousands of publications.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
151
BIOSENSING
Selection includes high selectivity and low detection limit sensors
BIOSENSING
Leading Scientist Heads WPI Biosensing Division
About Dr. Xueji Zhang
The notable expert in the area of electrochemical sensors, Xueji
Zhang, PhD, Sr. Vice President and Chief Scientist at WPI, is leading
the development for microsensors (including the ISO-H2S-100Cxx) for many applications. His research includes bio-analysis,
electrochemical sensors and biosensors, microelectrodes,
ultramicroelectrodes and nanoelectrodes, nanosensors, free
radical sensors, nitric oxide sensors, cancer diagnostic, design and
application of biomedical instrumentation.
Dr. Zhang has written hundreds of published research papers. Listed
below is a select list of Dr. Zhang's papers covering the detection of
Hydrogen Sulfide. We are very proud to share the research findings
with you. Please email [email protected] for a copy of the paper(s).
● Zhang XJ, et al., Electrochemical Sensors Biosensors and their
Applications, Elsevier 2008.
● Zhang XJ, et al., Electrochemical hydrogen sulfide biosensors.
Analyst. 2016;141:1185-95.
● Zhang XJ, et al., A Novel enzymatic method for determination
of homocysteine using electrochemical hydrogen sulfide sensor,
Frontiers in Bioscience, 2007, 12, 3774
Dr. Zhang is a national chair professor and director of University of
Science & Technology, Beijing, China. He is also an adjunct professor
of University of Tokyo, University of South Florida, Chinese Academy
of Sciences, PLA 301 hospital. He is president of the Chinese Alliance
of Biodetection & Biomonitoring. He is the honorary president of
MITBJ. He has published over 350 papers in peer-reviewed journals,
authored 8 books and 65 patents. He has developed numerous
biomedical sensors, instruments and devices for commercialization.
Dr. Zhang also serves as the editor-in-chief of Frontiers in Bioscience
(www.bioscience.org) and American Journal of Biomedical Sciences
(www.nwpii.com/ajbms) and has been a member of the advisory
editor board of 19 other international journals. He has received
numerous awards and honors including academician of Russian
Academy of Engineering (2013), Fellow of American Institute for
Medical & Bioengineering (2016), Fellow of Royal Chemistry Society
(2014), Fellow of Chinese Chemical Society (2014), Scientist of the
Year in China (2015), Engineer of the Year in China (2016) and W.
Simon Fellow of ICSC-World lab, United Nations (1996).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
152
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Biosensors Designed for Selective Detection
Selecting microsensors for your application
Choosing the right sensor for your application is critical for successful
research. The manufacturer's specifications provide valuable information
for selecting your sensor. Consider the following five performance
factors in reference to your application:
Response–Electrochemical electrodes produce changes in current
in response to changes in concentration. "Response" is most often
specified in terms of the amount of current per concentration unit: nA/
µM or pA/nM, etc. The larger the current per concentration the higher
the sensitivity of the sensor.
Detection Limit–Detection limit is the minimum change in
concentration that can be reliably seen. This specification is directly
related to the noise of the sensor. A sensor with a 100nA/μM response
but a 3 µM detection limit is not as good as a 10nA/μM response sensor
with a 1 µM detection limit.
Free Radical Detection–The best sensors have low detection limits
and high sensitivity. A sensor can have a low detection limit and a good
response, however, to be useful in long term studies it must be stable
when temperature and concentration are constant. A drifting baseline, if
monotonic, can be corrected, but wandering baselines limit the utility of
sensors to short experiments.
Selectivity–It is a rare instance that the ion species of interest is the
only ion in the medium to be measured. In a perfect world your sensor
would respond ONLY to the ion of interest. In reality there is always
some contribution from competing species. The lower the contribution
the better.
Linearity–For an electrode to be useful and easy to calibrate the
response must be "linear" with changes in concentration over the range
of interest. Non-linear behavior requires special curve fit software to
calibrate the sensors. This approach is more time consuming and can be
unreliable. "Good" linearity is expressed by a R² of 0.980 or higher. (1.00
is perfect.) All of the electrochemical sensors made by WPI are 0.98 or
better.
The table below presents the specifications of WPI's macro sensors
(2mm sensor) and microsensors.
MACRO SENSORS
Carbon
Monoxide
SPECIES
Hydrogen
Peroxide
Nitric Oxide
Order Number
Available Diameters
Response Time
Detection Limit/Range
Sensitivity
Drift
Temperature Dependent
ISO-COP-2
2 mm
< 10 sec
10nM to 10 µM
~0.5 pA/nM
<1pA/min
Yes
Physiological Interference
nitric oxide
Replacement Sleeves (pkg of 4)
95620
ISO-NOP
2 mm
< 5 sec
1 NM to 40µM*
≤2 pA/nM
<1pA/min
Yes
NaNO2
(10-6 or better)
5436
Filling Solution
95611
Start-up Kit
95699
Oxygen
ISO-HPO-2
2 mm
< 5 sec
< 100nM to 100µM
8 pA/µM
<1pA/min
Yes
ISO-OXY-2
2 mm
< 10 sec
0.1%-100%
0.3-0.6nA/%
≥ 0.3%/min
Yes
None
None
600012
5378
7325
100042
7326
5435
600011
5377
*Higher detection limit available on request — call for custom pricing.
ISO-NOPF100
ISO-NOPF100-Lxx3
ISO-NOP70L3
ISO-NOP3005
ISO-NOP3020
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOPNM
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-HPO-100-L
ISO-H2S-100-Cxx
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 3)
(pkg of 2)
(pkg of 2)
Fiber Diameter (µm)
200
200
100
70
500
30
30
7
7
Conical tip:
100nm
100
100
100
Tip Length2 (mm)
1-51
1-101
1-51
3
5–10
0.5
2
2
2
1–51
1–51
2-51
Response Time (sec.)
<5
<5
<5
<3
< 10
<3
<3
<3
<3
<5
<5
~5
Lowest Detection Limit/Range (nM)
Nominal Sensitivity-New Sensor2
(pA/nM)
0.2
0.2
0.2
1
0.2
1
1
0.5
0.5
1
1
<5
≥20
≥50
≥6
≥10
≥ 20
≥0.5
≥1.5
≥1
≥0.5
≥1
≥1
1-4
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
<2.0
<2.0
<2
Baseline Drift (pA/min)
ISO-NOPF500-Cxx
ISO-NOPF200-Lxx3
(pkg of 2)
Species
Package Quantity
Nitric Oxide
H202
H2S
1Sensor
available in 1 mm length increments (for example, 1 mm, 2mm, 3mm...)
sensitivity varies with length and diameter.
Any 100 µm sensor can be purchased with a hypodermic sheath. Add a -H to the end of the part number (for example, ISO-HPO-100-H).
3L-shaped sensor for use with a tissue bath.
Some nitric oxide sensors are available in custom lengths. When ordering custom lengths, use the part numbers ISO-NOPF100-Cxx or
ISO-NOPF200-Cxx and replace the xx with the desired length. For example, for a 1 mm flexible sensor tip, the part number should be ISONOPF200-C01. Sensors can be ordered in the following custom lengths: 1 mm, 2mm, 3mm, 4mm or 5 mm (ISO-H2S-100: 2-5mm only).
2Sensor
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
153
BIOSENSING
ISO-NOPF200
MICRO SENSORS
FREE RADICAL ANALYZERS
BIOSENSING
Four-Channel Free Radical Analyzer
Fast, reliable, real-time — Measure redox-reactive species
Features
● Real-time detection
using electrochemical
sensors
● Integrated system
includes one
temperature sensor,
your choice of two
additional sensors
and a start-up kit
● Current measurement
range from 300 fA to
10 µA (four ranges)
permits wide dynamic
range for detection
● Wide bandwidth
allows recording of
fast events
TBR4100
● Measure nitric oxide from < 0.3 nM to 100 µM
and select the current range. Poise voltage can be selected from a
range of values tuned for optimal response from WPI sensors. An
independent output for real-time monitoring of temperature is also
included.
● Measure hydrogen peroxide < 10 nM to 100 mM
Lab-Trax data acquisition system is flexible
● Measure hydrogen sulfide
The TBR4100 analyzer utilizes PC-based data acquisition via our
Lab-Trax interface. Data traces are displayed and recorded in realtime. The Data-Trax software comes pre-configured for single or
multiple electrode recording; filters, gains and smoothing are all
set for optimal results. Data can be viewed making adjustments to
smoothing and filter settings without affecting the original stored
raw data. Electrode calibration from multiple concentration readings
can be input into the software’s Multipoint Calibration utility quickly
provides a plot and slope calculation for electrode sensitivity
determination. Alternately, the Lab-Trax data interface can be used
for providing simultaneous acquisition of Free Radical data along with
other physiological data (ECG, HR, BP, etc.) as each of the four input
channels has its own independent input, filters and 24-bit converter.
See www.wpiinc.com/TBR4100 for more information on Lab-Trax data
acquisition.
● Measure carbon monoxide from 10 nM to 10 µM
● Measure glucose
● Measure oxygen from 0.1% to 100%
● Isolated architecture allows Lab-Trax interface to simultaneously
measure free radical and independent analog data (for example,
ECG, BP, etc.) on any channel.
Benefits
● Measure up to four different species and temperature in the
same preparation or simultaneous measurement in four different
preparations
● Lab-Trax data acquisition system is flexible
Applications
● Free radical detection (NO, H2O2, H2S, CO, O2 and glucose)
Real-time detection and measurement of a variety of redox-reactive
species is fast and easy using the electrochemical (amperometric)
detection principle employed in the new TBR4100. This optically
isolated four-channel free radical analyzer has ultra low noise and
independently operated channels.
References
Zhang X.J. Real time and in vivo monitoring of nitric oxide by electrochemical
sensors—From dream to reality, Frontiers in Bioscience, 9,3434-3446(2004)
Zhang XJ. Ju HX. Wang J. Electrochemical Sensors, Biosensors and Their
Biomedical Applications, Elsevier, 2008
Measure four species simultaneously
For use with WPI’s wide range of nitric oxide, hydrogen peroxide,
hydrogen sulfide and oxygen sensors, the TBR4100 can measure
four different species simultaneously in the same preparation. Simply
plug a sensor into any one of the input channels on the front panel
Temperature Sensor
TBR1025
The temperature sensor (ISO-TEMP-2) is based on a 2.0 mm
tip diameter high quality miniature platinum RTD (Resistance
Temperature Detector) electrode. This design has been shown to
provide greater accuracy, stability and interchangeability during
temperature measurements than traditional thermistor and
thermocouple sensors. The ISO-TEMP-2 is included with the purchase
of a system.
Don’t need four channels? The single-channel TBR1025 packs the
power of the full-size 4-channel unit in a small, economical package.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
154
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
FREE RADICAL ANALYZERS
Multipoint electrode calibration and slope determination can be quickly derived from recorded calibration data using Lab-Trax data
acquisition software.
TBR4100 SPECIFICATIONS
100 ~ 240 VAC, 50-60 Hz, <15 W
0–50°C (32–122°F)
15 – 70% RH non-condensing
WARM UP TIME
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
DISPLAY FUNCTIONS
<5 minutes
135 X 419 X 217 mm (5.25” X 16.5” X 8.16”)
1.35 kg (3 lb)
18 mm (0.7”) LCD readout, 4.5 digit
Polarization Voltage (mV)
Currentinput(nA,μA)
CONTROLS
Power(on/off)
Current Input Range
Polarization Voltage
ANALOG OUTPUT RANGE
±10 V (continuous)
ANALOG OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
CHANNEL TO CHANNEL ISOLATION
CHANNEL TO OUTPUT ISOLATION
POWER SUPPLY TO AC LINE ISOLATION
ANALOG OUTPUT DRIFT
Temperature Input
NUMBER OF CHANNELS
SENSING ELEMENT
RANGE
10 KΩ
>10 GΩ
>10 GΩ
>100 MΩ
<10 pA/h
ACCURACY
RESOLUTION
ANALOG OUTPUT
± 1°C
0.1°C
31.25 mV/°C (continuous)
TBR4100-416
TBR1025
1
Platinum RTD, 1000 Ω
0–100°C
Amperometric Input
NUMBER OF AMPEROMETRIC CHANNELS
SIGNAL
BANDWIDTH
POLARIZATION VOLTAGE (SELECTABLE VIA ROTARY SWITCH)
Nitric Oxide
HydrogenSulfide
Hydrogen Peroxide
Glucose
Oxygen
ADJ (user adjustable)
POLARIZATION VOLTAGE ACCURACY
POLARIZATION VOLTAGE DISPLAY RESOLUTION
CURRENT MEASUREMENT PERFORMANCE
4
0-3 Hz
865 mV
150 mV
450 mV
600 mV
700 mV
± 2500 mV
± 5 mV
±1 mV
Range
Analog Output
Noise @ 3Hz Noise @ 0.3 Hz *
± 10 nA
1 mV / 1 pA
< 1 pA
< 0.3 pA
± 100 nA
1 mV / 10pA
< 7 pA
< 3 pA
±1μA
1 mV / 100pA
< 70 pA
< 30 pA
±10μA
1 mV / 1 µA
< 700 pA
< 300 pA
*Instrument performance is measured as the (max-min) over 20 seconds period with open
input. Typical values are given at 3 Hz and 0.3 Hz bandwidth.
Typical sensor performance with TBR4100
ISO-NOPF100 NOISE
0.2 nM NO (<2 pA)**
**Sensor noise is measured as the (max-min) over a 20 seconds period with the sensor
immersed in 0.1 M CuCl2 solution.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Four-Channel Free Radical Analyzer with Lab-Trax 4/16 Data Acquisition System
Includes TBR4100 analyzer & power cord, Lab-Trax-4/16 data acquisition system & USB cable, 4 BNC cables,
1 electrode adapter cable, 1 temperature probe, 2 sensors of your choice, and sensor start-up kit(s), if applicable.
Single-Channel Free Radical Analyzer — Includes 1 sensor of your choice & 1 start-up kit
RECOMMENDED ACCESSORIES / REPLACEMENT PARTS
SNAP50
SNAP S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D-penicillamine, 50 mg vial
ISO-TEMP-2 2 mm Platinum RTD Temperature Sensor (requires 91580)
91580
Microsensor Adapter Cable
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
155
BIOSENSING
POWER
OPERATING TEMPERATURE (ambient)
OPERATING HUMIDITY (ambient)
For routine detection of NO at ultra low concentrations
Features
References
● Excellent selectivity to NO
Zhang X.J. Real time and in vivo monitoring of nitric oxide by
electrochemical sensors—From dream to reality, Frontiers in Bioscience,
9,3434-3446(2004)
Zhang X.J., Ju H.X., Wang J. Electrochemical Sensors, Biosensors and
Their Biomedical Applications, Elsevier, 2008
Zhang X.J., et al. Nanometer size Electro for nitric oxide and
s-nitrosothiols measurement, Electrochem. Commun. 4, 11-16 (2002)
Zhang X.J. Construction and Characterization of a new in vivo nitric oxide
microsensor, Electroanal. 9, 640-643, (2004)
Zhang X.J. An integrated nitric oxide sensor based on carbon fiber
electrode coated with selective membranes, 12. 1113-1117(2000)
● Rapid response time
● Highly sensitive
Benefits
● NO Sensors with difference size from 100 nm to a few mm can
be used for many NO detection applications, such as single cell
measurement, in vivo measurement in tissues (even in animals),
and NO release from drugs
Applications
ISO-NOPNM
● Cell culture, cell suspensions
The world’s smallest nitric oxide NanoSensor, designed for
measurement of NO at the cellular level.
● Measurements at the cellular level
● Arteries, microvessels, in vivo applications
● Tissue bath applications
Ag/AgCl
Reference Electrode
Sensor Body
70mm long
Glass tip tapers to
~100µm Tip
WPI offers the most extensive range of nitric oxide (NO) sensors available.
Developed over a decade of extensive research in the field of nitric oxide,
the result is a superior range of NO sensors that enable routine detection
of nitric oxide at ultra low concentrations.
2mm Ø
~100–
200µm
~2mm
Current / pA
800
Current / pA
The ideal NO sensor should be insensitive to other reactive species likely to be present within the measurement environment. The
conventional Nafion coated carbon fiber NO sensor exhibits a large
response to such species. WPI’s unique NO sensor technology utilizes
a novel surface membrane which amplifies the response to NO while
eliminating responses to a vast range of reactive species, including
nitrite, ascorbic acid, hydrogen peroxide, catecolamines, and much
more.
y = 0.5968x + 6.4967
R2 = 0.9973
600
400
200
0
0
300
600
900
1200
Concentration / nM
Time / S
ISO-NOP
Amperometric response of the NO
nanosensor (ISO-NOPNM) to the
successive additions of 2 nM, 4 nM,
8 nM NO into 0.1 M CuCl2.
is less than 3 s.
The original nitric oxide probe – ideal for cell cultures, cell
suspensions and many other applications
The ISO-NOP is a popular, robust and high performance sensor encased
within a 2 mm diameter disposable stainless steel protective sleeve. The
tip of the sleeve is covered with a NO-selective membrane. Replacement
membrane sleeves can be purchased separately (5436) and require an
internal electrolyte (7325).
A simple change in
experimental protocol
enables the ISO-NOP to
be conveniently used for
indirect rapid accurate
determination of nitrite
(NO2–) and nitrate (NO3–)
concentration in samples.
Using this method a
detection limit for NO2–
or NO3– as low as 1 nM is
routinely possible.
Abdominal X-ray showing the appratus consisting of two customized
ISO-NOP nitric oxide probes, 4-channel pH catheter, and Teflon
nasogastric tube. (Courtesy Prof. K.E.L. McColl, University Department
of Medicine and Therapeutics, Western Infirmary, Glasgow, Scotland.)
Iijima, K., et al. Gastroenterology 2002: 122: 1248-1257.
Unique flexible NO sensor! Designed for arteries, microvessels, in
vivo applications, and similar applications.
ISO-NOPF electrodes are available in 100 µm and 200 µm diameters.
Utlilzing the latest advances in nano-technology and material science,
scientists at WPI’s Sensor Laboratory have created these completely
Sensor Body
flexible and virtually
60mm x < 2mm∅ Ag/AgCl
unbreakable NO sensors. The
flexible
new sensors are based on a
100, 200
composite graphite NO-sensing
or 500µm
element combined with a
5mm
reference electrode. The surface
2mm
of the sensor is then coated
with a unique multi-layered
NO-selective membrane.
8 nM
10 sec
4 nM
156
Response of
ISO-NOPF to
NO.
2 nM
1 nM
Time (s)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
The ISO-NOPNM NanoSensor has
a tip diameter of just 100 nm (0.1
Ø Fiber
µm)7µm
and
a detection limit for NO
Sensing Element
of less
than
0.5 nM — making it
tapers
to
~100nm tip the smallest and most
indisputably
sensitive NO sensor in the world!
The ISO-NOPNM is based
on a novel design in which an
electrochemically “activated”
composite graphite nanofibre is
used as the NO-sensing element.
The surface of the NanoSensor is
then modified using a unique multilayered NO-selective membrane.
Figure at right illustrates the
response of the ISO-NOPNM
following successive additions
of nanomolar concentrations of
NO. The ultra-low noise of the
ISO-NOPNM (0.5 pA) enables a
detection limit of just 0.5 nM NO.
The response time of ISO-NOPNM
ISO-NOPF
50 pA
ISO-NOP
Current (pA)
BIOSENSORS
BIOSENSING
Nitric Oxide Sensors
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ISO-NOP
ISO-NOP30L
ISO-NOP70L
ISO-NOP30
ISO-NOP007
ISO-NOPNM
In Vivo
Cell Cultures,
NO2- , NO3-
Tissue Bath
Tissue Bath
Microvessels
Microvessels
Single Cell
100, 200, or 500 µm
2 mm
30 µm
70 µm
30 µm
7 µm
100 nm
RESPONSE TIME
< 5 sec
< 5 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
< 3 sec
LOWEST DETECTION LIMIT
0.2 nM
1 nM
1 nM
1 nM
1 nM
0.5 nM
0.5 nM
APPLICATION
SENSOR DIAMETER
TEMPERATURE SENSITIVITY
DRIFT
SENSITIVITY
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
8 pA/nM
1–2 pA/nM
≥1pA/nM
≥1pA/nM
1.4 pA/nM
0.5 pA/nM
0.5 pA/nM
none
none
none
none
none
none
none
BIOSENSORS
NITIRC OXIDE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
ISO-NOPF
All WPI NO sensors are 100% compatible with the TBR4100 and TBR1025 Free Radical Analyzers.
They are also compatible with the discontinued ISO-NO Mark II (NOMK2), APOLLO 4000 and APOLLO 1000.
ISO-NOP007, ISO-NOP30xx
7 and 30 micron sensors with exceptional performance — ideal for
tissues and microvessels
Sensor Body
Ag/AgCl
60 mm x < 2 mm diam.
2 mm
or
0.5 mm
7 µm
or
30 µm
300 pA
20 sec
1600
Current / pA
Current (pA)
2 mm
y = 1.3583x + 16.15
R2 = 0.9985
1200
800
400
0
0
300
600
900
Concentration / nM
Time (s)
The response of a 7 µm NO sensor (ISONOP007) to successive additions of NO
(100 nM). Inset shows the linearity of the
resulting calibration plot.
1200
The ISO-NOP007 and
ISO-NOP30 have recently
been improved in design
and performance. The ISONOP007 has a tip diameter
of just 7 microns and a
length of 2 mm. The ISONOP30 has a tip diameter of
30 microns and is available in
two different tip lengths (i.e.,
ISO-NOP3020 has tip length
of 2 mm, ISO-NOP3005 has
tip length of 0.5 mm). The
response of the ISO-NOP007
and ISO-NOP30 is linear over
a wide dynamic concentration
range of NO. The design of
both electrodes is based on
a single carbon fiber coated
with WPI’s NO-selective
membrane. A detection
limit of approximately 1 nM
NO makes these electrodes
ideal for use in tissues and
microvessels.
ISO-NOP70L, ISO-NOPF100-L10,
ISO-NOPF200-L10, ISO-HPO-100-L
L-shaped sensors for tissue bath & cell culture studies
These unique L-shaped nitric
oxide sensors are designed
specifically for use in tissue
bath studies and similar
applications. The shape of the
sensor has been engineered
to facilitate placement of the
electrode within the lumen
of the tissue vessel under
study. The ISO-NOP70-L
is similar in construction to
the ISO-NOP30 but with
the advantage of having a
flexible tip (70 µm diameter).
The ISO-NOPF200-L10 is
designed specifically for cell
culture studies.
FORT-100 Transducer
Micrometer
Connect to
Microsensor
Cable #91580
Held in micromanipulator
3 mm
carbon fiber
10 mm
BIOSENSING
ORDERING INFORMATION
Simultaneous measurement of force (top trace) and changes of NO
concentration (lower trace) in (A) the rat superior mesenteric artery relaxed
with ACh and (B) a small human artery relaxed with ACh and SNAP using
and ISO-NOP30. In this artery oxyhaemoglobin(oxyHb) partly reversed the
increase in NO concentration, with only a small change in force. [U. Simonsen,
et al., J. Physiol., 1999, 516: 271-282.]
ISO-NOP
Replacement 2 mm shielded sensor and cable
ISO-NOPNM*
100 nm NanoSensor, pkg of 3 (requires cable 91580)
ISO-NOPF100*
100 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
ISO-NOPF200*
200 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
ISO-NOPF500*
500 µm Flexible NO Sensor, pkg of 2
ISO-NOP007*
7 µm Nitric Oxide Sensor (pkg of 3)
ISO-NOP3020*
30 µm Sensor Tips (2 mm length), pkg of 3 (requires 91580)
ISO-NOP3005*
30 µm Sensor Tips (0.5 mm fiber), pkg of 3 (requires 91580)
ISO-NOP70L*
NO Sensor, L-Shaped 70-micron (pkg of 2)
ISO-NOPF100-L10* NO Sensor, 100 µm Flexible L-shaped (pkg of 2)
ISO-NOPF200-L10* NO Sensor, 200 µm Flexible L-shaped (pkg of 2)
ISO-HPO-100-L*
HPO Sensor, L-Shaped 100 µm (pkg of 2)
5435
ISONOP Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
5436
Replacement Sleeve Kit for 2mm sensor, pkg of 4
7325
ISO-NO Electrolyte (10 mL)
7521
ISO-NO Electrolyte, CO2-insensitive (10 mL)
5399
T-Adapter Kit (pkg of 3) for ISO-NOP
7357
Nitrite Standard Solution, 1 gram/liter (100 mL)
91580
Microsensor Adapter Cable
SNAP50
SNAP, 50 mg vial
*Tip diameters given do not include the coatings. Tips are bare wire.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
157
Low detection limit sensors to record in vitro
Features
● High selectivity and sensitivity to H2S with fast response time
● Broad linearity
Benefits
● Measure biological H2S in vivo or in vitro in tissues or biological media
● Measure H2S released from drugs
Applications
● Cell culture, cell suspensions, arteries, in vivo applications
Although hydrogen sulfide (H2S) is generally thought of as a poisonous
gas, it is endogenously produced in many mammalian tissues. It has
been detected in micromolar amounts in blood and brain tissue.
Hydrogen sulfide is reported as having a broad range of biological
y = 2.2596x +
154.29
R2 = 0.9963
18000
16000
14000
12000
10000
8000
6000
4000
2000
0
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
10000
Concentration/nM
1 min
AA
DA
functions and although its potential to participate in cell signaling
is clear, this biological role is not well understood. H2S is strongly
anagolous to nitric oxide (NO) because they share several physical and
metabolic properties.
Like NO, H2S is a potent vascular signal that can mediate vasoconstriction or vasorelaxation depending on the O2 level and tissue. In the rat
aorta, H2S concentrations that mediate rapid constriction at one O2 level
will cause rapid relaxation at lower O2 levels. The ISO-H2S sensor is a
low detection limit sensor to record H2S in vitro. This is the only sensor
available that measures H2S. The ISO-H2S-100 is a hydrogen sulfide
sensor with a 100 µm diameter tip. It is designed like the dry microsensors, however, it works like a traditional 2mm sensor. The sensor can
be ordered in a variety of lengths from 2–5 mm. It incorporates WPI’s
proprietary combination electrode technology in which the hydrogen
sulfide-sensing element and separate reference electrode are encased
within a single shielded sensor design. The ISO-H2S-100 offers several
advantages:
●
●
●
●
500 pA
20000
Current (pA)
5000 pA
removal of H2S
2 min
Current / pA
BIOSENSORS
BIOSENSING
Hydrogen Sulfide Sensors
NO2+
NO3-
Glu
Requires no sleeves or filling solutions like 2mm macrosensors
Durable for long-term use, because of its platinum wire construction
Rapid response time
Bigger linear range (Range is based on the length of the sensor tip)
H2S
H2S additions
Time / s
Stepped response to increasing concentrations of H2S
are linear (R=.9963).
Time (s)
The sensor is insensitive to competing species such
as ascorbic acid, dopamine, nitrate, nitrite and
glutathiols.
ORDERING INFORMATION
ISO-H2S-100-Cxx
Hydrogen Sulfide Micro Sensor (pkg of 2)
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors
Direct quantitative measurements in biological samples
ISO-HPO-2
Features
● Gas permeable
polymer membrane sleeve
blocks liquids, ions and
particulate matter
● Incorporated reference
electrode
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-HPO-100 H
sensor designed for use in tissues and similar applications. The design
is based on a platinum wire sensing electrode coated with a proprietary
membrane to enhance H2O2 detection.
These sensors incorporate WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
technology whereby the hydrogen peroxide sensing element and
separate reference electrode are encased within a single Faradayshielded probe design. This design has been shown to enhance
performance during measurements and minimizes overall sensor size.
Our hydrogen peroxide (H2O2) sensors work with the TBR4100 and
TBR1025 free radical analyzers.
H2O2 SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
ISO-HPO-2
ISO-HPO-100
ISO-HPO-100 H ISO-HPO-100-L
Cell Cultures, Cell
Suspensions
SENSOR DIAMETER 2.0 mm
RESPONSE TIME < 5 SEC (90%)
DETECTION LIMIT < 100 nM to 100 µM
DRIFT
< 0.2 pA/min
SENSITIVITY
8 pA/µM
PHYSIOLOGICAL
none
INTERFERENCE
APPLICATION
Benefits
● Non breakable integrated hydrogen peroxide sensor with tip
dimension of 100 µm, detection limit down to nM range. Tip size can
be custom made as small as a few micrometers.
Applications
● Cell culture, cell suspensions
● Cell tissue measurements
Despite the recognized importance of this oxidant in biology, real-time
measurements at low concentration have been difficult. The hydrogen
peroxide sensors developed by WPI are designed to compliment
existing high sensitivity fluorescent approaches with direct quantitative
measurement in biological samples in the low nM range.
The ISO-HPO-2 is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable
membrane sleeves (600012) and an internal refillable electrolyte
(100042). It is designed for use in cell cultures and similar applications.
The ISO-HPO-100 is a 100 µm tip diameter hydrogen peroxide micro
158
Tissue Bath
100 µm
< 5 SEC (90%)
1 nM to 1 mM
< 2.0 pA/min
1 pA/nM
100 µm
< 5 SEC (90%)
< 10 nM to 1 mM
< 2.0 pA/min
1 pA/nM
100 µm
< 5 SEC (90%)
1 nM to 100 µM
< 2.0 pA/min
1 pA/nM
Contact WPI
Contact WPI
Contact WPI
ORDERING INFORMATION
600011
ISO-HPO Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
ISO-HPO-2
2mm Shielded HPO Sensor & Cable
ISO-HPO-100
100 µm HPO Sensor*, pkg of 3
ISO-HPO-100-L
100 µm HPO Sensor, L-shaped*, pkg of 3
ISO-HPO-100 H
100 µm HPO Sensor in hypodermic sheath*, pkg of 3
600012
Replacement Sleeve Kit for ISO-HPO-2, pkg of 4
100042
ISO-HPO-2 Electrolyte (10 mL)
91580
Microsensor Adapter Cable
* Requires 91580 Microsensor Adapter Cable
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Tissue/Microvessels Hypodermic Sheath
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Make direct quantitative measurements in biological samples
ISO-OXY-2
Features
● Gas permeable polymer membrane sleeve blocks liquids, ions and
particulate matter
● Incorporated reference electrode
Benefits
● Clark type of oxygen sensor with tip size of 2 mm, can be used for very
small volume O2 measurement
This sensor incorporates WPI’s proprietary combination electrode
technology whereby the oxygen-sensing element and separate reference
electrode are encased within a single shielded sensor design. A gaspermeable polymer membrane is fitted over the end of the sleeve, which
allows oxygen to pass while blocking liquids, ions and particulate matter.
Oxygen diffuses through the membrane. The voltage applied to the
sensor is held at -0.7V when the monitoring device is on and the sensor
is properly connected. The magnitude of the generated electrical current
is determined by the rate of diffusion through the membrane. The rate is
proportional to the partial pressure of oxygen outside the membrane. The
current serves as a measure of the partial pressure of O2.
The ISO-OXY-2 is a 2.0 mm stainless steel sensor, with replaceable
membrane sleeves (5378) and an internal refillable electrolyte (7326).
BIOSENSORS
Oxygen Sensors
Applications
O2 SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
Current (nA)
Current (nA)
● Cell culture, cell suspensions
● Cell tissue measurements
APPLICATION
SENSOR DIAMETER
RESPONSE TIME
DETECTION LIMIT
DRIFT
SENSITIVITY
PHYSIOLOGICAL INTERFERENCE
250
y = 2.2862x +
4.3844
200
R2 = 0.9999
150
100
50
0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Oxygen (%)
air (21%)
Cell cultures, cell suspensions.
2.0 mm
<10 SEC (90%)
0.1 % to 100%
<1%/min
N/A
None
N2 (0%)
ORDERING INFORMATION
O2 (100%)
Time (s)
ISO-OXY-2
5377
5378
7326
2 mm Shielded Oxygen Sensor & Cable
ISO-OXY Startup Kit (recommended with first purchase)
Replacement Electrode Sleeve Kit, pkg of 4
ISO2 Filling Solution (electrolyte)
Implantable Glucose Sensor
Features
GLUCOSE SENSOR SPECIFICATIONS
● Implantable sensor for long term studies
● Incorporated reference electrode
Benefits
● Implantable
microsensor,
● Biocompatible
● Long term monitoring
IGS100
Applications
● In vivo long term measurement of glucose in animals or tissues
Measuring glucose in vivo over the long term is challenging and difficult.
Previous measurement systems were limited to acute studies or a
few days at best. WPI introduces a new kind of implantable glucose
sensor based on a patented technology. This sensor provides a tool for
researchers to directly detect glucose in chronic studies in vitro or in vivo.
The sensor is fully compatible with WPI’s TBR systems.
IN VITRO PRECISION
GLUCOSE RANGE
RESPONSE TIME (SEC)
IN VIVO CALIBRATION
INTERFERENCE SPECIES
LENGTH
SENSOR SIZE
REFERENCE ELECTRODE
POLARIZATION VOLTAGE
(V)
Coefficient of Variation (CV) ≤5%
36–450 mg/dl (or 2-25 mM/L)
100–300s
In vivo calibration
Acetaminophen, ascorbic acid, uric acid
5 cm
0.6 × 0.7 mm
Ag/AgCl
0.65 -0.7V vs. Ag/AgC
3-4 months in solutions at room temperature
under continuous polarization; 15-30 days in vivo
SHELF LIFE
6 months
OPERATION CONDITIONS 20° to 40° C (68° to 104° F)
STORAGE CONDITIONS
10° to 25° C (50° to 77° F)
SENSOR LIFE
IGS100
91580
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ORDERING INFORMATION
Implantable Glucose Sensor (pkg of 2)
Microsensor Adapter Cable
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
159
BIOSENSING
Measure glucose in vivo or in vitro over long term
DATA ACQUISITION
BIOSENSING
WPI’s Data Acquisition System
Low noise, high resolution system with 8 AI and 4 AO channels
Features
● Powerful low-noise (<1 mV RMS)
and high-resolution (16 bits) data
acquisition system for sampling
up-to 8 Analog In-Channels
and 4 Analog Out-Channels
simultaneously, using standard
BNC connections
● Advanced trigger control of
almost any external device by
adding 16 digital I/O channels,
using standard BNC or DB-9
connections
● MDAC software provides easy
to use interface controlling,
with extensible standard and
customized Data Processing and
Analysis Tools
LAB-TRAX-8/16
Benefits
● Study of the muscle’s force production capacities from direct muscle
● Online Channel Math operations, general purpose Fast Fourier
analysis (FFT) and digital filtering of Analog In channels
● Numerous basic signal forms can be combined to design experimental
protocols, for most physiological applications
• Factory designed standard or customized protocols
• Semi-automated data analysis toolbox
● Protocol repeat function to avoid time consuming protocol
programming of extended experiments
Applications
or peripheral nerve stimulation. For this experiment, use WPI’s
programmable isolated current stimulators (A365, A380 or A395),
controlled via LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC.
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC also provides easily used continuous
stimulation protocols, so that especially cardiac cells/tissue remain intact
during experimental resting periods.
LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC is also well suited for other software triggered
instruments or as a stand-alone general data recorder for selected WPI
Instruments.
● Muscle physiology (Can be used with SI-MKBM Muscle Research
System, SI-CTS200 Cell Tester System, SI-HTB2 Horizontal Tissue Bath
and SI-BF-100 Biofluorometer)
● Stand alone general data recorder for Spectroscopy, Neuroscience
and Electrophysiology (Can be used with EVC4000 Epithelial Voltage/
Current Clamp, TBR4100 Free Radical Analyzer, Extracellular
Bioamplifiers like SYS-DAM50, SYS-DAM80, SYS-900A,ISO-80,
EVOM2™ Volt Ohm Meter, ATC2000 Animal Temperature
Controller, BP-1 Blood Pressure Monitor or the BAT-12 Microprobe
Thermometer)
● Instrument control for software triggered devices like A365/A385/
A395 Constant Current Stimulators, MPS-2 Perfusion System, SYSPV820/SYS-PV830 Pneumatic PicoPumps, Duo 773 Intracellular
amplifiers, and the SYS-TBM4M Transbridge Transducer Amplifier
(e.g. for FORT force transducers)
Knowledge of the physiological characteristics of muscle tissue can be
useful to quantify beneficial or adverse effects of drug supply on muscle
function in pre-clinical and toxicological studies, evaluating muscle
dystrophies, training effects in sports and rehabilitation (disuse vs.
overuse) and advanced physiology and biomedical research.
This is usually achieved by quantifying the contractile and/or the elastic
properties of muscle tissue. This needs the programming of different
and specific experimental protocols (isometric, concentric and eccentric,
isokinetic or isotonic), so that the physiological structure of interest can
be quantified. LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC software was designed for use
with WPI’s Muscle Physiology line to test physiological characteristics of
muscle tissues in various conditions, using factory designed standard
or customized protocols. The semi-automated Data Analysis Toolbox
of standard protocols gives quick access to user-friendly, readable and
interpretable results of the experiments.
Variety of muscle physiology applications
The back panel of the Lab-Trax-8/16 has four analog outputs, digital
inputs or outputs, a USB port, power socket and power switch.
LAB-TRAX-8/16 SPECIFICATIONS
ANALOG INPUTS
INPUT RANGE
SYSTEM NOISE
ISOLATION
OPERATING CURRENT
ANALOG OUTPUTS
OUTPUT RANGE
IMPLEMENTED FILTER
OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
OUTPUT CURRENT
DIGITAL I/O
LOGIC HIGH VOLTAGE
LOGIC LOW VOLTAGE
ANALOG & DIGITAL INPUTS
PC INTERFACE
RESOLUTION
POWER SOURCE
8 BNC connections
± 10V
< 1 mV RMS
1,500V
800 mA maximum
4 BNC connections
± 10V
5th order low-pass Bessel filter with 3dB
cut-off frequency
100Ω
15 mA
16/16 TTL (BNC or DB-9 Connector)
3.3 V minimum
1.0 V maximum
Operating voltage protected to ±30V
USB 2.0
16 bits
12V DC
The physiological response of muscle tissue to training, disuse, nutrition,
drug supply and others factors may be studied by adding accessories to
the system, like:
● Study of the muscle’s force production capacities in combination with
the Ca2+ release from the sarcoplasmic reticulum (SR) and ATPase
consumption. The perfect instrument for this is WPI’s Biofluorometer
(SI-BF-100) in combination with any system of WPI’s Muscle Physiology
line, controlled via LabTrax 8/16 with MDAC.
ORDERING INFORMATION
LABTRAX-MDAC Lab-Trax-8/16 with MDAC software
LAB-TRAX-4
4-Channel General Data Acquisition System
2851
BNC to BNC Cable
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
160
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
OXYGEN DETECTION SYSTEMS
Oxygen Sensor
Detect O2 for Real-time Analysis
Features
● Fluorescence-sensing detector for optical sensors, a viable alternative
to traditional chemical sensing devices
● Measure fluorescence lifetime, phase and intensity
● LED based photometry makes this unit affordable–Half the cost of
comparable phase measurement systems
● Excellent stability, extremely low drift and phase noise
● Simple calibration, setup and control
Benefits
● Self-contained, benchtop system–invariant to fiber bending or stray
FLOX-PROBE
light
● Easy setup and control, combined with its stability and sensitivity make
this unit perfect for long term studies
● Three coatings for probes and patches give you many options.
Applications
● Oxygen sensing applications requiring stability and sensitivity to drift
which must be undisturbed for lengths of time
● Monitor O2 partial pressure in gas and aqueous solutions and in nonaqueous vapors and solutions
● Monitor traces of oxygen in gas and liquids
FLOX is a device for measuring fluorescence lifetime, phase and
intensity. It uses LED excitation and photodiode detection with filterbased wavelength selection for easy experimental set-up and control.
OR125 g and OR125 gT
These probes are 1/8" OD optical fiber
probes used as direct replacement for 1/8"
OD O2 electrodes.
1000 µm optical fiber, stainless steel ferrule;
3.175 mm OD, 63.5 mm length
Self contained unit
The compact, self-contained unit makes it invariant to fiber bending and
stray light. It also has a wide dynamic range of optical intensity, as well as
low optical and electronic crosstalk, and low drift and phase noise.
FLOX is especially useful for oxygen sensing applications where stability
and sensitivity to drift is important and where sample set-ups must be
left undisturbed for long periods of time.
R Sensor Probe
1000 µm fiber in a stainless steel 1/16" ferrule; 1.587 mm OD, 152.4 mm length
The new oxygen sensing system measures fluorescence lifetime, phase
and intensity, using LED excitation and photodiode detection with filterbased wavelength selection. The system is simple to set-up and control.
When stability and sensitivity to drift are important in your oxygen sensing
experiment, this unit is ideal. It is perfect for applications where sample
set-ups must be left undisturbed for long periods of time.
AL300
A 500 µm OD (300 µm core diameter)
aluminum-jacketed optical fiber probe
for applications that require fine spatial
resolution. 300 µm alµminµm-jacketed fiber
assembly; 500 µm OD, 1 m length
Three coatings available for probes and patches
The optical sensors consist of transducer materials, applied to the tips of
optical fibers or to substrates such as patches or cuvettes, which change
optical properties in response to specific analytes in their immediate
environment.
OXY–The standard oxygen sensor designed for monitoring oxygen partial
pressure in gas and aqueous solutions is a fiber optic fluorescence probe
with a proprietary oxygen sensing coated tip.
HIOXY–Designed for monitoring oxygen partial pressure in non-aqueous
vapors and solutions. The sensor coating chemistry is compatible with oils,
alcohols, and hydrocarbon-based vapors and liquids.
FOSPOR–A new generation of highly sensitive sensor coating can be used
for monitoring traces of oxygen in gas and liquids.
The oxygen sensor probes are low-power and offer high sensitivity,
reversibility and stability, ideal for remote monitoring. The thin coating
on the probe tips consumes no oxygen, allowing for continuous contact
with the sample. They are ideal for viscous samples and are immune
to interference caused by pH, ionic strength or salinity fluctuations or
biofouling.
OR125
The OR125 is a 1/8" OD optical fiber probe
used as a direct replacement for 1/8" OD O2
electrodes.
100 µm optical fiber, stainless steel ferrule;
3.175 mm OD, 63.5 mm length
P1600
The PI600 is a silicone-jacketed, polyimidecoated optical fiber probe used in
environments where a non-metallic probe is
required.
200 or 600 µm optical fiber with silicone
jacketing; 710 µm OD, 2 m length
ORDERING INFORMATION
FLOX-PATCH
FLOX-PROBE
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Non-Invasive Oxygen Monitoring Kit, including phase measurement system,
temperature probe; select sensor patches when ordering
In Situ Oxygen Monitoring Kit, including phase measurement
system, temperature probe; select sensor when ordering
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
161
BIOSENSING
Easy setup, great for long term studies
OXYGEN DETECTION SYSTEMS
BIOSENSING
Carbon Fiber Potentiostat
For advanced neurotransmitter detection
Features
● Measures oxidizable compounds such as catecholamines (epinephrine, norepinephrine, dopamine), indolamines (serotonin,
melatonin), ascorbic acid and Fe (II) with excellent sensitivity, low
noise and site specificity
● Records redox currents with carbon fiber microelectrodes
● Inherently low noise and a sensitivity of 1 mV/pA
● Low pass filter
● Apply DC potential externally when needed
Benefits
● Low cost
● Portable
Applications
● Detection of oxidizable compounds
● Extracellular single unit recording
● In vivo amperometric and voltammetric measurements
● In vitro studies (amperometric or differential pulse voltammetry)
● Selective detection of 5-HT and ascorbic acid
MicroC, WPI’s low cost and elegant instrument for electrochemical
detection using carbon microelectrodes, will record the presence and
concentration of oxidizable biological compounds in vivo and in vitro.
It also features inherently low noise and a sensitivity of 1 millivolt per
picoampere of oxidation current. Response time to quantal catecholamine release is less than 1 millisecond. When used with carbon
fiber microelectrodes, redox current can be recorded over a range of
1pA – 2 µA. The built-in carbon electrode activation feature allows the
easy renewal of electrode sensitivity.
In addition, MicroC features a low-pass filter and the option of
applying DC potential externally. A wide range of compounds can be
detected: dopamine, epinephrine, norepinephrine, serotonin, etc.
Other compounds, such as glutamate, glucose, acetylcholine and
alcohol, can also be detected with MicroC using enzyme-modified
biosensors.
The MicroC Potentiostat is supplied with a carbon electrode
probe; with 5 feet triax shielded cable, which accepts a 0.79 mm
connector pin; and a reference electrode with a 4 mm Ag/AgCl half
cell (see page 106). For applications where smaller half cells are
needed, please call WPI for more information.
References
Zhang X.J. Fabrication, characterization and potential application of
carbon fiber cone nanometer-size electrodes, Anal. Chem., 68(19), 33383343, 1996
Zhang. X.J Poly (tetrafluoroethylene) film housing of carbon fibers using
capillary-pull technology for simple one-stage fabrication of carbon disk
ultramicroelectrodes and their characterization, Anal. Chem.,70(8), 16461651,1998
G. A. Gerhardt, “Nafion-coated electrodes with high selectivity for CNS
electrochemistry” Brain Research, 290: 390-395 (1984).
R. M. Wightman, et al., “Temporally resolved catecholamine spikes correspond to single vesicle release from individual chromaffin cells.” Pro. Nat’l
Acad. of Sci. 88: 10754-58, (1991).
Z. Zhou and S. Misler, “Action Potential-induced Quantal Secretion of Catecholamines from Rat Adrenal Chromaffin Cells”, J. Biol. Chem. 270; 34983505, (1995).
SYS-MICROC
Use with WPI electrodes —
see next page
MICROC SPECIFICATIONS
METHOD
APPLIED POTENTIAL
CURRENT RANGES
BANDWIDTH
NOISE
DISPLAY
RECORDER OUTPUT
RISE TIME
ELECTRODE PROBE/CABLE
LENGTH
POWER
BATTERY LIFE
SHIPPING WEIGHT
162
Triax shielded, 5 feet
Six 1.5 V alkaline batteries (included)
> 1000 hours, est
4 lb. (1.8kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYS-MICROC Potentiostat
MICROC-P
Replacement Probe for MicroC
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
2 electrode, DC potentiostat
0.65 V, variable ± 2.5 V
2000 pA, 20 nA, 200 nA, 2 µA
1.67 Hz, 167-1000 Hz
< 1 pA
31⁄2-digit LCD display, ±2 V
± 4.5 V
< 1 ms
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Electrochemical detection of oxidizable compounds
glass insulation
1.5 mm O.D. glass pipette
Gold-plated connector pin
0.031 in. (0.79 mm)
30 µ or 10 µ
carbon fiber
Carbon fiber microelectrodes, approximately 25-50 mm
(1-2 in. ) long, feature a gold-plated pin for connection to
the probe.
Features
● Sensitive, renewable/durable and economical carbon fiber electrodes
for electrochemical detection of oxidizable compounds
● Excellent linearity to the oxidizable compounds
cement
25-1000 mm
in sensitivity for multiple use. The selective detection of catecholamines can be achieved with our Nafion-coated CF electrodes. For
selective detection of 5-HT and ascorbic acid, please contact WPI for
more information.
References
Benefits
OXYGEN DETECTION SYSTEMS
Carbon Fiber Microelectrodes
P. S. Cahill, R. M. Whightman, Anal. Chem., 67, 2599-2605 (1995).
F. Gonon, et al., Hebd Seances Acad. Sci. Ser. 286, 1203 (1978).
M. Armstrong-James, J. Millar, J. Neurosci. Methods, 1, 279 (1979).
● Precision tip size and length of the CF electrodes
● Renewable
Applications
● Detection of neurotransmitters and oxidizable compounds in vivo
or in vitro
Potential (V)
50
Carbon fiber microelectrodes have been used in both the detection
of oxidizable compounds (Gonon, et al., 1978; Cahill and Wightman,
1995) and extracellular single-unit recording (Armstrong-James and
Millar, 1979). WPI’s ultra-sensitive and low-noise carbon fiber (CF)
electrodes can be applied, with our Micro-C Potentiostat or similar
measurements, the longer CF electrodes provide higher sensitivity and are especially useful for the in vitro studies (amperometric
or differential pulse voltammetry). When used with the Micro-C
Potentiostat, these CF electrodes can be activated and renewed
Dopamine Concentration/Response Curve
Current Output (pA)
1000000
100000
10000
1000
100
10
1
0.1
1
10
100
1000
10000
100000
1000000
Concentration (ng/ml)
Fig. 1 — Excellent linearity in the response of carbon fiber electrode
(CF30-500) to dopamine recorded on Micro-C. Courtesy: Drs. D. Yeomans
and X.-T. Wang, University of Illinois at Chicago.
-50
-100
0
5
10
Time (ms)
Fig. 2 — Extracellular recording using a carbon electrode in CA1 region
of the hippocampus in an anesthetized rat shows ultra-low noise (<5 µV).
Courtesy: Dr. Carolyn Harley of Memorial University, Newfoundland,
Canada.
ORDERING INFORMATION
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, UNCOATED
Diameter
Length
CF10-100
10 µm
100 µm
CF10-250
10 µm
250 µm
CF10-500 *
10 µm
500 µm
CF30-50 *
30 µm
50 µm
CF30-100
30 µm
100 µm
CF30-500 *
30 µm
500 µm
CF30-1000 *
30 µm
1000 µm
(pack of 5)
CARBON FIBER MICROELECTRODES, NAFION-COATED
Diameter
Length
(pack of 5)
CFN10-50 *
10 µm
50 µm
CFN10-100 *
10 µm
100 µm
CFN10-250 *
10 µm
250 µm
CFN30-50 *
30 µm
50 µm
CFN30-100 *
30 µm
100 µm
CFN30-250 *
30 µm
250 µm
CFN30-1000 *
30 µm
1000 µm
* Built to order — allow up to 4 weeks manufacturing time.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
163
BIOSENSING
instruments, in the electrochemical detection of catecholamines (epinephrine, norepinephrine and dopamine), indolamines (serotonin, 5-HT or
melatonin), ascorbic acid, Fe (II), and other oxidizable compounds.
CF electrodes (diameter of 10 or 30 µm) respond with an excellent
linearity to the oxidizable compounds (see figure below) and can detect
the compounds as low as 0.2 nM. While the shorter (25-100 µm) CF
electrodes are suitable for in vivo amperometric and voltammetric
0
OXYGEN DETECTION SYSTEMS
BIOSENSING
Fiber Optic O2 Sensors
A generation of sensors based on luminescence lifetime
outside through the wall of the vial. Illuminate the sensor foil with a plastic
fiber optic cable (501644, 01645). The wall of the flask must be transparent/non-fluorescent. (Response time (t90) of ~50s.) The material can be
implanted into animal tissues or custom-made housings.
Features
● Oxygen is not consumed
during the experiment
● Immune to electrical and
magnetic interference
● Excellent long-term stability
● No lengthy polarization necessary (like OXY-MICRO-AOT
●
●
●
●
Clark-type O2 electrodes)
Fast response time < 0.5 s for MicroTip sensors
Probe size of MicroTip sensors as small as 50 µm
Measurement is feasible in dry gas
Optical isolation of sensor tip available for fluorescent or
photosynthetically active samples
Benefits
● Unaffected by light source stability and intensity fluctuations, because
it is based on luminescence lifetime detections.
● Compact, portable meters may be used inside or outside
Applications
● Process control like bottling plant in breweries and quality control of
packages (OxyMini)
● Biotechnology like control of cell culture media and non-invasive control
●
●
●
●
of bioreactors (OxyMini)
Implantation of oxygen sensors into soil and trees (OxyMini)
Oxygen profiles of marine sediment, soils, or tissue (OxyMicro)
Implantation in living tissue like heart or muscle tissue (OxyMicro)
Control of cell culture media in Biotechnology (OxyMicro)
The measurement principle of the sensor system is based on the
detection of oxygen concentration as a function of luminescence lifetime,
either in dissolved or gaseous phase environments.
Unaffected by light source stability/intensity
Conventional fiberoptic oxygen sensor systems based on intensity
measurements are limited in their accuracy by light source stability
and ambient light fluctuations. Using a luminescence lifetime detection,
measurements are not affected by light source stability, intensity fluctuations caused by fiber bending or changes of the optical properties of the
sample (turbidity, refractive index, coloration, etc.).
Calibration: The sensors can be calibrated by a simple two point
calibration, 100% air-saturation and 0% air saturation.
Compact, portable meters, inside and outside
The OxiMini and OxyMicro fiber optic oxygen meters are compact, easy
to transport. Designed for in/outdoor use, they can be connected to a PC
via a RS232 interface. Data can be visualized, analyzed and stored with
supplied software. A full range of sensors are available.
OxyMini systems
The OxyMini is a one channel fiber optic O2 meter for fiber optic O2
minisensors. These sensors are based on 2 mm polymer optical fibers
and have a length of 2.5 m.
MiniTip – This dipping probe (501641)
has a tip diameter of 4mm and consists of a polymer optical fiber with an
O2 sensitive coating. Its range is 0–100%. It has a response time (t90) of
~ 40 s.
MiniFlow – The MiniFlow probe (501642) is
a miniaturized fiber optic chemical sensor
integrated in a standard T-shape flow through cell which can be easily
connected via Luer-Lock adapters to external tubings. Liquids can be
pumped through the cell. It has a response time (t90) of approximately 40
s and an excellent long-term stability.
MiniFoil – Sensor material on a 1cm2 support disk made
of polyester can be glued inside glass vials. Measure oxygen concentration non-invasively, non-destructively from
OxyMicro systems
OxyMicro is a one channel O2 meter for
fiber optic O2 microsensors.
MicroTip – The MicroTip (501656) is a
needle-type (27 ga.) oxygen micro sensor designed for applications where
a small tip size (50 µm) and fast response time (t90) of 1 s are required.
The oxygen sensitive sensor tip consists of 140 µm fiber tapered to a 50
µm tip. Housed inside a stainless steel needle 22 mm long and 0.4 mm
diameter, it can penetrate a septum
rubber or similar material. They are ideal
for oxygen profiling in sediments and
biofilms.
MicroFlow – The MicroFlow oxygen sensor (501657) is a miniaturized
fiber optic chemical sensor optimized for fast response time (t90 < 1 sec
in gases, < 5 sec in liquids). The tiny probe has a tip size of 50 µm and is
integrated in a T-shape flow cell for easy connection via Luer-Lock
adapters to external tubings. Liquids (like
water, blood, etc.) can be pumped through the
cell.
MicroImplant – The MicroImplant oxygen sensor (501658) is an
implantable probe (IMP) with a probe tip size 50 µm, an exposed fiber
length of 5 mm and a jacket diameter of 900 µm. It was successfully
implanted in crabs, fishes and soil.
SPECIFICATIONS
MiniTip
MEASURE RANGE
DISSOLVED/
GASEOUS
RESPONSE TIME
[T90]
DISSOLVED/
GASEOUS
STERILIZATION
ETOH, H2O2
AUTOCLAVABLE*
DRIFT**
ACCURACY***
164
MicroTip
0-45 ppm,
0-45 ppm,
0-45 ppm,
0-45 ppm,
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-100%
0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg 0-760 mmHg
RESOLUTION***
TEMP RANGE
PROBE ASSY LENGTH
MicroFlow
MicroImplant
0-45 ppm,
0-100%
0-760 mmHg
0-45 ppm, 0-100%
0-760 mmHg
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
40 s
10 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
<2s
< 0.5 s
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.1%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
< 0.3%
0.2%
2.75 ±0.01 ppm, 9.00 ±0.05 ppm, 220 ±0.15 ppm, 45.0 ±0.25 mmHg, 150 ±0.75 mmHg, 375 ±2.6
mmHg
-10°C to 50°C
2.5 m
*130°C, 1.5 atm **100,000 data points, 20°C ***20°C
ORDERING INFORMATION
MINISENSOR SYSTEM
OXY-MINI-AOT Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Minisensors *
MINISENSORS (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
501641
MiniTip, fiber-optic oxygen sensor
501642
MiniFlow, flow-through cell with integrated planar oxygen sensor
503090
MiniSpot, planar oxygen-sensitive spot, 5 mm diam. (includes 10)
Requires 501644
501644
Polymer optical fiber with 1 SMA connector
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM
Fiber-optic Oxygen Meter for Microsensors *
OXY-MICRO-AOT
MICROSENSORS (not interchangeable with Microsensors)
501656
MicroTip, needle-type housing fiber-optic oxygen sensor, 50 µm tip
501656-C MicroTip, needle-type housing, 50 µm tip, optical isolation
501656-F MicroTip, needle-type housing, 140 µm flat tip
501657
MicroFlow, flow-through housed oxygen microsensor
MicroImplant, implantable oxygen microsensor, 50 µm tip
501658
501658-F MicroImplant, 140 µm flat tip
*Meter contains two analog outputs and one trigger input
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
MiniFlow MiniSpot
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
pH DETECTION
Novel Fiber Optic pH System
Referenced measurements with single excitation
Features
pHOptica Meter
● Single-channel, compact, easy to transport fiber-optic meter for pH
measurements with miniature sensors
● Two 12-bit, programmable analog outputs, with electrical isolation
● One external trigger input, with electrical isolation
● Computer with RS232 interface required for operation
pH Optical Sensors
●
●
●
●
●
Immune to electrical interferences and magnetic fields
Low drift
High spatial resolution due to small tip size
Measurement in very small sample volumes
Additional optical isolation of the sensor tip is available for
measurements in colored or photosynthetically active samples.
Benefits
●
●
●
●
User-friendly software saves and visualizes measured values
Several pHOptica meters can be connected to one computer
Temperature variation is recorded using a temperature sensor
No reference electrode is needed
Applications
pHOptica Micro System
PH-OPTICA-MINI
pH Mini Sensors
●
●
●
●
OD of the dipping sensor is 4 mm
Sterilization of the pH sensor spots via gamma radiation
pH mini sensor meter is based on 2 mm PMMA waveguides
Drift of 0.1 pH units for 10,000 measurements (4 days measurement
in the 30 sec data update mode).
pHOptica™ is a pH measuring system which uses fiber optic sensors and
patented DLR technology. This method allows referenced measurements
with single excitation to be implemented.
Two different housings and sensor spots (sensorfoils) are available.
The pH Optica micro system is a single
channel pH system for use with fiber
optic micro sensors. The applications
include:
● Penetration or implantation into
living tissue (heart, muscle or
animal blood vessels).
POF Coated with a
pH-Sensitive Foil—
Small and robust pH
dipping sensor; no
reference electrode
needed.
● Soil implantation for pH
measurement.
● Implantation into customer-made housing.
TIP: To protect the small glass fiber tip against breaking, suitable housings
and tubings around it, depending on the respective application, were
designed.
pHOptica Mini System
● Non-invasive and non-distractive pH measurements from outside
through flask walls (cell culture)
● Online pH monitoring by flow through cells
● Dipping probe pH measurements
pH Micro Sensors
● Tip size 140 micrometer.
● Drift of 0.1 pH units for 2000
SPECIFICATIONS
DATA INTERFACE
SAMPLE RATE
MEASURING PH RANGE
RESOLUTION (20ºC)
RESPONSE TIME
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
POWER SUPPLY
RS232
1 sample per sec
5-9
± 0.03 (microsensors)
± 0.01 (minisensors)
<1 min.
185 x110 x 45 mm
630 g
100-220 VAC
ORDERING INFORMATION
MINISENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with microsensors)
PH-OPTICA-MINI Fiber Optic pH Meter for minisensors1
5035382 pH MiniTip, fiber optic pH sensor dipping probe, disposable (4 mm
OD), pkg of 3
5021223 pH MiniSpot, fiber optic pH spot sensors, pkg of 10, OD 5 mm
501644 Polymer Optical Fiber with 1 SMA connector
503110 Fiber Optic Cable with 1 SMA connector
measurements (16 hours
measurement in the 30 sec data
update mode).
Implantable sensor—without any
housings implantation into animal
blood circuits; soil implantation;
implantation in custom-made housings
Planar pH Sensitive
Foils and spots—noninvasive, non-destructive
measurement from
outside through the
wall of the flask; online
monitoring.
Needle-Type Housing
Sensor—the glass-fiber with
its pH-sensitive tip is protected
inside a stainless steel needle
(18 ga.); fiber has to be
extended during measurement;
penetration through septum.
MICROSENSOR SYSTEM (cannot be used with minisensors)
PH-OPTICA-MICRO Fiber optic pH meter for microsensors
502124 pH MicroImplant, fiber optic pH implantable sensor (140 µm
OD), pkg of 3
1
minisensors, foils and spots
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
2Requires
503110
3Requires
501644
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
165
BIOSENSING
The pHOptica mini system is a one channel pH system for use with fiber
optic mini sensors, foil and spot surface sensors for applications like:
Flow-Through Cell
with Integrated
pH Sensor—On-line
monitoring; can be
easily connected via
Luer-Lock adapters.
ACCESSORIES
BIOSENSING
Reference Electrodes
Low electrolyte leakage, stable potential with low resistance
50
EF-4
R
DRI
-5
REF
DRI
Features
● Extremely low electrolyte leakage
● Stable, reproducible potential with low resistance
● Chemically resistant to strong acids and bases
EF-2
DRIR
REF
FLEX
Benefits
● May be used with ion selective electrodes without contamination from
the reference electrode
SUP
Applications
● Small volume, low salt concentration measurement (SDR)
Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes were developed by WPI to have extremely
low electrolyte leakage properties, hence the name “Dri-Ref”. In addition
to this key feature, these electrodes exhibit stable and reproducible
potential and low resistance. Stored in KCl when not in use, they have a
long life expectancy.
May be used with ion selective electrodes
Although the internal filling solution contains KCI, the low fluid leakage
means Dri-Ref may be used in combination with ion selective electrodes,
including those for K+ and Cl-, without significant contamination from the
reference electrode.
The Dri-Ref electrodes are chemically resistant to strong acids and
alkalines. Dri-Ref electrodes are not suitable for use in organic solvents.
In addition, the long, thin FLEXREF may be easily manipulated to accommodate a difficult experimental setup.
SUPER-Dri-Ref – With a diameter of 2mm, SUPER-Dri-Ref does not
leak electrolyte at all. Exhibiting the electrical stability of a classic flowing junction reference cell, this electrode exhibits low resistance and a
stable half-cell potential essentially independent of sample electrolyte
concentration. SUPER-Dri-Ref is ideal for small volume and low salt
concentration measurements.
Micro-Reference Electrode – Only 450 µm in diameter and one inch
long, the new DRIREF-450 reference electrode can be used along with
other sensors in space-restricted areas and very small sample volumes.
Luer-Tip Reference – The male luer fitting at the front of the DRIREF-L
allows it to be easily connected to a female luer port (see WPI’s
luer fittings kit, page 83 to form a tight seal — a very convenient
installation for a flow-through system.
R2
, SD
Ref
riER-D
EF-L
DRIR
-5SH
REF
DRI
H
-2S
REF
DRI
DRI-REF ELECTRODE SPECIFICATIONS
LENGTH
DIAMETER
CONSTRUCTION
RESISTANCE
(TYPICAL)
ELECTROLYTE
LEAKAGE (ML/HR)
LEAD LENGTH
CONNECTOR
Filling Solution
DRIREF-450 DRIREF-5 DRIREF-2
2.54 cm
9 cm
13 cm
450 µm
4.7 mm
2 mm
Coated Glass Epoxy
Isoplast™
FLEXREF
13 cm
1.5 mm
Teflon™
DRIREF- DRIREFSDR DRIREF-L
5SH
2SH
9 cm
7.5 cm
3.5 cm
2 cm
2 mm Standard Luer 4.7 mm
2 mm
PVC Polypropylene Epoxy Isoplast™
<5KΩ
~500Ω
~2.7 KΩ
~2.7 KΩ
< 5 KΩ
~500 Ω
~500 Ω
~2.7 KΩ
—
~7.4×10-7
~5.7×10-8
~5.7×10-8
—
7.4×10-7
~7.4×10-7 ~5.7×10-8
30 in. (76 cm)
2 mm pin
KCl
ISOPLAST IS A TRADE MARK OF DOW CHEMICAL. TEFLON IS A TRADE MARK OF DUPONT.
ORDERING INFORMATION
FLEXREF
DRIREF-2
DRIREF-2SH
DRIREF-5
DRIREF-5SH
SDR2
DRIREF-450
DRIREF-L
Flexible Dri-Ref, 1.5 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam. (Short)
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam.
Dri-Ref, 4.7 mm diam. (Short)
SUPER-Dri-Ref, 2 mm diam.
Micro-Dri-Ref, 450 µm diam.
Reference Electrode with Luer Tip
Calcium Calibration Solutions
CALBUF-1
CALBUF-2
For use with calcium electrodes
Use with calcium fluorescent indicators
A set of eight calcium buffers covering the range of concentration from
10-1 to 10-8 M Ca++. Each buffer contains 20 mL of solution and enough
potassium chloride to set the ionic strength to 0.1 M. Limited shelf life;
use within 30 days.
Concentration: 1x10-1, 1x10-2, 1x10-3, 1x10-4, 1x10-5, 1x10-6, 1x10-7, 1x10-8
M at 20°C. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-1
ORDERING INFORMATION
Kit of 8 Calcium Buffer Solutions
CALBUF-2 is especially suitable for calibrating fluorescent Ca++ indicators. It provides eleven buffer standards in the 10-4 to 10-8 M Ca++ range,
whereas other commonly used fluorescent Ca++ indicators have the
apparent Kd in the range of 100 to 300 nM. As with any ionic sensitive
indicator, the sensitivity range of these indicators is about 1.0 log unit
above and below the Kd. CALBUF-2 provides seven calibration points in
this sensitivity range. It has an osmolarity of 0.305, which is isotonic with
most mammalian cells.
Concentration: 1x10-8, 4x10-8, 1x10-7, 2.5x10-7, 5x10-7, 7.5x10-7, 1x10-6,
4x10-6, 1x10-5, 4x10-5, and 1x10-4 M at 20°C. Ionic strength: 0.150 M. 11
bottles, 20 mL each. Limited shelf life; use within 30 days.
CALBUF-2
ORDERING INFORMATION
Kit of 11 Calcium Buffer Solutions
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
166
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ACCESSORIES
Ion Selective Electrodes
Accurately measure calcium, potassium, hydrogen or TPP
Features
●
●
●
●
●
●
Fast, accurate, economical
Superior, stable PVC membrane
Fast response
2mm diameter tips
Interchangeable tip holder
Each kit includes 3 electrode tips and MicroFil filling syringe
Benefits
● Inexpensive
● Use to measure various ions in biological media
Applications
KWIKH-2
● Detection of ions in vivo or in vitro for biological applications
These highly stable electrodes accurately measure calcium, potassium,
hydrogen and TPP (Tetraphenylphosphonium) ion activity. Tips consist
of 2 mm diameter plastic tubes sealed at one end with an ion-sensitive membrane. After filling with electrolyte solution, you can insert the
tube into the holder and connect it to a pH meter. Tips and holders are
interchangeable, so one tip may be replaced with another sensitive to a
different ion. Replacing a tip takes less than a minute. Electrode tips normally last several months, when stored properly in saline solution. When
replacement is necessary, only the tip needs be replaced.
Kwik-Tip electrodes are available separately and as kits. Each “KWIK”
Electrode Holder kit includes a reusable holder and three removable
tips. In addition to a 4-foot BNC cable and an electrolyte filling syringe;
“TIP” Electrode Kits contain three electrode tips for a specific ion. A
separate reference electrode, such as WPI’s Dri-Ref™, is also required.
ORDERING INFORMATION
COMPLETE KITS
KWIKCAL-2
KWIKH-2
KWIKPOT-2
KWIKTPP-2
Holder & 3 Calcium Electrodes
Holder & 3 Hydrogen Electrodes
Holder & 3 Potassium Electrodes
Holder & 3 TPP (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrodes
HOLDERS AND REPLACEMENT TIPS
KWIK-2
TIPCA
TIPH
TIPK
TIPTPP
Electrode Holder with BNC cable
Calcium Electrode Tips (3)
Hydrogen Electrode Tips (3)
Potassium Electrode Tips (3)
TPP+ (Tetraphenylphosphonium) Electrode Tips (3)
ACCESSORIES
3508
BNC-to-US pH Adapter
Also see Dri-Ref Reference Electrodes
If your pH meter requires a US Standard connector, you will also need
Part 3508 (BNC-to-US pH Standard adapter).
KWIK-TIP ELECTRODE SPECIFICATIONS
Part #
Electrode
Color Code
TIPCA
Calcium
Green
TIPH
Hydrogen
Orange
Potassium
TPP+
Min. Slope/
Decade
0.1 M CaCl2
1 M Citric Acid,
0.01 M NaCl, pH 5.6
0.1 M KCl
10 mM TPP+
Yellow
Purple
Concentration
Range
Selectivity Coefficients
(-log)
28 mV
0.1 M - 10-6.75 M
Na+ 5.5, K+ 5.4, Mg++ 4.9
54 mV
pH 5.0 - 12
Na+ 10.4, K+ 9.8, Ca++ 11.1
54 mV
54 mV
10-4.5
Na+ 4.0, Ca++ 3.9, Mg++ 3.0
K+ 6.0
0.1 M M
0.001 M - 10-4 M
Liquid Ion Exchangers
Make micropipettes to record cellular
concentrations
IE190
IE010
IE200
WPI’s Liquid Ion Exchangers (LIX), for use with the FD223A Electrometer,
allow intracellular measurements to be made for cations (hydrogen,
potassium and calcium).
When used in
micropipettes to
record cellular ion
concentrations, consider
using WPI’s Duo 773
electrometer (channel A).
CATIONS
ION
H+
CATALOG NO.
IE 010
SELECTIVITY COEFFICIENTS*
Ca++
IE 200
1.97
5.5
2.95
4.9
—
5.4
2.7
—
4-10
4-10
58 mV
28 mV
pK 0-3
pCa 1-7
Corning
ETH1001
477317
*Selectivity Coefficients are expressed here as -log Kij or pKij.
Na+
Mg++
K+
Ca++
USEFUL pH RANGE
SLOPE
LINEAR RANGE
APPROX. EQUIV.
12.7
—
—
—
2-10
56 mV
pH 4-12
—
K+
IE 190
ORDERING INFORMATION
IE010
IE190
IE200
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Hydrogen Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
Potassium Ion Exchanger (1.0 mL)
Calcium Neutral Ion Exchanger (0.1 mL)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
167
BIOSENSING
TIPK
TIPTPP
Recommended
Filling Solution
ACCESSORIES
BIOSENSING
Multi-Port Measurement Chamber
4-port closed chamber for measurements of NO,
O2, H2O2 & other species in cell culture, temperature
stabilized
Features
Applications
● Four port (NOCHM-4) chamber accommodates WPI’s 2 mm
● Simultaneously
sensors for nitric oxide (ISO-NOP), oxygen (ISO-OXY-2), hydrogen
peroxide (ISO-HPO-2) and WPI’s KWIK-TIP ion selective electrodes in
combination with WPI’s 2 mm Dri-Ref™ reference electrodes
● Two additional top ports for injection of reagents using WPI’s MicroFil™
syringe needles
● Temperature control through an external circulating bath
● The chamber can be used for nitric oxide and other species calibration
at temperatures from 4-40 ºC
measurement
of free radicals
such as NO, H2O2,
H2S, O2 and other
ions at controlled
conditions for
cultured cell, cell
suspensions or
biological media
Benefits
NOCHM
ORDERING INFORMATION
● Closed chamber design greatly reduces the surface area of the
NOCHM-4
● One top port and up to three side ports configuration provides
NOCHM-P
800100-5
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
NSA Pre-polarizer
Restore ISO-NOP sensors to their
original sensitivity
Keep extra NO sensors ready to use
solution exposed to air
adequate space for convenient sample and electrode manipulation
Four-Port Closed Chamber, for use with WPI’s 2.0 mm electrodes (e.g., ISO-NOP and ISO-OXY-2, etc.)
Spare Plug-adapter for ISO-NOP nitric oxide electrode
Spare Center Chamber Gasket (package of 5)
Achieve a stable background
current quickly. This small
battery-powered device
applies a potential to the NO
electrode equivalent to the
potential applied by the ISONO meter. A sensor, which
has been connected to the
activator, may be transferred
to the meter for immediate
use. For use with all WPI
NO electrodes.
After an ISO-NOP 2-mm sensor
is used for long periods,
sensitivity may become
reduced and response
time may increase. This
little device can restore
ISO-NOP performance to
original levels by applying
an electric waveform for a
few seconds. 9v alkaline battery
included.
ORDERING INFORMATION
JUV
ORDERING INFORMATION
NSA-3
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator
ISO-NO Activator
SNAP
GSNO
SNAP is a stable green crystalline S-nitrosothiol compound that mimics
the action of nitric oxide in vivo. It has vasodilatory properties and has
been shown to relax isolated bovine coronary artery rings by activating
soluble granulate cyclase. This reagent also actuates apoptosis in mouse
thymocytes and has been accounted for reversible inactivation of protein
Kinase C. SNAP can be used for calibration of all WPI NO sensors.
M.W. 220.2 • Purity > 98% by NMR or TLC
GSNO has been identified in vivo as a potential storage and transport
vehicle for NO in the body. GSNO has been used in clinical trials to treat
a form of preeclampsia and to prevent platelet aggregation. It also has
considerable potential as NO donor in medicine.
M.W.336.3 • C10 H16N4O7S • Purity > 98% • Soluble in water or DMSO
• Storage: -20°C
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D-penicillamine
ORDERING INFORMATION
SNAP25
SNAP50
SNAP100
SNAP, 25 mg vial
SNAP, 50 mg vial
SNAP, 100 mg vial
168
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
S-nitrosoglutathione
ORDERING INFORMATION
GSNO-50
GSNO-100
GSNO 50 mg vial
GSNO 100 mg vial
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Spectroscopy
SPECTROSCOPY
Detection systems, light sources, cuvettes and more
Every spectroscopy experiment requires spectroscopy equipment of some kind. A
basic spectroscopy setup includes some type of cuvette, flow cell or dipping probe
to hold a liquid sample, a light source and a detection system. WPI offers a variety of
spectroscopy equipment, including cuvettes, flow cells, detectors, light sources and
optical fibers for a well-equipped spectroscopy laboratory. Our precision spectroscopy
products are simple to use so that your only concerns are the details of your research
application.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
169
Biofluorometer
SPECTROSCOPY
Reliable, 2-channel, LED-based fluorometer
SI-BF-100
Features
applications. It is ideally suited for ratiometric calcium detection
(FURA-8) and ATPase detection (via NADH fluorescence). With up
to seven LED modules (wavelengths), the SI-BF100 covers many
fluorometric applications in neuroscience and cell biology.
● Two photomultiplier inputs
● Light excitation with high power LEDs
● Modes: single excitation & single emission, single excitation & dual
emission, dual excitation & single emission
● 2 channel mode (two single excitation & single emission)
● Optical connections: Liquid Light Guides (LLGs) and SMA terminated
fibers
● Sampling rates up to 1 kHz (1000 ratios/second)
● Automatic LED light drift correction for long term measurements
● Automatic room light correction
● Optional fiber optic probes for horizontal tissue bath applications
● Optional imaging probes for Langendorff systems
● Optional attachments for direct connection to fluorescence
microscopes via epifluorescence port (excitation) and C-Mount
(Emission) via liquid light guides
Benefits
● Versatile instrument for horizontal tissue bath, Langendorff and
microscope applications
● Warmup time < 1 minute
● Low bleaching mode (5% LED On time)
● Can be combined with imaging based Sarcomere Detection System
BIOFLUOROMETER
(OptiSarc)
● SMA and Liquid Light Guide connections
● Single and dual emission or excitation detection methods
● 2-channel instrument for single excitation/single emission dyes
● Customized analysis techniques in WPI’s MDAC data acquisition
software
WPI developed a fiber optic based Biofluorometer (SI-BF-100) for
physiological research. The instrument features up to three exchangeable
high power LED modules as excitation source and two highly sensitive
photomultiplier modules, allowing the detection of weak fluorescent
signals. Excitation light is guided from the SI-BF-100 light output to the
tissue/cell sample and emission light from the tissue/cell sample to the
PMT modules using optical fibers or so-called liquid light guides (LLGs).
Such an optical instrumentation allows direct and simple connection to
a microscopic set-up or a variety of imaging probes situated inside or
adjacent to a horizontal or vertical tissue bath or a Langendorff perfusion
system. Furthermore, the emitting fluorescent signal can be measured
directly and displayed via a data acquisition system (WPI's LabTrax 8/16
with MDAC), allowing the quantification of rapidly changing temporal
events.
The SI-BF-100 enables the detection and analysis of fluorescence signals
in four different modes:
● Single excitation/single emission–In this classical mode, a fluorophore
is excited at one wavelength and the fluorescence signal is detected
at a single higher wavelength using one photomultiplier. The
concentration of the analyte is directly proportional to the intensity of
the detected signal.
● Dual excitation/single emission–A fluorophore is excited at two
wavelengths and the fluorescence signal is detected at one
wavelength using one photomultiplier. The concentration of the
analyte is proportional to the ratio of the two detected fluorescence
signals. This ratiometric concept minimizes the effect of indicator dye
bleaching and motion artifact in experiments. A typical example is the
detection of free calcium in muscle tissue using the indicator dyes
Fura-2TM and Fura-8TM.
● Single excitation/dual emission–A fluorophore is excited at one
Applications
● Biofluorometer: ideal for ratiometric calcium measurement and
ATPase
● Fluorometric applications in neuroscience and cell biology
● The new SI-BF100 is an LED-based fluorometer for life science
wavelength and the fluorescence signal is detected at two wavelength
using two photomultipliers.
● Dual excitation/dual emission–Two separate fluorophores are
excited at different wavelengths and the fluorescence signal of each
fluorophore is detected at two separate wavelengths using two
photomultipliers.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
170
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Attachments
Using the
Biofluorometer with
Muscle Physiology
Research systems
Convert to general purpose fluorometer
This incredible design is not limited to calcium imaging either. By simply
replacing the 510 nm emission filters in front of the photomultipliers
with the desired wavelength filters, your SI-BF-100 becomes a general
purpose fluorometer for any application you can imagine. Changing a filter
involves removing the two screws that hold the filter carriage on the face
of the SI-BF-100, swapping the filter and reinstalling the integral SMA/filter
carriage.
94650
Single and dual emission probes
All probes use fibers with a 300 µm core diameter. Excitation fibers
have 1000 micrometer SMA connectors for Excitation and Double
Emission Probes and 1500 micrometer SMA connectors for Single
Emission Probes.
A smaller probe, optimized for use with small tissues like trabecula
or in multi-well plates, is available.
SI-BF-100 SPECIFICATIONS
MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
fiber optic fluorometer with 2 inputs and 1
output
DETECTOR INPUTS
2 PMTs
EXCITATION
High Power LED Modules: 365 nm, 420 nm,
470 nm, 530 nm (select any 3 modules,
when ordering)
ANALOG OUTPUT RANGE
0–10V
OPTICAL CONNECTIONS
Choice of Liquid Light Guide (LLG) or SMA
connections
POWER
12 V / 2A (includes external 100 – 240 V /
50 – 60 Hz power supply)
DIMENSIONS (h x w x d)
3.5 x 17 x 13 in. (88 x 431 x 330 mm)
ORDERING INFORMATION
99259
Biofluorometer with LLG Optical Connections
Biofluorometer with SMA Fiber Optic Connections
C-Mount Microscope Attachment for 2x PMTs
(includes 1x 802407 for EX and 2x 802407 for EM)
C-Mount microscope attachment for 1x camera & 2x
PMTs (includes 1x camera C-Mount adapter with adjustable aperture, 1x 802407 for EX and 2x 802407 for EM)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
SI-BF-SMA-UPGRADE Biofluorometer Upgrade Kit for SMA optical probes
SI-BF-LLG-UPGRADE Biofluorometer Upgrade Kit for LLG connections
802407
Liquid Light Guide (LLG), 3mm diameter, 6' long
M3301
Manual Manipulator for securing the probe
M10
Magnetic Base
94650
Single Emission, Small Tissue Probe
Dual Emission, Small Tissue Probe
94689
Check our website for new LED modules, emission filters and dichroic
mirrors for specific applications.
Sports & rehabilitation:
● Disuse vs. overuse
● Muscle damage
● Functioning of transplanted heart
Future application of the SI-BF-100 may include the study of:
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Golgi organs and endoplasmic reticulum (ER)
Protein detection and quantification
Na+, K+, Mg2+ signaling pathways
Brain function in neuroscience
Genetically-encoded fluorophores in optogenetics
Insulin signaling pathways in experimental nutrition
Oncology
References in the field of application
Belz, et al., Fiber Optic Biofluorometer for Physiological Research on
Muscle Slices. Proc SPIE 9702, Optical Fibers and Sensors for Medical
Diagnostics and Treatment Applications XVI, 2016.
Ueno, et al., Fluorescent probes for sensing and imaging. Nature 8, 642645, 2011.
Baylor, et al., Intracellular calcium movements during excitation–contraction coupling in mammalian slow-twitch and fast-twitch muscle fibers.
Brief Review. J Gen Physiol 139, 261–272, 2012.
Baylor, et. al., Measurement and interpretation of cytoplasmic [Ca2+]
signals from calcium-indicator dyes. News Physiol Sci 15, 19-26, 2000.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
171
OPTICAL DETECTION
SI-BF-100LLG
SI-BF-100SMA
99261
● Screening of potential drugs
● Evaluating models of cardiac disease
● Evaluating the effects of muscle dystrophies/myopathies
SPECTROSCOPY
This probe has a rectangular fiber pattern, optimized for muscle strips, where
the middle fibers are used for excitation and the surrounding fibers are used
for detection.
The use of fluorescence for sensing and imaging of the cellular
signaling pathways has emerged as an indispensable tool in modern
physiology, providing dynamic information of quantity and localization
of the molecules of interest. Using appropriate indicator dyes,
molecules alter their fluorescent characteristics in response to ion
binding or membrane integration, so that the optical signal from the
indicator can be measured to monitor the amplitude and the time
course of various metal ions like Na+, K+, Mg2+ and Ca2+, as well as pH
and membrane potential, in cellular compartments.
A specific target molecule like Ca2+ is responsible for many
physiological functions, such as neurotransmitter release, fertilization
and/or ion channel functions. Studying the cellular channel functions
is directly related to the transient increase in the myoplasmic free
calcium concentration (Δ[CA2+]), as a key intermediate signaling event
between excitation and contraction of muscle fibers. This makes it
essential for the analysis of the force development in muscles.
The concomitant assessment of both parameters sibmultaneously
is critical. Fluorescence techniques used in conjunction with muscle
research systems (like WPI’s SI-MKBM, SI-HTB2 or SI-CTS200
Muscle Testers) to record the muscle force has become a standard
technique in cardiac muscle and skeletal muscle physiology. WPI’s
Biofluorometer (SI-BF-100) was specifically developed to monitor rapid
changes, like the Δ[CA2+], using high-power LED modules, an optical
fiber combiner and highly sensitive photomultiplier modules to detect
even very weak fluorescent signals at sample rates of 1,000 ratios/s.
The Biofluorometer opens a wide field in functional fluorescence
research, by studying the fundamental and/or applied aspects of the
underlying energetics and signaling aspects of muscle contraction.
This is notably useful in:
Pre-clinical & toxicological studies:
Bio Photometric Detection System
SPECTROSCOPY
Focus on the wavelength of interest for rapid, repeatable results
LEDspec
LEDSPEC-4
Features
● Affordable spectroscopy
● Dynamic range and baseline noise outperform CCD and photodiode
array based spectrometers
●
●
●
●
LED light source eliminates costly replacement lamps
Integrated reference channel eliminates signal drift
Full computer control
Integrated math functions allow for baseline correction at a second
wavelength, signal ratio and more
● Simplified display with just the data you want to view
● Your choice of three wavelengths included
● Measures UV and visible wavelengths
Benefits
● Get the data you want to see without sorting through extraneous
information
● Analyze your output data with intuitive software and export
OPTICAL DETECTION
chromatographs to Microsoft® Excel.
Applications
● Environmental/Oceanography
Ammonia at 650 nm
Iron at 560 nm
Nitrite/Nitrate at 540 nm
Phosphate at 700 nm
wavelengths you need to see. You can conduct flow analysis and singlescan applications with high precision over a large dynamic range.
Two models are available: 2-channel and 4-channel. LEDspec-2
(2-channel) comes with your choice of three LED modules (wavelengths).
LEDspec-4 (4-channel) also includes your choice of three LED modules,
however, up to four additional wavelengths can be added, if desired.
Data You Want to See
Many biochemistry applications require information at specific, important
wavelengths, instead of a full spectrum analysis. For example, the
Bradford, BCA and Lowry assays for protein analysis rely on specific
wavelengths.
LEDspec is ideally suited for oceanographic applications such as
detecting nM concentrations of nitrite/nitrate, phosphate and iron using
WPI’s LWCC sample cells. Two or four independent channel FIA detection
systems can be assembled using a LEDspec-2 or LEDspec-4, respectively.
LEDspec is a stand-alone LED-based bio-photometric detection system
designed to give you the information you want to see. Now you can
conduct flow analysis and single-scan applications with high precision and
a large dynamic range.
LEDspec can be equipped with up to 7 LEDs of different wavelengths.
Its noise (< 0.04 mAu peak to peak) and drift performance (<0.5 mAU/h)
exceeds that of a CCD or photodiode array detection system at a fraction
of the cost.
LEDspec uses dual–beams to reduce light source drift. Conventional
single beam spectrometers notice baseline drift caused by warm up,
temperature stability and bulb aging. An internal reference channel in the
LEDspec corrects for baseline while you make sample measurements.
Data Collection and Analysis
● Pharmaceutical
Now, you can analyze output data with LEDspec's easy-to-use software
and export chromatographs directly to your PC (via USB) in Microsoft®
Excel format. Software provides:
● Semiconductors
● Continuous flow or single-shot analysis of up to four independent
channels simultaneously or sequentially.
Choose the wavelength data you want to see. In many nutrient, water
purity and process applications, full spectrum analysis is not required.
With LEDspec you can eliminate the extraneous data and focus on those
● Immediate calibration and analysis (mean and standard deviation)
of up to four channels
Process Control
Drug discovery
Dissolution testing
● Full computer control of LEDspec
Water purity, trace metal analysis (Fe, Pd, Cu, U)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
172
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
References
Ye, C., Zhou, X., Pu, D., Stutz, J., Festa, J., Spolaor, M.,
… Knote, C. (2016). Rapid cycling of reactive nitrogen in the
marine boundary layer. Nature, 532(7600), 489–91. http://doi.
org/10.1038/nature17195
Zimmer, L. A., & Cutter, G. A. (2012). High resolution
determination of nanomolar concentrations of dissolved
reactive phosphate in ocean surface waters using long path
liquid waveguide capillary cells (LWCC) and spectrometric
detection. Limnology and Oceanography: Methods, 10(8), 568–
580. http://doi.org/10.4319/lom.2012.10.568
Benton T. Cartledge, Brian J. Majestic. (2015) Metal concentrations
and soluble iron speciation in fine particulate matter from light rail activity
in the Denver–Metropolitan area. Atmospheric Pollution Research Vol. 6,, pp
495-502 doi:10.5094/APR.2015.055
Oliver Wurl, Louise Zimmer, Gregory A. Cutter. (2013) Arsenic
and phosphorus biogeochemistry in the ocean: Arsenic species as
proxies for P-limitation. Limnol. Oceanogr. Vol. 58, 2013, pp 729–740
doi:10.4319/lo.2013.58.2.0729
Absorbance @ 260nm [AU]
2
spectrophotometer
R 2 = 0.9981
1.5
LEDspec
2 µL sample volume
R 2 = 0.9927
1
0.5
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
DNA [µg/mL]
DNA Calibration Curve using WPI's V-Vette combined with a LEDspecUV
and pharmaceutical compliant spectrophotometer. Note the
comparable calibration curves of the two systems.
LEDSPEC SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL BASICS
LED-based multiple wavelength detector
with build-in reference channel
SAMPLE CELLS
LWCC, Fiber Optic Cuvette Holders, V-Vette
WAVELENGTH RANGE (nm)
260, 280, 340, 400, 450, 540, 560, 600, 650,
700, custom
CHANNELS
2 or 4
Photodiode
SPECTRAL BANDWIDTH (FWHM)
10 nm (LEDs >400 nm)
7 nm (260, 280, 340 nm LEDs)
DYNAMIC RANGE
0-3 AU
DETECTOR RESOLUTION
24 Bit
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.04 mAu
WARMUP TIME
Instant
FIBER OPTIC INPUT
600 μm
DRIFT
< 0.5 mAU/h
DIGITAL INPUTS AND OUTPUTS
8/8
ANALOG OUTPUT
+/- 10 V, scaleable output
DIMENSIONS (W*H*D)
290 x 80 x 250 mm
(11.4” x 3.2” x 9.9”)
WEIGHT
2 kg (2.2 lbs)
INTERFACE
USB 2.0
POWER
100 – 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz
Linearity of phosphate determination using a discrete 200 cm pathlength
LWCC detected with 700 nm wavelength LEDSpec Spectrometer (adapted from
Zimmer and Cutter, Limnol. Oceanogr.: Methods 10, 2012, 568–580)
ORDERING INFORMATION
LEDSpec-2
LEDspec biophotometric detection system, 2 channel, 3
VIS LED modules (choose when ordering)
LEDSpec-4
LEDspec biophotometric detection system, 4 channel, 3
VIS LED modules (choose when ordering)
89273
UV LED module, 260 nm
89272
UV LED module, 280 nm
89274
UV LED module, 340 nm
89245
VIS LED module, 400 nm
89246
VIS LED module, 450 nm
89247
VIS LED module, 540 nm
89248
VIS LED module, 560 nm
89275
VIS LED module, 600 nm
89276
VIS LED module, 650 nm
89249
VIS LED module, 700 nm
PERIPRO-4LS Peri-Star Pro, 4-channel, low rate, small tubing (page 64)
MINISTAR
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel (page 65)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
173
OPTICAL DETECTION
DETECTOR
SPECTROSCOPY
The top image shows all the connections on the back of the LEDspec, including
the four BNC connections for the analog outputs. The bottom image shows the
inputs and outputs for the fiber optic cables.
High Performance Spectrophotometer
A unique multiple long pathlength sample cell for absorbance spectroscopy
D4H
SPECTROSCOPY
Appearance of instruments presently in
these systems differ from those pictured
here.
PERIPRO-4HS
TIDAS E BASE
UPVIS
Designed with NASA for CDOM
Features
● Process Control & Oceanography
● Rugged system for laboratory and onboard measuring
● Portable & easy to use
● User-selected optical path lengths: 2, 10, 50 & 200 cm
● Highly sensitive and stable
Benefits
● Designed with NASA for colored dissolved organic matter in seawater
Highly Sensitive, Extended Dynamic Range
and fresh water
● Highly sensitive with extended dynamic range for UV and VIS
absorbance measurements, with fewer complications associated with
standard long pathlength systems
● Portable system for field operations and mobile lab environments
Application
OPTICAL DETECTION
UltraPath was developed by WPI under a collaborative agreement with
NASA (Stennis Space Center) for the spectroscopic determination of
colored dissolved organic matter (CDOM) in seawater and fresh water
environments. It can be used in the laboratory and in the field (i.e., at sea).
CDOM concentrations vary significantly between open ocean samples
with low CDOM (e.g., 0.007 m-1 at 380 nm), and high CDOM freshwater
environments (e.g., 10-20 m-1 at 380 nm). To address these problems
the design requirements of UltraPath mandated the development of a
rugged portable system capable of high sensitivity measurements across
a wide dynamic range. The UltraPath system meets these stringent
design criteria and enables reliable measurement of CDOM in the range
of 0.002 m-1 to 200 m-1 (250 to 730 nm).
UltraPath has four optical pathlengths contained within a single sample
cell (i.e., 2 cm, 10 cm, 50 cm and 200 cm). The pathlengths are selectable,
offering a very high sensitivity and an extended dynamic range for UV
and VIS absorbance measurements. The fluid path of the sample cell is
optimized to produce a laminar flow that is virtually free of interference
from trapped air bubbles and adherence of dissolved substances to
the cell wall. In particular, the design greatly minimizes the problems
commonly found with flow cells of long optical pathlengths.
● CDOM - Colored dissolved organic matter
● Reduces the risk of trapping dust particles.
● QFT - Quantitative Filter Technique
● Reduces contamination of fibers or particulate matter inside the cell.
UltraPath™ is a unique high-performance spectrophotometer system
offering selectable optical path lengths of 2, 10, 50 and 200 cm. The
instrument operates in the wavelength range of 250 to 730 (UPUV)
or 380 to 730 nm (UPVIS) and has an exceptional dynamic range.
Designed for the detection of low absorbing species in aqueous solutions,
UltraPath is an ideal tool for any study requiring precise and highly
sensitive spectroscopic determination of analytes, either in the lab or in
the field.
The UltraPath system includes a low noise photodiode array-based
spectrometer module (TIDAS E BASE) and a light source (D4H with
UPUV; FO6000 with UPVIS) to measure sample absorption. Light is
coupled from the light source to the sample cell and from the sample cell
to the detector using two fused silica fibers. A peristaltic pump (PeriPro4LS) draws the sample into the UltraPath sample cell.
A standard PC or laptop (not included) is connected to the Tidas E Base
using an RJ-45 Ethernet interface.
Portable system for field environments
The system is designed for mobility. The components of the UltraPath
system are designed to function over a broad range of laboratory and
field environments.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
174
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Applications
References
CDOM
M. G. Novak, A. Mannino, N. Nelson, E. D’Sa, R. Miller,J. Werdell,
R. Del Vecchio, C. Del Castillo, J. Chaves, J. F. Berthon, E. Boss,
M. Tzortziou, A. Neeley, S. Freeman, A. Bricaud, R. Röttgers, A.
Matsuoka, M. Belz, N. Blough, Measurements of CDOM absorption
spectra using different Instruments and techniques: A round robin
exercise and extensive field data set., Ocean Optics XXII, (2014)
Two typical absorption spectra recorded with an UltraPath (UPUV)
of a seawater and a fresh water sample collected in November 2007
are shown in the figures. Due to their high absorbance, both samples
were analyzed in the 10 cm pathlength. The CDOM sample labeled
Mayagüez Bay from oligotrophic, low productive waters with high salinity
collected off the west coast of Puerto Rico in the Mayagüez Bay. Special
attention should be drawn to the exceptional sensitivity of UltraPath
enabling detection of CDOM absorption below 0.03 m-1. To exemplify the
performance of the UltraPath in laboratory chemistry and process control,
Ponceau S absorbance was measured with the 200 cm pathlength of
an UltraPath. Normalizing the Ponceau absorbance graph to AU/cm, the
range of this measurement is 150 μAU with a noise level below 2 μAU
peak to peak. Sub-nanomolar concentration of this dye can clearly and
reliably be detected, which is a novelty in absorbance based spectroscopy.
Sarasota Bay & Pond CDOM
30
Sarasota Bay
25
Pond
R. L. Miller, M. Belz, C. Del Castillo, R. Trzaska, “Determining CDOM
Absorption Spectra in Diverse Coastal Environments Using a Multiple
Pathlength, Liquid Core Waveguide System”, Continental Shelf Research, July
2002, 22:9, p 1301-1310.
20
“System Analyzes Water Samples at Sea”, NASA Aerospace Technology
Innovation, 2001, 9 (5). http://nctn.hq.nasa.gov/innovation/innovation95/3techtrans2.html
15
10
5
0
-5
250
350
450
550
650
750
Wavelength [nm]
Two typical absorption spectra measured using UltraPath. The sample labeled
“Sarasota Bay” is a CDOM sample with 34 PSU salinity collected from Sarasota
Bay (Nov. 2007), and the sample labeled “Pond” is a highly concentrated
CDOM sample collected from a local pond in Sarasota, Florida (Nov. 2007).
Mayagüez Bay CDOM
0.09
Absorption [1/m]
V. Kitidis, A. P. Stubbins, G. Uher, R. C. Upstill Goddard, C. S. Law,
E. M. S. Woodward, “Variability of chromophoric organic matter in surface
waters of the Atlantic Ocean”, Deep Sea Research Part II: Topical Studies, Vol.
53, Issue 14-16, 2006, p. 1666-1684.
Mayagüez Bay
0.07
0.05
R. L. Miller and E. D’Sa. “Evaluating the influence of CDOM on the
remote sensing signal in the Mississippi River Bight”. In Eos Transactions
AGU Ocean Sciences, 2002. Honolulu, HI, p. 171.
E. D’Sa, R.L. Miller and R. Trzaska. “Aparent Optical Properties in
Waters Influenced by the Mississippi River”, Proceedings of the Seventh
Thematic Conference, Remote Sensing for Marine and Coastal Environments,
2002, 6 pg, Miami, FL.
R. L. Miller, C. Hall, C. Del Castillo, B. McKee and M. Dagg. “Biooptical Properties of the Mississippi River Plume and Adjacent Shelf.” ASLO
Aquatic Sciences, Albuquerque, NM, 2001.
R. L. Miller, M. Belz and S. Y. Liu, “Measuring the absorption of CDOM
in the field using a multiple pathlength liquid waveguide system”, Ocean
Optics XV, paper 1308, Monaco, October 2000.
ULTRAPATH SPECIFICATIONS
0.03
0.01
-0.01
380
480
580
680
Wavelength [nm]
CDOM Sample “Mayagüez Bay” was collected from the high salinity
oligotrophic waters of Mayagüez Bay on the west coast of Puerto Rico (2001).
Data courtesy of NASA Stennis Space Center.
QFT for particulate absorption
5 μAU/cm to 1 AU/cm
0.002 m-1 to 200 m-1
WAVELENGTH RANGE
250 nm – 730 nm (UPUV)
380 nm – 730 nm (UPVIS)
WAVELENGTH RESOLUTION (FWHM)
5 nm
NOISE (PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.2 mAU
DRIFT
< 1 mAU/h
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
2, 10, 50 & 200 cm (user selectable)
SAMPLE CELL INNER DIAMETER
2 mm
CELL VOLUME
10 mL (at 200 cm pathlength)
SAMPLE INLET / OUTLET
1/8”
FIBER INPUT/OUTPUT
600 μm
SOLVENT RESISTANCE
Most organic and inorganic solvents
SHIPPING WEIGHT
UPUV: 44 lb (20 kg)
UPVIS: 33 lb (15 kg)
Ponceau S measured with 200 cm pathlength
Absorbance
125
baseline
0.02
100
ORDERING INFORMATION
1.8 nM
75
3 nM
50
UPVIS
Ultrapath System, Visible Light
UPUV
Ultrapath System, Ultraviolet & Visible Light
The UltraPath system includes: Multiple pathlength cell, Tidas E Base with
TidasDAQ/SpectraView software, FO-6000 light source (UPVIS) or D4H light
source (UPUV), two FO-600-SMA1M optical fibers, PeriStar Pro peristaltic
pump, silicone tubing, sample injector and Waveguide Cleaning Kit.
Specify line voltage
501609
Waveguide Cleaning Kit
89575
QFT1, Fiber Optic Holder for Glass Fiber Filters
FO-1000-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable 1 m, SMA, 1000 µm core, UV enhanced
0.7 nM
0.015
0.01
25
0.005
µAU/cm
0.025
0
0
-25
-0.005
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
Wavelength [nm]
Ponceau S absorption measured with UltraPath (200 cm cell). Ponceau S was
dissolved in Millipore water.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
175
OPTICAL DETECTION
Particulate absorption can be measured by the well established
Quantitative Filter Technique (QFT). WPI now offers a fiber optic filter
holder for Glass Fiber Filters (QFT1, page 183) which can be used with
the spectrometer (Tidas E Base) and light source (D4H or FO6000)
supplied with the UltraPath. With this accessory, particulate absorption
can be measured on site, avoiding loss of spectral information due to
freezing and shipping particulate samples to a laboratory.
DYNAMIC RANGE
SPECTROSCOPY
Absorption [1/m]
35
N. B. Nelson, D. A. Siegel, C. A. Carlson, C. Swan, W. M. Smethie Jr.
and S. Khatiwala. 2007. Hydrography of chromophoric dissolved organic
matter in the North Atlantic. Deep-Sea Res. I. 54: 710 – 731.
Photodiode Array Based Spectrophotometers
SPECTROSCOPY
High performance fiber optic spectrometer systems
504719
Features
● TIDAS E BASE spectrometer modules
● TIDAS S300 spectrophotometer with build in light source
● Available as UV (190-390 nm), UV/VIS (190-720 nm) and VIS/NIR (3001100 nm)
● SMA 905 fiber optic connectors
● Low drift (<1 mAU/h @ 254 nm)
● Low noise (<0.050 mAU peak to peak)
Applications
Benefits
●
●
●
●
●
●
High performance spectrometer modules for trace analysis
Connects to all WPI fiber optic dipping probes and flow cells
TIDAS DAQ Software included
Software optimized for flow analysis techniques
OPTICAL DETECTION
The Tidas E Base is ideally suited for WPI’s fiber optic sampling equipment.
High sensitivity detection systems for flow analysis can be assembled
using WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCC) with effective
pathlengths ranging from 50 to 500 cm. These setups are frequently used
in fluid injection analysis systems for nutrient analysis (nitrite, nitrate,
phosphate, iron) in oceanographic applications. Microliter sampling
systems for UV/VIS applications can be assembled using WPI’s V-Vette or
DipTip™ dipping probes.
Software
Export to ASCII, SPC and UVD 3D formats
TidasDAQ 3 software is included with each instrument for data collection
and data analysis. TidasDAQ is used to run the spectrometer module,
collect spectra in either single or continuous mode, control the digital I/
Os, save the experimental data to disk, and analyze the data. Further,
TidasDAQ can export data directly into GRAMS/AI, a feature very useful for
advanced data analysis for pharmaceutical applications and requirements.
Optical bench manufactured by ZEISS
Applications
●
●
●
●
●
●
based spectrophotometers and CCD-based spectrometer modules,
when it comes to high precision fiber optic sampling. It relies on a
monolithic optical bench made by Zeiss, which is optimized for fiber optic
applications. Most cuvette-based standard spectrometers lose more than
90% of light through expensive prism decoupling. The Tidas E Base is
designed for fiber optic sampling cells. Using suitable light sources and
sample cells, spectral detection in the wavelength range of 190 – 720 nm
can be performed.
Standard chemistry and biochemistry
Trace level nutrient analysis
Detection in flow injection analysis (FIA)
HPLC analysis with WPI's LWCC-M flow cells
Microliter sampling with V-VETTE (2uL)
CDOM detection with UltraPath
The TIDAS spectrometer and spectrophotometer series is based on
a high performance monolithic spectrometer module manufactured
by Zeiss for UV, UV/VIS and VIS/NIR applications. The Tidas E Base
spectrometers are ideal for modular spectrometer systems with
separate detectors, light sources and sample cells. The TIDAS S300
spectrophotometers already include a light source.
The TIDAS E series instruments are specialized for research and
instructional concepts. This Diode Array based technology allows for
fast and precise measurements, and the instruments are universally
applicable. The TIDAS E Base detector is suitable for routine
measurements in the laboratory and outperforms conventional bench-
TIDASDAQ acquisition window, showing an absorbance baseline.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
176
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Spectra may be displayed and analyzed in 2D and 3D format. This allows
the user to conveniently interpret “time acquisition” data typically done with a
TIDAS-E-BASE-LWCC flow system.
TidasDAQ: Data Collection & Instrument Control
Typical Usage
TIDAS E Base
OPTICAL BENCH
TIDAS S300
Monolithic spectrometer module with concave
aberration corrected holographic grating;
DETECTOR ARRAY
Hamamatsu photodiode array, 256 pixel
A/D RESOLUTION
16 Bit
BASELINE NOISE
(PEAK TO PEAK)
< 0.030 mAU (ASTM E685)
WAVELENGTH
ACCURACY
<1 nm
WAVELENGTH
RESOLUTION
Model UV: 3 nm, Model UV/VIS: 7 nm, Model VIS/
NIR: 10 nm
FIBER OPTIC INPUT
AND OUTPUT
SMA 905, 600 µm
DIGITAL I/O
2x input & 2x output
INTERFACE
RJ-45 (Ethernet)
SOFTWARE
(INCLUDED)
TIDAS DAQ
SCRIPT LANGUAGE
FOR METHOD
yes
DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS
Windows 7, 8 and 10
INTERNAL LIGHT SOURCE
Model UV:
None
Deuterium lamp
Model UV/VIS:
None
Deuterium & halogen
lamp
Model VIS/NIR:
None
Halogen lamp
OPTICAL SHUTTER
Digital output
Internal shutter
included
DIMENSIONS (W X
H X D)
260 mm * 150 mm *
140 mm
345 mm * 145 mm *
315 mm
WEIGHT
2.5 kg
8.0 kg
POWER
85- 265 V, 47 – 63 Hz
85- 265 V, 47 – 63 Hz
ORDERING INFORMATION
504717
504718
504719
505066
505067
Mean measured absorption spectra for marine samples, measured with
TIDAS1 and a 100-cm pathlength LWCC (adapted from Beine et al., J Geophys
Res, Vol. 117, D00R15).
TIDAS E Base, UV 190-390 nm
TIDAS E Base, UV/VIS 190-720 nm
TIDAS E Base, VIS/NIR 300-1100 nm
TIDAS S300, UV 190-390 nm with deuterium lamp
TIDAS S300, UV/VIS 190-720 nm with deuterium & halogen
lamp
505068
TIDAS S300, VIS/NIR 300-1100 nm with halogen
Systems includes power supply, TIDAS DAQ software, RJ-45 cable and manual.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
177
OPTICAL DETECTION
These high performance spectrometer modules and spectrophotometers
combine modularity, flexibility, ease of use and high quality in one unit.
They are ideally suited for WPI's fiber optic sampling equipment. High
sensitivity detection system for flow injection analysis (FIA) and gas
segmented flow injection analysis (GFIA) systems can be assembled
with WPI's proprietary Liquid Waveguide Capillary (LWCC) flow cells with
effective pathlengths ranging from 50 to 500 cm. Typical applications
include colorimetric trace detection of nitrite, nitrate, phosphate and iron
in oceanographic research.
Small flow volume samples, like those that may be found in Optofluidics
and High Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC), can be measured
conveniently and accurately with WPI's LWCC-M series of flowcells.
LWCC-M flow cells feature pathlengths of 10, 50 and 100 mm with
corresponding sample cell volumes of 2.4, 12 and 2 µL. Finally, small
discrete samples of 2-40 µL volume often found in biochemistry (like,
Protein or DNA) may be analyzed using WPI's V-Vette (2–3 µL at 2 mm
pathlength) and WPI's UV-MINI-DIP miniature dipping probes with
2, 5 and 10 mm pathlength. Other applications for the TIDAS series
spectrometers and spectrophotometers include material science
(forensics, semiconductor technology), quality control (automotive and
food), as well as new research in the field of nanotechnology and rapid
kinetics.
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECTROSCOPY
With TidasDAQ, high precision intensity, absorbance, transmittance
or normalized spectra can be obtained in less than a second. Only a
few parameters need to be adjusted to obtain spectral data. Sampling
of single scans, continuous full spectra scans or triggered scans is
possible. Chromatograms can be displayed and logged to disk at up to
four wavelengths. Data Export of 2D and 3D Spectrograms, as well as
Chromatograms is supported in ASCII, Spectralys/SpectraView, Excel and
Grams/AI formats. Light sources and other sampling instrumentation can
be controlled via the TTL level digital outputs, as well as data collection
can be triggered by TTL leveled external inputs of the Tidas E Base.
Spectra can be recorded in 2D and 3D view. Mathematical computation,
Derivation, Smoothing, Quantification and other functions are available to
work with your data. The Quantification module allows single point and
multiple point analysis, multiple linear regression, partial least square and
principle component analysis. Data can be exported out of a 3D analysis
file into separate scans. Further, chromatograms as well as spectrograms
can be copied directly into Excel for further data analysis.
Absorbance spectrum displayed using TIDASDAQ software
Deuterium Halogen Light Source
For a continuous spectrum in the UV, VIS and NIR range
Features
●
●
●
●
Continuous spectrum from 200 nm–1700 nm
Integrated shutter with switch and TTL control
SMA fiber optic connection
Separate UV and VIS bulb control
Benefits
● Matched deuterium and halogen bulbs
● Matched optical output for WPI's flow cells and fiber optic
probes
● Low drift < 1 mAU/h @ 254 nm
● Simple exchange of light bulbs
SPECTROSCOPY
Applications
● UV/VIS/NIR absorbance spectroscopy
● Excitation light source for fluorescence applications
● Colored Dissolved Organic Matter (CDOM) detection in
seawater
● Nutrient Analysis in fresh water, drinking water and
seawater using WPI's LWCCs
● Protein detection using WPI's V-Vette or DIP UV MINI fiber
optic probes
The D4H is a combined deuterium and halogen light source for UV/
VIS and NIR applications. This light source is ideally suited to work with
WPI’s spectrometer modules and sample cells. It supplies a continuous
spectrum in the UV, VIS and NIR range from 200 nm to 1100 nm. The
D4H is equipped with an integrated electrical shutter, which can be
controlled by a switch or a TTL signal.
D4H
LIGHT SOURCE SPECIFICATIONS
Replacement Deuterium Lamp
503847
Replacement Halogen
Lamp 503848
D4H
FO-6000
APPLICATION
UV/VIS/NIR
VIS/NIR
SPECTRAL RANGE
200—1100 nm
380—1700 nm
DEUTERIUM LAMP LIFE
2000 hr
NA
TUNGSTEN/HALOGEN LAMP LIFE 2000 hr
3000* hr
STABILITY
1-2 mAU/h
<0.5 mAU/h
POWER CONSUMPTION
140 W
6W
POWER REQUIREMENTS
110/240V, 50-60 Hz, 1A 12VDC/1A
SHUTTER/TTL TRIGGER
Yes
Yes
MAX. FIBER OUTPUT
1000 µm
1000 µm
CONNECTIONS
SMA
SMA
SHIPPING WEIGHT
13.2 lb (6 kg)
1.3 lb (0.6 kg)
DIMENSIONS (W/H/L)
7 x 6.2 x 9.8 in.
(17.8 x 15.7 x 25 cm)
4.8 x 2.8 x 7.5 in.
(12 x 7 x 19 cm)
*Lamp life is dependent upon internal power settings.
D4H Spectrum
Deuterium
Halogen
Deuterium + Halogen
50000
Intensity [counts]
LIGHT SOURCES
60000
40000
ORDERING INFORMATION
D4H
503848
503847
30000
20000
10000
0
200
300
400
500
600
700
Wavelength [nm]
Deuterium Halogen Light Source (200 nm-1100 nm)
Halogen Replacement Lamp for D4H
Deuterium Replacement Lamp for D4H ( > 215 nm)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
TIDAS-D2
Replacement Deuterium Lamp, for Tidas II
TIDAS-H
Replacement Halogen Lamp (Type 1), for Tidas II
TIDAS-H2
Replacement Halogen Lamp (Type 2), for Tidas II
D2H-DB
Replacement Deuterium Lamp, for D2H
D2H-HB
Replacement Halogen Lamp, for D2H
D2H-HBER
Replacement Deuterium Lamp, Extended Range, for D2H
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
178
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Tungsten Light Source
High color temperature
Modular LED Light
Light source with exchangeable
LED modules
ELS module
LED-LITE
Features
Features
Visible light source
380 nm – 1700 nm
Low drift < 0.5 mAU/h
SMA fiber connection
Electrical shutter
control (switch & TTL)
Benefits
Normalized Intensity [cts]
●
●
●
●
●
FO-6000 Spectrum
● Bulb with 10000 h
● Simple LED Power supply for fiber coupled LEDs
● Selectable from 370 nm
1. 0
to 660 nm
0. 8
● SMA 905 connector
0. 6
● Monochromatic light
source
0. 4
0. 2
● Modules can be
2760 K Tungsten Lamp
0. 0
300
Benefits
FO-6000
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Wavelength [nm]
lifetime
conveniently exchanged
Applications
● Fits all of WPI's fiber optic probes and flow cells
● Design matched to LWCC applications
● Temperature controlled optical bench
● Fluorescence excitation
● Low power illumination of small areas
Applications
The LED-lite™ is a power supply for WPI’s ELS LED modules for
monochromatic light excitation. Each ELS module has an SMA bulk head
fitting and allows direct attachment of SMA terminated fibers.
● Low noise VIS absorbance measurements
● Trace analysis of nutrients in seawater and freshwater
● CDOM analysis in seawater
● Analytical chemistry, environmental science and life science
The FO-6000 is a continuous fiber optic light source featuring an
extended visible part of the light source (380 nm - 1700 nm). It has a
SMA fiber optic connector. Both, shutter and lamp can be controlled
via a switch or external TTL triggering. This light source offers a wide
assortment of applications. A special feature of the FO-6000 is its color
balancing optics, which shifts the usable range of the light source from
traditional 420 nm down to 380 nm wavelength. Due to its thermally
controlled optical bench, it is particularly suitable for low noise and low
drift applications.
FO-6000-FILT
FO-6000FILT
ORDERING INFORMATION
FO-6000
Fiber Optic Light Source
FO-6000FILT Inline Filter Holder Adapter for FO-6000
800120
Replacement Lamp for FO-6000
ELS SPECTRAL DISTRIBUTIONS
λmax
Spectral Line
Half Width
Estimated
Output
UV
370 nm
12 nm
85 µW
Blue
430 nm
65 nm
15 µW
Blue
450 nm
70 nm
119 µW
Blue
470 nm
20 nm
140 µW
Blue-Green
495 nm
35 nm
227 µW
Green
525 nm
40 nm
80 µW
Yellow
590 nm
13 nm
60 µW
Orange
623 nm
15 nm
114 µW
Red
660 nm
35 nm
275 µW
Color
Estimated output is after light has passed through a 1 mm fiber.
ORDERING INFORMATION
LED-LITE
ELS-xxx
ELS-370
300051
300052
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ELS Power Supply (requires ELS module)
Includes transformer and AC adapter.
Specify line voltage
External Light Source Module (specify wavelength)
ELS Module (370 nm)
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
To order ELS, use wavelength as suffix to part number
(e.g. ELS-430).
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
179
LIGHT SOURCES
The FO-6000-FILT inline filter holder
directly attaches to the FO-6000 light
source. This allows a virtual light loss
free insertion of optical filters with
outer diameters from 8 to 25.4 mm and
thickness ranging from 2 to 10 mm into
the light path of the FO-6000. With this
filter holder and an optical filter, a highly
stable monochromatic light source can
be assembled.
SPECTROSCOPY
FO-6000
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell
Long pathlengths for small sample volumes
Features
MINISTAR,
see page 65.
● 50–500 cm pathlength
● 50–500 fold sensitivity improvement in
comparison to 1cm cuvette
● 0.55 mm ID for low sample volume
sampling
● 2 mm ID for unfiltered liquid samples
● SMA 905 fiber optic connections
● 250 nm – 720 nm wavelength range with
MilliPore water
Benefits
LEDSPEC-4, see page 172.
SPECTROSCOPY
● Adapts to most fiber optic detection
systems
● 20 years of manufacturing experience
● Low UV drift
Applications
● Trace detection of nutrients (nitrite, nitrate, phosphate, iron) in
●
●
●
●
seawater
Environmental and oceanographic monitoring
Drinking water analysis
Colored dissolved organic matter (CDOM)
Process control
LWCC-3050
with up to four (4) LWCCs per instrument. When the entire spectral
shape of an absorbance curve is required for analysis, WPI’s TIDAS
E Base spectrometer with a D4H or a FO-6000, or the TIDAS S300
spectrophotometer can be used. LWCCs have been used in a variety
of applications, such as liquid chromatography, stopped-flow and
colormetric detection, drinking water analysis, as well as environmental
and oceanographic monitoring systems.
Accessory: LWCC Injection System
For flow analysis, including simple fluid injection analysis (FIA) setups, add
WPI’s LWCC injection system (89372). A selection valve provides baseline
or cleaning solutions to the sample stream. The injection valve injects
a sample into the stream, avoiding the introduction of air bubbles or
changes of flow rate.
UV/VIS/NIR absorbance spectroscopy is governed by Beer’s Law, where
the absorbance signal is proportional to chemical concentration, light
path length and the compound’s specific molar absorption coefficient.
Typical optical pathlengths of cuvettes and flow cells are between 0.2cm
and 10 cm. Longer pathlengths are difficult to achieve due to mechanical
constraints. Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells (LWCCs) fill this gap. LWCCs
are fiber optic flow cells that combine an increased optical pathlength
(10–500 cm) with small sample volumes ranging from 2.4 µL to about
3mL. Compared with a standard 1cm cell, a 1 mAU signal is enhanced one
hundred fold with a 100 cm flowcell to 100 mAU, using WPI’s patented
aqueous waveguide technology.* They can be connected via optical
fibers to a spectrophotometer with fiber optic capabilities. Ultra-sensitive
absorbance measurements can be performed in the ultraviolet (UV),
visible (VIS) and near-infrared (NIR) to detect low sample concentrations in
a laboratory or process control environment.
Your sample is the core of a light guide
WPI’s Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cells are made of fused silica tubing with
an outer coating of a low refractive index polymer. Your liquid sample is
guided through the capillary and represents the core of the waveguide.
The hydrophilic character of the fused silica capillary inner wall results in
high signal stability and easy removal of air bubbles trapped in the flow
cell. However, the transmission of the LWCC is mainly dependent on
the intrinsic attenuation of the sample liquid. In case of water, a usable
wavelength range from 250 nm to 720 nm wavelength can be observed in
a 100 cm pathlength LWCC. Using a 500 cm pathlength LWCC will reduce
that transmission range from 300 nm to about 700 nm. However, when
switching from water to methanol as a solvent, transmission into the NIR
are possible with suitable light sources and detectors.
Related Patents
Micro Chemical Analysis Employing Flow Through Detectors, 1995, U.S. Patent
No. 5,444,807.
Aqueous Fluid Core Waveguide, 1996, U.S. Patent No. 5,507,447.
Long Capillary Waveguide Raman Cell, 1997, U.S. Patent No. 5,604,587.
Chemical Sensing Techniques Employing Liquid-Core Optical Fibers, U.S. Patent
No. 6,016,372
References
Shamjad, P. M. et al. (2016) Refractive Index and Absorption Attribution
of Highly Absorbing Brown Carbon Aerosols from an Urban Indian CityKanpur. Sci. Rep. 6, 37735; doi: 10.1038/srep37735.
Yuhan Liu, Keding Lu , Huabin Dong, Xin Li, Peng Cheng, Qi Zou,
Yusheng Wu, Xingang Liu, Yuanhang Zhang, (2016) In situ monitoring
of atmospheric nitrous acid based on multi-pumping flow system and
liquid waveguide capillary cell. Journal of Environmental Sciences Volume 43,
2016, Pages 273–284 http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jes.2015.11.034
Ye, C., Zhou, X., Pu, D., Stutz, J., Festa, J., Spolaor, M., … Knote, C.
(2016). Rapid cycling of reactive nitrogen in the marine boundary layer.
Nature, 532(7600), 489–491. http://doi.org/10.1038/nature17195
Catelani, T. A., Tóth, I. V., Lima, J. L. F. C., Pezza, L., & Pezza, H. R.
(2014). A simple and rapid screening method for sulfonamides in honey
using a flow injection system coupled to a liquid waveguide capillary cell.
Talanta, 121, 281–7. http://doi.org/10.1016/j.talanta.2013.12.034
FLOW CELLS
Connections
The LWCC-3xxx series of flow cells uses traditional HPLC type 10-32
coned port fittings with 1/32 inch tubing for liquid connection and 500
µm SMA fiber optic adapters for light input and output. The LWCC-4xxx
series of flow cells uses 1/4-28 flangless flat bottom fittings with 0.125"
tubing 500 µm SMA fiber optic adapters. Liquid can be pumped into
the flow cells using (in the simplest case) a sample injector (58006) and
a ministar peristaltic pump (MINISTAR). The LWCC may be connected
directly to a fluid injection analysis (FIA) system or to a gas segmented
fluid injection analysis (GFIA) system via a debubbler. Finally, for routing
discrete measurements, WPI’s LWCC Injection system (89372) may be
used when the sample is injected into a constant flow via an injection loop
of 3–4 times the internal flow cell volume to ensure a stable baseline and
avoid the introduction of micro air bubbles into the flow cell.
Applications
WPI’s LEDSpec detection system can be used for monochromatic light
detection. For example, you may use it for nitrite analysis at 540 nm
501609
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (#501609), above, includes the most commonly
needed cleaning solutions for the LWCC waveguides. The LWCC Start-up
Kit (#KITLWCC), at right, includes two fiber optic cables (#FO-600-SMA1M),
Sample Injector Assembly (#58006), MiniStar™ Peristaltic Pump, and
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (#501609).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
180
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
LWCC SPECIFICATIONS
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
INTERNAL VOLUME
FIBER CONNECTION
TRANSMISSION @254nm*
TRANSMISSION @540 nm*
NOISE [mAU]**
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
WETTED MATERIAL
LIQUID INPUT
LWCC-3050
LWCC-3100
LWCC-3250
LWCC-3500
LWCC-4010
LWCC-4050
50 cm
125 µL
500 µm SMA
20
35
100 cm
250 µL
500 µm SMA
10
30
250 cm
625 µL
500 µm SMA
5
25
500 cm
1250 µL
500 µm SMA
20
10 cm
0.31 mL
600 µm SMA
4
5
50 cm
1.57 mL
600 µm SMA
3
4
<0.1
100 PSI
<0.2
<0.1
<1.0
<0.1
<0.2
LWCC-4100
3.1
100 cm
mL
600 µm SMA
2
3
<0.5
PEEK, Fused Silica, PTFE
LWCC-3xxx series: 10-32 coned port fittings for 1/16 in tubing
LWCC-4xxx series: 1/4-28 flangeless flat bottom fitting for 1/8 in tubing
* Referenced using coupled 500 µm fibers or LWCC-3xxx series and 600 μm fibers for LWCC-4xxx series
** Measured using ASTM E685-93
*** A one-meter waveguide of 550 µm internal diameter requires approximately 1.5PSI for water flow of 1.0 mL/min.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 50 cm pathlength
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 100 cm pathlength
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 250 cm pathlength
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 500 cm pathlength
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 10 cm pathlength
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 50 cm pathlength, 2 mm ID
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell, 100 cm pathlength, 2 mm ID
Accessories
A sample injector assembly can be used to conveniently fill an LWCC with
sample solution using a peristaltic pump. The LWCC requires two optical
fibers to connect to spectrophotometer system. Choose between anti-solarized 400 µm core or UV-enhanced cables (ordered in 1 or 3 meter lengths).
89372
LWCC Injection System
58006
Sample Injector Attachment
PERIPRO-4LS Peri-Star™ Pro Peristaltic Pump (see page 162)
MINISTAR
Miniature Peristaltic Pump, 1-channel (see page 164)
FO-600-SMA1M Fiber Optic cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm core, UV-enhanced
501609
Waveguide Cleaning Kit (available only in USA)
KITLWCC
LWCC Start-up Kit*
58450
Kit, Adapter Syringe, LWCC
*includes FO-600-SMA1M (two), 58006, MINISTAR, 501609
LWCC-3050
Low Volume Flow Cell
for FIA, HPLC and Process Analysis
Features
LWCC-M SPECIFICATIONS
● UV/VIS flow cell for
absorbance
LWCC-M-10 LWCC-M-50 LWCC-M-100
Low internal volume
OPTICAL PATHLENGTH
10 mm
50 mm
Fits 500 and 600 µm fibers
INTERNAL VOLUME
2.4 µL
12 µL
24 µL
High UV transmission
REFRACTIVE INDEX @ 280 nm**
< 7 mAU
< 15 mAU
< 30 mAU
TRANSMISSION @ 254 nm *
25%
20%
15%
Benefits
TRANSMISSION @ 500 nm
40%
35%
30%
● High efficiency coupling
● Low refractive index offset
● Fits WPI LEDSpec and TIDAS systems
FIBER CONNECTION [µm]
Applications
* Reference: 2 * 600 µm Fiber, butt-coupled
● FIA, GFIA, HPLC, Optofluidics
● - Process control
MicroLWCC is a new fiber optic low volume flow cell for UV/VIS/
NIR absorbance analysis. Based on WPI’s established liquid core
waveguide technology, the analyte solution functions as the core
of a fluid filled light waveguide. Wetted parts in the sample cell
light path are PEEK, fused silica and PTFE. Optical fibers are used
to transport light to and from the sample cell. The cell can be used
in biochemistry for DNA, RNA & protein quantification, colorimetric
nutrient and trace metal analysis, drug discovery and dissolution
testing, process control, and HPLC analysis.
WPI U.S. Patents: 5,444,807; 5,570,447; 5,604,587; 6,603,556; 6,385,380.
●
●
●
●
SPECTROSCOPY
LWCC-3050
LWCC-3100
LWCC-3250
LWCC-3500
LWCC-4010
LWCC-4050
LWCC-4100
0–10 mL/min flow rate
WAVELENGTH RANGE
100 mm
200 – 1000 nm
500 (SMA)
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
50 Bar
WETTED MATERIALS
PEEK, Fused Silica, PTFE
** Measured using ASTM E 685 - 93
FLOW CELLS
ORDERING INFORMATION
LWCC-M-10 Low Volume Flow Cell, 10 mm path length
LWCC-M-50 Low Volume Flow Cell, 50 mm path length
LWCC-M-100 Low Volume Flow Cell, 100 mm path length
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
181
Absorbance Detection Sample Holder
Detection of organic compounds in
water analysis
For spectroscopic analysis of
microliter volume samples
NEW
SPECTROSCOPY
Absorption of light correlates to the energy of a photon that is takenup by electrons of the substance atom. The electromagnetic energy
is transformed into internal energy of the absorbent substance. The
absorbance of a substance quantifies how much of the incident light
is absorbed by it (instead of being reflected or refracted). Precise
measurements of the absorbance at many wavelengths allow the
identification of a substance via absorption spectroscopy, where a
sample is illuminated from one side, and the intensity of the light that
exits from the sample in every direction is measured (see Fig. 1). A few
examples of absorption are ultraviolet–visible (UV-Vis) spectroscopy or
infrared (IR) spectroscopy.
V-VETTE
Features
Light
Source
Collimator
Prism or
Grating
Wavelength
Selector
Sample
Solution
Detector
Fig 1. Concept of absorbance spectroscopy using white light and optical
components to filter out light of a specific wavelength that interacts with
molecules in the solution. Absorbance at this specific wavelength by the
molecules in the solutions is detected as a decrease in light intensity
(Spectrophotometer-Source: http://chemwiki.ucdavis.edu/).
Absorption is the amount of light that a substance takes in and does
not allow to pass through it. Spectrophotometers actually measure
transmission, the amount of light that passes through a sample,
but this is converted into absorption by comparing the bulb output
to the light that has passed through the sample. Light sources that
can be used for absorbance spectroscopy depend strongly on the
used substance to label a specific molecule and can span the entire
electromagnetic spectrum of light.
SAMPLE HOLDERS
Protein detection uses the UV- spectrum (typically, 260 nm and 280
nm, while further information is obtained at 230 nm and 320 nm, but
compensated by a selection of ratios and background corrections)
and is most commonly used to estimate DNA or RNA concentration
and to analyze the purity of the preparation. Further application
spans the measurement of the light scatter at 600 nm to monitor the
growth rate of a cultured bacterial population and to identify the peak
concentration.
Industrial applications that also cover the UV spectrum for protein
detection is linked to food analysis (for example, characterizing the
grading of olive oil as extra virgin, virgin oil, etc., as set out by European
regulations) or quality control in the pharmaceutical industry. In
addition, industrial applications of absorbance spectrophotometry
cover the characterization of water purity or waste water analysis, in
addition to the determination of specific organic molecules like nitrate,
nitrite or phosphor. This last application is interesting when using the
visible light (Vis) spectrum.
Vis absorbance spectrophotometry using monochromatic
light sources, like high-power LED, are used in WPI’s LEDSpec
spectrophotometer, as 2 or 4 channel system, using up to seven
wavelengths. The LEDSpec provides high sensitive and stable
absorbance measurement with low-noise characteristics for a specific
wavelength. Moreover, high-power LEDs provide a stable light source,
no warm-up times, are low-cost and offer a long life.
●
●
●
●
Measurement of UV/VIS/NIR absorbance of microliter samples
1 mm pathlength
Baseline repeatability < 2 mAU
Couples to WPI's LEDSpec and TIDAS systems
Benefits
● No moving parts
● Simple usage and cleaning
Applications
● Spectroscopic analysis of microliter volume samples
● Protein, DNA, RNA detection
● Absorbance of high absorbing samples
V-Vette is a fiber optic sample cell with a path length of 1 mm for
spectroscopic analysis of microliter volume samples. Light is coupled into
and out of the sample cell via optical fibers. A 2 μL sample droplet can
be conveniently placed into the v-shaped sample compartment from a
pipetter. Then, measure the absorbance of the sample between the input
and output fiber after a cover is placed on the sample compartment to
minimize stray light. The sample can be picked up and reused or removed
by blowing it off with dry air or wiping it off.
V-VETTE SPECIFICATIONS
FUNCTIONALITY
Absorbance
COVER
Included
PATHLENGTH
1 mm
WAVELENGTH RANGE
200 – 1000 nm
FIBER CONNECTION
600 μm (SMA)
SAMPLE VOLUME
2-5 µL
BASELINE REPEATABILITY
< 2 mAU peak to peak
ORDERING INFORMATION
V-VETTE
V-Vette Microliter Sample Holder
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
182
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Filter Holder for Glass Fiber Filters
Designed for field use
Features
● Simple measurements for particulate absorption
● Rugged and portable
● Performs as well as a laboratory based spectrophotometer
Benefits
● QFT corrects for the effect of scattering
● Averages out larger, non-organic particles
Applications
● Measurement of UV/VIS absorption of particulate
matter in seawater
89575
or a FO-6000 VIS light source, as it is offered in the
Ultrapath system, are ideally suited, as well as TIDAS
S300 UV/VIS (505067). Light should be coupled into the
QFT1 with a 1000 µm fiber (FO-1000-SMA1M) and from
the QFT1 to a spectrometer with a 600 µm fiber (FO-600SMA1M).
QFT corrects for the effect of scattering
Particulate absorption of fresh and seawater can be determined by
filtering a known amount of sample through a Glass Fiber Filter (GF/F)
and measuring the particulate absorption coefficient ap(λ) concentrated
on the filter. This technique is called quantitative filter technique (QFT)
and corrects for the pathlength amplification, an effect of scattering. The
correction of the pathlength amplification and the correction of the nonlinear relationship between the optical density of samples on a Whatman
GF/F filter and in suspension are discussed in Mitchell (1990).
Averages out larger, non-organic particles
A significant advantage of the filter holder is its large beam diameter
of 5 mm, resulting in “averaging out” of larger non-organic particles
frequently found on the filter pad when using natural samples. The
removable filter fixture allows simple filter alternation and cleaning.
System Requirements
The optical throughput of QFT1 equipped with a classical GF/F filter is
very low and requires a matched light source/spectrometer system. TIDAS
E Base UV/VIS (504718) in combination with a D4H UV/VIS light source
SPECIFICATIONS
GF/F FILTER DIAMETER
25 mm
280-730 nm *
WAVELENGTH RANGE
FIBER OPTIC CONNECTION
Input: 1000 µm
Output: 600 µm
MATERIAL IN CONTACT WITH FILTER PAD
WEIGHT
Delrin
0.5 kg (1 lb)
* Using a Tidas E Base spectrometer and D4H UV/VIS light source.
References
M. Belz, K. Larsen, K.-F. Klein, “Fiber optic sample cells for
polychromatic detection of dissolved and particulate matter in natural
waters”, Proc. SPIE, Vol. 6377, Oct 2006, 63770X
ORDERING INFORMATION
89575
SPECTROSCOPY
WPI’s filter holder for particulate absorption
measurements is specially designed for field use. It is
rugged and portable. It performs as well as a laboratory
based spectrophotometer. It can be directly connected
to WPI’s line of fiber optic spectrometers and light
sources. Instead of collecting your samples, transporting
them to a laboratory, and accepting the loss of spectral
information associated with it (Sosik, 1999), particulate
absorption can now be measured on site.
QFT1, Fiber Optic Holder for Glass Fiber Filters
In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder
Insert optical filters into a fiber optic pathway
Features
In-line filter for SMA terminated fibers
Collimators for UV/VIS/NIR
Filter diameter 8–25.4 mm
Filter thickness 2–10 mm
Benefits
● No stray light
● Solid design
56200
Applications
● Stray light filtering
● Removal of excitation light in fluorescence detection
This In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder allows the insertion of optical filters
ORDERING INFORMATION
56200
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
In-Line Fiber Optic Filter Holder (SMA)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
183
SAMPLE HOLDERS
●
●
●
●
within a fiber optic pathway. The connectors of
the filter holder assembly are compatible with
WPI’s range of fiber optic jumper cables and can
be coupled using SMA connectors.
Filters with outer diameters from 8 to 25.4
mm and thicknesses from 2 to 10 mm can be
accomodated. The design limits lateral and axial
movement of the filter when secured in the
holder.
Two fiber optic collimators are internally
mounted in the holder to pass collimated light
through the filter and then refocus the filtered
light into the aperture of the output fiber.
Spectral range will be largely limited by the
bandpass of the optical fibers (from UV to near IR using WPI UV-enhanced
cables).
Cuvettes come in a variety of shapes and sizes, but one of the
most important specifications of a cuvette is its Z-dimension. The
Z-dimension of an instrument (cuvette holder or spectrometer) is the
distance from the bottom of the cuvette chamber floor to the center
of its light
beam (see
image). A
cuvette’s
Z-dimension
must
match the
Z-dimension
of the
instrument
with which it
will be used.
Each
manufacturer
designs its
instruments
with a specific Z-dimension. Common Z-dimensions include 8.5 and 15
mm, and sometimes 20 mm. When purchasing small volume cuvettes,
the correct Z-dimension becomes critical. Matching the Z-dimension
of the cuvette to the Z-dimension of the instrument ensures that the
light beam passes through the center of small samples. The table
below shows the standard Z-dimension of the spectrometer sample
compartments for many manufacturers.
Manufacturer
Z-Dimension
15 mm
Agilent®
Avantes®
15 mm
Beckman®
8.5 mm
Bio-Rad®
8.5 mm
Cecil®
15 mm
Eppendorf®
8.5 mm
Hewlett – Packard®
15 mm
Hitachi®
8.5 mm
Jasco®
11 mm
J & M®
8.5 mm
Ocean Optics®
15 mm
Perkin – Elmer®
15 mm
Pharmacia®
15 mm
Shimadzu®
15 mm
Spectronics®
8.5 mm
Stellarnet®
15 mm
Turner®
8.5 mm
Varian®
20 mm
WPI
15 mm
for spectrophotometry and
fluorometry
Features
●
●
●
●
●
Absorbance and fluorescence cuvettes
2–100 mm path length
Fused silica and glass cuvettes
Flow cuvettes
Microliter cuvettes
Benefits
● Eight different styles
● Inexpensive single use glass cuvettes
Applications
●
●
●
●
Absorbance spectrophotometers
Fluorescence fluorometers
Chemistry, Biochemistry
FIA, GFIA, Quality control
WPI’s glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes are ideal for UV/VIS/NIR
absorbance or fluorescence experiments.
Synthetic quartz can be used in deep UV applications and is
recommended for fluorescent applications, as it does not exhibit
background fluorescence. Quartz cuvettes (absorbance, fluorescence
and flow) are shipped individually packaged, glass cuvettes are shipped in
packages of 10 cuvettes. These economic quartz and glass cuvettes are
ideal for precision measurements because of their high quality materials
used and their low manufacturing tolerances. Typical transmission curves
of glass and synthetic quartz cuvettes are shown below.
100
Transmission [%]
SPECTROSCOPY
Z-Dimensions Are Not Optical Glass and
Quartz Cuvettes
Created Equal
Transmission curves of
Glass and Synthetic Quartz
Cuvettes. The cuvettes were
80
60
40
20
Synthetic Quartz
Glass
0
200
400
600
800
empty, thickness 1.25 mm x 2,
including surface reflections,
measured with a TIDAS II against
air as reference.
1000
Wavelength [nm]
A complete transmission spectrum
of glass and synthetic quartz
cuvettes from 190 nm to 4 mm
is shown. Cuvettes were empty,
thickness 1.25 mm x 2, including
surface reflections.
To determine the Z-dimension of a cuvette holder:
● Use strips of heavy paper that will fit neatly into a cuvette (for
example, 12 mm x 50 mm) and not allow light to pass through the
cuvette.
● Poke a tiny hole in each paper “sample.” For example, one paper
sample could have a hole at 8.5 mm, one at 15 mm, one at 20 mm.
CUVETTES
● One at a time, insert the paper samples into the cuvette and place
SPECIFICATIONS
Cuvette Material
Spectral Range
( >80% )
Transmission Difference
Between Different Cuvettes
OPTICAL GLASS
350 – 2500 nm
Less than 1%
SYNTHETIC QUARTZ
200 – 2500 nm
Less than 1%
the cuvette into the cuvette holder. The paper sample with the pin
hole at the instrument’s Z-dimension will allow light to pass. The
other paper samples will not allow light to pass.
If you have an instrument that is not on the list and need to know its
Z-dimension, please contact WPI at (941) 371-1003 or [email protected]
com.
Style G
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
184
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ORDERING INFORMATION
WPI PN
Style
Polished
windows
material
path [mm]
Dimensions
[mm]
volume [mL]
Beam width
[mm]
STANDARD RECTANGULAR CUVETTES
CUV2101-1*
B
Quartz
2
1
3.5x12.5x45
0.35
10
CUV2102-1*
B
Quartz
2
2
4.5x12.5x45
0.7
10
CUV2011-1*
B
Quartz
2
5
7.5x12.5x45
1.7
10
CUV1022-10
C
Optical Glass
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2012-1
C
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2105-1
C
Quartz
2
20
22.5x12.5x45
7
10
CUV2106-1
C
Quartz
2
30
32.5x12.5x45
10.5
10
CUV2107-1
C
Quartz
2
40
42.5x12.5x45
14
10
CUV2108-1
C
Quartz
2
50
52.5x12.5x45
17.5
10
Cuvette spacer for 1-mm cuvettes (part CUV2101-1)
Cuvette spacer for 2-mm cuvettes (part CUV2102-1)
Cuvette spacer for 5-mm cuvettes (part CUV2011-1, CUV2023-1, CUV2063-1)
SPECTROSCOPY
*89341
*89342
*89337
pack of 10
SELF MASKING SEMI MICRO CELL CUVETTE
CUV2023-1*
D
Quartz
2
5
7.5x12.5x45
0.7
4
CUV2031-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
1.4
4
CUV2025-1
D
Quartz
2
20
22.5x12.5x45
2.8
4
CUV2028-1
D
Quartz
2
50
52.5x12.5x45
7
4
CUV2032-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
1
3
CUV2033-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.7
2
CUV2034-1
D
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.35
1
CUV2063-1*
E
Quartz
SELF MASKING CONTINUOUS FLOWTHROUGH CELL
2
5
7.4x12.5x45
0.035
∅3
CUV2061-1
E
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.07
∅3
CUV2065-1
E
Quartz
2
20
22.6x12.5x45
0.14
∅3
CUV2066-1
E
Quartz
2
30
32.6x12.4x45
0.21
∅3
CUV2062-1
F
Quartz
2
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.48
4x12
SELF MASKING CONTINUOUS FLOW THROUGH CELL, SMALL INPUT, LARGE OUTPUT Z=8.5 MM
CUV2614-1
H
Quartz
2
CUV2674-1
J
Quartz
2
10
12.4x12.4x35.6
0.03
∅2
MICRO CELL WITH BLACK WALLS
10
12.5x12.5x45
0.05
2
FLUORESCENCE
CUV2051-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.5x12.5x45
3.5
10
CUV2052-1
A
Quartz
4
10
12.5x12.5x45
1.4
4
CUV2071-1
G
Quartz
2
28
19
LONG PATH CUVETTE
Style B
Style C
Style D
102.5 x 22 ∅
Style E
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Style F
Style H
CUVETTES
Style A
100
Style J
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
185
Smallest Fiber Optic
Dipping Probe
Perfect for UV/Vis spectroscopy
Fiber Optic Collimator
Collimate an emitted light beam or
couple light into an optical fiber
SPECTROSCOPY
300051
Features
Features
● Compact and efficient dipping probe
● Tip diameter 1.5 mm
● Maximum coupling efficiency with fused silica fibers
● Easily adjust the distance between the lens and the optical fiber for
Benefits
● Not suitable for single mode laser applications
● Connects with most standard spectrometers using a 600 µm
Benefits
● Perfect for mobile applications
● UV/VIS/NIR light collimation
Applications
Applications
● Protein and DNA sample measurements
● Dissolution system
● Generates plan-parallel beam with a 5mm beam diameter from UV/
focusing
connection
Mini DipTip™ is a miniature transmission probe for microliter
spectroscopic sampling. Mini DipTip’s tip diameter is only 1.5 mm—the
size of a 17-gauge needle. It will fit into all micro centrifuge tubes on the
market. Microliter samples can be analyzed cost effectively when you
combine the Mini DipTip™ with one of the following:
●
●
●
●
TIDAS E Base with FO-6000 or D4H
LEDSpec
TIDAS S300 series
Compatible with
most fiber coupled
spectrometers
DIP-UV-MINI-10 10 mm light pathlength
● Ideal for multi
channel applications with LEDSpec
DIP-UV-MINI-5 5 mm light pathlength
DIP-UV-MINI-2 2 mm light pathlength
DIPTIP SPECIFICATIONS
TIP DIAMETER
1.5 mm
LIGHT PATHLENGTH
2, 5, 10 mm
WAVELENGTH RANGE (nm)
200-1000
SAMPLE VOLUME REQUIRED
20-50 µL
DISTANCE FROM TIP TO UPPER EDGE OF SAMPLE WINDOW
DIPPING PROBES
VIS light guided in an fiber
WPI’s Fiber Optic Collimator can be used for both collimating a light
beam emitted by an optical fiber or coupling light from a collimated light
beam into an optical fiber. The numerical aperture of the collimator is
optimized for maximum coupling efficiency into typical fused silica fibers.
The collimator can, for example, be used to guide a parallel light beam
through a sample cuvette or an optical filter with virtually no optical
losses. In this application, one collimator collimates the light into a parallel
beam 5 mm in diameter, enabling it to pass a long distance without losing
the energy. After the light passes the sample media, a second collimator
can be used to collect the beam into the receiving fiber. A unique design
feature of this collimator is that the distance between the lens and
the optical fiber can be easily adjusted. This permits it to be used as a
focusing device or for fine-tuning the color balance when coupling light
from a light source into multimode fibers.
FIBER LENGTH
7 mm
1.0 m
FIBER OPTIC CONNECTION
SMA 905
LAUNCH FIBER BUNDLE (7 x 200 µm)
680 µm*
RETURN FIBER BUNDLE (7 x 200 µm)
680 µm*
*Circular packaging of the fiber bundle results in an active area equivalent
to a fiber with a core diameter of 680 µm. Using a 600 µm connection is
recommended and will result in negligible light loss.
COLLIMATOR SPECIFICATIONS
LENS DIAMETER
5 mm
LENS FOCAL DISTANCE
10 mm
LENS MATERIAL
Ultraviolet grade synthetic fused silica
(KU-1)
WAVELENGTH RANGE
220 nm-2 µm
MOUNTING THREADS
3/8-24 UNF
DIVERGENCE
< 0.1 rad for 1 mm core fiber
FIBER CONNECTOR INTERFACE
SMA or ST
ORDERING INFORMATION
300051
300052
Fiber Optic Collimator (SMA)
Fiber Optic Collimator (ST)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
13395
SMA Bulkhead feed through connector/coupler, D-hole
13370
SMA half-length bulkhead coupler/connector
CC-3-UV
Cosine Corrector
ORDERING INFORMATION
DIP-UV-MINI-2
DIP-UV-MINI-5
DIP-UV-MINI-10
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (2 mm path)
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (5 mm path)
Mini DipTip™ for UV/VIS/NIR (10 mm path)
CC-3-UV
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
186
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
13395
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
13370
Fiber Optic Cables to Combine or Split Light
Bifurcated Fiber Optic Assemblies
UV-Enhanced Fiber Optic Cables
Features
● Anti-solarized ideal for deep UV
spectroscopy below 240 nm
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
●
Broad UV/Vis spectral range
Laser damage resistant
High core to clad ratios
Broad temperature range
Bio-compatible materials
Radiation resistant
Sterilizable by ETO and gamma radiation
Higher transmission than PCS between
180-nm and 300 nm
Features
● Fibers stabilize to less than 5% degradation over a period of 20,000
hours after an initial transmission “burn-in” loss of less than 25%
● Combines or splits light into two fibers
● Fibers with different diameters allow different power ratios
Applications
Benefits
● Deep UV spectroscopy
● Various bifurcated fibers for customized applications
The transmission of conventional UV-enhanced silica/silica fiber
decreases rapidly at wavelengths below 240 nm when exposed to high
intensities of a deuterium lamp. This effect is called “UV-solarization”
and results from the generation of color centers in the fiber
material. The lifetime of such a fiber, defined by the 1/e reduction in
transmission at 240 nm, is normally less than 200 minutes. This effect
renders them unsuitable for UV spectroscopy below 240 nm.
Anti-solarization fibers suitable for deep UV spectroscopy solve this
problem. These fibers stabilize to less than 5% degradation over a
period of 20,000 hours after an initial transmission “burn-in” loss of
less than 25%. Additionally, this anti-solarization characteristic will not
degrade over time.
Applications
● Reference measurement in dual channel spectrometers
● Combine UV and VIS light sources
● Couple light into two sample cells
ORDERING INFORMATION
BIF22
Split or combine similar intensities (200/200)
BIF44
Split or combine similar intensities (400/400)
BIF41
Combine UV (400) + VIS (100)
BIF62
Combine UV (600) + VIS (200)
BIF66
Split or Combine Similar Intensities (600/600)
WPI can build custom fiber optic assemblies for many UV/VIS/NIR applications. Call for more information.
Plastic Fiber Optic Cables
Features
● Large core fiber for light transport
● SMA and ST connections
● Light transfer from 360 to 1000 nm
Anti-Solarization
SPECIFICATIONS
MODE
CORE
NUMERICAL APERTURE
STANDARD PROOFTEST
MINIMUM BEND RADIUS
Multimode
Pure silica
0.22 ± 0.02 (standard)
70 kpsi
100x clad radius (momentary)
600x clad radius (long term)
SPECTROSCOPY
Benefits
ORDERING INFORMATION
Benefits
Applications
● Illumination of small areas
● Light transfer for fluorescence excitation
More flexible than glass fibers, these inexpensive PMMA plastic fibers
can be used for illumination and scientific applications. They are excellent
for light transfer between 350 nm and 1000 nm. Their maximum
temperature should be kept below 80° C.
ORDERING INFORMATION
PLASTIC FIBER OPTIC CABLES (NON UV), 400 TO 1000 NM
FOP1-SMA
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-SMA/ST Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST/SMA connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
FOP1-ST
Plastic Fiber Optic Cable, ST connectors, 1 mm x 2 m
ANTI SOLARIZATION FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 190 – 1000 NM
FO-200AS-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core, AntiSolarization
FO-400AS-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core, AntiSolarization
FO-600AS-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core, AntiSolarization
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
187
FIBER OPTIC CABLES
● High numerical aperture (NA > 0.5)
● More flexible than glass fibers
UV-ENHANCED FIBER OPTIC CABLES, 230 – 1000 NM
FO-50-SMA1M
Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 50 µm Core,
FO-50-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 50 µm Core,
FO-100-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 100 µm Core,
FO-100-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 100 µm Core,
FO-200-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 200 µm Core,
FO-200-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 200 µm Core,
FO-400-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 400 µm Core,
FO-400-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 400 µm Core,
FO-400SMA/ST
Fiber Optic cable, 1 m, SMA/ST connector, 400 µm
core,
FO-600-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 600 µm Core,
FO-600-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 600 µm Core,
FO-1000-SMA1M Fiber Optic Cable, 1 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core,
FO-1000-SMA
Fiber Optic Cable, 3 m, SMA, 1000 µm Core,
The use of fluorescent probes in cell physiology has
emerged as indispensable tool in the analysis of cell
functioning over recent years. The physics underlying
fluorescence is illustrated by the electronic-state diagram
(so-called Jablonski diagram, see Fig. 1), showing the
three-stage process to create the fluorescent signal
(Excitation - Excited/State Lifetime - Fluorescence
Emission) in a fluorophore/indicator and simplified
described below.
S1’
Excited State
fluorescence
absorption
S1
ENERGY
hνEM
hνEX
Incoming
light
Ground State
Fig. 1– Jablonski diagram illustrating the processes of fluorescence by
absorption of higher photon energy by a fluorophore and subsequent
emission of lower photon energy, resulting in fluorescence during the
fluorescence-lifetime.
Fluorescence is obtained when an excitation photon (hνEX) from
an external source, such as a high-power LED, is absorbed by a
fluorophore that elevates its energy (S1’). During the fluorescencelifetime, the elevated energy (S1’) decays to a lower energy state S1.
Then, fluorescence results in the emission of a photon with lower
energy (hνEM) and at a lower wavelength. Fundamental in spectroscopy is
the difference in energy or wavelength represented by (hνEX-hνEM), which
is called the Stokes shift. The Stokes shift allows efficient discrimination
Stokes
of the excitation, making
Shift
fluorescence a very sensitive
technique and able to be detected
excitation
against a low background, isolated
emission
from excitation photons.
Fig. 2– Typical excitation and
emission spectra, showing the
lower wavelength of the excitation
source and higher wavelength of the
fluorescence.
free calcium concentration (Δ[Ca2+]) as the intermediate signaling event
of the excitation-contraction coupling. The quantification of Δ[Ca2+]
is done using a monochromatic light to excite the dye labeled Ca2+
molecule in a tissue/cell sample either in a tissue bath or microscopic
experimental set-up. The emitted fluorescence signal from the indicator
dye can be then used to monitor the amplitude and time-course of
the Δ[Ca2+] detected by sensitive detectors, such as highly sensitive
photomultiplier tubes (PMT module) or cameras.
The ratiometric indicator dye Fura-8 was selected for the detection of
free calcium concentration (Δ[Ca2+]) in heart muscle tissue slices. Fura8 was excited at 365nm and 410 nm wavelengths and the emission
recorded at 535 nm wavelength in dual excitation/ single emission
mode. The advantages of choosing this ratiometric measurement
technique with dual excitation/single emission using Fura-8 were
minimization of movement artifact, cancelation of possible effects of
uneven loading, inhomogeneous distribution of fluorescence indicator
in the cells or indicator bleaching in the detection of free calcium
concentration (Δ[Ca2+]) in the muscle tissue.
This allowed quantification and comparison between:
● High spatial versus high time resolution techniques on the human
left ventricular slices
● The possibility to measure free calcium concentration (Δ[Ca2+])
transients in a horizontal tissue bath on human left ventricular slices
or murine slices.
Intensity
SPECTROSCOPY
Ca2+ Detection in Muscle Tissue using
Fluorescence Spectroscopy
Wavelength
Four essential elements of
fluorescence signaling can be then identified to build up a detection
system:
● Excitation light source adapted to the absorption bandwidth of the
fluorophore (e.g. high-power LED of specific wavelength)
● A fluorophore/indicator (e.g. Fura-8 for free Ca2+ detection in muscle
tissue)
● Emission wavelength filters to limit the bandwidth of the emission
photons or overlapping bands
● A detector system that registers the fluorescence light and produces
a recordable output as an electrical signal (e.g. Photomultiplier
tubes).
Regardless of the application, compatibility of these four elements is
essential for optimizing fluorescence detection.
Example of free Ca2+ detection in muscle tissue
Typically, a fluorescent dye is introduced into tissue or single cells to
obtain a fluorescent response of the labeled molecule. A typical example
is the detection of the transient increase in the cytoplasmic/myoplasmic
Fig. 3– Qualitative representation some results of free Ca2+ detection in
human heart slices using the SI-BF-100 system.
Average fluorescence intensities of Fura-8 loaded human left ventricular
slices detected at 525 nm, when excited at 340 nm and 410 nm,
respectively, and ratios calculated (lower trace) from the imaging data
of a Rolera EM-C2 camera (left). Right, the response of the SI-BF-100
detected at 525 nm, when excited at 365 nm and 410 nm wavelength
using two aperture settings and calculated ratios (lower traces).
Furthermore, fluorescent data collected with the small aperture setting
and low-pass filtered at 50 Hz is shown (from: Belz et al., Proc. SPIE
9702, 2016).
References
Belz M., et. al. Fiber optic Biofluorometer for physiological research on
muscle slices. Proc. SPIE 9702, Optical Fibers and Sensors for Medical
Diagnostics and Treatment Applications XVI, 2016.
Spectrophotometry. Wikipedia, the free encyclopedia, 2017 (Crossreferences).
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
188
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Microdissection Instruments
MICRODISSECTION
Quality you can count on
WPI surgical instruments are manufactured with the highest quality materials and
craftsmanship to provide you with reliable instruments at a cost-effective price. We
offer a wide variety of instruments, including surgical kits. Whether you are looking for
a pair of quality European surgical instruments, marine grade stainless steel forceps or
precision American made scissors, the quality of our surgical instruments is backed by
our 100% satisfaction guarantee.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
189
MEMORYFLEX™
Cleaner Cuts & Longer Life
MemoryFlex instruments are among the world’s surgical instruments that
produce the cleanest cuts for research and veterinary applications
MemoryFlex™ Duck-Billed Scissors
13 cm (5.1 in.), 1.25 cm Blunt/Blunt Blades
NEW!
504724
504708
Straight
Curved
ACTUAL
SIZE
504708
MICRODISSECTION
MemoryFlex™ Vannas Scissors
14.75 cm (5.8 in.), 1.2 cm Blades
504630
Straight
NEW!
ACTUAL
SIZE
504630
MemoryFlex™ Scissors
15.7 cm (6.25 in.), 1.25 cm straight sharp tips
504631
Straight
NEW!
See MemoryFlex in action:
ACTUAL
SIZE
504631
wpiinc.com/mfvideo
MemoryFlex™ Stork Scissors
14.5 cm (5.7 in.), 1.25 cm Blades
Curved Flat
NEW!
504632
ACTUAL
SIZE
504632
MemoryFlex™ Noyes Scissors
14.75 cm (5.8 in.), 1.25 cm Sharp/Sharp Blades
Straight
504633
NEW!
ACTUAL
SIZE
504633
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
190
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
NEW!
504711
504725
Straight
Curved
504725
ACTUAL
SIZE
MemoryFlex™ Pressure Limiting Atraumatic Forceps
Reduce instrument induced tissue trauma during manipulation
and anastomosis. Strong enough to complete the passage of suture
needles through dense tissue.
18.5 cm (7.3 in.), 1x2 teeth
18 cm (7.1 in.), Tungsten Carbide
504636
504637
See MemoryFlex in action:
NEW!
504636
NEW!
504637
MemoryFlex™ Needle Holders
15.5 cm (6.1 in.), Tungsten Carbide Jaws w/ Lock
504634
504635
NEW!
504634
ACTUAL
SIZE
MemoryFlex™ Castroviejo and Baraquer Needle Holder with cutting edge
17.75 cm (7 in.), Tungsten Carbide Jaws with Lock
Straight
504709
NEW!
ACTUAL
SIZE
504709
Also Available
504623
NOT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Student MemoryFlex™ Scissors
ORDERING INFORMATION
504622
12.4cm with 2.2cm straight, sharp/sharp blades
504623
12.4cm with 2.2cm curved, sharp/sharp blades
504624
11.75 cm with 1.6cm curved, blunt/blunt, serrated blades
504625
11.5 cm with 1.25 cm straight, sharp/sharp blades
504626
11.5 cm with 1.15 cm curved, sharp/sharp blades
504627
Microtenotomy Scissors, 11.5 cm with 1.25 cm straight, blunt/
blunt duck billed blades
504628
Microtenotomy Scissors, 11.4cm with 1.15 cm blunt tips
504629
Littauer Suture Remover, 11.78cm
blades
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
with 1.75 cm straight
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
191
MICRODISSECTION
wpiinc.com/mfvideo
Straight
Curved
MEMORYFLEX™
MemoryFlex™ Vannas Scissors, Stainless Steel,
9 cm (3.5 in.), 3 mm Cutting Edge Tips, Sharp/Sharp
FORCEPS
Forceps
Made in Switzerland
When we listen to our customers, we build a bridge of
understanding and rapport. In that understanding, we discover
the true needs of the customer. We have had numerous requests
from you for affordable and good quality instruments and we
are listening. World Precision Instruments is proud to introduce
our own line of Swiss-made forceps and scissors. We worked
diligently with our manufacturer to make sure our products meet
your expectations. With over 45 years experience, World Precision
Instruments provides innovative instruments to the biomedical
research community. We look forward to continuing to expand our
product line to better serve your evolving needs.
WPI Swiss Tweezers, 10.5 cm (4.1 in.)
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
504508
504509
7mm
Extra Fine 90° Angled Tips
MICRODISSECTION
Tips: 0.06 × 0.02 mm
ACTUAL
SIZE
504508
WPI Swiss Tweezers, 11cm (4.3 in.)
0.06 × 0.07mm Straight Tips
45° Angled Tips
0.1 x 0.06mm Straight Tips
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
504510
504511
504512
504513
504506
504507
BEST
SELLER
Tips: 0.06 × 0.07 mm
504510
ACTUAL
SIZE
Tips: 0.06 × 0.07 mm
504512
ACTUAL
SIZE
m
7m
Tips: 0.01 × 0.06 mm
504506
BEST
SELLER
ACTUAL
SIZE
WPI Swiss Tweezers, 11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
0.18 × 0.2mm Angled Tips
0.18 × 0.2mm Curved Tips
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
Stainless Steel
Acid-Resistant/Antimagnetic
504502
504503
504504
504505
Tips: 0.18 × 0.2 mm
Tips: 0.18 × 0.2 mm
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
192
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
504502
ACTUAL
SIZE
504504
ACTUAL
SIZE
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
For material information and instrument
purchase guidance visit www.wpiinc.com
Dumont #2, Dumoxel Steel, 7 cm (2.75in.) Non-Magnetic
10 x 0.17mm Tips
503366
503366
ACTUAL
SIZE
501764
ACTUAL
SIZE
500064
ACTUAL
SIZE
FORCEPS
Forceps by Dumont
Mini Dumont #M5S, Stainless Steel, 8.2 cm (3.25 in.)
0.09 x 0.05 mm Tips
501764
Dumont #3C, Dumostar Steel,
11 cm (4.3 in.) Non-Magnetic, Non-Corrosive
0.08 x 0.04 mm Tips
500064
0.06 x 0.02 mm Tips
500339
ACTUAL
SIZE
500339
Dumont #4, Stainless Steel, 11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.13 x 0.08 mm Tips
0.02 x 0.06 mm Tips
500340
500231
ACTUAL
SIZE
500340
ACTUAL
SIZE
500231
Dumont #5, Dumostar Steel,
11 cm (4.3 in.) Non-Magnetic, Non-Corrosive
0.025 x 0.015 mm Tips
0.1 x 0.06 mm Tips
500085
500233
ACTUAL
SIZE
500085
Dumont #5, Dumoxel Steel, 11 cm (4.3 in.) Non-Magnetic
0.1 x 0.06 mm Tips
14098
14098
MOST POPULAR
ACTUAL
SIZE
Dumont #5, Stainless Steel, 11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.025 x 0.005 mm Tips
0.05 x 0.01 mm Tips
0.10 x 0.06 mm Tips
501985
500341
500342
500341
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ACTUAL
SIZE
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
193
MICRODISSECTION
Dumont #4, Dumostar Steel,
11 cm (4.3 in.) Non-Magnetic, Non-Corrosive
FORCEPS
Iris Forceps, Stainless Steel
10 cm (4 in.), 0.8 mm Tips, 1x2 Teeth
Straight
Curved
Standard
German
15916
15917
15916-G
15917-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
15916
15917
ACTUAL
SIZE
Adson Forceps, Stainless Steel
12 cm (4.75 in.), 1x2 Teeth, Serrated
MICRODISSECTION
Tungsten Carbide Jaws
1.5 mm Tips
Standard
German
500222
14226
500222-G
14226-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
500222
14226
ACTUAL
SIZE
Tip Profile:
ACTUAL
SIZE
15920
Tip Profile:
Hartman Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps, Stainless Steel
Standard
German
12.5 cm (5 in.)
Straight
15920
15920-G
9 cm (3.5 in.)
Curved
Straight
Curved
15921
501705
501291
15921-G
501705-G
501291-G
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps, Stainless Steel
Standard
German
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
501241
501241-G
15.5 cm (6.25 in.)
Curved
Straight
Curved
501288
501714
501715
501288-G
501714-G
501715-G
Tip Profile:
ACTUAL
SIZE
501241
Tip Profile:
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
194
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
● 100% non-corrosive (great for seawater procedures)
● 100% non-magnetic (MRI compatible)
● 40% lighter than stainless steel (reduces hand fatigue)
● Forcep tips coated with tungsten carbide for increased gripping power
● Anodized, non-glare blue finish
FORCEPS
Titanium Forceps
Colibri Suturing Forceps, Titanium, with Tying Platform
7.5 cm, 1x2 140° teeth
Curved
555060FT
555060FT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Forceps, Titanium, 8.5 cm (3.3 in.), 12 mm Tips
Straight
Straight w/ 0.12 mm
teeth (1x2)
4.5 mm Tying Platform
555001FT
5 mm Tying Platform
555041FT
555001FT
ACTUAL
SIZE
ACTUAL
SIZE
555005FT
ACTUAL
SIZE
McPherson Forceps, Titanium
8.5 cm (3.3 in.), 4.5 mm Tying Platform
Angled Tips
555005FT
Kelman-McPherson Forceps, Titanium
45° Angled Tips, 7.5 mm Smooth Jaw
555190FT
8.5 cm (3.3 in.)
555190FT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Bishop Harmon Forceps, Titanium
9 cm (3.5 in.), 1 x 2 teeth
Straight
555053FT
555053FT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Dressing Forceps, Titanium
10.5 cm (4 in.)
Straight
503389
ACTUAL
SIZE
503389
Jewelers #5 Forceps, Titanium, 11 cm (4.3 in.)
0.05 x 0.01 mm Tips
0.01 x 0.06 mm Tips
Angled 45°
Straight
555229F
ACTUAL
SIZE
555229F
555227F
555227F
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ACTUAL
SIZE
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
195
MICRODISSECTION
555041FT
SCISSORS
Spring Scissors
These squeeze-handle micro scissors can be used ambidextrously.
BEST
SELLER
Vannas Scissors, Super Fine, Stainless Steel
8cm (3 in.), 3mm Blades, 0.015 x 0.015 mm Tips
501778
501839
Straight
Curved
FINEST TIPS IN THE WORLD!
ACTUAL
SIZE
501778
BEST
SELLER
Vannas Scissors, Super Fine, Stainless Steel
8.5 cm (3.3 in.), 7mm Blades, 0.025 x 0.015 mm Tips
500086
501232
Straight
Curved
ACTUAL
SIZE
MICRODISSECTION
500086
BEST
SELLER
Vannas Scissors*, Stainless Steel
8cm (3 in.), Straight 5 mm Blades, 0.1 mm Tips
Straight
Standard
German
14003
14003-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
14003
*Standard and German versions may differ slightly in appearance.
Spring Scissors*, Stainless Steel
12 cm (4.75 in.), 12 mm Extra Fine and Long Blades
Straight
Curved
Standard
German
14125
14126
14125-G
*Standard and German versions
may differ slightly in appearance.
14125
ACTUAL
SIZE
Noyes Scissors, Sharp/Sharp Tips
12cm
14cm
Standard
German
15 mm Blades
Straight
Curved
500228
501236
500228-G
501236-G
Sharp/Blunt
Straight
503305
Blunt/Blunt
Straight
503306
20 mm Blades
Straight
501237
Curved
501238
*Standard and German versions
may differ slightly in appearance.
500228
Micro Scissors—Diamond Coated Blades
Diamond coated blades will increase the longevity of the cutting edge and
improve the quality of the cut. Used to reduce wear on razor blades and
industrial metal cutting tools, this coating is now being used in biomedical
ACTUAL
SIZE
applications. Reduced friction at cutting site decreases necrosis of surrounding
tissue and bone. Some studies have shown that even after double the
normal usage of the cutting implement, no blade wear was detected.
Micro Scissors, Stainless Steel,
12 cm (4.75 in.), Sharp Coated Tips, 8mm Blades
Straight
Curved
503365
503364
503365
ACTUAL
SIZE
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
196
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Curved
Straight
555524S
555530S
555524S
ACTUAL
SIZE
SCISSORS
Castroviejo Corneal Scissors, Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.), 11 mm Tips
Mcpherson-Westcott Stitch Scissors, Titanium
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), 10.5 mm Tips
Curved
555540S
555540S
ACTUAL
SIZE
Iris Scissors, Titanium
10.5 cm (4.1 in.), Sharp 11 mm Tips
555562S
555562S
ACTUAL
SIZE
Vannas Scissors, Titanium
11 cm (4.3 in.), Sharp, Extra Thin 13mm Tips
Straight
555600S
555600S
ACTUAL
SIZE
555580S
ACTUAL
SIZE
Vannas Capsulotomy Scissors, Titanium
10.8 cm (4.25 in.), Sharp 10.5 mm Tips
Straight
555580S
Westcott Tenotomy Scissors, Titanium
11 cm (4.3 in.), 19 mm Curved Tips
Blunt
Sharp
555621S
555541S
555541S
ACTUAL
SIZE
Westcott Tenotomy Scissors, Titanium
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), 21 mm Curved Tips
Blunt
555620S
ACTUAL
SIZE
555620S
Castroviejo Corneal Scissors, Titanium
12 cm (4.7 in.)
Blunt 11 mm Curved Tips
Blunt 16mm Curved Tips
Blunt 16mm Strong Curve
555526S
555525S
555523S
555523S
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ACTUAL
SIZE
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
197
MICRODISSECTION
Curved
SCISSORS
BEST
SELLER
Dissecting Scissors, Stainless Steel
10 cm (4 in.), Blunt Probe Tips
Straight
Curved
2.5 cm
Standard
German
500366
500367
500367-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
500366
Iris Scissors, SuperCut, Stainless Steel
MICRODISSECTION
Standard
Straight
10 cm (4 in.)
Curved
Straight
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Curved
Straight
12.5 cm (5 in.)
Curved
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Straight
14218
14219
503259
503260
14225
14224
503261
German
14218-G
14219-G
14225-G
14224-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
14218
2.3 cm
One edge micro serrated, one
edge honed to the sharpness
of a knife edge
ACTUAL
SIZE
3 cm
14225
Iris Scissors, SuperCut, Stainless Steel
11 cm (4.3 in.), Tungsten Carbide Blades
Straight
Curved
Standard
German
501263
501264
501263-G
501264-G
BEST
SELLER
ACTUAL
SIZE
501263-G
2.5 cm
These are the finest scissors available. They combine the precise cutting action of the razorsharp SuperCut blades with the durability of Tungsten Carbide. They provide a clean, smooth
cut and retain their sharpness for an extended period of time.
WPI Swiss Scissors, Stainless Steel
9 cm (3.5 in.)
Curved, Extra Fine
Curved, Fine, Sharp
Curved, Heavy Duty, Rounded
Curved, Strong, Beveled Tips
Straight, Fine, Sharp Tip
Straight, Fine, Sharp Tip
Curved, Fine, Blunt Tip
504519
504520
504521
504522
504613
504614
504615
504520
504521
BEST
SELLER
504519
504522
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
198
ACTUAL
SIZE
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
SCISSORS
4 cm
14192
ACTUAL
SIZE
Operating Scissors
Straight
11.5 cm (4.5 in.)
Curved
Straight
Curved
Standard
501753
501754
501743
501755
501756
501757
14192
501218
501219
501220
501221
501222
German
501753-G
501754-G
501743-G
501755-G
501756-G
501757-G
14192-G
501218-G
501219-G
501220-G
501221-G
501222-G
Tip Profiles:
Sharp/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
Surgical Scissors, Stainless Steel,
16 cm (6.3 in.), One Tip Sharp, One Tip Blunt
Straight
Curved
Standard
501223
501226
German
501223-G
501226-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
501223
Mayo Scissors, SuperCut Stainless Steel, Tungsten Carbide Blades
17 cm (6.75 in.), 5.5 mm Tips
Straight
Curved
Standard
501259
501260
German
501259-G
501260-G
5.5 cm
501529-G
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
ACTUAL
SIZE
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
199
MICRODISSECTION
14 cm (5.5 in.)
Sharp/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Sharp/Blunt
Blunt/Blunt
Sharp/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Blunt/Blunt
Sharp/Sharp
Sharp/Blunt
Blunt/Blunt
NEEDLE HOLDERS
Needle Holders
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder w/ Suture Scissors, Stainless Steel
Serrated, Tungsten Carbide Jaws
14 cm (5.5 in.)
16.5 cm (6.5 in.)
12 cm (4.75 in.)
Standard
German
500227
501725
501312
500227-G
501725-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
Tip Profile:
MICRODISSECTION
500227-G
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
10 mm Serrated Jaws w/ Suture Scissors, 2 mm Tips
501989
12 cm (4.75 in.)
ACTUAL
SIZE
Crile-Wood Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
Serrated, Tungsten Carbide Jaws
Standard
14.5 cm (5.75 in.)
15 cm (5.9 in.)
Right 500224
503741
German
500224-G
ACTUAL
SIZE
500224
Bruce Clarke Needle Holder, Stainless Steel
Serrated Jaws w/ Grooves
12.5 cm (5 in.)
503219
ACTUAL
SIZE
503219
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
200
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Needle Holder, Titanium
14 cm (5.5 in.), Smooth Jaws
501923
Curved
ACTUAL
SIZE
501923
NEEDLE HOLDERS
Titanium Needle Holders
Curved Needle Holder, Titanium
11 cm (4.3 in.), 6 mm Delicate Jaws
555408NT
Curved
ACTUAL
SIZE
555403NT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Barraquer Needle Holder, Titanium
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), Curved, 9 mm Delicate Jaws, Sharp
No Lock
Lock
555402NT
555403NT
Troutman Needle Holder, Titanium
11.5 cm (4.5 in.), Curved, 10 mm Jaws, Blunt
Lock
555407NT
555407NT
ACTUAL
SIZE
Needle Holder, Titanium, Serrated Jaws
16 cm (6.3 in.)
503391
ACTUAL
SIZE
Hundreds
of additional
instruments and
related items are
available. See the complete
catalog. Request a surgical
catalog by calling
(866) 606-1974 or online
at www.wpiinc.com/
catalog
503391
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
201
MICRODISSECTION
555408NT
CLAMPS, SCALPELS
Clips and Clamps
Reflex Clip Applier
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, for 7 mm clips only
500343
Reflex Clip Applier
11 cm (4.3 in.) long, for 9 mm clips only
500345
500343
MICRODISSECTION
Reflex Clip 7 mm
for use with #500343
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500344
500344
Retractors
14119
14119-G
Micro Bulldog Clamps
Curved serrated jaws
Standard
German
14119
14119-G
Reflex Clip 9 mm
for use with #500345
100/box, Stainless Steel, non-sterile
500346
3cm long, 8 x 1.2mm jaw
3.8cm long, 9 mm jaw
Agricola Retractor
Length:
4 cm (1.6 in.)
Blades:
3 x 3 sharp prongs
Small, self-retaining retractor perfect
for small animal surgery and dissection.
Maximum spread, 2.5 cm.
501846
ACTUAL
SIZE
501846
Scalpels, Knives, Blades and Handles
Scalpel Handle #3
13 cm (5 in.) long, stainless steel
Standard
500236
German
500236-G
For Blades #10 ~ #15
500236
Sterile stainless steel blades
All stainless steel scalpel blades are made by Feather®, using a precise
beveling technique to create the edge’s micron sharpness. They are the finest
blades available.
500239
500240
ORDERING INFORMATION
500239
500240
Scalpel Blades #10, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box)
Scalpel Blades #11, stainless steel, sterile (100 / box)
Animal Lancets
Disposable Scalpels
504554
504540
504550
504551
504552
504553
504554
504555
504556
500348
ORDERING INFORMATION
Animal Lancet, 4mm, Mice under 2 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 5 mm, Mice 2-6 mo,200/box
Animal Lancet, 5.5 mm, Mice over 6 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 5 mm, Rats under 3 mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 6mm, Rats under 3mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 7mm, Rats 3-4mo, 200/box
Animal Lancet, 3mm, Primates, 200/box
Tatoo Identification Lancet, 3mm, 200/box
500348
500349
500350
500351
500352
500353
500354
500355
ORDERING INFORMATION
Disposable Scalpel, No. 10, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 11, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 12, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 15, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 20, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 21, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 22, sterile (10/box)
Disposable Scalpel, No. 23, sterile (10/box)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
202
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
RODENT ACCESSORIES
Rodent Accessory
One of the most humane methods of animal sacrifice
Features
● Large, stable base
● Hardened blades for long service
● Ambidextrous configuration
Benefits
● Blades are drawn together by magnetic force to ensure a
clean and precise cut through very strong bones and skin
● Spring action prevents blades from accidentally falling
● Fluoropolymer coated base for easy cleanup
Applications
DCAP
● Humane sacrifice of small animals
DCAP-L
ORDERING INFORMATION
DCAP
DCAP-M
DCAP-L
For Rodents / Other Small Animals, 1.5 x 1.5 in. Opening
For Large Rodents / Other Medium Animals, 2.5 x 2.5 in.
Opening
For Larger Animals, 4.0 x 4.0 in. Opening
Rodent Brain Matrices
D
WPI offers one of the largest
selections of brain matrices
available. Made of stainless steel,
these matrices are sturdy and can
be heated, chilled, autoclaved,
scrubbed — and stand up to
rigorous daily use. Coronal
matrices have the additional
feature of a mid-line sagittal cut
to facilitate splitting of the left and
right hemispheres. Sections can
be as fine as 1-mm. The olfactory/
spinal/notch is cut into each
matrix.
A B
C
E
SPECIFICATIONS
Order #
Subject
Material
Section
A
B
C
D
E
Cavity
Depth
Weight
RBMS-200C
Adult Mouse
Stainless Steel
Coronal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
1.0 lb
RBMS-200S
Adult Mouse
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
3.18
11.1
8.73
19.1
12.2
7.4
1.0 lb
RBMS-300C
Rat, 175-300 g
Stainless Steel
Coronal
4.76
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
7.61
1.0 lb.
RBMS-300S
Rat, 175-300 g
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
4.76
15.9
12.7
36.6
23.8
7.61
1.0 lb
RBMS-600C
Rat, 300 g-600 g
Stainless Steel
Coronal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
1.0 lb
RBMS-600S
Rat, 300 g-600 g
Stainless Steel
Sagittal
4.76
19.8
14.7
36.6
24.7
10.91
1.0 lb
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
203
MICRODISSECTION
The small animal guillotine is easy of use with extra added safety features.
There is a large base for stability, long handle for extra leverage, spring
action so the blades can not fall down unexpectedly, hardened stainless
blades for endurance, simplified construction for easy maintenance. The
fluoropolymer coated surface on the base makes cleaning easy.
The guillotine is considered one of the most humane methods to sacrifice
a subject.
DCAP-M
MICRODISSECTION KITS
Surgical Kits
Physiology Kit I includes these instruments:
SuperCut Tenotomy Scissors, Curved
Rongeur, 3mm jaw
Utility Scissors
Operating Scissors, Straight, Sharp/Blunt
14098
501303
501313
ORDERING INFORMATION
KIT-PHYSIO-I Physiology Kit, 7 instruments
14192
14091
MICRODISSECTION
Dumont Tweezer #5
Flat Jaw Tweezers
Probe, 1.0 mm Diameter, Blunt
14396
14091
501322
14192
501322
14098
14396
501313
501303
Physiology Kit II includes these instruments:
Vannas Scissors
SuperCut Iris Scissors, Straight
Rongeur, 1.3mm Jaw
Utility Scissors, Straight, Sharp/Blunt
Probe, 1.0 mm Diameter, Blunt
Operating Scissors, Straight, Sharp/Blunt
14003
14218
14292
501322
501313
14192
Stevenson Retractor
Iris Forceps, Curved, Serrated
Adson Forceps, 1x2 Teeth
Olsen-Hegar Needle Holder
Dumont Tweezer #5
Portfolio
14131
15915
500092
500227
14098
503294
ORDERING INFORMATION
PHYSIO-II
Physiology Kit, 11 instruments, zipper case
14098
500227
501313
501322
14192
14218
14131
500092
14292
14003
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
204
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
15915
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
MICRODISSECTION KITS
Mouse Kit includes these instruments:
14098
14003
15915
14393
Dumont Tweezer #5
Vannas Scissors
Iris Forceps, Curved, Serrated
Dissecting Scissors, 10 cm, Straight
14130
14109
501313
503294
Wire Retractor
Needle Holder
Probe, 1.0 mm Diameter, Blunt
Portfolio
ORDERING INFORMATION
MOUSEKIT
Mouse Kit, 7 instruments, zipper case
14130
501313
15915
14098
14393
14003
MICRODISSECTION
14109
Rat Kit includes these instruments:
14098
14124
15915
14218
Dumont Tweezer #5
Vannas Scissors
Iris Forceps, Curved
SuperCut Iris Scissors, Straight
Alm Retractor
Needle Holder
Probe, 1.0 mm Diameter, Blunt
ORDERING INFORMATION
RATKIT
14098
14240
14110
501313
Rat Kit, 7 instruments
14396
14110
14124
14240
15915
501313
Student Dissecting Kit
Includes:
#4 Knife Handle
Dissecting Scissors, 4.5”
Straight Teasing Needle
Dissecting Scissors, 4”
Angled Teasing Needle
Dressing Forceps, 5.5”
#22 Surgical Blade
Micro Dressing Forceps, 4”
Canvas Roll-up
501838
ORDERING INFORMATION
501336
501838
Student Dissecting Kit
Canvas Roll-Up Only
501336
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
205
SURGICAL EQUIPMENT
MICRODISSECTION
OmniDrill35 Micro Drill
Drill, grind or finish bone or teeth
Features
● Excellent tool for grinding, finishing, and drilling bone and other
material
● High-torque motor (35,000 rpm) is quiet
● Includes footswitch
503598
Benefits
● Removable nose cone that can be cleaned and sterilized
● Consistant power for the duration of its use
● Variable speeds so you control the amount of heat generated
Applications
● Grinding, finishing, cutting and drilling bone, teeth and other material
This line-powered micro drill will make easy work of grinding, finishing,
cutting and drilling bone, teeth and other material. The high-torque
35,000 rpm (maximum) motor is quiet and has minimal vibration which
reduces wear on the motor and provides greater comfort for you. It also
features a forward and reverse switch, “E Type” handpiece and handpiece
holder. The handpiece has a removable nose cone that can be cleaned
and sterilized. It accepts 3/32” and 2.33mm bur shanks. Unlike batterypowered drills, this unit maintains consistent power for the duration of
use. The wide range of speeds allows you to control the amount of heat
generation.
OMNIDRILL35 SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT
OUTPUT
FUSE
OPERATING SPEED
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
110 V, 50/60 Hz (503598)
240 V, 50/60 Hz (503599)
0-32 VDC
1A
0-35,000 RPM
178 x 114 x 89 mm (7 x 4.5 x 3.5in.)
1.7kg (3.75lbs)
ORDERING INFORMATION
503598
503599
OmniDrill35 Micro Drill System, 110 V
OmniDrill35 Micro Drill System, 220 V
Stand, tips, cutoff disk, mandrels and footswitch are all included.
Replacements available below.
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
501850
501851
501852
501853
501854
501855
501856
501857
501858
501842
501860
501861
501862
501863
501864
504459
502237
Abrading Tip, Rubber, pk of 20
Abrading Tip, Stone, pk of 5
Accessory Stand
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1, .031” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #2, .039” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #3, .047” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #4, .055” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #5, .063” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #6, .071” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #7, .083” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/4, .019” Diameter, pk of 5
Ball Mill, Carbide, #1/2, .027” Diameter, pk of 5
Cutoff Disk, pk of 20
Mandrel, Screw, pk of 5
Mandrel, Threaded, pk of 5
Footswitch
Stereotaxic Holder for OmniDrill35 Microdrill
Economy Electrosurgical Unit
Cut and coagulate with a press of the foot switch
Features
coagulate, and cut/coagulate) and various choices of electrodes. The unit
comes complete and ready-to-use with a handpiece, ground plate, foot
switch and one of each electrodes. All accessories can also be ordered
separately.
● 10 levels of output
intensity
● Three operational modes
(cut, coagulate, cut/
coagulate)
● Choice of electrodes
ELECTROSURGICAL UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
OPERATION FREQUENCY
STABLE & FINE POWER SETTING
Benefits
● Ready to use out of the
501274
box.
● Includes a variety of electrodes, which are also sold individually
Applications
● Cutting and coagulation of tissue
Electrosurgery utilizes alternating current at radio frequencies to cut and
coagulate. Using this method, the current enters the subject's body and
the subject becomes part of the electrical circuit. This requires the use
of a return, or ground, plate. This economically priced electrosurgical
unit has 10 levels of output intensity, three operational modes (cut,
POWER SUPPLY
OUTPUT POWER
WORKING FRQUENCY
DIMENSIONS
SHIPPING WEIGHT
501274
501285
501273
501281
501284
ORDERING INFORMATION
Electrosurgical Unit, 110V
Electrosurgical Unit, 220V
Handpiece for electrodes, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Fine WIre electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
Ball Electrode, ∅ 1.6mm shaft
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
206
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
1.5 MHz
10 Steps
115V ± 10% - 50/60 Hz 1.8A, 210 VA
230V ± 10% - 50/60 Hz 0.9A, 210 VA
70 WATTS ± 5%
1.5-1.7 MHZ ± 5%
24cm x 22cm x 8.5 cm (lxwxh)
10 lb (4.5kg)
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
CARE & CLEANING
BioClave Mini
Research autoclave
Features
● Rapid, complete sterilization
● Extremely compact
● Built in water tank does not require connection to
an external water supply
Benefits
● Fully automatic–just press START
● Benchtop model
Applications
● Small scale sterilization of microdissection and
veterinary instruments
504187
MICRODISSECTION
The BioClave Mini comes pre-programmed for
basic sterilization. Choose either the 120ºC or 134ºC
temperature mode, and the cycle time is fixed. This is
the perfect autoclave for small spaces.
The stainless steel sterilization chamber accommodates a variety of
liquids, media, instruments, glassware and plasticware. A mechanical and
electrical safety interlock prevents the door from being opened until the
pressure is released (0 PSI).
Simply press the Start button, and the entire sequence runs–fill, sterilize,
exhaust and dry.
BIOCLAVE MINI SPECIFICATIONS
CHAMBER VOLUME
8L
MAX. PRESSURE
29 PSI/2 Bar
CHAMBER DIMENSIONS
6.7 x 12.5"/17 x 31 cm
TRAY DIMENSIONS
4.75 x 9.75"/12 x 24.8 cm
EXTERIOR DIMENSIONS
20 x 13.5 x 12.9"/51 x 24 x 33 cm
WEIGHT
74 Lb. (33 kg)
ELECTRICAL
115 or 230V, 50–60 Hz, 950 W
504187
504188
ORDERING INFORMATION
BioClave Mini (115 V)
BioClave Mini (230 V)
Dry Sterilizer
Heat sterilize instruments in seconds
Features
● Glass beads heated to 260°C kills all viruses, aerobic and anaerobic bacteria, yeasts and spores
● 1.5 mm lead-free glass beads included.
Benefits
● No chemicals. No flames. No risk of burns. No disinfectant fluids.
Applications
● Sterilize your microdissecting and tissue culture instruments,
thoroughly and conveniently, in seconds
GERMINATOR SPECIFICATIONS
O.D.
I.D.
WEIGHT
14404
500121
14405
17.1 x 13.3 x 12.9 cm (63/4 x 51/4 x 51/16 in.)
5.1 x 10.2 cm (2 x 4 in.)
2.3 kg (5 lb.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Dry Sterilizer (110 V)
Dry Sterilizer (220 V)
Extra Glass Beads, 300 g (11 oz)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
14404
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
207
CARE & CLEANING
Ultrasonic Cleaning Systems
Quantrex® bath with a timer
Features
● 60 Minute Timer
● Vinyl-clad steel and stainless steel
● 14 quality inspection steps for strength and durability
Benefits
● Provides super-strength cleaning every time
● When used with L&R’s specialty formulated solutions, the selfcontained, compact unit offers efficient trouble-free cleaning
● Each Quantrex machine comes standard with increased power—
strength you can see as soon as you turn the unit on
● Stainless steel drain with multi-positional outlet for easy removal of
solution
Applications
MICRODISSECTION
● Versatile enough for a variety of cleaning applications
SPECIFICATIONS
504216
DIMENSIONS
26.0 x 16.5 x 21.0 cm (10.25 x 6.5 x 8.25 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
4.5 kg (10 lb)
TANK CAPACITY
3.2 L (0.85 gal.)
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS
23.8 x 13.7 x 10.2 cm (9.38 x 5.38 x 4.0 in.)
504216
ORDERING INFORMATION
Quantrex Ultrasonic Cleaning System
Includes Timer, Drain and Cover. Heater Optional.
Economy ultrasonic cleaner
504766
504767
504768
UBATH-Y
Features
● Half liter stainless steel tank
● Durable and compact
503737
Benefits
● Robust all-metal construction allows for continuous duty
Applications
● Microdissection and veterinary instrument cleaning
UBATH SPECIFICATIONS
INPUT POWER
ORDERING INFORMATION
22W
PEAK OUTPUT
70W, 55 kHz
TANK CAPACITY
0.53L (18 oz.)
TANK I.D.
12.1 x 8.6 x 6.6 cm, (4 /4 x 3 /8 x 2 /8 in.)
TANK O.D.
13.7 x 10.5 x 12.1 cm, (5 /8 x 4 /8 x 4 /4 in.)
SHIPPING WEIGHT
1.8 kg (4 lb.)
3
3
3
5
1
3
UBATH-Y
UBATH-B
13740
503737
504766
504767
504768
Ultrasonic Cleaner (110 V)
Ultrasonic Cleaner (220 V, UK plug)
Ultrasonic Detergent (4 lb)
Mesh Draining Basket
Sterilization mesh casette 40x40x20 mm
Sterilization mesh casette.80x80x34mm
Sterilization mesh casette.105x70x25 mm
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
208
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Lab Supplies
LAB SUPPLIES
Affordable laboratory equipment
Looking for a quality source for affordable laboratory equipment? From capillary glass
and adhesives up to micromanipulators, pumps and microscopes, we offer the full
range for the well stocked scientific laboratory.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
209
ADHESIVES
LAB SUPPLIES
Which Adhesive is Right for Me?
ADHESIVES APPLICATION GUIDE
WPI Part #
Description
Epoxies
Form strong bonding. Used in wire bonding applications.
4898
SilverfilledconductiveEpoxy
12 hr @ 50ºC; 5 min @ 150ºC
Connecting conductors that can't be soldered. Constructing or connecting Ag/AgCl pellets.
7335
CarbonfilledconductiveEpoxy
48 hr @ 25ºC; 5 min @ 150ºC
Constructing carbon electrode.
4886
High performance Structural Epoxy
12 hr @ 25ºC.
Formsastrongandslightlyflexiblebondonplastic,metal,&glass.Bondssomelowsurface.
Hot melt (EVA)
Easy to use for bonding, needs large gap filling
13316
Mini Glue Gun with glue sticks
Silicone Adhesives/Sealants/Primers
Curing time
Useful Applications and Characteristics
As soon as it cools down
Bonds wood, glass, metals, and many plastics.
Good moisture resistant and elastic. Low toxic.
1571
Room temperature vulcanizing (RTV)
adhesive. Acyloxy/moisture cure system.
Acetic acid is cure by-product.
24 hr @ 25ºC
Has the best adhesion property in this silicone family. Will bond to many materials.
7128
RTV sealant. Alkoxy/Moisture cure system.
Methanol as cure by-product.
72 hr @ 25ºC
Good for bonding or sealing electronics circuits (metal).
SYLG184
Sylgard, Two parts, vinyl/platinum cure
sealant. Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very
low toxic
24 hr @ 25ºC, 15 min. @ 150ºC
Coating Patch Clamp electrodes, Cell culture dish, making dissection pads.
KWIK-SIL
Two part, adhesive. Vinyl/platinum system,
Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very low
toxic.
< 5 min. @ 25ºC
Live tissue and nerve studies. Medium strength adhesion.
KWIK-CAST
Two part sealant. Vinyl/platinum cure
system. Hydrogen as cure by-products. Very
low toxic.
< 5 min. @ 25ºC
Sealant for live tissues. Embedding peripheral nerves with electrodes.
6820
Primer for silicone
N/A
Enhancesadhesionofsiliconeadhesivesfordifficulttobondplasticsurfaces
Cyanoacrylate
Forms an instantaneous bonding.
7341
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, low viscosity
90-120 cps
<10 seconds
Mounting rat/mouse brain slices. Ideal for relatively small gaps and smooth surfaces.Bonds
plastic, metals and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
7342
Ethyl Cyanoacrylate, high viscosity
1100-1600 cps
<30 seconds
Use on brain slice exp. Ideal for larger gaps, allows slightly longer bonding time. Bonds plastic,
metals and rubber. Package of 10 vials, each approximately 1.5 mL.
VETBOND
Butyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<10 seconds
Bondstissues,alternativetosuture,helpssmallwoundhealing.Antimicrobialeffect.Usedin
forensic science.
503763
Octyl Cyanoacrylate, Low toxic
<15 seconds
Suitable for surface wound bonding, protection, holding a sensor or other device on the tissue.
Easy Application Silicone Structural Epoxy
Kwik-Gard™ is specially
packaged Sylgard 184
silicone for quicker and
easier application, eliminating
the messy procedure of
preparing the mixture
before application. Its special
cartridge controls the precise
mixing ratio to ensure proper
curing. The disposable tip
mixes resin and hardener
as they are dispensed. Since no air is introduced during mixing, the resin
does not need degassing for most applications. The mixed silicone is
applied directly to the site, reducing preparation time and material waste.
Each Kwik-Gard cartridge contains 37 mL of resin and hardener. The
dispensing tip has a dead volume of 0.75 mL. Perfect for PDMS.
Biopsy punches (0.5–8mm) are available online at www.wpiinc.com/punch.
ORDERING INFORMATION
KWIKGARD
KWIKGLUE
KWIKMIX
KWIKGUN
Kwik-Gard Start-up Kit (incl. dispenser, 1 cartridge, 5 tips)
Kwik-Gard Refill (2 cartridges, 10 dispensing tips)
Dispensing Tips (pkg of 10)
Kwik-Gard Dispenser
Bonds
PEEK
Scotch-Weld 2216
remains the best epoxy
for bonding plastic, often
used as the benchmark
for testing the binding
strength of other
adhesives. The slightly rubbery
texture also makes it less easy to break off. It is
the only epoxy known that can bond PEEK.
Color: gray
Cures at room temperature.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
4886
Scotch-Weld 2216 (2 oz.)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
210
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
ADHESIVES
Low Toxicity Adhesive
Ideal for neuroscience applications, nerve studies and more
Features
● Bio-compatible adhesive for live tissue and
nerve studies
Pre-mixing tips simplify use
Medium strength adhesion
Low toxicity
Rapid curing silicone adhesive, cure on
contact
● Cures without producing heat
● Includes 10 Mixing Tips
● Volume discounts - Save up to 15%!
●
●
●
●
KWIK-CAST
KWIK-SIL
Benefits
● Low toxicity
● Rapid cure time
easily, filling the small spaces around the nerve and leaving no channels
through which peritoneal fluid can travel and thus short the nerve/
electrode contact. Equally important is the ability of the material to flow
into itself and create one continuous mass from underneath the nerve
all the way to the top of the nerve/electrode contact to ensure longterm recording stability. Kwik-Cast is color-coded to make the mixing
foolproof. The catalyst is yellow and the base is blue. When uniformly
mixed, it is green. Kwik-Cast can be applied and cured underneath
mineral oil. After recording, electrodes are easily recovered due to the low
tear strength.
Applications
KWIK-CAST & KWIK-SIL SPECIFICATIONS
● Neuroscience and nerve
studies
● Biomedical applications
600022
Kwik-Sil
Kwik-Cast
1 to 1
< 5 minutes*
5–10 minutes**
~15 minutes
15,000
6 months
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
1 to 1
4 minutes
10,000
6 months
5 mL
10
<0.12 mL
90
650
30
translucent
1x1015
44
60
36
green
1x1015
* 3 minutes average with about 90 seconds of liquidity
** no longer mixable at this point
<10 minutes
ORDERING INFORMATION
KWIK-SIL
Silicone Adhesive Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
KWIK-CAST Silicone Casting Compound (two 5-mL syringes)
600022
Replacement KWIK Mixing Tips (pkg of 10)
Quantity discounts available
MicroFil™ Non-metallic Syringe Needle
Perfect for filling micropipettes
WPI’s MicroFil™ fills micropipettes easily and
reliably. Its long and fine tip allows you to start
the filling very close to the pipette tip, eliminating both air bubble formation and clogging due
to the washing down of dust particles. The transparent amber MicroFil™ needle is constructed
from a combination of plastic and fused silica —
no metal components are used. The MicroFil™
needle can be stored for days with the filling
solution inside without clogging.
The MicroFil’s tip elasticity is sturdy and very
flexible though not unbreakable. Since it is more
flexible than stainless steel needles, moderate
bending will not block or damage the MicroFil™
needle. The combination of plastic and fused
silica in the MicroFil™ tip is sturdier than plastic
tips, allowing easy and repeated insertions into
micropipettes. MicroFil’s luer fitting allows easy
coupling to syringes and syringe filters.
MF34G-5
ORDERING INFORMATION
MF34G-5
MicroFil™, 34 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G-5
MicroFil™, 28 ga., 97 mm long (pkg of 5)
MF28G67-5 MicroFil™, 28 ga., 67 mm long (pkg of 5)
Custom MicroFil™
All MicroFil™ products, including custom orders, can be shipped
immediately. Custom orders for special needs can be made using nine sizes of
MicroFil™ tubing in lengths up to 50 cm — except for CMF90U which has
a maximum length of 10 cm because of its high resistance to flow. Quantity
discounts available. Specify length when ordering.
CMF20G
MicroFil™, 20 ga, 700 µm ID, 850 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF22G
MicroFil™, 22 ga, 530 µm ID, 700 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF23G
MicroFil™, 23 ga, 530 µm ID, 665 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF26G
MicroFil™, 26 ga, 320t µm ID, 430 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF28G
MicroFil™, 28 ga, 250 µm ID, 350 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF31G
MicroFil™, 31 ga, 100 µm ID, 238 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF34G
MicroFil™, 34 ga, 100 µm ID, 164 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF35G
MicroFil™, 35 ga, 75 µm ID, 144 µm OD (pkg of 4)
CMF90U
MicroFil™, ~36 ga, 20 µm ID, 90 µm OD (pkg of 4)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
211
LAB SUPPLIES
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast silicones have very
low toxicity
before, during and after curing. The by-product of curing is a small
amount of hydrogen gas, which is much less toxic to cells than acetic acid
or alcohol from traditional RTV silicone sytems.
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast curing speed is hundreds of times faster
than traditional RTV silicones. A curing time of a few minutes at room
temperature is especially useful for encapsulation of live tissue or
implanting into a live animal.
Unlike many vinyl-based silicones in which the platinum complex catalysts
are easily poisoned by contamination from amines and animal tissue,
Kwik-Sil and Kwik-Cast are not sensitive to contamination from animal
tissue.
Kwik-Sil™ is a translucent, medium-viscosity silicone adhesive, developed
for chronic peripheral nerve studies such as anterograde tracing with
fluorescent indicators or electrode recording. Good adhesion and
mechanical properties (tear strength and elongation) allow days of study
without breaking of the bonding. Curing speed is very reproducible.
Kwik-Cast™ is a very low viscosity silicone sealant developed to embed
peripheral nerves with electrodes for acute multi-fiber recordings. It flows
MIX RATIO
WORKING TIME
SETTING TIME (ROOM TEMP., 1:1
RATIO)
CURE TIME
VISCOSITY, CPS
GUARANTEED SHELF LIFE AT 23 °C
VOLUME
NUMBER OF MIXING TIP
DEAD VOLUME OF THE MIXING TIP
AFTER CURING 24 HOURS:
TEAR STRENGTH, PPI
ELONGATION %
DUROMETER (SHORE A-2)
COLOR
VOLUME RESISTIVITY, W/CM
ADHESIVES
LAB SUPPLIES
“Super” Adhesives for Life Science Research
Four times stronger than butyl cyanoacrylate and less toxic
Cyanoacrylate adhesives have
been on the market since 1958.
Most industrial or household grade
cyanoacrylate is made of shorter
alkyl chain derivatives such as
methyl or ethyl cyanoacrylate (7341
and 7342). They are very useful for
temporarily holding tissues such as
mounting specimens for microtome
sectioning. However, they are not
suitable for bonding wounds on
live animals. The difficulties of using
cyanoacrylate for bonding live
animals are: (1) a strong, irritating
odor; (2) quick loss of bonding
strength due to breakdown of
the bonding by hydration; (3) the
breakdown products, cyanoacetate
and formaldehyde, are toxic and
VETBOND
can cause inflammatory reactions;
and (4) they have low flexibility and tend to be brittle.
To overcome these problems, several longer alkyl chain cyanoacrylates
have been developed especially for veterinary and human use. The
first longer alkyl chain product is butyl cyanoacrylate. This product has
been used for animal and human applications outside the USA since
1970. It is much less toxic and has a lower odor than the methyl or ethyl
cyanoacrylate. The butyl cyanoacrylate offered by WPI is Vetbond™.
A family of adhesives containing octyl cyanoacrylate, a plasticizer and
stabilizer, was developed In the 1990’s (one of them approved by FDA
for human use). When bonding to tissue, these new adhesives are four
times stronger and less toxic than butyl cyanoacrylate. Compared with
the traditional suture, the new super adhesive has several advantages.
On average, it takes only one-tenth of the time to close an incision.
The bonding strength is equal to 5-0 monofilament suture. It also has
a mysterious antimicrobial effect that can decrease infection rates in
contaminated wounds.
Bonding will slough off
naturally in 5 to 7 days.
Cosmetic appearance of
the healed incision is also
better.
Gluture Topical Tissue
Adhesive 503763 forms a
strong and flexible film and
is thus more suitable for
surface wound bonding,
protection, and holding
a sensor or other device
on the tissue. Setting
time is about 10 seconds,
which gives ample time for
503763
application. It can also be
used for temporarily holding a live tissue. For example, there is a report
of using it to hold nematodes on a glass slide for patch-clamp neurons
recording.
All of the products offered by WPI are veterinary grade (not suitable for
human application). Though very similar to the grade for human use, they
are not sterile and do not have FDA approval.
ORDERING INFORMATION
503763
7341
7342
VETBOND
Gluture Topical Tissue Adhesive (10 tips), 1.5 mL
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, low viscosity—90-120 cps
(package of 10 vials, each approx 1.5 mL)
Cyanoacrylate Adhesive, high viscosity—1100-1600 cps
(pkg of 10 vials, each approx 1.5 mL)
3M Vetbond™ Adhesive (3 mL)
Silicone Dissecting Pad
Kit
Sylgard
SYLG184
501986
A two-part silicone elastomer, ideal for potting and encapsulating
applications. Very low dielectric constant sealing compound used in patch
clamping and many other lab applications. After cure, will withstand -55°
to 200 °C.
Make your own silicone dissecting pads easily and quickly. Mix the 2-part
silicone right in the plastic petri dishes and allow to cure 24 hours at room
temperature. Kit includes enough 2-Part Sylgard silicone elastomer to
prepare 20 dishes; pins; and 20 plastic petri dishes with lids, 65 mm.
Shipping weight: 2 lb. (1 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
SYLG184
Sylgard (1.1 lb)
ORDERING INFORMATION
501986
Silicone Dissecting Pad Kit
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
212
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Electrically Conductive
Carbon Epoxy
Two-component silver-filled epoxy for electrical connections which cannot
be soldered, such as Ag/AgCl pellets. This widely used silver-filled epoxy
features low viscosity and smooth flowing character. Pure silver is dispersed in both resin and hardener. Cures in 15 minutes at 120 °C. Mix
ratio 1:1. May be premixed and frozen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Two-component carbon-epoxy, curable at room and elevated
temperatures. Ideal for electrostatic discharge protection and EMI/RFI
shielding. 1:1 mix ratio. May be premixed and frozen for later use.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
4898
ADHESIVES
Electrically Conductive
Silver Epoxy
ORDERING INFORMATION
7335
Carbon Epoxy (2 oz.)
Silver Epoxy (1 oz.)
Silicone RTV Adhesive
Because it is non-corrosive, this material is ideal for use on metal, for
encapsulating small circuits on connectors. After cure, will withstand -55°
to 200 °C. No mixing required.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
Clear silicone sealant provides good bonding to plastic. After cure, will
withstand -55 to 200 °C. No mixing required. A handy, general purpose
laboratory sealant. (Releases acetic acid during curing.)
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
7128
ORDERING INFORMATION
1571
RTV Coating (3 oz.)
RTV Sealant (4.7 oz.)
RTV Prime Coat
Enhances adhesion of silicone adhesives to many
difficult-to-bond plastic surfaces.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
6820
RTV Prime Coat, 400 ml (13.5 oz.)
Mini Glue Gun
Comes with three sticks of special formula hot
melt glue. UL approved. 110V 60 Hz only.
Shipping weight: 1 lb. (0.5 kg)
ORDERING INFORMATION
13316
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Mini Glue Gun
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
213
LAB SUPPLIES
Silicone RTV Adhesive
(non-acidic)
Quality glass, superior prices for microinjection/microelectrodes
Features
● Quality borosilicate glass capillaries
● Large variety available, including fire polished,
filaments, thin wall, specialty glass and multi-barrel
Benefits
● Superior pricing
● Most glass orders ship within 48 hours
Standard, no
Filament
Applications
Microinjection
Length
Patch clamp
Fluid Handling
FIre Polishing
Fire Polished
Glass
Fire-Polished glass capillaries are
easier to insert into microelectrode
holders without damaging the
gasket. More importantly, firepolished glass won’t scratch the
chloridized wire used in a recording
electrode. Fire-polishing does not
affect the glass’s mechanical or
electrical properties.
Making Uniform, Reproducable
Microelectrodes
Borosilicate glass capillaries: Close dimensional
tolerances assure microelectrode uniformity and
reproducibility. Capillaries are available in 1, 2, 3,
5 and 7-barrel configurations, complete range of
single barrel thin-wall sizes and a variety of special
configurations. Capillaries with filaments contain a
solid filament fused to the inner wall, which speeds
filling of electrodes. Capillaries with or without inner
filaments are available for making microelectrodes in
a wide range of diameters.
Single Barrel standard wall thickness capillaries are
offered either with or without inner filaments for
quick filling in a variety of lengths and diameters.
Thin Wall Glass Capillaries
3-Barrel
5-Barrel
7-Barrel
5-Barrel
3-Barrel
Piggyback
Septum Theta
Thin Wall single barrel capillaries are offered both
with or without inner filaments.
7-Barrel
Thin-Wall Single-Barrel Standard
Filament Glass Capillaries
2-Barrel
Standard
Filament
Thin Wall, no
Filament
Thin Wall Filament
ORDERING INFORMATION
Electrophysiology
Single Barrel Standard Borosilicate Glass
●
●
●
●
2-Barrel
GLASS CAPILLARIES
LAB SUPPLIES
Glass Capillaries
OD(mm) ID(mm) Filament
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.58
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.68
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
0.84
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.58
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.68
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
0.84
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.58
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.68
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
0.84
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
2.0
1.12
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
3 in. (76 mm)
1.0
0.75
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.2
0.90
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
3 in. (76 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.0
0.75
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.2
0.90
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
4 in. (100 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.0
0.75
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.2
0.90
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
1.12
6 in. (152 mm)
1.5
1.12
Fire-Polished Quantity Item
500
4
1B100F-3
500
1B100-3
4
350
1B120F-3
350
1B120-3
4
225
1B150F-3
4
300
1B150-3
4
500
1B100F-4
4
500
1B100-4
4
400
1B120F-4
350
1B120-4
4
300
1B150F-4
4
300
1B150-4
125
1B200F-4
200
1B200-4
500
1B100F-6
500
1B100-6
350
1B120F-6
350
1B120-6
225
1B150F-6
225
1B150-6
125
1B200F-6
125
1B200-6
500
TW100F-3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
TW100-3
400
TW120F-3
350
TW120-3
225
TW150F-3
300
TW150-3
500
TW100F-4
500
TW100-4
350
TW120F-4
350
TW120-4
225
TW150F-4
300
TW150-4
500
TW100F-6
4
500
TW100-6
4
400
TW120F-6
4
4
4
4
500
4
4
350
TW120-6
225
TW150F-6
300
TW150-6
Single barrel glass is Kimble N51A. All thin wall glass is Schott Duran 8330.
Specialty glass is also available. See page 115.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
214
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Eliminate the cost and trouble of making your own
micropipettes
TM
Features
● Schott Duran borosilicate glass
● 0.5 µm and smaller ID micropipettes
include internal glass fiber for easy filling
●
●
●
●
●
Tip
I.D.
Shank
Length
PLAIN
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.4 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
LUER
0.1 µm
0.2 µm
0.3 µm
0.5 µm
1 µm
2 µm
5 µm
10 µm
30 µm
5 µm
5 µm
10 µm
10 µm
30 µm
30 µm
Shank
Tip inner diameter tolerance ±20%
Short taper yields high strength
Nominal length ≈ 50 mm
OD:ID = 1.33:1
Standard capillary outer diameters are
1.0 mm (thin-wall) or 1.14 mm
● Every pipette individually tested and
inspected
● Vacuum packed
Benefits
● Plain Shank or Luer Fittings
Applications
● Injection of dyes or proteins into cells,
oocytes or othe biomedical laboratory
applications
LUER/
SILANIZED
Filament
Fire
Polished
Catalog #
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.14 mm A203XV glass *
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
TIP01TW1F
TIP02TW1F
TIP03TW1F
TIP04TW1F
TIP05TW1F
TIP1TW1
TIP2TW1
TIP5TW1
TIP10TW1
TIP10XV119
TIP30TW1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1 inch
2 inch
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
1.0 mm Thin-Wall
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TIP01TW1F-L
TIP02TW1F-L
TIP03TW1F-L
TIP05TW1F-L
TIP1TW1-L
TIP2TW1-L
TIP5TW1-L
TIP10TW1-L
TIP30TW1-L
TIP5TW1LS01
TIP5TW1LS02
TIP10TW1LS01
TIP10TW1LS02
TIP30TW1LS01
TIP30TW1LS02
(pack
of 10)
* 10 µm (ID), 1.14 mm capillary pipettes are for use in WPI’s Nanoliter 2010.
Slides
µTip Sampler Assortments
TIPMIX01-05
Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX05-10
Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, plain shank
TIPMIX01-05-L Two each, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5 µm ID, Luer
TIPMIX05-10-L Two each, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10 µm ID, Luer
Cover Slips
These clean glass
microscope slides are 25
x 75 mm, 1.0~1.2 mm
thick with 90° grounded
edges. They are available
as frosted and red ended.
The frosted end slides
feature a fine 20 mm
503507
503506
frosted area on both
sides of one end for easy
marking. The red frosted slides feature a 20 mm colored end useful
for identifying hazardous materials.
ORDERING INFORMATION
503506
503507
Glass O.D.
LAB SUPPLIES
WPI can quickly supply your need for
consistently sized pre-pulled glass
micropipettes.
Tip diameters (ID) range from 0.1 to 10 µm.
Silanized Tips (Luer Shank) are available.
Silanization waterproofs the glass to retard
water when inserting into cell. This will not let the outside fluid
run down the pipette and get inside so easily.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Frosted Glass Microscope Slides, Box of 144
Red frosted Glass Microscope Slides, Box of 144
These cover slips (made of German glass)
can be used for growing and culturing
cells that normally have poor adhesion to
plastic surfaces. They are small enough
to be placed in the micro plate or other
cell culture devices. The 5 mm size will fit
inside the 96-well culture plate and leave
enough room to pick it up from the bottom of the well with forceps. The 8mm
size fits inside the 24-well plates.
ORDERING INFORMATION
Order #
502040
502041
503508
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Diam.
5 mm
8 mm
25 mm
Thickness
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
#1.5 (0.16 - 0.19 mm)
Quantity
100
100
100
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
MICROPIPETTES
Borosilicate Glass Micropipettes
215
LUER FITTINGS
LAB SUPPLIES
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
Build your own liquid flow experiment
Features
● Over 300 assorted parts
● Luer fittings for quick and
easy connect and disconnect
Benefits
● Sold individually or in kits
Applications
● Liquid flow experimental
setups
A useful kit (right) for
building your own liquid flow
experiment. It provides the
means to start, stop, add, divide
and control a flow of liquid or
gas. Included in the kit are over
200 assorted parts such as one14011
way and three-way stopcocks,
manifolds, Y-connectors, injection sites, male and female
luer caps, check valves, syringe-activated check valves, slide clamps, roller
clamps, and pinch clamps. All (except clamps) have a luer fitting for quick
and easy connecting and disconnecting. Includes assorted luer fittings for
use with flexible tubing.
ORDERING INFORMATION
14011
Luer Valve Assortment Kit
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit
Quick connects in nylon and polypropylene
Features
● Over 250 assorted parts in each kit
● Valves are polycarbonate, and the
valve handles are polyethylene. Do
not autoclave those parts.
Benefits
● Polypropylene parts (504954)
can be autoclaved repeatedly at
121°C/15PSI, 15 min. cycle
● Polypropylene fittings are chemically
inert and resistant to most organic
and inorganic solvents
● Nylon fittings are strong and can be
bonded with adhesive.
Applications
● Liquid flow experimental setups
504954
Assemble quick-disconnect luer fittings for use with flexible tubing with
internal diameters of 1⁄16", 3⁄32" and 1⁄8". A variety of quick-disconnect
connectors can be quickly made for connecting small diameter flexible
tubing; 3-way connections can be made with the use of the 3-way luer tee;
luer plugs, tees, connectors, bulk-head mounts, color coding rings, locking
nuts, male and female luers—are all included to enhance the versatility of
this kit. The kit has over 250 assorted parts and is offered in two different
types of materials. Nylon parts are not autoclavable.
504955
ORDERING INFORMATION
504954
504955
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Polypropylene)
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler Assortment Kit (Nylon)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
216
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
LUER FITTINGS
Luer Valve Assortment Kit 14011 Parts
Kit parts are also available individually
14034-40
Injection Site
Male luer lock
Pack of 40
14040-50
Pinch Clamp for
7mm Tubing
Pack of 50
3742-20
Female T Luer
Pack of 20
14051-100
Pinch Clamp for 5
mm Tubing
Pack of 100
14059-2
3-Port Manifold (5 Female Ports)
Pack of 2
13161-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
3/ " ID Tubing
32
Pack of 100
13162-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
1⁄ " ID Tubing
8
Pack of 100
14044-5
Syringe
Activated Dual
Check Valve
Pack of 5
14045-20
Syringe
Slip Luer Valve
Activated Check
Pack of 20
13822-10
0.135”/3.4 mm
OD Tubing
Pack of 10
14041-60
Roller Clamp
3⁄ " Tubing
16
Pack of 60
7465-20
Pinch Clamp
Large Bore
Pack of 20
14047-10
4-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 10
14048-20
3-Port Infusion Y
Swivel Thread
Pack of 20
14057-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
14036-15
4-Way Luer
Stopcock
Pack of 15
14058-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer Lock
Pack of 10
14038-10
1-Way Stopcock
Luer Lock,
Pack of 10
13156-100
Female Luer Fitting
for
1⁄ " ID Tubing
16
Pack of 100
13163-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
5/ " ID Tubing
32
Pack of 100
14054-10
1-Way Stopcock,
Luer Slip
Pack of 10
13157-100
Female Luer Fitting
for
3/ " ID Tubing
32
Pack of 100
14061-60
Male/Female
Luer Plug
Pack of 60
14055-2
4-Port Manifold (6 Female Ports)
Pack of 2
13158-100
Female Luer Fitting
for
1⁄ " ID Tubing
8
Pack of 100
13159-100
Female Luer
Fitting for
5/ " ID Tubing
32
Pack of 100
LAB SUPPLIES
14035-10
4-Way Stopcock,
Luer lock,
Pack of 10
14039-10
Check Valve
Pack of 10
13160-100
Male Luer
Fitting for
1⁄ " ID Tubing
16
Pack of 100
14042-100
Slide Clamp
for 2.5 mm
O.D. Tubing
Pack of 100
Parts in kit may differ slightly in appearance from those pictured.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
217
BNC CABLES & CONNECTORS
LAB SUPPLIES
BNC Cables & Connectors
For wiring any laboratory setup
13324
5374
3508
13347
1358
13451
5375
14254
2851 (6 ft)
500184 (10 ft)
500257 (6 in.)
500258 (12 in.)
500259 (18 in.)
13854
CBL102
500256
ORDERING INFORMATION
PART #
APPLICATION/DESCRIPTION
CONNECTOR A
CONNECTOR B
CABLE LENGTH
1358
Beetrodes
BNC (male)
2 mm pin
3 ft (0.9 m)
6 ft (1.8 m)
2851
Standard BNC cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
3508
Adapts BNC pH electrode to pH meter with “U.S. Standard” input
BNC (male)
US Standard
none
5374
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold pin
4 ft (1.2 m)
5375
Low-noise cable for microelectrode holders
BNC (male)
2 mm gold jack
4 ft (1.2 m)
13324
Adapter
Double-banana (female)
BNC (male)
none
13347
ISO2 (chart recorder adapter)
Double-banana (male)
BNC (female)
none
13451
Adapter: Iso-DAM, Iso-DAM8
BNC (female)
two 2 mm pins
6 in. (15 cm)
13854
BNC T-connector, male to:
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
none
14254
BNC Straight Adapter
BNC (female)
BNC (female)
none
500184
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
10 ft (3 m)
500256
BNC Right Angle Adapter
BNC (male)
BNC (female)
none
500257
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
6 in. (15 cm)
500258
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
12 in. (30 cm)
500259
Standard BNC Cable
BNC (male)
BNC (male)
18 in. (46 cm)
CBL102
DAM Series, PM Series
3.5 mmMiniPhone plug
BNC (male)
6 ft (1.8 m)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
218
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
WIRE
Precious Metal and Specialty Wire
Bare and coated metal wire for most laboratory applications
Metal
Silver
AGT0525
ORDERING INFORMATION
Coating
Teflon
AWG*
36
Diameter
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
Silver
Teflon
36
AGT05100
Silver
Teflon
36
AGT1010
AGT1025
AGT10100
AGT1510
AGT1530
AGW0510
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
Teflon
—
30
30
30
26-27
26-27
36
AGW0530
Silver
—
36
AGW1010
AGW1030
Silver
Silver
—
—
30
30
AGW1510
AGW1530
AGW2010
AGW2030
AGW4010
AUW0170
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Silver
Gold
—
—
—
—
—
—
26-27
26-27
24
24
18
50
AUW201
C3005
PT1002
PT0402
Gold
Carbon
Platinum / Iridium
Platinum / Iridium
—
—
—
—
24
49
30
38
PT0203
Platinum / Iridium —
44
PT0110
Platinum / Iridium —
50
PTP101
PTP201
PTP401
PTP406
PTT0502
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum
Platinum / Iridium
—
—
—
—
Teflon
30
24
18
18
36
PTT0203
Platinum / Iridium Teflon
44
PTT0110
Platinum / Iridium Teflon
50
SS31605
Stainless Steel
—
36
SS31614
SST30407-25
SST30407-50
TGW0325
TGW0515
TGW1510
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Stainless Steel
Tungsten
Tungsten
Tungsten
—
Teflon
Teflon
—
—
—
27
33
33
40
36
26-27
MAX3820
MAX4020
Tinned Cu Alloy
Tinned Cu Alloy
Coaxial
Twin Coaxial
0.0173 in. (0.44 mm)
0.0158x0.024 in. (0.4x0.61
mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.040 in. (1.0 mm)
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.0012 in. (30 µm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.004 in. (0.102
mm)
0.002 in. (0.051
mm)
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)
0.010 in. (0.25 mm)
0.020 in. (0.5 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.039 in. (1.0 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)1
0.002 in. (0.051
mm)1
0.001 in. (0.025
mm)1
0.005 in. (0.125
mm)
0.014 in. (0.36 mm)
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
0.007 in. (0.18 mm)3
0.003 in. (0.075 mm)
0.005 in. (0.125 mm)
0.015 in. (0.38 mm)
MICROCOAXIAL CABLES
Precut Length
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
100 ft (30 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
10 ft (3 m)
70 ft (21 m)
1 ft (30 cm)
5 ft (1.5 m)
2 ft (61 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
3 ft (91 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
LAB SUPPLIES
Micro coaxial cables (MAXxxxx) are
ideal for microelectrode fabrication and
construction of similar research tools.
The dual shielding eliminates electrical
interference caused by radio frequencies
(RF), electrostatic and microphonics (e.g.,
bending and vibration. Available with
single or dual (twin) conductors.
Teflon-coated stainless steel (type 304)
wire (SSTxxxx) is available in 25-ft and
50-ft lengths. The Teflon coating is 150
micro-in. thick (4 µm). The Teflon coating
is designed to reduce surface friction,
only. It is not insulation.
Carbon wire (C3005) is a single
30-micron fiber of electrochemically
activated carbon. This fiber is especially
useful in micro-electrochemical
experiments.
Platinum/iridium wire — uncoated
(PTxxxx) and Teflon-coated (PTTxxxx)
— is an alloy of 90% platinum and 10%
iridium, giving excellent tensile strength
and corrosion resistance. Uncoated pure
platinum wire (PTPxxx) is 99.95% pure.
Indium wire (IN1003) is 99.99% pure,
with a melting point of 156.4°C.
Annealed silver wire (AGWxxxx), 99.99%
pure, is available in five diameters; three
of those sizes are also available with a
Teflon coating (AGTxxxx).
Tungsten wire (TGWxxxx), available in
three diameters, is 99.95% pure.
Gold wire (AUWxxxx) is 99.99% pure.
Stainless steel wire (SSxxxxx) is type
316.
Catalog No.
AGT0510
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
1 ft (30 cm)
0.5 ft (15.2 cm)
2 ft (61 cm)
3 ft (91 cm)
10 ft (3 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
30 ft (9.1 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
50 ft (15.2 m)
25 ft (7.6 m)
15 ft (4.6 m)
10 ft (3 m)
20 ft (6 m)4
20 ft (6 m)5
*Brown & Sharpe
1
Plus 0.002 in. for Teflon coating
3
Teflon adds 0.00015 in. (4 µm) to diameter
4
Impedance: 50 ohm; capacitance: 95 pF/m; resistance: 5 ohm/m
5
Impedance: 100 ohm; capacitance: 54 pF/m; resistance: 1.9 ohm/m
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
219
Non-Magnetic Bases,Stainless Steel Rods, & Clamps
These high quality components are made of stainless steel and polymer
that resist organic solvents and corrosion. They can be easily assembled
to make a stand-alone setup for student labs or to make a complicated
frame for research labs.
503084
503041
503085
43
m
m
503042
503086
503081-4
502190
ORDERING INFORMATION
LAB SUPPLIES
BASES & MOUNTS
FrameWorks
14073-4
503082-4
502193-4
503078-4
38.7 mm
503079-4
503080-4
503041
Large Clamp with Rod (157 mm), opens up to 85 mm
503042
Medium Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 45 mm
503086
Small Clamp with rod (157 mm), opens up to 16 mm
14073-4
Open-sided Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503082-4
Board Frame Clamp, opens to 8.5 mm (pkg of 4)
503080-4
Frame Clamp with Parallel Surface Mount (includes mounting screws) (pkg of 4)
502193-4
Parallel Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503078-4
T-joint Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
503079-4
In-line Frame Clamp (pkg of 4)
502190
Heavy Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount and
thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 4 lb.
503083
Light Rectangular Base (with M8 thread mount and thumbscrew mount), 23×15.6 cm, 0.5 lb.
503085
Large 10-in. V-base with M8 Thread Mount
503084
Small 6-in. V-base with M8 Thread Mount
503081-4
Vertical Surface Mount, M8 Threaded
503070
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25 cm long, no thread
503071
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50 cm long, no thread
503072
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75 cm long, no thread
503073
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 25 cm long, M8 thread
502191
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 50 cm long, M8 thread
503075
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 60 cm long, M8 thread
503076
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 75 cm long, M8 thread
503077
Polished Stainless Steel Post, 12mm OD, 80 cm long, M8 thread
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
220
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
For easy and accurate measurements
increment without calculation. An SPC output can interface with external
readout devices. The caliper is made from hardened stainless. The caliper
measures up to 150 mm (6 in.) with 0.01 mm (or 0.0005") resolution. The
caliper is designed to be water-resistant to IP54 as defined in the IEC529
standard. The IP54 code’s first digit “5” means dust-protected. The second
digit “4” means that the caliper is protected against splashing water — it
can withstand a shower from every direction for 10 minutes.
The high quality electronic digital caliper is a useful tool — no laboratory
should be without one because it is more accurate and easier to use than
the traditional analog devices. Measure in either inches or millimeters at
the touch of a button. The floating zero feature allows you to read the
ORDERING INFORMATION
501601
502157
Digital Caliper
Replacement Battery (package of 10)
Non-rotating Spindle Digital Micrometer Head
CALIPERS & MICROMETERS
Digital Caliper
Build your own precision micro-positioning device
502102 SPECIFICATIONS
25 mm
0.001 mm
± 0.003 mm
∅ 8 mm
∅ 12 mm x 10 mm
166 mm
Absolute and incremental
mm or inch
mm
RS232
IP54
0.51 kg (1.12 lb.)
LAB SUPPLIES
The new non-rotating spindle digital micrometer head allows you to create
your own micro-positioning instrument. With micron-level accuracy, it
gives higher precision than a normal micromanipulator. Since the spindle
does not rotate as it advances, instruments can be directly attached
without the need for a complicated decoupling device. The digital display
eliminates the need to squint at the notational scale. Readings can be
clearly seen in either inches or millimeters. You can read both absolute
position and the increment relative to a previously chosen point.
TOTAL TRAVEL DISTANCE
RESOLUTION
ACCURACY
SPINDLE Diameter
MOUNTING
TOTAL LENGTH
MEASUREMENT MODE
DIGITAL READOUT
ANALOG READOUT
DATA OUTPUT
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
SHIPPING WEIGHT
ORDERING INFORMATION
502102
Non-Rotating Spindle Micrometer Head
Powerful Ball Joint Rare Earth Magnet
Construct holding devices for small parts/equipment
● Small but very powerful: holds 2 kilograms (~5
pounds)!
● Steel ball rotates freely 360° on a 180° axis
● M3 mounting screw on ball for attachment to
equipment
● Magnet base threaded (M3) for mounting onto a
M3 x 12 mm
28 mm
base or equipment
M3 x 5 mm
This novel magnetic ball joint has phenomenal holding
10 mm
power for up to 2kg of attached weight while permitting
the ball a full 360° rotation on a 180° axis. You can freely orient your
equipment to an infinite number of positions within this rotation. This is
made possible by the combination of a steel ball (10 mm diameter) and a
powerful rare earth magnet contained in the
magnet cylinder (φ 10 x 20 mm). Convenient
M3 attachment sites are provided on
both the ball (male) and the magnet base
(female). For use with micromanipulators
for the positioning and holding of optical
instruments including various lighting
sources and lasers, pipettes and any small
parts that would benefit from the flexibility
offered by this new magnetic ball joint.
ORDERING INFORMATION
500871
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Magnetic Ball Joint
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
221
Making repetitive procedures more efficient and comfortable
Features
● Lightweight and
conformable ergonomic
design
● Easy calibration using
provided tool
● Easy for cleaning and parts
REG100
replacement
● CE and ISO13485 Certified
Benefits
● Less stress on your hand when you are performing repetitive
operations
● Save money by ordering sets of any 5, 6 or 7 pipetters
● Made from biologically inactive and chemical inert polymers
Applications
Regal Pipettes use the air displacement method, where displaced
air volume by the motion of the piston is equal to the liquid volume
drawn into the pipette. These new pipettes are highly accurate.
Within ten complete revolutions of the dial, you can set the minimum
and maximum volumes. For ease of use, the dial is fixed to the
plunger. Since the light plunger action reduces fatigue, results are
more precise.
● Routine laboratory use for accurate and affordable pipetting of liquids
ORDERING INFORMATION (SINGLES)
and solutions
LAB SUPPLIES
PIPETTERS & TIPS
Ergonomic Pipetter Design
Model
Volume
Nominal
Range Increment Volume Tolerance
µL
µL
µL
%
REG2
0.2 ~ 2
0.01
0.2
0.5
2
±12.0
±5.0
±2.0
≤6.00
≤2.50
≤0.70
REG10
1 ~ 10
0.1
1
5
10
±3.0
±1.5
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.60
≤0.40
REG20
2 ~ 20
0.1
2
10
20
±3.0
±1.0
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.50
≤0.30
REG50
5 ~ 50
0.5
5
20
50
±2.0
±1.2
±1.0
≤1.50
≤0.40
≤0.20
REG100
10 ~
100
1
10
50
100
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG200
20 ~
200
1
20
100
200
±2.0
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.50
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG1000
100 ~
1000
5
100
500
1000
±1.5
±0.8
±0.8
≤0.30
≤0.30
≤0.15
REG5K
1000 ~
5000
50
1000
2000
5000
±1.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.50
≤0.25
≤0.15
REG10K
1000 ~
10000
100
1 mL
5 mL
10 mL
±3.0
±0.7
±0.7
≤0.30
≤0.20
≤0.15
Repeatability
%
ORDERING INFORMATION (SETS)
REGS5
REGS6
REGS7
504591
Regal Pipetters (set of any 5) & stand
Regal Pipetters (set of any 6) & stand
Regal Pipetters (set of any 7) & stand
Stand for Regal Pipetters (holds 8)
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
222
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Mini Vacuum Pump
Ultra-clear, certified RNase/DNase-free
Small, reliable, durable and accurate
WPI’s universal polypropylene pipette
tips are for use with Regal and most
other pipetters, including Gilson,
Oxford Benchmate, Socorex, and
SealPette.
* Tips 500197 and 500198
fit Regal, Eppendorf, and
BioHit pipetters.
PIPETTERS & TIPS
Universal Pipette Tips
801566
500192
Features
Same as leading brands—
●
●
●
●
at about half
the price!
Durable aluminum exterior
Minimal vibration
Low noise
Extremely long life time
Benefits
ORDERING INFORMATION
UNIVERSAL FILTER TIPS (STERILE)
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Rack
Part No.
0.1 - 10 µL
REG2
REG10
REG20
960 (10 racks of 96)
500199
10 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
960 (10 racks of 96)
500200
1000 - 10,000 µL
REG10K
250 (10 racks of 25)
504590
Applications
● Commonly sold with Muscle Physiology setups
● Excellent accessory for use with WPI's PV830 Pneumatic PicoPump
with vacuum
● Ideal for any application requiring a small, reliable pump that provides
vacuum pressure up to 250 mbar
This miniature vacuum pump is durable and accurate. The industrialstrength aluminum exterior, neoprene diaphragm and neoprene/silicone
valves ensure this pump will stand up to daily use.
ORDERING INFORMATION
UNIVERSAL TIPS
Tip Volume
For Pipetter
Type
Part No.
0.1 - 10 µL
REG2
REG10
REG20
Bag of 1000
960 (10 racks of 96)
500191
500192
5 - 200 µL
REG20
REG50
REG100
REG200
Bag of 1000
960 (10 racks of 96)
500193
500194
100-1000 µL
REG1K
Bag of 1000
1000 (10 racks of 100)
500195
500196
500 - 5000
µL
REG5K
Bag of 250
500 (10 racks of 50)
500197 *
500198 *
1000 10,000 µL
REG10K
Bag of 1000
250 (10 racks of 25)
504588
504589
MINI VAC SPECIFICATIONS
POWER SOURCE
MOTOR TYPE
POWER
FREE FLOW
AT -100 MBAR
MAXIMUM PRESSURE
MAXIMUM VACUUM
PUMP HEAD CONSTRUCTION
DIAPHRAGM
VALVES
DIMENSIONS
WEIGHT
230 V (50 Hz)
Vibrating
4.0 W
4.0 L/min.
2.0 L/min.
–
–250 mbar
120 V (60 Hz)
Vibrating
4.0 W
3.0 L/min.
1.5 L/min.
–
–250 mbar
Aluminum
CR-neoprene
CR-neoprene/FPM (Viton)/Silicone
185 x 72 x 72 mm
850 g
ORDERING INFORMATION
801566
801963
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Mini Vacuum Pump (110V)
Mini Vacuum Pump (220V)
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
223
LAB SUPPLIES
● Quiet operation
● Compact (18 x 7 x 7 cm) unit takes little of your bench space
● Oil free, maintenance free
ILLUMINATION
LAB SUPPLIES
High Intensity Fiber Optic Illumination Source
Uninterrupted, directed light for microscopes and other applications
Features
Shown with Bifurcated
Light Guide 500186
● Reliable, uninterrupted high-intensity light
● Use with microscopes
● Intensity controlled by rotary knob
Benefits
21"
(53 cm)
● Position focused light right where you
need it
● Use with ring light, or single/bifurcated
guides, sold separately
Applications
● Ideal for many microscopy applications
The Z-LITE Fiber Optic Illuminator provides
reliable, uninterrupted high-intensity light
for microscopes. Z-LITE allows a continuous
range of subdued or concentrated lighting controlled by a rotary dimmer on the
front panel. Z-LITE may be used with a ring
light and single or bifurcated flexible fiber
bundles, enabling the light beam to be
placed exactly where it is needed. Forced air
cooling prolongs the lamp life. Lamp color
temperature is 3350°K. An interlock switch
automatically cuts off power when front panel
is opened to replace bulb.
Z-LITE
Light guide available separately
This single pipe light guide with focusing lens has a fiber diameter of
6mm. It is 18" (460 mm) long with a 5/8" standard adapter for attaching to
a fiber optic illuminator like the Z-Lite series.
Z-LITE SPECIFICATIONS
LAMP
150 W quartz halogen
SIZE
30.5×25×25 cm (12×10×10 in.)
POWER
115 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 3 A
WEIGHT
5.9 kg (13 lb.)
ORDERING INFORMATION
Z-LITE-186
Z-LITE-Z186
Z-LITE
Z-LITE-Z
Z-Lite & Bifurcated Light Guide (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-Lite & Bifurcated Light Guide (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (115 V, 60 Hz, beige case)
Z-Lite Fiber Optic Illuminator (230 V, 50 Hz, black case)
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES/REPLACEMENT PARTS
500186
Bifurcated Light Guide (with lenses)
504930
Flexible Light Guide with Focusing Lens, 18" (46cm)
504931
Flexible Light Guide with Focusing Lens, 24" (61cm)
R-8-8-WPI01 Ring Light Guide for PZM and PZMIII Series*
13338
Ring Light Adapter (48 mm ∅) for PZM, PZMII, PZMIII
502015
Ring Light Adapter for PZMIV
EJA
Replacement Halogen Lamp, 150W, 3350°K, 40-hour
EKE
Replacement Lamp, 150W, 3250°K, 200-hour
504931
*Ring Light Guide requires adapter #13338 for use with PZM, PZMII and
PZMIII, included with each PZMIII and PZMIV microscope.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
224
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
BACK BY
POPULAR
DEMAND
BLACK WALL
FluoroDish™
Cover-glass bottom for observing & growing cells for imaging
Features
●
●
●
●
Optical quality glass bottom for better imaging quality (RI=1.525)
Low sample volume for expensive chemicals
Lowest access angle for micropipette
Black wall available for low background fluorescent measurement
Benefits
● Multiple sizes and designs to suit your application
● Optional Poly-D-Lysine coating for neurons
● Dished designed for low volumes or large growth areas
Applications
●
●
●
●
High resolution image analysis
Microinjection
Electrophysical recording of fluorescent-tagged cells
Black wall available for use with confocal microscopes
References
Petros Batsios, Xiang Ren, Otto Baumann, Denis A. Larochelle,
Ralph Gräf, Cells. 2016 Mar; 5(1): 13. Published online 2016 Mar 18. doi:
10.3390/cells5010013 PMCID: PMC4810098
P. Calcraft, A. Arredouani, M. Ruas, Z. Pan, X. Cheng, X. Hao, J.
Tang, K. Rietdorf, L. Teboul, K. Chuang, P. Lin, R. Xiao, C. Wang, Y.
Zhu, Y. Lin, C. Wyatt, J. Parrington, J. Ma, A. M. Evans, A. Galione,
M. Zhu. Nature. 2009 May 28; 459(7246): 596–600. Published online 2009
April 22. doi: 10.1038/nature08030 PMCID: PMC2761823
T Mitra-Ganguli, I. Vitko, E. Perez-Reyes, A. Rittenhouse. J Gen
Physiol. 2009 November; 134(5): 385–396. doi: 10.1085/jgp.200910204
PMCID: PMC2768804 ArticlePubReaderPDF–3.0 m
S. Khuon, L. Liang, R. Dettman, P. Sporn, R. Wysolmerski, T. Chew.J
Cell Sci. 2010 February 1; 123(3): 431–440. Published online 2010 January
12. doi: 10.1242/jcs.053793 PMCID: PMC2816188
T. Saha, J. Keun Rih, E. Rosen. FEBS Lett. 2009 May 6; 583(9): 1535–
1543. Published online 2009 April 11. doi: 10.1016/j.febslet.2009.04.005,
PMCID: PMC2744635
M. Gutscher, M. Sobotta, G. Wabnitz, S. Ballikaya, A. Meyer,
Y. Samstag, T. Dick. J Biol Chem. 2009 November 13; 284(46):
31532–31540. Published online 2009 September 15. doi: 10.1074/jbc.
M109.059246 PMCID: PMC2797222
SPECIFICATIONS
Style
FD35
FD5040
Poly-D-Lysine coating or uncoated
The 23.5 mm glass dish is available uncoated or poly-D-lysine-coated.
Some cell lines (e.g., PC3 and HEK) adhere well to the uncoated glass
bottom dish. The poly-D-lysine coating reportedly improves the adhesion
of neuron cells. You may also apply any special coating that is best for
your cell line to uncoated dishes.
Low volume dishes or large growth areas
The 10 mm glass dish (FD3510) has low sidewalls for easy microelectrode
access and low solution volume. The low microelectrode access angle is
the lowest among all of 35 mm dishes on the market (very close to that of
a 50 mm dish). The dish needs only about 115 µL to cover the bottom well,
an important feature when using expensive drugs and chemicals.
The 50 mm dish (FD50) has a large growth area (35 mm well diameter), a
low access angle for microelectrodes, and grips for easy handling.
OD (mm)
33
47.5
35.5
49.82
Glass Ø
(mm)
23.5
35
height
(inside)
7.8
7.25
Height
Access
(outside) Angle
9
7.4
29°
17°
OD
ID
Standard
FluoroDish™
Multiple sizes
We have a 50 mm diameter dish and two types of 35 mm diameter
dishes. An inner well is created within the dish by the glass bottom and
the tissue culture grade polystyrene which forms the sides of the dish.
They are individually packed and gamma sterilized.
The 35 mm dish has outside dimensions similar to that of a Corning
35 mm dish and has ø23.5 mm glass window (FD35) or ø10 mm glass
window (FD3510). Most heaters and perfusion adapters designed for the
Corning 35 mm dish also fit this dish.
ID (mm)
H
Access
Angle
h
Glass Ø
32mm
Well Volume: 113.8µL
Dish Volume: 1207.4µL
4.65mm
1.75mm
10mm
35.5mm
1.45mm
FD3510
ORDERING INFORMATION
FD35-100
FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm
well, box of 100
FD35B-100
FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 23
mm well, box of 100
FD35PDL-100 FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, Poly-D-Lysine Coated,
clear wall, 35 mm, 23 mm well, box of 100
FD3510-100 FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 35 mm, 10 mm
well, low sidewall, box of 100
FD3510B-100 FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 35 mm, 10
mm well, low sidewall, box of 100
FD5040-100 FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, clear wall, 50 mm, 35 mm
well, box of 100
FD5040B-100 FluoroDish™ Sterile Culture Dish, black wall, 50 mm, 35
mm well, box of 100
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
225
LAB SUPPLIES
WPI’s FluoroDish™ tissue culture dishes provide exceptional imaging
quality for many applications requiring the use of inverted microscopes
such as high resolution image analysis, microinjection and electrophysical
recording of fluorescent-tagged cells. Taking advantage of WPI’s extensive
experience with low toxicity adhesives, FluoroDish™ uses a specially
formulated adhesive that is optically clear, durable and with extremely
low toxicity. Tests by an independent laboratory have shown that the
96-hour surviving rate of embryos is 100% when kept in FluoroDish™,
substantially better than other brands. The bottom glass has superior UV
transmission (30% transmission at 300 nm, compared to less than 7% for
the most popular German glass). Stringent quality control ensures that
glass thickness is 0.17 ±0.01 mm.
Conventional plastic dishes and chambers limit the use of the inverted
scope, because the thick plastic bottom requires a long working distance
objective available only in lower magnifications. Each WPI dish has a flat
(0.17mm thick), optical quality glass bottom, allowing the use of a much
shorter working distance, larger numerical aperture (NA) and higher
magnification (up to 100X). The larger NA and higher magnification
provide superior quality imaging for both classical and fluorescence
microscopy. Higher effective NA yields brighter images for fluorescence
and higher resolution in image analysis. The glass bottom permits the use
of immersion objectives with media such as water, glycerin or oil for the
highest magnification possible. To optimize heat-exchange, WPI’s glassbottom dish is designed to be flush (flat) with the microscope stage or
heating unit, eliminating the air gap that exists with modified plastic dishes
where a cover slip was inserted.
CULTURE DISHES
Culture Dishes with Optical Glass Bottom
INDEX
Item
Page
1B100-3 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B100-4 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B100-6 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B100F-3 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B100F-4 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B100F-6 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B120.......................... 59, 114, 214
1B120-4 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B120-6 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B120F-3 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B120F-4 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B120F-6 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B150-3 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B150-4 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B150-6 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B150F-3 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B150F-4 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B150F-6 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B200-4 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B200-6 ...................... 59, 114, 214
1B200F-4 ..................... 59, 114, 214
1B200F-6 ..................... 59, 114, 214
2B150F-4 ................................... 115
2B150F-6 ................................... 115
3B120F-4 ................................... 115
3B120F-6 ................................... 115
5B120F-4 ................................... 115
5B120F-6 ................................... 115
7B100F-4 ................................... 115
7B100F-6 ................................... 115
7B120F-4 ................................... 115
260 ............................................ 102
705 .............................................. 95
705PF .......................................... 95
711P .................................. 102, 124
712P ............................................ 93
715P ............................................ 93
773 .............................................. 93
900A .......................................... 125
900AP ........................................ 125
900APP ...................................... 125
900A-VAC ................................... 125
1350M ...................................... 124
1358 .................................. 109, 218
1571 ........... 113, 147, 150, 210, 213
2026-10..................................... 109
2033 ...................................... 86, 87
2034 ...................................... 86, 87
2035 ............................................ 86
2101 ............................................ 87
2478 .......................................... 124
2479 .......................................... 124
2505 .......................................... 113
2541 ............................................ 95
2547 ................................ 92, 93, 94
2851 .........6, 10, 16, 18, 21, 87, 109,
160, 218
2932 ............................................ 57
2933 ................... 57, 91, 93, 97, 125
3072 ............................................ 87
3161 .................................... 91, 109
3259 ............................................ 97
3260 ............................................ 57
3294 .................................... 86, 109
3316 ............................................ 57
3414 ............................................ 87
3417-10..................................... 109
3484 ............................................ 87
3485 .................................. 9, 10, 87
3491 ..................... 91, 109, 125, 138
Item
Product Index
Page
3492 .......................................... 109
3508 .......................... 109, 167, 218
3517 .................................... 87, 109
3531 .......................................... 124
3551 .......................................... 124
3578 ............................ 87, 106, 109
3579-20......................................... 9
3669 .............................................. 9
3670 .......................................... 109
3718 ............................................ 91
3742-20............................... 84, 217
3955 .............................................. 9
3960 .............................................. 9
3993 .............................................. 4
4886 .................................. 147, 210
4898 ................... 147, 150, 210, 213
5052 ............................................ 33
5153 .............................................. 9
5210 .............................................. 9
5233 .............................................. 9
5332 .......................................... 125
5361 .............................................. 9
5362 .............................................. 9
5371 .................................... 87, 109
5373 .......................................... 109
5374 .................................. 109, 218
5375 .................................. 109, 218
5377 .................................. 153, 159
5378 .................................. 153, 159
5385 .......................................... 109
5399 .......................................... 157
5430 ............................................ 57
5430-12....................................... 57
5430-15....................................... 57
5430-20....................................... 57
5430-ALL ............................... 56, 57
5435 .................................. 153, 157
5436 .................................. 153, 157
5440 .......................................... 115
5444 .......................................... 113
5447 ...................................... 86, 87
5464 ................................ 26, 28, 31
5468 .......................... 102, 104, 124
5469 .............................. 86, 87, 104
5470 .................................... 86, 104
5479 ............................................ 33
5482 .......................................... 104
5483 .......................................... 104
5489 ............................................ 87
6820 ................... 147, 150, 210, 213
7128 ................... 147, 150, 210, 213
7325 .................................. 153, 157
7326 .................................. 153, 159
7335 ................... 147, 150, 210, 213
7341 ................... 147, 149, 210, 212
7342 ................... 147, 149, 210, 212
7357 .......................................... 157
7465-20............................... 84, 217
7521 .......................................... 157
13024 ........................................ 138
13025 ........................................ 138
13142 .................... 67, 71, 121, 122
13156-100 ........................... 84, 217
13157-100 ........................... 84, 217
13158-100 ........................... 84, 217
13159-100 ........................... 84, 217
13160-100 ........................... 84, 217
13161-100 ........................... 84, 217
13162-100 ........................... 84, 217
13163-100 ........................... 84, 217
Item
Page
13316 ......... 115, 147, 150, 210, 213
13324 ................................ 109, 218
13338 ............................ 45, 52, 224
13347 .................... 6, 100, 109, 218
13370 ........................................ 186
13388 ............................ 86, 87, 109
13395 ........................................ 186
13451 ................................ 109, 218
13555 ........................................ 109
13620 ........................................ 109
13685 .............................. 6, 75, 109
13740 ........................................ 208
13776 ........................................ 109
13822-10 ............................. 84, 217
13834 .................................. 60, 118
13854 ................................ 109, 218
13962 .......................................... 75
14003 ........................ 196, 204, 205
14003-G .................................... 196
14011 .................................. 83, 216
14034-40 ............................. 84, 217
14035-10 ............................. 84, 217
14036-15 ..................... 84, 138, 217
14038-10 ............................. 84, 217
14039-10 ............................. 84, 217
14040-50 ............................. 84, 217
14041-60 ............................. 84, 217
14042-100 ........................... 84, 217
14044-5............................... 84, 217
14045-20 ............................. 84, 217
14047-10 ............................. 84, 217
14048-20 ............................. 84, 217
14051-100 ........................... 84, 217
14054-10 ............................. 84, 217
14055-2............................... 84, 217
14057-10 ............................. 84, 217
14058-10 ............................. 84, 217
14059-2............................... 84, 217
14061-60 ............................. 84, 217
14073-4..................................... 220
14074 .......................................... 60
14091 ........................................ 204
14098 ........................ 193, 204, 205
14109 ........................................ 205
14110 ........................................ 205
14119 ........................................ 202
14119-G .................................... 202
14124 ........................................ 205
14125 ........................................ 196
14125-G .................................... 196
14126 ........................................ 196
14130 ........................................ 205
14131 ........................................ 204
14192 ................................ 199, 204
14192-G .................................... 199
14218 ........................ 198, 204, 205
14218-G .................................... 198
14219 ........................................ 198
14219-G .................................... 198
14224 ........................................ 198
14224-G .................................... 198
14225 ........................................ 198
14225-G .................................... 198
14226 ........................................ 194
14240 ........................................ 205
14254 ................................ 109, 218
14292 ........................................ 204
14393 ........................................ 205
14396 ........................................ 204
14404 ........................................ 207
Item
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
226
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Page
14405 ........................................ 207
15590 .......................................... 40
15623 .................................. 75, 109
15790 .......................................... 93
15873 ................... 26, 28, 29, 30, 31
15915 ................................ 204, 205
15916 ........................................ 194
15916-G .................................... 194
15917 ........................................ 194
15917-G .................................... 194
15920 ........................................ 194
15921 ........................................ 194
15934 ........................................ 123
15975 ........................................ 109
15976 ........................................ 109
48000 ........................................ 123
48014 ........................................ 123
48014-10 ................................... 123
48014-30 ................................... 123
48015 ........................................ 123
48015-10 ................................... 123
48015-30 ................................... 123
48025 ........................................ 123
48200 ........................................ 123
48300 ........................................ 123
56200 ........................................ 183
58006 ........................................ 181
58450 ........................................ 181
61800 ........................................ 142
61824 ........................................ 142
61830 ........................................ 142
61840 ........................................ 142
74020 .......................................... 91
74030 .......................................... 91
74040 .......................................... 91
74050 .......................................... 91
75040 ................................ 121, 122
75050 ................................ 121, 122
75122-210 ................................... 57
75122-310 ................................... 57
75122-410 ................................... 57
77020 ........................................ 116
89245 ........................................ 173
89246 ........................................ 173
89247 ........................................ 173
89248 ........................................ 173
89249 ........................................ 173
89272 ........................................ 173
89273 ........................................ 173
89274 ........................................ 173
89275 ........................................ 173
89276 ........................................ 173
89337 ........................................ 185
89341 ........................................ 185
89342 ........................................ 185
89575 ................................ 175, 183
91580 ................. 155, 157, 158, 159
91736 ............................................ 4
91750 ............................................ 4
94650 ........................................ 171
94689 ........................................ 171
95611 ........................................ 153
95620 ........................................ 153
95699 ........................................ 153
97204 .................................... 12, 18
98727 .......................................... 40
98728 .......................................... 40
99259 ........................................ 171
99261 ........................................ 171
100042 .............................. 153, 158
Item
Page
300033 ........................................ 71
300040 ...................................... 109
300051 .............................. 179, 186
300052 .............................. 179, 186
300102 ................................ 87, 104
300276 ........................................ 40
300443 ...................................... 142
300521 ........................................ 71
500028 ........................................ 43
500064 ...................................... 193
500085 ...................................... 193
500086 ...................................... 196
500092 ...................................... 204
500092-G .................................. 194
500121 ...................................... 207
500162 ........................................ 46
500184 ............. 6, 91, 109, 138, 218
500186 ........... 43, 52, 102, 124, 224
500191 ................................ 82, 223
500192 ................................ 82, 223
500193 ................................ 82, 223
500194 ................................ 82, 223
500195 ................................ 82, 223
500196 ................................ 82, 223
500197 ................................ 82, 223
500198 ................................ 82, 223
500199 ................................ 82, 223
500200 ................................ 82, 223
500222 ...................................... 194
500224 ...................................... 200
500227 .............................. 200, 204
500228 ...................................... 196
500228-G .................................. 196
500231 ...................................... 193
500233 ...................................... 193
500236 ...................................... 202
500236-G .................................. 202
500239 ...................................... 202
500240 ...................................... 202
500256 .............................. 109, 218
500257 .............................. 109, 218
500258 .............................. 109, 218
500259 .............................. 109, 218
500261 ........................................ 43
500262 ........................................ 43
500264 ........................................ 43
500266 ........................................ 43
500292 .............................. 121, 122
500299 ........................................ 71
500329 ...................................... 122
500339 ...................................... 193
500340 ...................................... 193
500341 ...................................... 193
500342 ...................................... 193
500343 ...................................... 202
500344 ...................................... 202
500345 ...................................... 202
500346 ...................................... 202
500348 ...................................... 202
500349 ...................................... 202
500350 ...................................... 202
500351 ...................................... 202
500352 ...................................... 202
500353 ...................................... 202
500354 ...................................... 202
500355 ...................................... 202
500366 ...................................... 198
500367 ...................................... 198
500367-G .................................. 198
500451 ...................................... 194
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Item
Page
Page
501651 ........................................ 33
501652 ........................................ 33
501653 ........................................ 33
501656 ...................................... 164
501656-C................................... 164
501656-F ................................... 164
501657 ...................................... 164
501658 ...................................... 164
501658-F ................................... 164
501700-G .................................. 194
501705 ...................................... 194
501714 ...................................... 194
501715 ...................................... 194
501725 ...................................... 200
501743 ...................................... 199
501743-G .................................. 199
501753 ...................................... 199
501753-G .................................. 199
501754 ...................................... 199
501754-G .................................. 199
501755 ...................................... 199
501755-G .................................. 199
501756 ...................................... 199
501756-G .................................. 199
501757 ...................................... 199
501757-G .................................. 199
501764 ...................................... 193
501778 ...................................... 196
501838 ...................................... 205
501839 ...................................... 196
501842 ...................................... 206
501846 ...................................... 202
501850 ...................................... 206
501851 ...................................... 206
501852 ...................................... 206
501853 ...................................... 206
501854 ...................................... 206
501855 ...................................... 206
501856 ...................................... 206
501857 ...................................... 206
501858 ...................................... 206
501860 ...................................... 206
501861 ...................................... 206
501862 ...................................... 206
501863 ...................................... 206
501864 ...................................... 206
501923 ...................................... 201
501985 ...................................... 193
501986 .............................. 149, 212
501989 ...................................... 200
502000 ........................................ 43
502001 ........................................ 43
502002 ........................................ 43
502004 .................................. 43, 45
502005 .................................. 43, 45
502006 .................................. 43, 45
502007 ........................................ 45
502009 .................................. 43, 45
502010 ........................................ 43
502011 ........................................ 43
502012 ........................................ 43
502013 ........................................ 43
502015 .......................... 43, 52, 224
502016 ........................................ 43
502017 ........................................ 43
502018 ........................................ 43
502019 ........................................ 43
502040 ...................................... 215
502041 ...................................... 215
502053 ...................................... 133
502054 ...................................... 133
502055 ...................................... 133
502056 ...................................... 133
Item
Page
502060 ...................................... 132
502063 ...................................... 132
502063-MGM............................ 132
502063-SGM ............................. 132
502067 ...................................... 133
502068 ...................................... 133
502070 ...................................... 133
502102 ...................................... 221
502105 ........................................ 26
502109 ........................................ 63
502110 ........................................ 63
502125 ........................................ 63
502157 ...................................... 221
502163 .................................. 43, 45
502190 ...................................... 220
502191 ...................................... 220
502193-4 ................................... 220
502201 ................................ 67, 133
502210 ...................................... 133
502213 .............................. 132, 133
502224 ...................................... 133
502225 ...................................... 133
502226 ...................................... 132
502227 ...................................... 131
502228 ...................................... 131
502229 ...................................... 131
502230 ...................................... 131
502231 ...................................... 131
502232 ...................................... 131
502233 ...................................... 131
502234 ...................................... 131
502235 ...................................... 133
502236 ...................................... 133
502237 .............................. 133, 206
502241 ...................................... 132
502242 ...................................... 133
502243 ...................................... 133
502244 ...................................... 133
502245 ...................................... 133
502256 ...................................... 133
502257 ...................................... 134
502258 ...................................... 134
502259 ...................................... 132
502261 ...................................... 134
502262 ...................................... 134
502265 ...................................... 132
502266 ...................................... 132
502300 ...................................... 129
502303 ...................................... 129
502350 ...................................... 129
502353 ...................................... 129
502370 ...................................... 129
502371 ...................................... 129
502372 ...................................... 129
502600 ...................................... 130
502603 ...................................... 130
502610 ...................................... 134
502612 ...................................... 134
502614 ...................................... 134
502616 ...................................... 134
502650 ...................................... 130
502653 ...................................... 130
503022 ........................................ 64
503023 ........................................ 64
503041 ...................................... 220
503042 ...................................... 220
503049 ........................................ 64
503050 ........................................ 64
503051 ........................................ 45
503067 ...................................... 138
503070 ...................................... 220
503071 ...................................... 220
503072 ...................................... 220
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Item
Page
503073 ...................................... 220
503075 ...................................... 220
503076 ...................................... 220
503077 ...................................... 220
503078-4 ................................... 220
503079-4 ................................... 220
503080-4 ................................... 220
503081-4 ................................... 220
503082-4 ................................... 220
503083 ...................................... 220
503084 ...................................... 220
503085 ...................................... 220
503086 ...................................... 220
503097 ........................................ 51
503099 ........................................ 51
503102 ........................................ 45
503110 ...................................... 165
503120 .................................. 64, 65
503121 ........................................ 65
503122 ........................................ 65
503207 ........................................ 67
503219 ...................................... 200
503259 ...................................... 198
503260 ...................................... 198
503261 ...................................... 198
503294 .............................. 204, 205
503301 ........................................ 67
503305 ...................................... 196
503306 ...................................... 196
503364 ...................................... 196
503365 ...................................... 196
503366 ...................................... 193
503389 ...................................... 195
503391 ...................................... 201
503506 ...................................... 215
503507 ...................................... 215
503508 ...................................... 215
503510 ........................................ 47
503511 ........................................ 47
503513 ................................ 48, 121
503536 ................................ 50, 109
503538 ...................................... 165
503568 ........................................ 33
503569 ........................................ 33
503570 ........................................ 33
503571 ........................................ 33
503573 ...................................... 142
503598 .............................. 133, 206
503599 .............................. 133, 206
503737 ...................................... 208
503741 ...................................... 200
503763 .............................. 149, 212
503847 ...................................... 178
504011 ........................................ 65
504123 .................................. 43, 45
504128 ........................................ 45
504129 ........................................ 45
504134 ........................................ 52
504136 ........................................ 51
504137 ........................................ 51
504187 ...................................... 207
504188 ...................................... 207
504216 ...................................... 208
504221 ........................................ 48
504278 ...................................... 135
504279 ...................................... 135
504280 ...................................... 135
504281 ...................................... 135
504284 ........................................ 46
504285 ........................................ 46
504286 ........................................ 46
504287 ........................................ 46
504416 ........................................ 48
Item
Page
504417 ........................................ 48
504443 ........................................ 48
504444 ........................................ 48
504445 ........................................ 48
504459 ...................................... 206
504502 ...................................... 192
504503 ...................................... 192
504504 ...................................... 192
504505 ...................................... 192
504507 ...................................... 192
504508 ...................................... 192
504509 ...................................... 192
504510 ...................................... 192
504511 ...................................... 192
504512 ...................................... 192
504513 ...................................... 192
504519 ...................................... 198
504520 ...................................... 198
504521 ...................................... 198
504522 ...................................... 198
504540 ...................................... 202
504550 ...................................... 202
504551 ...................................... 202
504552 ...................................... 202
504553 ...................................... 202
504554 ...................................... 202
504555 ...................................... 202
504556 ...................................... 202
504570 ........................................ 50
504576 .................................. 73, 74
504577 .................................. 73, 74
504578 .................................. 73, 74
504588 ................................ 82, 223
504589 ................................ 82, 223
504590 ................................ 82, 223
504591 ................................ 81, 222
504596 ........................................ 45
504597 ........................................ 45
504606 ........................................ 48
504608 ...................................... 133
504613 ...................................... 198
504614 ...................................... 198
504615 ...................................... 198
504622 ...................................... 191
504623 ...................................... 191
504624 ...................................... 191
504625 ...................................... 191
504626 ...................................... 191
504627 ...................................... 191
504628 ...................................... 191
504630 ...................................... 190
504631 ...................................... 190
504632 ...................................... 190
504633 ...................................... 190
504634 ...................................... 191
504635 ...................................... 191
504636 ...................................... 191
504637 ...................................... 191
504708 ...................................... 190
504709 ...................................... 191
504711 ...................................... 191
504713 ...................................... 109
504714 ...................................... 109
504715 ...................................... 109
504716 ...................................... 109
504717 ...................................... 177
504718 ...................................... 177
504719 ...................................... 177
504724 ...................................... 190
504725 ...................................... 191
504766 ...................................... 208
504767 ...................................... 208
504768 ...................................... 208
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
227
INDEX
500452 ...................................... 194
500475 ...................... 26, 30, 31, 32
500476 ...................... 26, 30, 31, 32
500778 ........................................ 71
500828 ........................................ 48
500871 ................................ 34, 221
501218 ...................................... 199
501218-G .................................. 199
501219 ...................................... 199
501219-G .................................. 199
501220 ...................................... 199
501220-G .................................. 199
501221 ...................................... 199
501221-G .................................. 199
501222 ...................................... 199
501222-G .................................. 199
501223 ...................................... 199
501223-G .................................. 199
501226 ...................................... 199
501226-G .................................. 199
501232 ...................................... 196
501236 ...................................... 196
501236-G .................................. 196
501237 ...................................... 196
501238 ...................................... 196
501241 ...................................... 194
501259 ...................................... 199
501259-G .................................. 199
501260 ...................................... 199
501260-G .................................. 199
501263 ...................................... 198
501263-G .................................. 198
501264 ...................................... 198
501264-G .................................. 198
501273 ...................................... 206
501274 ...................................... 206
501281 ...................................... 206
501284 ...................................... 206
501285 ...................................... 206
501288 ...................................... 194
501291 ...................................... 194
501303 ...................................... 204
501312 ...................................... 200
501313 .............................. 204, 205
501320 ...................................... 194
501322 ...................................... 204
501336 ...................................... 205
501352 ........................................ 45
501353 ........................................ 45
501369 ........................................ 45
501370 ........................................ 45
501371 ........................................ 45
501372 ........................................ 45
501373 ........................................ 45
501375 ........................................ 45
501376 ........................................ 45
501377 ........................................ 45
501378 ........................................ 45
501379 ........................................ 45
501381 ........................................ 45
501601 ...................................... 221
501607 ........................................ 28
501608 ...................................... 140
501609 .............................. 175, 181
501622 .................................. 29, 36
501623 .................................. 29, 36
501624 ........................................ 36
501636 ........................................ 46
501637 ........................................ 46
501641 ...................................... 164
501642 ...................................... 164
501643 ...................................... 164
501644 .............................. 164, 165
Item
INDEX
Item
Page
504930 ................................ 52, 224
504931 ................................ 52, 224
504945 ...................................... 133
504946 ...................................... 133
504949 ........................................ 71
504950 ........................................ 71
504954 ................................ 83, 216
504955 ................................ 83, 216
505060 .......................................... 9
505061 .......................................... 9
505062 .......................................... 9
505063 .......................................... 9
505066 ...................................... 177
505067 ...................................... 177
505068 ...................................... 177
555001FT................................... 195
555005FT................................... 195
555041FT................................... 195
555053FT................................... 195
555060FT................................... 195
555190FT................................... 195
555227F .................................... 195
555229F .................................... 195
555402NT.................................. 201
555403NT.................................. 201
555407NT.................................. 201
555408NT.................................. 201
555523S .................................... 197
555524S .................................... 197
555525S .................................... 197
555526S .................................... 197
555530S .................................... 197
555540S .................................... 197
555541S .................................... 197
555562S .................................... 197
555580S .................................... 197
555600S .................................... 197
555620S .................................... 197
555621S .................................... 197
600011 .............................. 153, 158
600012 .............................. 153, 158
600022 ...................................... 148
800100 ...................................... 168
800120 ...................................... 179
800292 ...................................... 121
801566 .................. 12, 82, 125, 223
801963 .................. 12, 82, 125, 223
802407 ...................................... 171
5021223 .................................... 165
µTip ................................... 117, 215
A
A310 Accupulser .......................... 97
A320D ....................................... 100
A320R ........................................ 100
A320RC ...................................... 100
A362 .................................... 98, 101
A365D ......................................... 98
A365R .......................................... 98
A365RC ........................................ 98
A385R .......................................... 99
A385RC ........................................ 99
A395D ....................................... 101
A395R ........................................ 101
A395RC ...................................... 101
Accupulser™ Signal Generator .... 97
Adhesive............................ 148, 211
ADPT2 Footswitch ........................ 76
Adson Forceps ........................... 194
Ag/AgCl Half-Cells ...................... 106
Agricola Retractor ...................... 202
AGT0525............................ 107, 219
AGT1010............................ 107, 219
Item
Page
AGT1025............................ 107, 219
AGT1510............................ 107, 219
AGT1530............................ 107, 219
AGT05100.......................... 107, 219
AGT10100.......................... 107, 219
AGTxxxx ............................. 107, 219
AGW0530 .......................... 107, 219
AGW1010 .......................... 107, 219
AGW1030 .......................... 107, 219
AGW1510 .......................... 107, 219
AGW1530 .......................... 107, 219
AGW2010 .......................... 107, 219
AGW2030 .......................... 107, 219
AGW4010 .......................... 107, 219
AGWxxxx ........................... 107, 219
AIRTHERM-SAT-1W ...................... 40
AIRTHERM-SAT-2W ...................... 40
AirTherm SMT.............................. 40
AIRTHERM-SMT-1W..................... 40
AIRTHERM-SMT-2W..................... 40
AL1000 ........................................ 76
AL-1000HP................................... 76
AL2000 ........................................ 76
AL-4000 ....................................... 76
AL-6000 ....................................... 76
AL-8000 ....................................... 76
Aladdin Syringe Pump ................. 76
allodynia ................................... 143
Alumina Abrasive....................... 124
Amplifier ..................................... 88
Analgesia Meter ................ 145, 146
Anesthesia ................................. 136
Anesthesiometer ....................... 143
Angled Electrode Holder .............. 26
Animal Temperature Controller . 142
Anti-Oscillation Unit ..................... 14
Articulated Arm............................ 44
ATC2000 .................................... 142
Autoclave ................................... 207
Automated TEER Measuring System 7
AUW201 ............................ 107, 219
AUWxxxx............................ 107, 219
B
Ball Bearing Boom Stand ....... 43, 45
Ball-joint holder attachment ........ 32
Ball Joint, Magnetic.............. 34, 221
Barraquer Needle Holder .......... 201
Base .......................................... 220
BAT-10R/LOP ............................. 140
BAT-10R/LOP220 ....................... 140
BAT-12R..................................... 140
BAT-12R-220.............................. 140
Battery Charger ..................... 98, 99
Battery, NiMH.............................. 87
Beam splitter ............................... 46
Beveler, Micropipette ................ 124
Biaxial Test System ...................... 22
BIF22 ......................................... 187
BIF41 ......................................... 187
BIF44 ......................................... 187
BIF62 ......................................... 187
BIF66 ......................................... 187
Bifurcated Fiber......................... 187
Bifurcated Light Guide ......... 52, 224
Bio-amplifier ............................... 86
BioClave Mini ............................ 207
Bio Photometric Detection Sys ... 172
Bipolar Electrodes ..................... 104
bipolar stimulation .................... 104
Bishop Harmon Forceps ............ 195
Blood Pressure Monitor ............ 138
Blood Pressure System .............. 139
Item
Page
BLPR2 ........................................ 138
BNC Cables................................ 218
Boom Stand .......................... 43, 45
Borosilicate ... 59, 60, 114, 115, 117,
214, 215
BP1 ........................................... 138
BPCABLE2 .................................. 138
Brain Matrices ........................... 203
BRIDGE8...................................... 91
Bruce Clarke Needle Holder ...... 200
BufferSolutions......................... 166
Bulldog Clamps ......................... 202
C
C3005 ................................ 107, 219
CAL900A .................................... 125
CALBUF-1 .................................. 166
CALBUF-2 .................................. 166
Calcium Calibration Solutions .... 166
Calcium Electrode...................... 167
Caliper, Digital ........................... 221
Cannula, Micro .................. 117, 138
Cannulas ................................... 135
Carbon Epoxy .................... 150, 213
Carbonfibermicroelectrodes .... 163
Carbon Wire ...................... 107, 219
cartridge electrodes ..................... 10
Castroviejo and Baraquer .......... 191
Castroviejo Curved Scissors ....... 197
Castroviejo Straight Scissors ...... 197
CBL100 ...................................... 109
CBL102 ..... 86, 87, 90, 109, 126, 218
CC-3-UV ..................................... 186
Cell Tester System........................ 13
CF10-100 ................................... 163
CF10-250 ................................... 163
CF10-500 ................................... 163
CF30-50 ..................................... 163
CF30-100 ................................... 163
CF30-500 ................................... 163
CF30-1000 ................................. 163
CFN10-50 .................................. 163
CFN10-100 ................................ 163
CFN10-250 ................................ 163
CFN30-50 .................................. 163
CFN30-100 ................................ 163
CFN30-250 ................................ 163
CFN30-500 ................................ 163
CFN30-1000 .............................. 163
Chamber, Measurement ........... 168
CHM1 ............................................ 9
CHM2 ............................................ 9
CHM3 ............................................ 9
CHM4 ............................................ 9
CHM5 ............................................ 9
CHM6 ............................................ 9
CHM7 ............................................ 9
CHM8 ............................................ 9
Circulation Reservoirs .................... 8
Clamp.......................................... 32
Clamps ...................................... 220
Clip Applier ............................... 202
Clips and Clamps....................... 202
Closed Loop ................................ 40
CMF20G .................................... 211
CMF22G .................................... 211
CMF23G .................................... 211
CMF26G .................................... 211
CMF28G .................................... 211
CMF31G .................................... 211
CMF34G .................................... 211
CMF35G .................................... 211
CMF90U .................................... 211
Item
C-Mount Eyepiece Adapters ........ 51
coaxial cables, micro ......... 107, 219
COLCAM-HD ................................ 51
COLCAM-HD1080P ...................... 51
COLLIMATOR ............................. 186
Color Video Camera..................... 51
Compact Magnetic Stand............. 33
Compression ............................... 24
Concentric Bipolar Electrodes .... 104
Constant Load ............................. 17
Controller .................................... 67
Cover Slips ................................ 215
Crile-Wood Needle Holder ........ 200
CS-BIORAKE-L .............................. 22
CS-BIORAKE-N ............................. 22
CS-BIORAKE-S .............................. 22
CS-BIORAKE-W ............................ 22
CS-BIOTESTER.............................. 22
CS-MECHANOCULTURE................ 24
CS-MECHANO-FX ......................... 24
CS-MECHANOFX-SYS.................... 24
CS-MECHANO-T6 ......................... 24
CS-MICROSQUISHER ................... 24
CS-USTRETCH .............................. 23
CS-USTRETCH-SW ........................ 23
Current Clamp ............................. 10
Current Electrode ........................ 10
Current Generator ..................... 102
Current Sources........................... 98
CUV1022-10 .............................. 185
CUV2011-1 ................................ 185
CUV2012-1 ................................ 185
CUV2023-1 ................................ 185
CUV2025-1 ................................ 185
CUV2028-1 ................................ 185
CUV2031-1 ................................ 185
CUV2032-1 ................................ 185
CUV2033-1 ................................ 185
CUV2034-1 ................................ 185
CUV2051-1 ................................ 185
CUV2052-1 ................................ 185
CUV2061-1 ................................ 185
CUV2062-1 ................................ 185
CUV2063-1 ................................ 185
CUV2065-1 ................................ 185
CUV2066-1 ................................ 185
CUV2071-1 ................................ 185
CUV2102-1 ................................ 185
CUV2105-1 ................................ 185
CUV2106-1 ................................ 185
CUV2107-1 ................................ 185
CUV2108-1 ................................ 185
CUV2614-1 ................................ 185
CUV2674-1 ................................ 185
Cuvettes .................................... 184
CUVxxx-1 ................................... 185
CX-001 ......................................... 80
CX-002 ......................................... 80
CX-003 ......................................... 80
CX-004 ......................................... 80
CX-4UECIPAD-4X80FS ................... 79
CX-4UECPC-4X80FS ...................... 79
CX-4UNCIPAD-4X80FS .................. 79
CX-4UNCPC-4X80FS ..................... 79
CX-005 ......................................... 80
CX-007 ......................................... 80
CX-008 ......................................... 80
CX-009 ......................................... 80
CX-010 ......................................... 80
CX-018 ......................................... 79
CX-023 ......................................... 79
CX-024 ......................................... 79
CX-026 ......................................... 80
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
228
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Page
Item
Page
CX-027 ......................................... 79
CX-028 ......................................... 80
CX-029 ......................................... 80
CX-030 ......................................... 80
CX-031 ......................................... 80
CX-032 ......................................... 79
CX-033 ......................................... 80
CX-034 ......................................... 80
CX-035 ......................................... 80
CX-036 ......................................... 80
CX-037 ......................................... 80
CX-038 ......................................... 80
CX-039 ......................................... 80
CX-040 ......................................... 80
CX-041 ......................................... 80
CX-042 ......................................... 80
CX-043 ......................................... 80
CX-044 ......................................... 80
CX-045 ......................................... 79
CX-046 ......................................... 80
CX-047 ......................................... 80
CX-048 ......................................... 80
CX-049 ......................................... 80
CX-050 ......................................... 80
CX-051 ......................................... 80
CX-052 ......................................... 80
CX-053 ......................................... 80
CX-054 ......................................... 80
CX-055 ......................................... 80
CX-056 ......................................... 80
CX-057 ......................................... 80
CX-058 ......................................... 80
CX-059 ......................................... 80
CX-060 ......................................... 80
CX-061 ......................................... 80
CX-062 ......................................... 80
CX-063 ......................................... 80
CX-067 ......................................... 79
CX-073 ................................... 79, 80
CX-084 ......................................... 79
CX-087 ......................................... 79
CX-EC........................................... 79
CX-EXIGO ..................................... 77
CX-EXIGO-I ................................... 77
CX-EXIGO-I-7................................ 77
CX-EXIGO-IM ............................... 77
CX-EXIGO-IM-7 ............................ 77
CX-EXIGO-M ................................ 77
CX-EXIGO-P .................................. 77
CX-EXIGO-P-7............................... 77
CX-EXIGO-PM .............................. 77
CX-EXIGO-PM-7 ........................... 77
CX-KIMA ...................................... 77
CX-KIMA-I .................................... 77
CX-KIMAKIT-IPOD ......................... 77
CX-MIRUS .................................... 78
CX-MIRUS-MULTI8 ....................... 78
CX-MIRUS-PRO ............................ 78
CX-UNIGO-80 .............................. 78
CX-UNIGO-EC-80 ......................... 78
CX-UNIGO-ECI-80 ........................ 78
CX-UNIGO-ECP-80 ....................... 78
CX-UNIGO-I-80 ............................ 78
CX-UNIGO-P-80 ........................... 78
D
D2H-DB ..................................... 178
D2H-HB ..................................... 178
D2H-HBER ................................. 178
D4H ........................................... 178
DAM50 ........................................ 86
DAM80 ........................................ 87
DAM80P ...................................... 87
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Item
Page
DAMSeriesBioamplifiers ............ 86
DC3001 ................................. 25, 28
DC3001L ...................................... 28
DC3001R ..................................... 28
DC3314L ...................................... 28
DC3314R ..................................... 28
DCamplifiersystem..................... 91
DCAP ......................................... 203
DCAP-L ...................................... 203
DCAP-M ..................................... 203
Deuterium halogen light ............ 178
Diamond Coated Blades ............ 196
DifferentialElectrometer ............. 94
Digital Caliper ............................ 221
Digital Micrometer Head ........... 221
Digital Microscope Camera .......... 50
Digital Stereotaxic Frame ........... 129
Dipping probe ........................... 186
DipTip ....................................... 186
DIP-UV-MINI-2 .......................... 186
DIP-UV-MINI-5 .......................... 186
DIP-UV-MINI-10......................... 186
Disposable Scalpel .................... 202
Dissecting Kit ............................. 205
Dissecting Pad Kit .............. 149, 212
DMF1000 .................................. 120
DMF1000-1 ............................... 121
DMF1000-2 ............................... 121
DMF1000-H5 ............................. 121
DMF1000-M1 ............................ 121
DMF1000-M2 ............................ 121
DMP ............................................ 58
Dressing Forceps ....................... 195
Drill, Micro ................................ 206
DRIREF-2 ................................... 166
DRIREF-2SH ............................... 166
DRIREF-5 ................................... 166
DRIREF-5SH ............................... 166
DRIREF-450 ............................... 166
DRIREF-L.................................... 166
Dri-Ref™ ................................... 166
Driven guard shield ............... 92, 95
DRL ..................................... 98, 100
Dry Sterilizer .............................. 207
Dual Microiontophoresis Current
Generator ............................ 102
Dual Microprobe System ............. 92
Dual Tool-Holder Micromanip ..... 31
Duck-Billed Scissors................... 190
DUMC22.................................... 135
DUMC26.................................... 135
Dummy Load Resistor Kit ............. 98
Dumont ..................................... 193
Duo 773 ...................................... 92
E
Page
ENDOHM-12 ................................. 5
ENDOHM-24SNAP ......................... 5
Endohm™ ..................................... 5
EP1 ...................................... 86, 106
EP2 ............................................ 106
EP4 ............................................ 106
EP05 .......................................... 106
EP08 .......................................... 106
EP12 .......................................... 106
Epithelial Voltohmmeter ................ 4
Epoxy ................. 147, 150, 210, 213
Euthanex Lids ............................ 137
EVC3 ............................................ 10
EVC4000-1 ............................... 9, 10
EVC4000-2 ............................... 9, 10
EVC4000-3 ............................... 9, 10
EVC4000-4 ............................... 9, 10
EVOM2 .......................................... 4
EXT-6 ......................................... 140
Eyepiece Adapter, SLR ................. 51
Eyepieces .............................. 43, 45
EZ-103A ..................................... 137
EZ-104A ..................................... 137
EZ-107A ..................................... 137
EZ-109 ....................................... 137
EZ-177 ....................................... 137
EZ-178 ....................................... 137
EZ-179 ....................................... 137
EZ-211 ....................................... 137
EZ-320 ....................................... 137
EZ-330 ....................................... 137
EZ-830 ....................................... 137
EZ-1130 ..................................... 137
EZ-1785 ..................................... 137
EZ-7000 ..................................... 136
EZ-20027 ................................... 137
EZ-20027G................................. 137
EZ-20028 ................................... 137
EZ-20028G................................. 137
EZ-20029 ................................... 137
EZ-20030 ................................... 137
EZ-20030G................................. 137
EZ-20032 ................................... 137
EZ-20032G................................. 137
EZ-20034 ................................... 137
EZ-20034G................................. 137
EZ Anesthesia............................. 136
EZ-B800 ..................................... 136
EZ-E25000 ................................. 137
EZ-E27000 ................................. 137
EZ-E28000 ................................. 137
EZ-FF900.................................... 136
F
FD35-100............................. 14, 225
FD35B-100 .......................... 14, 225
FD35PDL-100....................... 14, 225
FD223A ........................................ 94
FD223AP ...................................... 94
FD3510-100......................... 14, 225
FD3510B-100....................... 14, 225
FD5040-100......................... 14, 225
FD5040B-100....................... 14, 225
Fiber Optic Cables ..................... 187
Fiber Optic Collimator ............... 186
Fiber Optic Filter Holder ............ 183
Fiber Optic Illuminator 52, 124, 224
Filament, Replacement ................ 60
Filling Solution........................... 153
Fire-Polished ............... 59, 114, 214
Flexible Light Guide ............. 52, 224
Flexible NO Sensor .................... 157
FLEXREF ..................................... 166
Item
Page
flowanalysis .............................. 172
Flow Cell, Low Volume............... 181
FLOX-PATCH............................... 161
FLOX-PROBE .............................. 161
FO-50-SMA ................................ 187
FO-50-SMA1M........................... 187
FO-100-SMA .............................. 187
FO-100-SMA1M......................... 187
FO-200AS-SMA .......................... 187
FO-200-SMA .............................. 187
FO-200-SMA1M......................... 187
FO-400AS-SMA .......................... 187
FO-400-SMA .............................. 187
FO-400-SMA1M......................... 187
FO-400SMA/ST .......................... 187
FO-600AS-SMA .......................... 187
FO-600-SMA .............................. 187
FO-600-SMA1M................. 181, 187
FO-1000-SMA ............................ 187
FO-1000-SMA1M ............... 175, 187
FO-6000 .................................... 179
FO-6000FILT .............................. 179
FOIMPH............................. 110, 113
Footswitch ................................... 67
Footswitch (OmniDrill35)........... 206
FOP1-SMA ................................. 187
FOP1-SMA/ST ............................ 187
FOP1-ST..................................... 187
Force Transducers ............... 20, 103
FORT10g .............................. 91, 103
FORT25................................ 91, 103
FORT100 .............................. 91, 103
FORT250 .............................. 91, 103
FORT1000 ............................ 91, 103
FORT5000 .................................. 103
FORT transducers ...................... 103
Frame Clamp ............................. 220
FrameWorks .............................. 220
Free Radical Analyzer ................. 154
G
Gaskets for PicoNozzle ................. 57
GC22 ......................................... 135
GC24 ......................................... 135
GC26 ......................................... 135
Glass Handling Forceps ............. 116
Glass Micropipettes..... 60, 117, 215
Glass Rod .................................. 115
Glue Gun................... 115, 150, 213
GN-NET7 ..................................... 76
GN-NET25 ................................... 76
GN-PC7 ....................................... 76
GN-PC25 ..................................... 76
GN-TTL ........................................ 76
GO1-100.................................... 113
GO2-100.................................... 113
GO3-100.................................... 113
GO4-100.................................... 113
Gold-plated pins, sockets .......... 104
Gold Wire.......................... 107, 219
GR100-4 .................................... 115
GR100-6 .................................... 115
Grip Strength Meter .................. 144
GSNO ........................................ 168
GSNO-50 ................................... 168
GSNO-100 ................................. 168
Guide Cannula .......................... 135
H
Half-Cells ........................... 110, 112
Heater Controller......................... 40
Heating Filament ............... 121, 122
Heating Plate ............................. 142
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Item
Page
Horizontal Tissue Bath ................. 12
Hot Plate Analgesia Meter ......... 146
HS6 ....................................... 25, 30
HT-1 .......................................... 141
HT-2 .......................................... 141
Humidity Probe ........................... 40
Hydrogen Peroxide Sensors....... 153
Hydrostatic pressure.................. 126
I
IE010 ................................... 94, 167
IE190 ................................... 94, 167
IE200 ................................... 94, 167
IGS100 ...................................... 159
II-39 .......................................... 146
II-336T ....................................... 146
II-336TG .................................... 146
II-390......................................... 146
II-390G ...................................... 146
II-520MR ................................... 144
II-600MR ................................... 145
II-2200....................................... 144
II-2390....................................... 143
II-2391....................................... 143
II-2392....................................... 143
II-2393....................................... 143
II-2394....................................... 143
II-2395....................................... 143
II-2396....................................... 143
II-2397....................................... 143
II-2400....................................... 143
II-2500....................................... 144
II-2888....................................... 143
II-23931..................................... 143
II-MRBP-M ................................ 139
II-MRBP-R.................................. 139
II-PE34....................................... 145
ILS005LT ...................................... 67
ILS010LT ...................................... 67
ILS025LT ...................................... 67
ILS gas-tight syringes ................... 67
Implantable Probe .................... 164
Implantable Probes ........... 141, 142
INC22 ........................................ 135
INC24 ........................................ 135
INC26 ........................................ 135
Incapacitance Meter .................. 145
Incremental Hot Cold Plate Analgesia
Meter .................................. 145
Induction Chambers .................. 137
Infusion Pump............................. 75
Injector ........................................ 54
Inline Filter Holder .................... 179
Installation .................................. 40
Internal Cannula........................ 135
IntracellularAmplifier ............ 92, 95
INV-101 ................................. 19, 47
Inverted Trinocular Microscope ... 47
IO-KIT .......................................... 70
Ion Selective Electrodes ............. 167
Iontophoresis ............................ 102
Iridium Microelectrodes ............ 104
Iris Forceps ................................ 194
Iris Scissors................................ 197
IRM23E01KT .............................. 105
IRM23E10.................................. 105
IRM23E15.................................. 105
IRM23E20KT .............................. 105
IRM23E25.................................. 105
IRM23E25KT .............................. 105
IRM23E30.................................. 105
IRM23E30KT .............................. 105
ISDB-1 ......................................... 91
Item
Page
ISDB-2 ......................................... 91
ISDB-3 ......................................... 91
ISDB-4 ......................................... 91
ISDB-5 ......................................... 91
ISDB-6 ......................................... 91
ISDB-7 ......................................... 91
ISDB-8 ......................................... 91
ISO-80 ......................................... 90
ISO-80P ....................................... 90
Iso-DAM8A .................................. 91
IsofluraneFacemaskKit ............. 137
ISO-H2S-100-Cxx ....................... 158
ISO-HPO-2 ......................... 153, 158
ISO-HPO-100 ............................. 158
ISO-HPO-100-L .......................... 157
IsolatedBioamplifier ................... 90
IsolatedDifferentialAmplifier ...... 90
ISO-NOP ............................ 153, 157
ISO-NOP007 .............................. 157
ISO-NOP70L .............................. 157
ISO-NOP3005 ............................ 157
ISO-NOP3020 ............................ 157
ISO-NOPF100 ............................ 157
ISO-NOPF100-L10 ..................... 157
ISO-NOPF200 ............................ 157
ISO-NOPF200-L10 ..................... 157
ISO-NOPF500 ............................ 157
ISO-NOPNM .............................. 157
ISO-NOP Rejuvenator ................ 168
ISO-OXY-2 .......................... 153, 159
Isostim ...................................... 100
ISO-TEMP-2 ............................... 155
IT-1E .................................. 141, 142
IT-14 .......................................... 141
IT-18 .................................. 141, 142
IT-18EXLONG ............................. 141
IT-21 .......................................... 141
IT-23 .................................. 141, 142
IV-100SMT ................................... 39
IV-200ECU ................................... 39
IV-200-OX .................................... 39
IV-300ECU ................................... 39
IV-CUST ....................................... 39
IV-ECU-H5.................................... 37
IV-ECU-HC ................................... 37
IV-ECU-HCP ................................. 37
IV-ECU-HOC ................................. 37
IVF ............................................... 29
J
Jewelers Forceps ....................... 195
Joystick control....................... 29, 30
JUV ............................................ 168
K
Kelly Hemostatic Forceps ........... 194
KG Transducers ........................... 20
KITE ............................................. 25
KITE-L .......................................... 26
KITE-R .......................................... 26
KITE-TB-L ..................................... 26
KITE-TB-R ..................................... 26
KITLWCC .................................... 181
KIT-PHYSIO-I .............................. 204
KWIK-2 ...................................... 167
KWIKCAL .................................... 167
Kwik-Cast........................... 210, 211
KWIK-CAST......................... 147, 148
KWIKGARD ........................ 147, 210
KWIKGLUE ......................... 147, 210
KWIKGUN .......................... 147, 210
KWIKH-2 .................................... 167
KWIKMIX ........................... 147, 210
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
229
INDEX
Economy Manual Micromanip .... 26
EHB1 ................................. 110, 113
EHBF ................................. 110, 113
EJA ....................................... 52, 224
EK1 .......................................... 9, 10
EKC.......................................... 9, 10
EKE ...................................... 52, 224
EKV .......................................... 9, 10
Electro 705 .................................. 95
Electrochemical Measurements ... 94
Electrolyte, ISO-NO .................... 157
Electrometer.......................... 94, 95
Electrosurgical Unit .................... 206
Elgiloy Microelectrodes ............. 104
ELS-370 ..................................... 179
ELS-xxx ...................................... 179
ENDOHM-6 ................... 4, 5, 6, 7, 9
Item
INDEX
Item
Page
KWIKPOT-2 ................................ 167
Kwik-Sil ..................................... 210
KWIK-SIL.................... 147, 148, 211
Kwik-Sil™ .................................. 211
Kwik-Tip™ ................................. 167
KWIKTPP-2................................. 167
KZ1101 .............................. 117, 138
L
LAB-TRAX-4 ................................ 160
LABTRAX-MDAC........ 12, 16, 21, 160
Lancets, Animal ......................... 202
Lapping Film, Alumina .............. 123
Lapping Film, Diamond ............ 123
LED-LITE .................................... 179
LED Ringlight ............................... 52
LEDSpec-2 ................................. 173
LEDSpec-4 ................................. 173
Light guides ......................... 52, 224
Linear Motor Control ................... 15
Linear Stimulus Isolator ............. 101
Liquid Ion Exchangers ......... 94, 167
Liquid Waveguide Capillary Cell 180
Live cell imaging .......................... 40
L-shaped sensors ...................... 157
Luer-to-Tubing Coupler ....... 83, 216
Luer Valve Kit ....................... 83, 216
LWCC-3050................................ 181
LWCC-3100................................ 181
LWCC-3250................................ 181
LWCC-3500................................ 181
LWCC-4010................................ 181
LWCC-4050................................ 181
LWCC-4100................................ 181
LWCC-M-10 ............................... 181
LWCC-M-50 ............................... 181
LWCC-M-100 ............................. 181
M
M1 .............................................. 35
M1L............................................. 35
M2 ........................................ 31, 32
M-3 ........................... 26, 31, 94, 95
M4C ..................... 26, 28, 30, 31, 32
M5 .................................. 31, 32, 35
M6 ........................................ 31, 32
M7 .............................................. 33
M8 .............................................. 35
M9 .............................................. 34
M10 .................................... 34, 171
M10L........................................... 34
M11 ............................................ 34
M325 .................................... 25, 31
M3301 ................................ 25, 171
M3301EH ....... 26, 28, 29, 30, 31, 86
M3301L ........................... 26, 94, 95
M3301-M3-L ............................... 26
M3301-M3-R ............................... 26
M3301R ................................ 26, 94
Macro sensors ........................... 153
Magnetic Ball Joint............... 34, 221
Magnetic Holding Devices...... 33, 34
Manometer ............................... 126
Manual Micromanipulator .......... 26
Mask, Gas Anesthesia................ 133
MAX3820 ........................... 107, 219
MAX4020 ........................... 107, 219
Mayo Scissors............................ 199
MB2 ............................................ 35
MBMPH5-7 ....................... 110, 113
MBS .......................................... 123
MCL3-SM325 .............................. 29
McPherson Forceps ................... 195
Item
Page
Mcpherson-Westcott Stitch........ 197
MD4 ............................................ 25
MD4L .......................................... 31
MD4-M3-L................................... 31
MD4-M3-R .................................. 31
MD4R .......................................... 31
Mechanical Allodynia................. 143
Megohm Meter ......................... 102
MEH1F45 .......................... 110, 113
MEH1R .............................. 110, 113
MEH1RF ............................ 110, 113
MEH1S .............................. 110, 113
MEH1SF ................ 94, 95, 111, 113
MEH2R .............................. 111, 113
MEH2RF ............................ 111, 113
MEH2RFW ......................... 111, 113
MEH2RW........................... 111, 113
MEH2S .............................. 111, 113
MEH2SF ............................ 111, 113
MEH2SFW ......................... 111, 113
MEH2SW ........................... 111, 113
MEH3F45 .......................... 111, 113
MEH3FW45 ....................... 111, 113
MEH3R .............................. 111, 113
MEH3RF ............................ 111, 113
MEH3RFW ......................... 111, 113
MEH3RW........................... 111, 113
MEH3S .............................. 111, 113
MEH3SBW......................... 111, 113
MEH3SF ............................ 111, 113
MEH3SFW ......................... 111, 113
MEH3SW ........................... 112, 113
MEH3W45 ......................... 112, 113
MEH6RF .................... 112, 113, 125
MEH6RFW ......................... 112, 113
MEH6SF ............................ 112, 113
MEH6SFW ......................... 112, 113
MEH7 ................................ 112, 113
MEH7W ....................... 87, 112, 113
MEH8 ................................ 112, 113
MEH145 ............................ 110, 113
MEH345 ............................ 111, 113
MEH900R .......................... 112, 113
MEH900S .......................... 112, 113
MemoryFlex ...................... 190, 191
MES .......................................... 124
Metal Microelectrodes .............. 104
MF28G-5 ................................... 211
MF28G67-5 ............................... 211
MF34G-5 ................................... 211
MF200-1.................................... 122
MF200-2.................................... 122
MF200-H2 ................................. 122
MF200-H3 ................................. 122
MF200-H4 ......................... 121, 122
MF200-M1 ................................ 122
MF200-M2 ................................ 122
MF200 Microforge..................... 122
Microbeveler ............................. 123
MicroBeveler ............................. 123
MicroC ...................................... 162
Micro Cannula ................... 117, 138
MICROC-P ................................. 162
Microelectrode Beveler ............. 124
Microelectrode Puller .......... 60, 118
Microelectrodes ........................ 104
MicroFil ..................................... 211
MicroFlow ................................. 164
Microforge ........................ 120, 122
MicroImplant ............................ 164
Microinjection ............................. 61
Microiontophoresis ................... 102
MicroLWCC ............................... 181
Item
Page
Micromanipulator ........... 26, 28, 29
Micrometer ................................. 48
Micrometer Head ...................... 221
Micrometer Slide Micromanip..... 31
Micro Olsen-Hegar Needle Hldr 200
Micropipette Beveler ................. 124
Micropipette Calibration ........... 120
Micropipette Holders ........ 110, 112
Micropressure System ............... 125
Microprobe Thermometers ....... 141
Micro-Reference Electrode ........ 166
Micro-Scale Compression ............ 24
Microscope Slides ..................... 215
Microscope Stage ........................ 32
Microscope Stage Adapter ........... 32
Micro Sensors ........................... 153
MicroTip .................................... 164
Microvolume Syringes ................. 67
Millivolt & megohm meter ......... 102
Miniature Peristaltic Pump .... 12, 65
MiniFlow ................................... 164
MiniFoil ..................................... 164
MINISTAR .............. 12, 65, 173, 181
MiniTip...................................... 164
MK-BM-825................................. 36
MK-BM-850................................. 36
MK-BM-8100............................... 36
MK-BM-8125............................... 36
MK-BM-8150............................... 36
MK-BM-8175............................... 36
MK-BM-8200............................... 36
MK-BM-8225............................... 36
MK-BM-8250............................... 36
MM1 ........................................... 27
MM1-3 .................................. 25, 27
MM1-A ........................................ 27
MM1-ALL .................................... 27
MM1-C ........................................ 27
MM3 ........................................... 27
MM3-3 .................................. 25, 27
MM3-A ........................................ 27
MM3-ALL .................................... 27
MM3-C ........................................ 27
MM3301R ................................... 95
MMJL .................................... 25, 30
MMJR .......................................... 30
MMP ........................................... 58
MMP-KIT ..................................... 58
Mobile Workstations ................. 137
modularDCamplifier .................. 91
Mosquito Hemostatic Forceps ... 194
Motorized Manipulator ............... 28
Motorized Stereotaxic Frame ..... 128
MOUSEKIT ................................. 205
MPH1 ................................ 112, 113
MPH3 ................................ 112, 113
MPH4 ................................ 112, 113
MPH6P .............................. 112, 113
MPH6R ........................ 57, 112, 113
MPH6S ........................ 57, 112, 113
MPS-2 ......................................... 63
MS314......................................... 28
MT-4 ......................................... 141
MT-23/3 ............................ 141, 142
MT-23/5 .................................... 141
MT-23/8 .................................... 141
MT-26/2 .................................... 141
MT-26/4 .................................... 141
MT-26/6 .................................... 141
MT-29/1 ............................ 141, 142
MT-29/2 .................................... 141
MT-29/3 .................................... 141
MT-29/5 .................................... 141
Item
MT-D ................................. 141, 142
MTM ......................................... 128
MTM-3 ...................................... 128
MTM-6 ...................................... 128
Multi-barrel micropipette coupl 115
Multichannel Perfusion System ... 63
Multi-Channel Stimulator ............ 96
Multipipette Puller .................... 119
Muscle Hyperalgesia ................. 144
Muscle Research System ............. 11
N
NANOFIL...................................... 69
NANOFIL-100............................... 69
NanoFil Application Kits ............... 70
Nanoliter 2010 ...................... 54, 71
NANOLITER2010 .......................... 71
Nanoliter Injector ........................ 71
NanoSensor .............................. 156
Needle Holders ................. 200, 201
Needle Microprobes ......... 141, 142
Neurotransmitter Detection ....... 162
NF26BV-2 .................................... 69
NF33-36BL .................................. 69
NF33-36BV .................................. 69
NF33BL-2 .................................... 69
NF33BV-2 .................................... 69
NF34BL-2 .................................... 69
NF34BV-2 .................................... 69
NF35BL-2 .................................... 69
NF35BV-2 .................................... 69
NF36BL-2 .................................... 69
NF36BV-2 .................................... 69
NFGSK-5...................................... 69
NFINHLD ..................................... 69
NFQ34-5...................................... 69
Nitric Oxide Sensors .................. 153
NL2010MC4 ................................ 71
NOCHM-4.................................. 168
NOCHM-P ................................. 168
Non-Rotating Micrometer.......... 221
Noyes Scissors ................... 190, 196
NSA-3 ........................................ 168
O
O2 Sensor ................................. 161
OC-ALLFM-KIT............................ 137
OC-LFM-KIT ............................... 137
OC-MFM-KIT.............................. 137
OC-MOUSE-KIT .......................... 137
OC-RAT-KIT ................................ 137
Octyl cyanoacrylate ............ 149, 212
OC-XLFM-KIT.............................. 137
Olsen-Hegar Needle holder....... 200
Omega-Tip-Z .............................. 102
OMEGA-Z................................... 102
OmniDrill35............................... 206
Oocyte injection ........................... 71
Open Circuit Potential.................. 10
Operating Scissors ..................... 199
Optical Transducer Amp .............. 16
O Ring ................................. 71, 124
Oxygen Regulators ..................... 137
Oxygen Sensing System ............. 161
Oxygen Sensors ......................... 153
OXY-MICRO-AOT ........................ 164
OXY-MINI-AOT ........................... 164
P
Parallel Rail Stereotaxic Instr ..... 131
Patch Clamp ........................ 29, 116
Paw Pressure Meter .................. 144
Paw Volume Meter .................... 144
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
230
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Page
Item
Page
PB150F-4 ................................... 115
PB150F-6 ................................... 115
Perfusion............................... 53, 61
perfusion chambers ...................... 8
Perfusion System ......................... 63
PERIPRO-2HS......................... 12, 64
PERIPRO-4HS......................... 12, 64
PERIPRO-4LS ......... 12, 64, 173, 181
PERIPRO-8LS ......................... 12, 64
Peristaltic Pump .................... 64, 65
Peri-Star Pro ................................ 64
PE Tubing, Flexible .................... 135
PG10150-4 ................................ 116
PG10165-4 ................................ 116
PG52151-4 ................................ 116
PG52165-4 ................................ 116
pH Meter................................... 165
pH Meter, Fiber Optic................ 165
pH mini sensors ........................ 165
PH-OPTICA-MICRO..................... 165
PH-OPTICA-MINI........................ 165
PHYSIO-II ................................... 204
PicoNozzle Kit .............................. 57
PicoPump .................................... 56
Piggyback .................... 59, 114, 214
Pipetter Stand ..................... 81, 222
Pipette Tips ......................... 82, 223
Planachromatic Objective ............ 43
Plantar Test ............................... 146
Platinum-Iridium Microelectr .... 104
Platinum / Iridium Wire .... 107, 219
Platinum Wire ................... 107, 219
Plethysmometer ........................ 144
PM01 ........................................ 126
PM01D ...................................... 126
PM01R ...................................... 126
PM5 ............................................ 28
PM015 ...................................... 126
PM015D .................................... 126
PM015R .................................... 126
PM100 ...................................... 126
PM100D .................................... 126
PM100R .................................... 126
PMP-102 ................................... 119
PMP-102Z .................................. 119
PMP-107 ................................... 119
PMP-107Z .................................. 119
PM Series .................................. 126
Pneumatic PicoPump................... 56
Polishing Patch Pipettes............. 121
PolyFil........................................ 115
Post ........................................... 220
Post Stand ................................... 45
Potassium Electrode .................. 167
Potentiostat ............................... 162
Power Frame Enclosure ............... 14
Preamplifier ................................ 10
Precision Current Sources............ 98
Precision SurgioScope ................. 46
Pre-polarizer ............................. 168
Pressure Manometer................. 126
Pressure Pod ............................. 125
PRO-300HDS ............................... 49
Programmable Filter Module ...... 18
Programmable Syringe Pump ...... 76
PSMB5 ........................................ 46
PSMT5 ......................................... 46
PT0110 .............................. 107, 219
PT0203 .............................. 107, 219
PT0402 .............................. 107, 219
PTM3CC02INS ........................... 105
PTM23CC001NON ..................... 105
PTP201 .............................. 107, 219
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Item
Page
PTP401 .............................. 107, 219
PTP406 .............................. 107, 219
PTPxxx ............................... 107, 219
PTT0110 ............................ 107, 219
PTT0203 ............................ 107, 219
PTTxxxx .............................. 107, 219
PTxxxx ............................... 107, 219
PUL-1000............................. 60, 118
Puller .................................. 60, 118
Puller, Programmable ............... 119
pulse generator ........................... 96
Pulsemaster™Multi-Channel Stimulator ............................................... 96
PV820 .......................................... 57
PV830 .......................................... 56
PZMIII .......................................... 45
PZMIII-AAC................................... 45
PZMIII-BS .................................... 45
PZMIII-MI .................................... 41
PZMIV .......................................... 43
PZMIV-BS..................................... 43
PZMTIII ........................................ 45
PZMTIII-AAC ................................. 45
PZMTIII-BS ................................... 45
PZMTIII-BS-DIG50 ........................ 45
PZMTIII-BS-LWD-DIG50 ............... 45
PZMTIII-DIG50 ............................. 45
PZMTIII-MI................................... 41
PZMTIV ........................................ 43
PZMTIV-BCS; PZMTIV-BS .............. 43
PZMTIV-BS-DIG50 ........................ 43
PZMTIV-BS-LWD-DIG50 ............... 43
PZMTIV-DIG50 ............................. 43
Q
Quantrex ................................... 208
Quattro...................................... 143
R
Page
REMS-96 ....................................... 7
REMS-96C ..................................... 7
REMS AutoSampler ....................... 7
Replacement Electrode Holder .... 26
Replacement Needles ................. 67
Replacement Sleeves................. 153
Replacement Tubing.................... 64
RET-2 ................................. 141, 142
RET-3 ................................. 141, 142
Retractors .................................. 202
Ring Light .................................... 52
Ring Light Adapter ............... 52, 224
Ring Light Guide .................. 52, 224
RN001 ......................................... 67
RN0005 ....................................... 67
RN010 ......................................... 67
RN025 ......................................... 67
Rodent Brain Matrices ............... 203
RPE-KIT ........................................ 70
RTV Coating ....................... 150, 213
RTV Prime Coat .................. 150, 213
RTV Sealant ....................... 150, 213
S
Sample Cell ............................... 174
Sample holder, Microliter ......... 182
Scalpel Blades ........................... 202
Scalpel Handle .......................... 202
Scissors ..................................... 196
Scotch-Weld .............................. 147
SDR2 ......................................... 166
Septum Theta .............. 59, 114, 214
SGE001RN ................................... 67
SGE0005RN ................................. 67
SGE010RNS ................................. 67
SGE025RN ................................... 67
SGE050RN ................................... 67
SGE050TLL .................................. 67
SGE100RN ................................... 67
SGE100TLL .................................. 67
SGE250TLL .................................. 67
SGE syringes ................................ 67
SI-AOSUB......................... 12, 14, 18
SI-BAM21-LC ............................... 16
SI-BAM21-LCB ....................... 14, 16
SI-BF-100..................................... 19
SI-BF-100LLG............................. 171
SI-BF-100SMA ........................... 171
SI-BF-LLG-UPGRADE .................. 171
SI-BF-SMA-UPGRADE ................. 171
SI-BMFA ...................................... 14
SI-COLUB......................... 12, 14, 17
SI-CTS200 .............................. 13, 19
SI-CTS200A .................................. 13
SI-CTS200B .................................. 13
SignalConditioningAmplifiers..... 14
Signal Generator ......................... 97
SI-HTB2 ....................................... 12
SI-HTB2M .................................... 12
SI-HTB4 ....................................... 12
SI-HTB4M .................................... 12
SI-KG2 ................................... 16, 20
SI-KG2B ................................. 16, 20
SI-KG4 ................................... 16, 20
SI-KG7TWE .................................. 20
SI-KGxx ........................................ 20
SILFLEX-2 ..................................... 69
Silicone RTV ....................... 150, 213
Silicone Tubing ...................... 64, 65
Silver Epoxy ....................... 150, 213
Silver Wire......................... 107, 219
SI-MKB ........................................ 11
SI-MKBM-OXY.............................. 11
Item
Page
SI-MKB-OXY ................................. 11
SI-MOTDB ............................. 14, 15
SI-MOT-MKB ............................... 15
SI-MOT-MT .................................. 15
Single Barrel ................ 59, 114, 214
SI-OSARC ..................................... 19
SI-PF100 ................................ 12, 14
SI-PF100B .................................... 18
SI-TCM2 ................................ 17, 18
SI-TCM2B .................................... 14
SI-TM1......................................... 20
SI-TM2......................................... 20
SI-TM3......................................... 20
SI-TM4......................................... 20
SI-TM5......................................... 20
SI-TM6......................................... 20
SI-TM7......................................... 20
SI-TM8......................................... 20
SI-TM9......................................... 20
SI-TM10....................................... 20
SI-TM11....................................... 20
SM325................................... 25, 29
SM325-M .................................... 29
SmarTouch .................................. 67
SNAP25 ..................................... 168
SNAP50 ..................... 155, 157, 168
SNAP100 ................................... 168
S-nitrosoglutathione .................. 168
S-Nitroso-N-acetyl-D,L- ............. 168
SP100i ......................................... 75
SP100iZ ....................................... 75
SP101i ......................................... 75
SP101iZ ....................................... 75
SP120p ........................................ 75
SP120pZ ...................................... 75
SP200i ......................................... 75
SP200iZ ....................................... 75
SP210c ........................................ 75
SP210cZ ....................................... 75
SP210iw ...................................... 75
SP210iwZ ..................................... 75
SP220i ......................................... 75
SP220iZ ....................................... 75
SP230iw ...................................... 75
SP230iwZ ..................................... 75
SP250i ......................................... 75
SP250iZ ....................................... 75
SP260p ........................................ 75
SP260pZ ...................................... 75
SPLG100...................................... 73
SPLG101...................................... 73
SPLG110...................................... 73
SPLG200...................................... 74
SPLG212...................................... 73
SPLG270...................................... 73
SPLG272...................................... 73
SS316xx............................. 107, 219
SS31614 ............................ 107, 219
SSM33A20KT ............................. 105
SSM33A70 ................................. 105
SSM33A120 ............................... 105
SST30407-50 ..................... 107, 219
SSTxxxxx ............................ 107, 219
Stage Micrometer ........................ 48
Stainless Steel Rods................... 220
Stainless Steel Wire ........... 107, 219
Steel Base Plate ........................... 33
Stereotaxic ................................ 130
Stereotaxic Accessories .............. 132
Stereotaxic Frame...................... 130
Stereotaxic, Mice Neonatal Rats 134
Stereo Zoom Microscope ....... 42, 45
Sterilizer .................................... 207
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
Item
Page
Stimulator ............................. 96, 97
Stimulus Isolator ... 98, 99, 100, 101
STM3 ........................................... 28
Stopcock .............................. 84, 217
Stork Scissors ............................ 190
STX2 .............................................. 4
STX3 .............................................. 4
STX100C ........................................ 6
STX100C96..................................... 6
STX100F ......................................... 6
STX100M ....................................... 6
Sub-microliter injection ............... 68
Super Adhesive ................. 149, 212
SuperCut ........................... 198, 199
SUPER-Dri-Ref ........................... 166
Sure-Seal Chambers .................. 137
Surgical Instruments .................. 189
SurgioScope ................................ 46
Swiss Tweezers .......................... 192
SYLG184 ............. 147, 149, 210, 212
Sylgard .............................. 149, 212
Syringe Pumps .......... 72, 74, 75, 76
Syringes with Luers...................... 67
SYS-260 ..................................... 102
SYS-705 ....................................... 95
SYS-773 ....................................... 93
SYS-900A ................................... 125
SYS-1300M ................................ 124
SYS-A300 ..................................... 96
SYS-A310 ..................................... 97
SYS-A320D ................................. 100
SYS-A320R ................................. 100
SYS-A362 ..................... 98, 100, 101
SYS-A365D ................................... 98
SYS-A365R ................................... 98
SYS-A382 ..................................... 99
SYS-A385R ................................... 99
SYS-A385RC ................................. 99
SYS-BP1 ..................................... 138
SYS-DAM50 ................................. 87
SYS-DAM80 ................................. 87
SYS-EVC4000 ............................... 10
SYS-MICRO4 ................................ 67
SYS-MICROC .............................. 162
SYS-MS314 .................................. 28
SYS-OMEGAZ ............................. 124
SYS-PM01D ............................... 126
SYS-PM01R................................ 126
SYS-PM015D ..................... 125, 126
SYS-PM015R.............................. 126
SYS-PM100D ............................. 126
SYS-PM100R.............................. 126
SYS-PM01D ............................... 125
SYS-PV820 ................................... 57
SYS-PV830 ................................... 57
SYS-REMS ...................................... 7
SYS-TBM4M .............................. 102
T
Tail Flick Test ............................. 146
TAXIC-300 .................................. 129
TAXIC-303 .................................. 129
TAXIC-350 .................................. 129
TAXIC-353 .................................. 129
TAXIC-600 .................................. 130
TAXIC-603 .................................. 130
TAXIC-650 .................................. 130
TAXIC-653 .................................. 130
TB-1............................................. 26
TBM4M ..................................... 102
TBR1025 ............................ 154, 155
TBR4100 .................................... 155
TBS ........................................ 28, 32
Item
Page
TEER measurement ................... 5, 7
Temperature Control Unit............ 17
Temperature Probes............ 40, 141
Temperature Sensor.................. 154
TGW0515 .......................... 107, 219
TGW1510 .......................... 107, 219
TGWxxxx............................ 107, 219
Thin Wall ..................... 59, 114, 214
TIDAS-D2 ................................... 178
TidasDAQ........................... 176, 177
TIDAS-H ..................................... 178
TIDAS-H2 ................................... 178
Tilt Base................................. 28, 32
Tilt Base Assembly ..................... 123
TIP1TW1 ............................ 117, 215
TIP01TW1F ........................ 117, 215
TIP01TW1F-L ..................... 117, 215
TIP1TW1-L ......................... 117, 215
TIP2TW1 ............................ 117, 215
TIP02TW1F ........................ 117, 215
TIP02TW1F-L ..................... 117, 215
TIP2TW1-L ......................... 117, 215
TIP03TW1F ........................ 117, 215
TIP03TW1F-L ..................... 117, 215
TIP04TW1F ........................ 117, 215
TIP5TW1 ............................ 117, 215
TIP05TW1F ........................ 117, 215
TIP05TW1F-L ..................... 117, 215
TIP5TW1-L ......................... 117, 215
TIP5TW1LS01..................... 117, 215
TIP5TW1LS02..................... 117, 215
TIP10TW1 .......................... 117, 215
TIP10TW1-L ....................... 117, 215
TIP10TW1LS01................... 117, 215
TIP10TW1LS02................... 117, 215
TIP10XV119.................. 71, 117, 215
TIP30TW1 .......................... 117, 215
TIP30TW1-L ....................... 117, 215
TIP30TW1LS01................... 117, 215
TIP30TW1LS02................... 117, 215
TIPCA ......................................... 167
TIPH .......................................... 167
TIPK ........................................... 167
TIPMIX01-05 ...................... 117, 215
TIPMIX01-05-L ................... 117, 215
TIPMIX05-10 ...................... 117, 215
TIPMIX05-10-L ................... 117, 215
TIPTPP ....................................... 167
TIPTW900A ................................ 125
Tissue Mounting Hooks ............... 20
Titanium Forceps ....................... 195
TM31/33Axx .............................. 105
TM31/33AxxKT .......................... 105
TM31A10 ................................... 105
TM31A10KT ............................... 105
TM31A20 ................................... 105
TM31C05 ................................... 105
TM33A05 ................................... 105
TM33A10 ................................... 105
TM33A10KT ............................... 105
TM33A20 ................................... 105
TM33B01................................... 105
TM33B01KT ............................... 105
TM33B05................................... 105
TM33B05KT ............................... 105
TM33B10................................... 105
TM33B10KT ............................... 105
TM33B20................................... 105
TM33BxxKT................................ 105
TM33C05 ................................... 105
TM33C10 ................................... 105
TM33CCINS ............................... 105
TM33CCNON ............................. 105
www.wpiinc.com
ORDER TOLL-FREE: (866) 606-1974 (U.S. only) • Tel: (941) 371-1003 • Fax: (941) 377-5428 • E-mail: [email protected]
231
INDEX
R-8-8-WPI01 .................. 43, 52, 224
Randall Selitto Paw Pressure ..... 144
RATKIT ....................................... 205
RBMS-200S ............................... 203
RBMS-300C ............................... 203
RBMS-300S ............................... 203
RBMS-600C ............................... 203
RBMS-600S ............................... 203
RC1............................................ 106
RC1T .............................. 94, 95, 106
RC2............................................ 106
RC2F .......................................... 106
RC3............................................ 106
RC6............................................ 106
RECTAL PROBES ......................... 141
Rectangular Base ....................... 220
Reference Electrodes ................. 166
ReflexClip ................................. 202
ReflexClipApplier ..................... 202
REG2 ................................... 81, 222
REG5K ................................. 81, 222
REG10 ................................. 81, 222
REG10K ............................... 81, 222
REG20 ................................. 81, 222
REG50 ................................. 81, 222
REG100 ............................... 81, 222
REG200 ............................... 81, 222
REG1000 ............................. 81, 222
REGAL Pipetters ................... 81, 222
REGS5 ................................. 81, 222
REGS6 ................................. 81, 222
REGS7 ................................. 81, 222
REMS-24 ....................................... 7
REMS-24M .................................... 7
Item
INDEX
Item
Page
TM53CCINS ............................... 105
TPP Electrode ............................ 167
Transbridge ............................... 102
TransducerAmplifier ........... 91, 102
Transmission probes ................. 186
Trio............................................ 143
Troutman Needle Holder........... 201
TST33A001KT ............................. 105
TST33A05KT ............................... 105
TST33A10KT ............................... 105
TST33A20KT ............................... 105
TST33AxKT ................................. 105
TST33C05KT ............................... 105
TST53A10KT ............................... 105
TST150-6 ................................... 115
TTL Control Module ............... 64, 65
Tubing Cartridge .......................... 64
Tungsten Carbide ...................... 199
Tungsten Light Source ............... 179
Tungsten Microelectrodes ......... 104
Tungsten Wire ................... 107, 219
TW100-3...................... 59, 114, 214
TW100-4...................... 59, 114, 214
Item
Page
TW100-6...................... 59, 114, 214
TW100F-3 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW100F-4 .............. 59, 93, 114, 214
TW100F-6 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW120-3...................... 59, 114, 214
TW120-4...................... 59, 114, 214
TW120-6...................... 59, 114, 214
TW120F-3 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW120F-4 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW120F-6 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW150-3...................... 59, 114, 214
TW150-4...................... 59, 114, 214
TW150-6...................... 59, 114, 214
TW150F-3 .................... 59, 114, 214
TW150F-4 .............. 59, 93, 114, 214
TW150F-6 .................... 59, 114, 214
U
UBATH ....................................... 208
UBATH-B.................................... 208
UltraPath ................................... 174
Ultrasonic Cleaner ..................... 208
UMP3 .......................................... 67
Item
Page
UMP3-2 ....................................... 67
UMP3-3 ....................................... 67
UMP3-4 ....................................... 67
UMP3T-1 ..................................... 67
UMS ............................................ 36
Uniaxial Tissue Tester .................. 23
Universal Focus Mount ................ 45
Universal Manipulator Stand ....... 36
Universal Pipette Tips .......... 82, 223
UPUV ......................................... 175
UPVIS ........................................ 175
USBCAM33 .................................. 50
USBCAM50 .................................. 50
USBCAM133 ................................ 50
USBCAM152 ................................ 50
USBCAM202 ................................ 50
USS1L............................................ 9
USS1S ........................................... 9
USS2L............................................ 9
USS2S ........................................... 9
USS3L............................................ 9
USS3S ........................................... 9
USS4L............................................ 9
Item
Page
USS4S ........................................... 9
USS5L............................................ 9
USS5S ........................................... 9
USS6L............................................ 9
USS6S ........................................... 9
USS7L............................................ 9
USS7S ........................................... 9
USS8L............................................ 9
USS8S ........................................... 9
Ussing System ............................... 8
V
Vannas ...................................... 190
Vannas Scissors ......... 191, 196, 197
Vaporizer Pole Mount ................ 137
Vascular hooks ............................ 20
V-Clamp .................................... 133
Ventilator Connection Kit ........... 137
VETBOND............ 147, 149, 210, 212
VFP ........................................ 29, 30
Vibration-Free Tables .................. 36
Vibration Isolation Platform ......... 36
Video Camera .............................. 51
Item
Page
Voltage Clamp ............................. 10
Voltage Electrode......................... 10
Von Frey Anesthesiometer ......... 143
Von Frey Probe .......................... 143
V-Vette....................................... 182
V-VETTE ..................................... 182
W
W30S-LED ................................... 48
W30ST-LED.................................. 48
Wall Mount Plate......................... 43
Wall-Mount Plate ........................ 45
Waveguide Cleaning Kit ..... 175, 181
Westcott Curved Scissors ........... 197
Wire .................................. 107, 219
Z
Z-LITE...... 43, 52, 102, 123, 124, 224
Z-LITE-186....... 43, 52, 102, 124, 224
Z-LITE-Z ................. 52, 102, 124, 224
Z-LITE-Z186 .................. 52, 124, 224
Z-MOLDS ..................................... 58
Zoom Microscope .................. 42, 44
Terms & Conditions
WPI values its customers and will make every effort to maintain the
highest professional and ethical standards. However, WPI regards as
invalid any special terms and conditions set forth by any other party,
including purchasing, quotations, warranties or other statements.
WPI’s response to a quotation, purchase order or inquiry shall not be
construed as acceptance of any conditions stated therein.
Taxes
Credit Terms
Packaging and Shipping
Net 30 days from date of invoice to customers with satisfactory
credit references.
Equipment is shipped in adequate commercial packing. All packages
should be checked thoroughly before being discarded. Shipping and
handling expenses, including adequate insurance coverage, are paid by
the customer.
Standard Equipment & Accessories
To insure against misunderstandings or delays, always include
model number, name, and significant specifications of systems and
accessories when ordering. Also specify any options desired. WPI
retains the right to change specifications or discontinue products
without prior notice and without responsibility for incorporating
such changes into equipment previously sold. Please state the
desired operating line voltage and frequency.
Warranty
WPI strives to maintain the highest quality standards in all products. We
warranty these products against defects in workmanship or materials,
and all WPI products retain a warranty that is stated in the product’s
manual. (Typically, one year for parts and labor except for consumable
items such as electrodes, glass, etc., for which warranty varies from
30 days to six months.) However, WPI hereby specifies that no use or
application of any product may be suitable or successful for a specific
application and therefore waives all liability in that regard. It is the
sole responsibility of the buyer/user to apply the product in a manner
consistent with its intended use.
WPI products are not approved for human use unless specifically stated
in writing with accompanying FDA (or applicable) documents. WPI
assumes no liability or legal, moral, ethical, or fiduciary responsibility for
a use of any product in the WPI catalog in treating or studying humans.
Prices
WPI maintains competitive world wide pricing. Prices listed for standard
items as described are net and subject to change without notice. Prices
(in U.S. dollars) do not include shipping charges. Formal quotations are
valid for a period of 30 days unless otherwise specified. Purchases may
be charged to your VISA, MasterCard, or American Express account.
We reserve the right to add any taxes required by local law or ordinance. Institutions operating under tax-free conditions must state
applicable license or contract number and be prepared to furnish
necessary exemption certificate.
Claims and Returns
Inspect all shipments upon receipt. Missing cartons or obvious damage
to cartons should be noted on the delivery receipt before signing.
Concealed loss or damage should be reported at once to the carrier
and an inspection requested. All claims for shortage or damage must
be made within ten (10) days after receipt of shipment. Claims for lost
shipments must be made within thirty (30) days of receipt of invoice or
other notification of shipment. Please save damaged or pilfered cartons
until claim is settled. In some instances, photographic documentation
may be required. Some items are time-sensitive; WPI assumes no
extended warranty or any liability for use beyond the date specified on
the container
Do not return any goods to us without obtaining prior approval
and instructions from our Returns Department. Goods returned
unauthorized or by collect freight may be refused. Goods accepted
for restocking will be exchanged or credited to your WPI account and
are subject to a restock fee of up to 25%. Goods returned which were
ordered by customers in error are subject to a 25% restock fee. Equipment which was built as a special order cannot be returned.
Repairs
Contact our Returns Department for assistance in the repair of apparatus. Do not return goods until instructions have been received. Returned
items must be securely packed to prevent further damage in transit.
The Customer is responsible for paying shipping expenses, including
adequate insurance on all items returned for repairs. Identification
of the item(s) by model number, name, serial number and proof of
purchase (packing slip number or invoice number) as well as complete
description of the difficulties experienced should be written on the RMA
request form and a copy of the form must be included with the item.
WORLD PRECISION INSTRUMENTS
232
UK: +44 (0)1462 424700 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
Brazil: 011 55 13 40629703 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.com
Germany: +49 (0)30 61 88845 • [email protected] • www.wpi-europe.com
China: +86 21 6888 5517 • [email protected] • www.wpiinc.cn
Hit the Ground Running with our New Lab Program
Are you in the process of starting a new lab?
Have you recently moved your lab?
Is your research assistant starting a new lab?
If you have answered yes to any of the above questions you are qualified to sign up with our
"New Lab Program" for great discounts and specials on lab
supplies and instruments! Sign up today and save.
WWW.WPIINC.COM/NEWLAB
Ordering Information
Orders from North America should be directed to WPI’s main office:
World Precision Instruments, Inc.
175 Sarasota Center Boulevard
Sarasota, Florida 34240-9258
Telephone: (941) 371-1003 (collect calls not accepted). Facsimile copies of
purchase orders, inquiries or other correspondence may be transmitted to
WPI’s Fax number: (941) 377-5428. When sending written purchase orders to
confirm a telephone order, please clearly mark “CONFIRMING” on the order to
avoid it being shipped a second time. Our Sales Department’s e–mail address
is: [email protected]
North American customers may also order many products online through
WPI’s Web site — www.wpiinc.com. All customers may use the online Quote
Request Form and online Purchase Order Form.
Orders from Belgium, Denmark, Eire, Finland, Luxembourg, Norway,
Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland (FR) and the United Kingdom
should be directed to
WPI UK: 1 Hunting Gate
Hitchin, Hertfordshire SG4 0TJ England
Tel: +44 (0)1462 424700 Fax: +44 (0)1462 424701
E-mail: [email protected]
Customers in France may call +33 (0)970 44 9000 or
e-mail [email protected]
Orders from Austria, Germany, Greece, Italy, Malta, Netherlands,
Russian States, Switzerland (DE) and Turkey should be directed to
WPI Germany: Zossener Strasse 55-58
D-10961 Berlin, Germany
Tel: +49 (0) 30-6188845 Fax: +49 (0)30-6188670
E-mail: [email protected]
Orders from China, Hong Kong and Taiwan should be directed to
WPI China: WPI Shanghai Trading Co., Ltd., Rm 25e
No8 Dong Fang Rd., Lu Jia Zui Financial District
Shanghai PRC
Tel: + 86 688 85517
Email: [email protected]
Orders from Brazil should be directed to
WPI Brazil: Av: Conselheiro Nebias, 756 sala 2611
Santos - Sao Paulo - Brasil
CEP: 11045-002
Email: [email protected]
Orders from the countries listed below should be directed to the appropriate
WPI distributors. All other international orders should be directed to WPI’s
main office and factory in Sarasota, Florida.
To expedite shipment of orders outside North America (other than to areas
served by the international offices above), payment must be made in advance
via wire transfer, check payable in U.S. dollars, or charged to a credit card.
Proforma Invoices will gladly be furnished upon request. Please specify proper
electrical current for your order.
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement